NWS ILLINOIS LLC
S-4/A, 1999-05-13
Previous: OSWEGO COUNTY BANCORP INC, SB-2/A, 1999-05-13
Next: OFFSHORE TOOL & ENERGY CORP, 10-12G/A, 1999-05-13



AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION ON MAY 13, 1999.

REGISTRATION NO. 333-74589

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
- ----------------------------------

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>                                          <C>
NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as 
specified in its charter)

         INDIANA                         5182                                       35-2064429
- ------------------------           ----------------------------                 -------------------
(State of Incorporation)           (Primary S.I.C. Code Number)                 (I. R. S. Employer
                                                                                Identification No.)

And the following additional
Registrants, each a
Subsidiary Guarantor:

INDIANA                            NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS CORPORATION          35-0540650
ILLINOIS                           NWS, INC.                                    36-3784235
ILLINOIS                           NWS-ILLINOIS, LLC                            36-4266415
MICHIGAN                           NWS MICHIGAN, INC.                           38-3319025
- ----------------------------       -----------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction       (Exact name of Guarantor                     (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or                as specified in its charter)                 Identification No.)
or organization)

</TABLE>

P.O. Box 1602
700 W. Morris Street
Indianapolis, Indiana 46206
(317) 636-6092
(Address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code, of
registrant's principal executive
office)

James E. LaCrosse
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
P.O. Box 1602
700 W. Morris Street
Indianapolis, Indiana 46206
(317) 636-6092
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent of service)

Copies To:

Joseph E. DeGroff
Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan
One American Square, Box 82001
Indianapolis, Indiana 46282-0002
(312) 236-2100

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF
PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC: As soon as practicable
after the effective date of this registration
statement.


<PAGE>



     If the  securities  being  registered  on this  form are being  offered  in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, please check the following box: / /

     If this form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  Registration  Statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /

     If this form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
Registration  Statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering: / /

     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box: / /

     The registrant  hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the company  shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  registration
statement shall thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8 (a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective  on such date as the SEC,  acting  pursuant to said Section 8 (a), may
determine.



<PAGE>



PROSPECTUS
May ___, 1999.

NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

Exchange Offer for

$110,000,000
10.125% Senior Notes Due 2009

Guaranteed by
National Wine & Spirits Corporation
NWS, Inc.
NWS Michigan, Inc.
NWS-Illinois, LLC

Terms of the Exchange Offer

o    Expires 5:00 p.m. New York City time, __________, 1999, unless extended.

o    All old notes that are validly  tendered and not validly  withdrawn will be
     exchanged.

o    Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn  any time prior to the  expiration of
     the exchange offer.

o    Not subject to any  condition,  other than that the exchange offer does not
     violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission.

o    We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

o    The  exchange of notes should not be a taxable  exchange  for U.S.  federal
     income tax purposes.

o    The terms of the notes to be issued are substantially  identical to the old
     notes,  except for transfer  restrictions and  registration rights relating
     to the old notes.

o    There is no existing market for the exchange notes, and we do not intend to
     apply for their listing on any securities exchange.

This investment  involves risk. See the Risk Factors  section  beginning on page
11.

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission  has approved or disapproved of the notes or passed upon the adequacy
or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.



<PAGE>



[INSIDE COVER PAGE]












































Additional  information  regarding  our business and  financial  information  is
available to you without charge upon written or oral request.  Please contact us
at P.O. Box 1602,  Indianapolis,  Indiana 46206, attention J. Smoke Wallin (317)
636-6092.  To obtain timely  delivery,  please request the  information no later
than five business days in advance of any investment decision.



<PAGE>



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     This  summary  sets  forth the  material  features  of the  offering.  This
prospectus  includes  the  terms  of the  notes  we are  offering,  as  well  as
information regarding our business and detailed financial data. We encourage you
to read this  prospectus in its entirety.  We have included below a list to help
you understand what we are referring to in the prospectus. Unless the context of
the  prospectus  indicates  otherwise,  the  following  terms have the following
meanings:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>
NWS......................................   After December 31, 1998, the
                                            combined business of NWS and its
                                            subsidiaries, NWS-Indiana,
                                            NWS-Illinois, NWS-Michigan and
                                            NWS-LLC.

                                            Prior  to  December  31,  1998,  the
                                            combined  business  of  NWS-Indiana,
                                            NWS-Illinois and NWS-Michigan.

Old Notes................................   10.125% Senior Notes due 2009 that
                                            were issued on January 25, 1999.

Exchange Notes...........................   10.125% Senior Notes due 2009 that
                                            we are offering here.

Notes....................................   The old notes and the exchange
                                            notes, collectively.

                                            Summary of the Exchange Offer

Registration Rights Agreement............   We sold the old notes in January,
                                            1999 to the initial  purchasers in a
                                            transaction  exempt
                                            from the  registration  requirements
                                            of the Securities  Act. At the same
                                            time, NWS and the initial purchasers
                                            entered into a registration  rights 
                                            agreement which grants the holders
                                            of the old notes exchange and 
                                            registration  rights.  This exchange
                                            offer  satisfies  those rights which
                                            terminate upon  consummation  of the
                                            exchange offer.  You will not be 
                                            entitled to any exchange or
                                            registration rights with respect to
                                            the exchange notes.

The Exchange Offer.......................   We are  offering  to  exchange up to
                                            $110.0  million  of  exchange  notes
                                            for up to $110.0 million of the old
                                            notes.  To exchange your old notes,  
                                            you must properly  tender them, and
                                            we must accept  them.  We will 
                                            exchange  all old notes that you
                                            validly  tender and do not validly
                                            withdraw.  We will  issue registered 
                                            exchange  notes at the end of the 
                                            exchange offer.
<PAGE>

Resales..................................   We believe  that you can offer for 
                                            resale, resell and otherwise transfer
                                            the exchange notes without complying
                                            with the registration and prospectus
                                            delivery  requirements of the
                                            Securities Act if:

                                             o    you acquire the exchange notes
                                                  in the ordinary course of your
                                                  business;

                                             o    you are  not participating, do 
                                                  not   intend   to participate,
                                                  and have no arrangement or
                                                  understanding with any person
                                                  to participate,  in the
                                                  distribution of the exchange
                                                  notes; and

                                             o    you are not an  "affiliate" of
                                                  NWS, as defined in Rule 405 of
                                                  of the Securities Act.

                                            If any of these  conditions  are not
                                            satisfied   and  you   transfer  any
                                            exchange  note without  delivering a
                                            proper    prospectus    or   without
                                            qualifying    for   a   registration
                                            exemption,  you may incur  liability
                                            under the Securities  Act. We do not
                                            assume or indemnify you against such
                                            liability.

                                            Each     broker-dealer     acquiring
                                            exchange  notes for its own  account
                                            in exchange for old notes,  which it
                                            acquired  through  market-making  or
                                            other   trading   activities,   must
                                            acknowledge  that it will  deliver a
                                            proper  prospectus when any exchange
                                            notes     are     transferred.     A
                                            broker-dealer     may    use    this
                                            prospectus for an offer to resell, a
                                            resale  or other  retransfer  of the
                                            exchange notes.

Expiration Date...........................  The exchange  offer  expires at 5:00
                                            p.m.,  New York Central  time,
                                            ______________,  1999, unless we
                                            extend the expiration date.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer..........  The exchange offer is subject to
                                            customary conditions, some of which
                                            we may waive.

Procedures for Tendering Old
     Exchange Notes.......................  If you wish to accept the exchange 
                                            offer,  you must complete,  sign and
                                            date the letter of transmittal in
                                            accordance  with the  instructions,
                                            and deliver the letter of transmittal,
                                            along with the old notes and any
                                            other  required  documentation,  to
                                            the exchange  agent. By executing the
                                            letter of transmittal, you will
                                            represent to us that, among other
                                            things:

                                            o    any  exchange notes you receive
                                                 will be acquired in the ordinary
                                                 course of your business,

                                            o    you have no arrangement  with 
                                                 any person to participate in
                                                 the distribution of the exchange
                                                 notes, and


<PAGE>

                                            o    you are not an "affiliate," as
                                                 defined  in  Rule  405  of the
                                                 Securities  Act, of NWS or, if
                                                 you are an affiliate, you will
                                                 comply  with the  registration
                                                 and    prospectus     delivery
                                                 requirements of the Securities
                                                 Act to the extent applicable.

                                            If you hold your old  notes  through
                                            the Depository Trust Corporation and
                                            wish to  participate in the exchange
                                            offer,  you  may do so  through  the
                                            Depository    Trust    Corporation's
                                            Automated  Tender Offer Program.  By
                                            participating in the exchange offer,
                                            you  will  agree  to be bound by the
                                            letter of  transmittal as though you
                                            had   executed    such   letter   of
                                            transmittal.

Special Procedures for Beneficial
     Owners...............................  If you are a  beneficial owner whose
                                            old notes are registered in the name 
                                            of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
                                            trust company or other nominee and
                                            wish to tender your old notes in the
                                            exchange  offer,  please contact the
                                            registered holder as soon as possible
                                            and instruct it to tender on your
                                            behalf and comply with our instructions
                                            set forth elsewhere in this prospectus.

Withdrawal Rights.........................  You may  withdraw the tender of your
                                            old notes at any time before 5:00 p.m.
                                            New York City time on __________,
                                            1999, unless we extend the date.

Federal Income Tax Considerations.........  With respect to the exchange of the
                                            old notes for the exchange notes:

                                            o    the exchange is not a taxable 
                                                 exchange for U.S. federal
                                                 income tax purposes.

                                            o    you will not recognize any gain
                                                 or loss as a result of the exchange.

Use of Proceeds...........................  We will not receive any proceeds from
                                            the exchange of notes,  and we will
                                            pay the expenses of the exchange offer.

Exchange Agent............................  We have  appointed  Norwest  Bank  
                                            Minnesota, N.A. as the exchange agent
                                            in the exchange offer.  The exchange
                                            agent's  address,  and telephone and
                                            facsimile  numbers are Norwest Bank
                                            Minnesota,  N.A.,  Corporate Trust,
                                            Northwest Center,  6th & Marquette, 
                                            Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, Phone:
                                            (612) 667-9764,  Fax: (612) 667-9825
                                            attention:  Corporate Trust Services.
</TABLE>

Summary of Terms of the Notes and Guarantees

     The form and terms of the exchange notes are  substantially the same as the
form  and  terms  of the old  notes,  except  that the  exchange  notes  will be
registered  under the Securities  Act. As a result,  the exchange notes will not
bear legends  restricting  their transfer and will not contain the  registration
rights and liquidated damage provisions contained in the old notes.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>
Issuer....................................  National Wine & Spirits, Inc.

Guarantors................................  NWS - Indiana, NWS - Illinois, NWS -
                                            Michigan, NWS - LLC

Total Amount of Exchange Notes
Offered...................................  $110,000,000 aggregate principal
                                            amount of 10.125% senior exchange 
                                            notes due 2009.

Maturity Date.............................  January 15, 2009.

Interest Rate.............................  10.125 % per year

Interest Payment Dates....................  January 15 and July 15 of each year,
                                            beginning on July 15, 1999

Ranking...................................  The notes:

                                            o    are unsecured;

                                            o    rank senior in right of payment
                                                 to all  subordinated
                                                 indebtedness of NWS;

                                            o    rank equally in right of payment
                                                 with all existing and future
                                                 unsubordinated indebtedness of
                                                 NWS; and

                                            o    rank junior in right of payment
                                                 with all  existing and future
                                                 secured indebtedness of NWS.

Optional Redemption.......................  On or after January 15, 2004, we may
                                            redeem some or all of the notes at
                                            any time at the redemption  prices  
                                            listed in the section  "Description 
                                            of the  Exchange  Notes" under the
                                            heading "Optional Redemption."

                                            Before  January  15,  2002,  we  may
                                            redeem  up to  33.33%  of the  total
                                            initial amount of the notes with the
                                            proceeds   of  one  or  more  equity
                                            offerings,  at the prices  listed in
                                            the  section   "Description  of  the
                                            Exchange  Notes"  under the  heading
                                            "Optional Redemption."

Guarantees................................  The guarantees are general unsecured
                                            obligations of the guarantors and are
                                            subordinated in right of payment  to
                                            all  existing  and  future guarantor
                                            secured  indebtedness.  The
                                            guarantees are joint and several.

Change of Control.........................  Upon a change of control of NWS, you
                                            will have the right to require us to
                                            repurchase the notes at a price equal
                                            to 101% of their  total  principal
                                            amount on the date of purchase, plus
                                            accrued and unpaid interest to the
                                            date of repurchase.

Certain Covenants.........................  We will  issue  the  notes  under an
                                            indenture with Norwest Bank Minnesota,
                                            N.A. The indenture will be governed
                                            by New York law. The indenture will,
                                            among other things, restrict our
                                            ability and the ability  of  our
                                            subsidiaries to:  
<PAGE>

                                            o    borrow additional money;

                                            o    pay dividends or make certain
                                                 other restricted payments or
                                                 investments;

                                            o    create liens;

                                            o    sell certain assets;

                                            o    enter into transactions with
                                                 affiliates;

                                            o    merge or consolidate with any 
                                                 other person;

                                            o    sell all or substantially all
                                                 of our assets; and

                                            o    engage in certain lines of 
                                                 business.

                                            These   covenants   are  subject  to
                                            important exceptions and qualifications.

Form and Denomination.....................  The notes will be represented by one
                                            or more permanent global  securities
                                            in bearer form deposited with Norwest
                                            Bank Minnesota,  N.A., as book-entry
                                            depositary,  for the benefit of DTC.
                                            You will not  receive  notes in 
                                            registered  form  unless one of the
                                            events set forth under the heading 
                                            "Description of the Exchange Notes -
                                            Book-Entry;  Delivery and Form"
                                            occurs. Instead, beneficial ownership
                                            of the notes will be reflected only on
                                            records maintained in book-entry form by 
                                            DTC.  Transfer of ownership will 
                                            also take place through DTC.
                                            
Use of Proceeds...........................  We will not receive any cash proceeds
                                            in the exchange offer.
</TABLE>

National Wine

     We are one of the  largest  distributors  of wine and spirits in the United
States. We are the largest spirits distributor in Indiana and Michigan,  and one
of the largest in Illinois.  Our markets include Chicago and Detroit,  which are
the largest and sixth largest United States metropolitan markets for spirits.

Recent Developments

     Illinois  Franchise Law.  In December, 1998 legislation was introduced into
the  Illinois  general  assembly  which,  if adopted, would limit the ability of
suppliers  to  terminate  distributors  and  transfer their product lines to new
distributors.  One  house  of  the  Illinois  general  assembly  has passed this
legislation,  and  action  by  the  other  house is expected in the near future.
Other  states  have  adopted  similar  franchise legislation which has generally
resulted  in  price  stabilization.  We  can  give  you  no  assurance  that the
legislation  will  become  law.

     Brand  Representation.  In March,  1999, one of our suppliers,  Diageo-UDV,
announced the sale of several non-core brands. Some of these brands we currently
distribute,  including Black Velvet Whiskey, Christian Brothers Brandy and Arrow
Cordials.  These brands  represent  approximately  357,000 cases in Michigan and
47,000 cases in Indiana.  As of April,  1999, we believe 125,000 cases will stay
with us, 81,000 cases will be distributed by others,  and the balance of 279,000
cases  remain  undecided.  There can be no  assurances  that we will  retain the
undecided  brands.

     As of April 1, 1999, we will no longer distribute Kenwood Wines in Illinois
due to a competing  supplier's  purchase of the brand.  As of May, 1999, we will
have  obtained  the  exclusive  distribution  rights to Wild  Turkey  Bourbon in
Illinois.  Wild Turkey sold approximately 6,500 cases in Illinois in 1998. As of
June,  1999 we will no  longer  distribute  Bombay  Gin in  Indiana.  The  brand
realignment  was caused by required  divestitures  by  suppliers  related to the
formation of Diageo-UDV.  Effective  July,  1999, we will also represent  Allied
Domecq in Michigan. During 1998, Allied Domecq represented approximately 240,000
cases in Michigan.

<PAGE>

     Additional  Acquisition.  On  April  30, 1999, we acquired R.M. Gilligan, a
spirits  sales brokerage in Michigan.  This $1.8 million purchase will give us a
significant  presence  in  the  Michigan  sales  arena  and  the  opportunity to
represent  Allied  Domecq in Michigan.  In 1997, R.M. Gilligan had sales of $1.8
million.

     Lawsuit  Settlement.  We  settled a long running age discrimination lawsuit
in  April,  1999.  As  part  of the settlement, NWS agreed to pay the plaintiffs
$475,000  over  5  years  and  the  plaintiffs  agreed  to  dismiss all charges.

     Industry Lawsuit.  In April, 1999, a lawsuit was filed in Wisconsin against
over  35  defendants,  including  among  others,  various  brewers,  distillers,
vintners, wholesalers, advertisers and insurers.  The focus of this complaint is
an  alleged  conspiracy  among the major manufacturers of alcohol-based beverage
products  to  mislead,  deceive,  and  confuse  the  public regarding the use of
alcohol-based  beverages.  Among  other  remedies  sought,  plaintiffs  seek  $1
billion in monetary damages and civil penalties.  NWS was among those named even
though  we do not do business in Wisconsin.  We intend to defend this litigation
vigorously.




Risk Factors

     See  the  section  entitled  "Risk  Factors"  beginning  on  page  11 for a
discussion of factors that you should  consider in connection with your
investment in the exchange notes.

Summary Consolidated Financial And Other Data

     The following summary  historical  financial  information should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" and the consolidated  financial  statements and notes
thereto included  elsewhere in this  prospectus.  The pro forma income statement
data and other data for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998 give effect to
the  offering  and our  new  credit  facility  as if they  had  occurred  at the
beginning of the period presented.

     Distribution  fees  include  our per  case  distribution  fee for  cases of
spirits  delivered  in and on behalf of the  State of  Michigan.  We do not take
title to or finance any  inventory  in  Michigan.  Please also note that we have
elected S corporation status under the Internal Revenue Code.  Consequently,  we
do not incur liability for federal and certain state income taxes.

The following  will also assist in the review of the financial  information  set
forth below:

o    For purposes of calculating earnings to fixed charges,  earnings consist of
     net income plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of interest  expense,
     amortization   of  debt  expense  and  discount  or  premium   relating  to
     Indebtedness and the portion of rental expense on operating leases which we
     estimate to be representative of the interest factor attributable to rental
     expense.
     For 1994, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $1,281,000.

o    For pro forma  interest  expense,  the  effective  interest rate on our new
     credit facility is assumed to be 7.75%. Pro forma interest expense has been
     reduced by $454,000 which  represents  interest  expense on the shareholder
     notes  payable  which will be set off  against the  interest  income on the
     shareholder  notes  receivable  under the amended terms of the  shareholder
     notes.

o    Net debt represents total debt less cash. Our indebtedness  fluctuates with
     our seasonal working capital requirements.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>


                                                                                             Nine Months          Twelve Months
                                                                                                Ended            Ended December
                                              Years Ended March 31,                         December 31,               31,
                           -----------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------  ------------------
                              1994        1995        1996        1997        1998        1997        1998            1998
                                        (Dollars and cases in thousands, except per case amount)

Statement of Income Data:
   Net product sales...... $ 396,360    $ 427,218   $ 443,257   $ 488,071   $ 505,141   $ 401,927   $ 423,367    $   526,581
   Distribution fees......                     --          --       2,729      16,270      13,121      14,010         17,159
                           -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------------
   Total revenue..........   396,360      427,218     443,257     490,800     521,411     415,048     437,377        543,740
   Cost of products sold..   330,698      354,478     364,792     402,072     411,734     329,566     346,516        428,684
                           -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------------
   Gross profit...........    65,662       72,740      78,465      88,728     109,677      85,482      90,861        115,056
   Selling, general and
      administrative          
      expenses............    62,884       64,431      68,925      80,299      99,118      75,044      78,690        102,764
                           -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------------
   Income from operations.     2,778        8,309       9,540       8,429      10,559      10,438      12,171         12,292
   Interest expense.......    (4,907)      (7,341)     (7,935)     (8,486)     (9,672)     (7,325)     (8,018)       (10,365)
   Gain on sale of assets.       176           89         172          41       4,139       4,225          97             11
   Other income...........       672        1,122       1,247       1,619       2,085         938       1,336          2,483
                           -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------------
   Net income (loss)...... $  (1,281)   $   2,179   $   3,024   $   1,603   $   7,111   $   8,276   $   5,586    $     4,421
                           ===========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==================
Other Financial Data:
   EBITDA (1)............. $   6,578    $  12,870   $  14,442   $  14,186   $  17,674   $  15,490   $  18,245    $    20,429
   EBITDA margin..........       1.7%         3.0%        3.3%        2.9%        3.4%        3.7%        4.2%           3.8%
   Cash  provided (used)                                                               
      by operating         
      activities.......... $  (7,111)   $   5,940   $  (6,727)  $   6,939   $   9,783   $ (14,931)  $  (6,643)   $   (18,071)
   Cash used by investing
      activities.........    (15,876)      (7,424)     (5,077)     (9,937)     (9,908)    (11,003)    (14,972)       (13,877)
   Cash provided (used)
      by financing                                                   
      activities .........    21,946        1,729      11,789       4,918      (1,900)     24,463      23,462         (2,901)
   Depreciation and                                
      amortization........     3,800        4,561       4,902       5,757       7,115       5,052       6,074          8,137
   Capital expenditures       
      (2).................    12,002        6,503       3,609      10,447      13,952      12,069       6,518          8,401
   Ratio of earnings to
      fixed charges.......       N/A         1.3x        1.4x        1.2x        1.6x        2.0x        1.6x           1.4x
Operating Statistics:
   Product Sales
      Operations
   Cases shipped (spirits       
      and
      wine)...............       N/A        6,006       6,109       6,099       6,343       5,039       5,035          6,339
   Net product price per        
      case................       N/A    $   61.07   $   62.87   $   69.95   $   72.86   $   73.23   $   74.62    $     73.96
   Gross profit margin....      16.6%        17.0%       17.7%       17.6%       18.5%       18.0%       18.2%          18.6%
   Fee Operations
   Cases shipped (spirits)        --           --          --         396       2,545       1,990       2,124          2,679
   Distribution fee per          
      case................        --           --          --   $    6.50   $    6.50   $    6.50   $    6.50    $      6.50
Pro Forma Information:
   Adjusted EBITDA (1)....        --           --          --          --          --          --          --         21,175
   Interest expense.......        --           --          --          --          --          --          --         11,299
   Income from operations.        --           --          --          --          --          --          --         12,292
   Adjusted                       
      EBITDA/Interest                                                                                                   1.9x
      Expense.............        --           --          --          --          --          --          --
   Net Debt/Adjusted              
      EBITDA .............        --           --          --          --          --          --          --           5.8x
   Income from operations/
      Interest Expense....        --           --          --          --          --          --          --           1.1x
   Net Debt/Income from...
      operations..........        --           --          --          --          --          --          --          10.0x

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                         <C>                <C>
                                            As of December 31, 1998
                                            -----------------------
                                            Actual      As Adjusted
                                                (In thousands)

 Balance Sheet Data:
    Cash................................    $  3,217       $    100
    Total assets........................     202,136        202,570
    Total debt..........................     120,945        123,338
    Stockholders' equity................      25,119         23,160

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

     (1) EBITDA is defined  as income  from  operations  plus  depreciation  and
amortization.  Adjusted  EBITDA is defined as EBITDA plus non-cash LIFO charges,
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>
                                                                                       Nine Months      Twelve Months
                                                                                          Ended             Ended
                                           Years Ended March 31,                      December 31,       December 31,
                            -----------------------------------------------------   ------------------  ---------------
                              1994       1995       1996       1997       1998       1997       1998           1998
                                 (In thousands)
EBITDA.................      $ 6,578   $ 12,870   $ 14,442   $ 14,186   $ 17,674   $ 15,490    $ 18,245       $ 20,429
LIFO charge............           65        145        545      1,455        570        429         605            746
                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------    -----------
   Adjusted EBITDA.....      $ 6,643   $ 13,015   $ 14,987   $ 15,641   $ 18,244   $ 15,919    $ 18,850       $ 21,175
                            =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  ==========    ===========
</TABLE>

EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial  indicator used by
certain  investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of
debt service capability.  Adjusted EBITDA is presented because we believe it may
assist in  evaluating  our ability to service our  indebtedness,  including  the
exchange  notes.  EBITDA and Adjusted  EBITDA are not intended to represent cash
flows for the periods presented,  nor have they been presented as an alternative
to operating  income as an indicator of operating  performance and should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance  and cash
flow prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles.  The
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA information  reflected above may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures used by other companies.

     (2) The breakdown of our capital expenditures by significant project is set
forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                                                       Nine Months      Twelve Months
                                                                                          Ended             Ended
                                            Years Ended March 31,                     December 31,       December 31,
                            ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------  ---------------
                            1994        1995       1996        1997        1998       1997       1998         1998
                                 (In thousands)
Business expansion....     $10,733     $3,930     $  786     $ 5,855    $10,758    $ 9,740    $ 4,033      $ 5,051
Information systems...         403      1,743      1,553       2,446      1,781      1,225        921        1,447
Maintenance...........         866        830      1,270       2,146      1,413      1,104      1,564        1,873
                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                           $12,002     $6,503     $3,609     $10,447    $13,952    $12,069    $ 6,518      $ 8,401
                          =========  =========  =========  ==========  =========  =========  =========  ===========
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

     RISK FACTORS

     You should  carefully  consider the following risk factors,  as well as the
other information contained in this prospectus, in evaluating whether or not you
should participate in the exchange offer.

     We Have Significant Debt and We May Not Be Able to Meet Our Obligations

     We have  now  and,  after  the  exchange  offer,  will  continue  to have a
significant  amount of indebtedness.  The following chart  summarizes  important
information and is presented  assuming we received the proceeds from the sale of
the old notes and our new credit facility as of December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                   <C>
                                                                      At December 31, 1998

Total unsubordinated debt..........................................   $ 122.4 million

Ratio of unsubordinated debt
  to total capitalization..........................................        83.5%


                                                                      For the Twelve Months
                                                                      Ended December 31, 1998

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges................................          1.3x       
</TABLE>

     Our  substantial  debt could have important  consequences  to you as a
holder of notes, including the following:

     o We may be unable to obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital,
capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate purpose;

     o A significant  portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated
to the  repayment of the  indebtedness,  thereby  reducing the amount of cash we
have available for other purposes; and

     o We may be disadvantaged as compared to our competitors as a result of the
significant amount of debt we now owe.


     In  addition,  we and our  subsidiaries  may be able  to  incur  additional
indebtedness in the future. Under the indenture,  our ratio of earnings to fixed
charges is  permitted to increase to 2.0 to 1.0 after the first  anniversary  of
the issue  date,  and 2.25 to 1.0 after the second  anniversary.  Our new credit
facility permits borrowings of up to $60.0 million.  If new debt is added to our
and our  subsidiaries'  current debt levels,  the related risks that we and they
now face could intensify.

<PAGE>

     To Service Our Indebtedness,  We Will Require A Significant Amount of Cash.
Our Ability to Generate Cash May Depend on Factors Beyond Our Control

     Our  ability  to  make  payments  on and  to  refinance  our  indebtedness,
including these notes, and to fund planned capital  expenditures  will depend on
our  ability to generate  cash in the  future.  This,  to a certain  extent,  is
subject to general economic, financial, competitive,  legislative and regulatory
factors that are beyond our control.

     Because our  operations  are  conducted  through our  subsidiaries,  we are
dependent  upon  the cash  flow of our  subsidiaries  to meet  our  obligations,
including  obligations under the notes. Based on our subsidiaries' current level
of  operations  and  anticipated  cost savings and  operating  improvements,  we
believe our cash flow from operations,  available cash and available  borrowings
under our credit  facility,  will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs
for at least the next few years.

     We cannot assure you, however,  that our business will generate  sufficient
cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating
improvements  will be realized on  schedule  or that future  borrowings  will be
available to us under our credit  facility in an amount  sufficient to enable us
to pay our  indebtedness,  including these notes, or to fund our other liquidity
needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness,  including
these notes on or before maturity.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to
refinance  any of our  indebtedness,  including  our credit  facility  and these
notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

     Your  Right to  Receive  Payments  on These  Notes Is Junior to Our and Our
Guarantors' Existing and Future Secured Indebtedness

     These notes and the  subsidiary  guarantees  rank behind all of our and the
guarantors' existing and future secured indebtedness.  At December 31, 1998, and
after giving effect to the offering and our new credit facility, these notes and
the guarantees would have been effectively  subordinated to approximately  $12.0
million  of  secured  debt and would  have been  equal in rank to  approximately
$300,000 of debt.  As a result,  upon any  distribution  to our creditors or the
creditors of the guarantors in a bankruptcy,  liquidation or  reorganization  or
similar  proceeding  relating to us or the guarantors or our or their  property,
the  holders of secured  debt of NWS and the  guarantors  will be entitled to be
paid in full in cash before any payment may be made with  respect to these notes
or the guarantees.  The obligations under our new credit facility are secured by
the accounts receivable and inventory of NWS and all of the guarantors.

     In the event of a  bankruptcy,  liquidation  or  reorganization  or similar
proceeding  relating  to NWS or  the  guarantors,  holders  of  the  notes  will
participate   with  trade  creditors  and  all  other  holders  of  subordinated
indebtedness of NWS and the guarantors in the assets  remaining after we and the
guarantors  have paid all of the secured debt.  Holders of the notes may receive
less, ratably, than holders of trade payables in any such proceeding.  In any of
these cases, we and the subsidiary  guarantors may not have sufficient  funds to
pay all of our creditors and holders of notes may receive  less,  ratably,  than
the holders of secured debt.

     NWS Could Face Corporate Tax Liability

     We have  elected  to be  treated  as an  S-corporation  and for each of our
subsidiaries  to  be  qualified  subchapter  S  subsidiaries  or  other  similar
pass-through  entities  for tax  purposes.  Accordingly,  our  shareholders  are
directly subject to tax on their respective  proportionate shares of our and our
subsidiaries' taxable income for federal and certain state income tax purposes.

<PAGE>

     We believe that we qualify and will continue to qualify as an S-corporation
and that our  subsidiaries  have  qualified  and will  continue  to  qualify  as
subchapter S subsidiaries or other  pass-through  entities for federal and state
income tax purposes. However, if this qualification was successfully challenged,
we could be required to pay federal and state  income  taxes plus  interest  and
possibly penalties on our past and future taxable income.  These payments of tax
could be  substantial  and could reduce the amount of cash available to meet our
obligations to the holders of the notes.  While our shareholders  have agreed to
indemnify  us if our tax  status  is  successfully  challenged,  we can  give no
assurance that the resulting payment of taxes,  interest and penalties would not
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

     Our Indenture and New Credit  Facility May Restrict Our Ability to Take 
Various Actions

     The  indenture  and our  credit  facility  impose a number  of  significant
operating  and  financial   restrictions  on  us  and  our   subsidiaries.   The
restrictions  could limit our ability to meet our  obligations to the holders of
the notes. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

     o borrow additional money;

     o pay dividends or make certain other or investments;

     o sell subsidiary stock;

     o enter into transactions with our affiliates;

     o participate in sale-leaseback transactions;

     o create liens;

     o establish new lines of business;

     o merge or consolidate with any other person; and

     o sell all or substantially all our assets.

     In addition,  the identure prohibits certain restrictions on distributions
from  our  guarantors,   as  well  as  requires  a  guarantee  from  our  future
subsidiaries.   However,   the  indenture  allows  NWS  to  make  quarterly  tax
distributions to its shareholders.

     Our credit facility contains covenants similar to those described above. In
addition, the credit facility requires us to meet several financial tests. If we
are unable to pay our debts or to comply with these covenants,  we would default
under our existing debt agreements. If our creditors did not waive this default,
the default could accelerate payments on our debt. We cannot ensure you that our
assets would be sufficient to repay such debt,  including the exchange notes, on
an accelerated basis.

     We May Not Have the  Ability to Raise the Funds  Necessary  to Finance  the
Change of Control Offer Which May Be Required by the Indenture

     If a change of control  occurs,  holders of the notes then  outstanding may
require NWS to repurchase  their notes.  Our credit  facility  prohibits us from
repurchasing any notes, with limited exceptions, and also provides that a change
of control could  constitute a default.  In the event a change of control occurs
at a time when we are prohibited  from  purchasing the notes,  we could seek the
consent of our lenders to purchase the notes or could  attempt to refinance  the
borrowings  that contain such a prohibition.  If we cannot obtain such a consent
or refinance such borrowings,  we would be prohibited from purchasing the notes.
In such case, our failure to purchase  tendered notes would constitute a default
under the  indenture,  which,  in turn,  could  result in amounts owed under our
credit  facility  being  declared due and  payable.  In the event of a change of
control,  there can be no  assurance  that we would  have  sufficient  assets to
satisfy all of our obligations under the credit facility and the notes.

<PAGE>

     Federal and State Statutes Allow Courts, Under Specific  Circumstances,  to
Void  Guarantees  and  Require  Noteholders  to Return  Payments  Received  from
Guarantors

     Under  the  federal  bankruptcy  law and  comparable  provisions  of  state
fraudulent transfer laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a
guarantee  could be  subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among
other things, the guarantor,  at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced
by its guarantee:

     o received less than reasonably  equivalent value or fair consideration for
the  incurrence of such  guarantee  and was  insolvent or rendered  insolvent by
reason of such incurrence; or

     o was  engaged  in a  business  or  transaction  for which the  guarantor's
remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

     o intended to incur,  or believed  that it would  incur,  debts  beyond its
ability to pay such debts as they mature.

     In addition, if any payment is made by any guarantor, it is possible that a
payment could be ordered to be returned to the  guarantor,  or to a fund for the
benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.

     The measures of insolvency for purposes of these  fraudulent  transfer laws
will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine  whether
a fraudulent  transfer has occurred.  Generally,  however,  a guarantor would be
considered insolvent if:

     o the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than
the fair saleable value of all of its assets, or

     o the  present  fair  saleable  value of its  assets  were less than the
amount that would be  required to pay its  probable  liability  on its  existing
debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature, or

     o it could not pay its debts as they become due.

     On the basis of historical financial information,  recent operating history
and other factors,  we believe that each  guarantor,  after giving effect to its
guarantee  of these notes,  will not be  insolvent,  will not have  unreasonably
small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not have incurred
debts  beyond  its  ability to pay such  debts as they  mature.  There can be no
assurance,  however,  as to what  standard a court  would  apply in making  such
determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

     You May Find It Difficult to Sell Your Notes

     While the old notes are presently eligible for trading in the PORTAL market
of the NASD by qualified  institutional  buyers, there is no existing market for
the exchange notes.  The initial  purchasers have advised us that they intend to
make a market in the exchange notes following the exchange  offer,  but they are
not obligated to do so. The initial  purchasers could stop  market-making at any
time  without  notice.  We do not intend to apply for a listing of the  exchange
notes on any  securities  exchange.  In addition,  the  liquidity of the trading
market in these  notes,  and the market  price  quoted for these  notes,  may be
adversely  affected by changes in the overall  market for high yield  securities
and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for
companies in our  industry  generally.  As a result,  you cannot be sure that an
active trading market will develop for these notes.

<PAGE>

We Are Dependent on Key Suppliers

     Although we distribute  numerous suppliers'  products,  the majority of our
revenue comes from a few major suppliers.  The following table  illustrates 1998
total revenue from the sales of our major suppliers' products:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    Percent of 1998
Supplier                            total revenue

Seagram.............................   32.6%
Fortune Brands......................   17.7
Diageo-UDV..........................    7.7
Canandaigua.........................    7.4
</TABLE>

     We have entered into written  distribution  agreements  with several of our
principal  suppliers.  While the  agreements may be extended year by year by our
suppliers,  the  agreements  are  terminable by the suppliers upon 30 days or 60
days written  notice to us. In addition,  we distribute  the products of many of
our suppliers  under informal  arrangements  such as purchase  orders.  However,
under the terms of written  distribution  agreements  suppliers  can transfer or
terminate our distributorship rights with little notice. For example, as part of
our   reorganization,   substantially  all  of  our  Illinois   operations  were
transferred from  NWS-Illinois to NWS-LLC.  Although we have notified all of our
Illinois  suppliers of this  transfer of  operations,  and while we believe that
these suppliers will have no objection,  we can give no assurance that they will
not terminate their agreements.

     The relative  strength of the major  suppliers  in our industry  could also
affect our competitive position,  including our ability to expand geographically
and to add brands.  From time to time, we and other  distributors  pay franchise
fees to suppliers  in order to add key brands or enter new markets.  We can give
no assurance that we will not pay additional franchise fees to our key suppliers
in the  future,  or that  such fees  will not be  material.  We can also give no
assurance that future  acquisitions  or mergers of suppliers will not affect our
relationships  with our existing  suppliers.  For example,  the  acquisition  or
merger of one of our  suppliers in  Illinois,  Indiana or Michigan by a supplier
that has a relationship  with one or more of our competitors could result in the
loss of that account in one or more of our markets. Competitors in other markets
could also enter our markets  through  acquisition  of one or more  distributors
with the expectation that suppliers would terminate their  relationship  with us
in  order  to  further  consolidate  distributors  or  for  other  reasons.  The
termination  of our written or informal  distribution  agreements  or an adverse
change in the  terms of these  distribution  agreements  could  have a  negative
impact on our business.

We Are Dependent on Key Management Personnel

     Our success  depends on the  continued  services of our senior  management,
particularly  our Chairman,  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  James E.
LaCrosse and our Senior Vice President,  Martin H. Bart. Mr. LaCrosse,  Mr. Bart
and  other  senior   management   personnel   have  long  and   well-established
relationships  with key suppliers and customers.  Mr. Bart worked at Seagram for
37 years prior to joining our organization,  and maintains a strong relationship
with Seagram,  which is our largest supplier of distilled spirits.  Mr. LaCrosse
and Mr. Bart do not have  employment  agreements or non-compete  agreements with
NWS. The loss of the services of Mr. LaCrosse,  Mr. Bart, or any other member of
senior management could have a negative impact on our business.  We maintain key
person life insurance on  Mr. LaCrosse  in the amount of  $9.1 million,  some of
which is currently pledged to support our indebtedness.

<PAGE>

     Government  Regulation  Could  Adversely  Affect the Alcohol Based Beverage
Industry

     Extensive  Governmental  Regulation.   The  distribution  of  alcohol-based
beverages  is subject to  extensive  regulation.  We are required to comply with
various  laws and  regulations  and  maintain  certain  permits and  licenses to
import, warehouse,  transport,  distribute and sell wine and spirits. We believe
that we are operating in compliance with all federal and state laws, regulations
and policy in all material respects.  However, we can give no assurance that the
various  governmental  regulations  applicable  to  the  alcohol-based  beverage
industry  will not change and become more  stringent.  If we fail to comply with
applicable  governmental  regulations  or  the  conditions  of our  licenses  or
permits, our licenses and permits could be revoked or suspended.

     Federal and State Taxation. The distribution of alcohol-based  beverages is
also subject to extensive  federal and state  taxation.  Our  operations  may be
subject to  increased  taxation as compared  with those of  non-alcohol  related
businesses.  In such case,  we may have to raise prices on our products in order
to maintain  profit  margins.  The effect of such an increase  could  negatively
impact our sales or profitability.

     Legislative Initiatives. The alcohol-based beverage industry has become the
subject of considerable  societal and political attention in recent years due to
increasing  public concern over  alcohol-related  societal  problems,  including
driving while intoxicated, underage drinking, alcoholism and health consequences
from the abuse of alcohol.  Illinois has established  .08% or above as the blood
alcohol level for driving  under the influence of alcohol.  Indiana and Michigan
remain at .10%, but several other states have recently lowered the blood alcohol
levels for driving  under the  influence of alcohol,  and  legislation  has been
introduced in the United States Congress to adopt .08% as the national standard.
This  federal  legislation  was not enacted but could be in the future.  Similar
measures  are likely to be  introduced  in Indiana  and  Michigan in the future.
There has also been discussion at the federal and state levels about restricting
or prohibiting print or electronic advertising or other promotional  activities,
including  billboard  advertising and other  promotions  which allegedly  target
youth  as  potential   consumers   of   alcohol-based   beverages.   In  certain
jurisdictions,  including certain precincts in Chicago,  Illinois, recent ballot
initiatives  have been  passed  which  limit the sale of  alcohol  at  specified
locations  or in specified  areas.  You should be aware that the passage of such
legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

     Direct Shipment Programs.  In recent years, there has been growth in direct
shipments  by suppliers  such as  "wine-of-the-month,"  Internet-based  or 1-800
direct ordering  systems,  or other direct  marketing  promotions or programs by
wine or craft beer  producers.  These direct sales  programs  threaten the three
tier  regulatory  structure  currently  in place by allowing  suppliers or third
party shippers to deal directly with  consumers.  Although many states,  such as
Indiana,  have adopted legislation either prohibiting or more closely regulating
direct  shipments of alcohol-based  beverages into those states,  we can give no
assurance  that  these  direct  marketing  programs  will not  result in reduced
purchases by our customers.

     Potential Class Action Litigation. The alcohol-based beverage industry also
faces the possibility of class action or other similar litigation  alleging that
the continued excessive use or abuse of alcohol-based beverages has caused death
or  serious  health  problems.  It  is  also  possible  that  federal  or  state
governments   could  assert  that  the  use  of   alcohol-based   beverages  has
significantly  increased  that  portion  of health  care  costs  paid for by the
government.  Litigation  or  assertions  of this  type have  adversely  affected
companies  in the  tobacco  industry.  Although  we  bottle  and  blend  our own
private-label   spirits  for  resale,  we  are  not  generally  engaged  in  the
manufacture  of  alcohol-based  beverages.  It is  possible,  however,  that our
suppliers  could be named in litigation of this type which could have a material
adverse  effect on their  business  and,  in turn,  could  also have a  material
adverse effect on our business.

<PAGE>

     The Alcohol Based Beverage  Distribution  Industry Is Highly Competitive

     The wine and spirits wholesale distribution industry is highly competitive.
Some  of our  competitors  have  greater  financial  and  other  resources.  The
competitors  could  threaten  our  relationships  with  our  key  suppliers  and
customers.  One of the larger  distributors in the United States has joined with
another  distributor  to  purchase  a  controlling  interest  in  our  principal
competitor  in  Indiana.  You should be aware  that  entry into  Indiana by this
competitor may have a negative impact on our relationship  with our suppliers or
our  Indiana  market  share.  We can give no  assurance  that we will be able to
compete successfully against current and future sources of competition.

     Our Volatility Is Caused By Seasonal Variations

     Our  quarterly  results  are  subject  to  the  changing  seasons.  Because
consumption of alcohol-based  beverages increases during the last quarter of the
calendar year, particularly during the Christmas season, our revenues tend to be
substantially higher during our fiscal third quarter and lower during our fiscal
fourth  quarter,   when  we  routinely  experience  operating  losses.  We  also
experience  seasonally high working capital requirements and indebtedness in our
third quarter.

     A Single Stockholder Controls NWS

     Mr. LaCrosse,  the Chairman,  President and Chief Executive Officer of NWS,
owns approximately 83% of NWS' voting common stock. As a result, Mr. LaCrosse is
able to:

     o elect our Board of Directors;

     o approve or disapprove other matters requiring stockholder approval; and

     o exercise control over our policies and management.

     NWS and  Mr. LaCrosse  intend to nominate and elect up to four  independent
directors to our Board of Directors prior to July 31, 1999. However,  you should
be aware that  Mr. LaCrosse's  interests as our controlling  equity stock holder
may differ from your interests.

Year 2000 Issues May Adversely Affect Our Operations and Financial Results

     Many computer systems and other equipment with embedded chips or processors
use only two digits to represent  the year and, as a result,  they may be unable
to process accurately  certain data before,  during or after the year 2000. As a
result,   business   and   governmental   entities  are  at  risk  for  possible
miscalculations or system failures causing disruptions in their operations. This
is  commonly  known as the Year  2000  issue  and can  arise at any point in our
supply, processing, distribution and financial chains.

     We are  currently  assessing  our exposure to potential  Year 2000  issues.
Although we have not  completed our  assessment  and  remediation  of our IT and
non-IT  systems,  we do  not  expect,  based  on  the  limited  information  now
available,  that  Year 2000  issues will have a material  adverse  effect on our
business.  We are also surveying our key customers and suppliers regarding their
preparation  for the  Year  2000.  Although  we are not  presently  aware of any
significant  customer or supplier with a Year 2000  issue that would  materially
impact  our  operations,  we have no means of  ensuring  that our  customers  or
suppliers will be Year 2000 ready. Our failure to properly assess, remediate and
plan for potential  Year 2000 problems could result in disruptions of our normal
business operations.

     Due to the general uncertainty  inherent in the Year 2000 issue,  resulting
in part from the  uncertainty  of the Year  2000  readiness  of our  third-party
suppliers and  customers,  the  consequences  of Year 2000 failures could have a
material impact on our business.


<PAGE>

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     The statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this
prospectus are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements generally
can be  identified  by the use of  forward-looking  terminology  such as  "may,"
"will," "expect," "intend,"  "estimate,"  "anticipate" or "believe".  We believe
that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are accurate.
However,  we cannot  assure you that such  expectations  will occur.  Our actual
future performance could differ materially from such statements.

     You should not unduly rely on these forward-looking statements, which speak
only as of the date of this  prospectus.  Except as  required by law, we are not
obligated to publicly release any revisions to these forward-looking  statements
to reflect events or  circumstances  occurring after the date of this prospectus
or to reflect the occurrence of  unanticipated  events.  Important  factors that
could cause our actual results to differ  materially from our  expectations  are
discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.  All subsequent
written  and oral  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to NWS, or persons
acting  on  its  behalf,  are  expressly  qualified  in  their  entirety  by the
statements in those sections.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

     At the same time we issued the old notes,  we agreed to file a registration
statement regarding the exchange of the old notes for notes with terms identical
in all material  respects and to use our  reasonable  best efforts to cause that
registration statement to become effective with the SEC.

     In the event that applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not
permit NWS to conduct  the  exchange  offer,  or if any holders of the old notes
notify NWS that they are not  eligible to  participate  in, or would not receive
freely  tradable  exchange  notes in  exchange  for  tendered  old notes in, the
exchange  offer,  NWS will use its best  efforts to cause to become  effective a
shelf  registration  statement with respect to the resale of the old notes.  NWS
also  agreed to use its best  efforts to keep the shelf  registration  statement
effective at least two years after its date of effectiveness.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

     NWS is offering to exchange up to $110,000,000  total  principal  amount of
exchange  notes for  $110,000,000  of old notes.  The old notes must be tendered
properly on or before 5:00 p.m. New York City time on ____________, 1999.

     The  exchange  offer is not  conditioned  upon  holders  tendering  minimum
principal amount of old notes. As of the date of this  prospectus,  $110,000,000
aggregate  principal  amount of  exchange  notes  are old.  The old notes may be
tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.

     Holders of the old notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights in
the exchange  offer. If holders do not tender old notes or tender old notes that
NWS does not  accept,  their old notes will  remain  old.  Any old notes will be
entitled  to the  benefits  of the  indenture  but will not be  entitled  to any
further  registration  rights under the registration  rights  agreement,  except
under limited circumstances.


<PAGE>

     After the  expiration  date, NWS will return to the holder any tendered old
notes that NWS did not accept for exchange.

     Holders exchanging old notes will not have to pay brokerage  commissions or
fees or  transfer  taxes  if they  follow  the  instructions  in the  letter  of
transmittal.  NWS will pay the charges and  expenses,  other than certain  taxes
described  below, in the exchange offer.

     Neither NWS nor the board of directors of NWS  recommends  you to tender or
not tender old notes in the exchange offer. In addition,  NWS has not authorized
anyone to make any  recommendation.  You must  decide  whether  to tender in the
exchange offer and, if so, the aggregate amount of old notes to tender.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

     The expiration  date is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on __________,  1999
unless we extend the exchange offer.

     NWS has the right, in accordance with applicable law, at any time to:

          o    delay the acceptance of the old notes;

          o    terminate the exchange  offer if NWS  determines  that any of the
               conditions  to the  exchange  offer have not occurred or have not
               been satisfied;

          o    extend the expiration date of the exchange offer and keep all old
               notes tendered other than those notes properly withdrawn; and

          o    waive any condition or amend the terms of the exchange offer.

     If NWS materially  changes the exchange  offer, or if NWS waives a material
condition  of the  exchange  offer,  NWS will  promptly  distribute a prospectus
supplement to the holders of the old notes disclosing the change or waiver.  NWS
will  also  extend  the  exchange  offer as  required  by Rule  l4e-1  under the
Exchange Act.

     If NWS exercises any of the rights listed above, it will promptly give oral
or written  notice of the action to the exchange  agent and will issue a release
to an appropriate news agency. In the case of an extension, an announcement will
be made no later than 9:00 a.m.,  New York City time,  on the next  business day
after the previously scheduled expiration date.

Interest on Exchange Notes

     The  exchange  notes will bear  interest  at a rate of  10.125%  per annum,
payable  semi-annually,  on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July
15, 1999.  Holders of exchange notes will receive interest on July 15, 1999 from
the date of initial issuance of the exchange notes,  plus any accrued  interest.
Interest  on the old notes  accepted  for  exchange  will  cease to accrue  upon
issuance of the exchange notes.

<PAGE>


Acceptance for Exchange and Issuance of Exchange Notes

     NWS will issue to the exchange  agent exchange notes for old notes tendered
and accepted and not withdrawn  promptly after the expiration date. The exchange
agent might not deliver the exchange notes to all tendering  holders at the same
time.  The timing of delivery  depends upon when the exchange agent receives and
processes the required documents.

     NWS will be deemed to have  exchanged  old notes  validly  tendered and not
withdrawn  when NWS gives oral or written  notice to the exchange agent of their
acceptance.  The exchange agent is an agent for NWS for receiving tenders of old
notes, letters of transmittal and related documents.  The exchange agent is also
an agent for tendering  holders for receiving old notes,  letters of transmittal
and related  documents  and  transmitting  exchange  notes to validly  tendering
holders. If for any reason, NWS

     o    delays the acceptance or exchange of any old notes,

     o    extends the exchange offer, or

     o    is unable to accept or exchange notes,

then the  exchange  agent  may,  on  behalf of NWS and  subject  to Rule
14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, retain tendered notes.  Exchange notes retained
by the exchange agent may not be withdrawn,  except  according to the withdrawal
procedures outlined in the section entitled "--Withdrawal Rights" below.

     In tendering old notes, you must warrant in the letter of transmittal or in
an agent's message (described below) the following:

     o    you have full power and authority to tender,  exchange,  sell,  assign
          and transfer old notes,

     o    NWS  will  acquire  good,  marketable  and  unencumbered  title to the
          tendered old notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges
          and other encumbrances, and

     o    the old notes  tendered  for  exchange  are not subject to any adverse
          claims or proxies. You also must warrant and agree that you will, upon
          request, execute and deliver any additional documents requested by NWS
          or the exchange agent to complete the exchange, sale, assignment,  and
          transfer of the old notes.

Procedures for Tendering Old Notes

     Valid Tender

     Only a holder of exchange  notes or, in the case of global  exchange  notes
held by DTC, a DTC participant  listed in an official DTC proxy, may tender such
exchange notes in the exchange  offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder
or DTC participant must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal,  or a
facsimile  thereof,  have the signatures  thereon  guaranteed if required by the
letter of transmittal  and mail or otherwise  deliver such letter of transmittal
or such  facsimile,  together  with the  exchange  notes and any other  required
documents,  to the exchange  agent so as to be received by the exchange agent at
the  address  set  forth  below  prior to 5:00  p.m.,  New York  City  time,  on
_________,  1999.  Delivery  of the  exchange  notes  may be made by  book-entry
transfer in accordance with the procedures described below. Confirmation of such
book-entry  transfer  must  be  received  by the  exchange  agent  prior  to the
expiration date.

     By executing the letter of transmittal, each holder or DTC participant will
make to NWS and the guarantors the  representation set forth below in the second
paragraph under the heading "-- Resales of Exchange Notes."

     The tender by a holder or DTC participant and the acceptance thereof by NWS
will  constitute an agreement  between such holder or DTC participant and NWS in
accordance  with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in
the letter of transmittal.


<PAGE>

     The method of delivery of notes and the letter of transmittal and all other
required  documents  to the  exchange  agent is at the  election and risk of the
holder or DTC  participant.  Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that
holders and DTC participants use an overnight or hand delivery  service,  in all
cases,  sufficient  time should be allowed to assure  delivery  to the  exchange
agent before the  expiration  date. No letter of  transmittal or notes should be
sent to NWS.  Beneficial owners may request their respective  brokers,  dealers,
commercial banks,  trust companies or nominees to effect the above  transactions
for such beneficial owners.

     Any  beneficial  owner  whose  exchange  notes  are held  through a broker,
dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender
should  contract  such nominee  promptly and instruct  such nominee to tender on
such beneficial owner's behalf.  Such instructions should be given in sufficient
time to ensure  that the  nominee  will be able to take the  necessary  steps to
tender such exchange notes before the expiration date.

     Signature Guarantees

     Signatures on the letter of transmittal  or a notice of withdrawal,  as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution,  as defined later in
this  paragraph,  unless  the  exchange  notes  tendered  pursuant  thereto  are
tendered:

     o    by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special
          Registration  Instructions" or "Special Delivery  Instructions" on the
          letter of transmittal or

     o    for the account of an eligible institution.

In the  event  that  signatures  on a  letter  of  transmittal  or a  notice  of
withdrawal,  as the case may be, are required to be  guaranteed,  such guarantee
must be by a member firm of a registered  national securities exchange or of the
National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc., a commercial  bank or trust
company having an office or  correspondent  in the United States or an "eligible
guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act
(an "Eligible Institution").

     If  the  letter  of   transmittal   is  signed  by   trustees,   executors,
administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others
acting  in a  fiduciary  or  representative  capacity,  such  persons  should so
indicate when signing, and unless waived by NWS, evidence satisfactory to NWS of
their authority to so act must be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

     Book-Entry Transfer; ATOP

     NWS understands  that the exchange agent will make a request promptly after
the date of this prospectus to establish an account with respect to the exchange
notes at DTC for the purpose of facilitating  the exchange offer, and subject to
the establishment  thereof,  any financial  institution that is a participant in
DTC may  make  book-entry  delivery  of the  exchange  notes by  causing  DTC to
transfer such exchange notes into the exchange  agent's  account with respect to
the exchange notes in accordance with DTC's procedures for such transfer.

     The  exchange  agent  and DTC have  confirmed  that the  exchange  offer is
eligible for the book-entry facility ATOP. Accordingly,  DTC participants listed
on an official DTC proxy may  electronically  transmit  their  acceptance of the
exchange  offer by causing DTC to transfer  exchange notes to the exchange agent
in accordance  with DTC's ATOP  procedures  for transfer.  DTC will then send an
agent's message to the exchange agent.


<PAGE>

     The term "agent's message" means a message  transmitted by DTC, received by
the  exchange  agent  and  forming  part  of the  confirmation  of a  book-entry
transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgement from the
participant  in DTC  tendering  exchange  notes  which are the  subject  of such
book-entry  confirmation,  that such  participant  has received and agrees to be
bound by terms of the letter of transmittal  and that NWS and the guarantors may
enforce  such  agreement  against  the  participant.  In the case of an  agent's
message relating to guaranteed delivery, the term means a message transmitted by
DTC and  received by the  exchange  agent which  states that DTC has received an
express  acknowledgement  from the  participant in DTC tendering  exchange notes
that such  participant  has  received  and  agrees to be bound by the  Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery.

     Each DTC  participant  transmitting  an  acceptance  of the exchange  offer
through  the ATOP  procedures  will be deemed to have  agreed to be bound by the
terms of the letter of transmittal.

     Guaranteed Delivery

     If a holder  wants to tender  old notes in the  exchange  offer and (1) the
certificates  for the old notes are not  immediately  available  or all required
documents are unlikely to reach the exchange  agent on or before the  expiration
date, or (2) a book-entry  transfer  cannot be completed in time,  the old notes
may be tendered if the holder  complies with the following  guaranteed  delivery
procedures:

     o    the tender is made by or through an eligible institution;

     o    prior to the  expiration  date,  the exchange agent receives from such
          eligible  institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
          Guaranteed  Delivery setting forth the name and address of the holder,
          the  certificate  number(s) of such  exchange  notes and the principal
          amount of exchange  notes  tendered,  stating that the tender is being
          made  thereby  and  guaranteeing  that,  within  three New York  Stock
          Exchange  trading  days  after  the  expiration  date,  the  letter of
          transmittal (or facsimile  thereof),  together with the certificate(s)
          representing  the  exchange  notes, or a  confirmation  of  book-entry
          transfer of such exchange notes into the exchange  agent's  account at
          DTC and any other  documents  required  by the letter of  transmittal,
          will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent;
          and

     o    such  properly  completed  and  executed  letter  of  transmittal  (or
          facsimile  thereof),  as well as the  certificate(s)  representing all
          tendered exchange notes in proper form for transfer, or a confirmation
          of  book-entry  transfer  of such  exchange  notes  into the  exchange
          agent's account at DTC, and all other documents required by the letter
          of  transmittal,  are received by the exchange  agent within three New
          York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

     NWS'  acceptance  of  properly  tendered  old notes is a binding  agreement
between  the  tendering  holder  and NWS  upon  the  terms  and  subject  to the
conditions of the exchange offer.


<PAGE>

Determination of Validity

     NWS will resolve all questions  regarding the form of documents,  validity,
eligibility, including  time of  receipt, and  acceptance  for  exchange  of any
tendered  old  notes.  NWS'  resolution  of  these  questions  as  well  as NWS'
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer,  including the
letter of  transmittal,  is final and  binding on all  parties.  A tender of old
notes is invalid  until all  irregularities  have been cured or waived.  Neither
NWS, any  affiliates or assigns of NWS, the exchange  agent nor any other person
is under any obligation to give notice of any irregularities in tenders nor will
they be liable for failing to give any such  notice.  NWS  reserves the absolute
right, in its sole and absolute discretion,  to reject any tenders determined to
be in improper form or unlawful.  NWS also reserves the absolute  right to waive
any of the conditions of the exchange offer or any condition or  irregularity in
the tender of old notes by any holder.  NWS need not waive similar conditions or
irregularities in the case of other holders.

     If any letter of transmittal,  endorsement,  bond power, power of attorney,
or any other  document  required  by the  letter of  transmittal  is signed by a
trustee,  executor,  administrator,  guardian,  attorney-in-fact,  officer  of a
corporation  or other person acting in a fiduciary or  representative  capacity,
that person must indicate that capacity when signing. In addition, unless waived
by NWS, the person must submit proper evidence  satisfactory to NWS, in its sole
discretion, of his or her authority to so act.

     A beneficial  owner of old notes that are held by or registered in the name
of a  broker,  dealer,  commercial  bank,  trust  company  or other  nominee  or
custodian should contact that entity promptly if the holder wants to participate
in the exchange offer.

Resales of Exchange Notes

     Based on an  interpretation  by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action
letters  issued to third  parties,  NWS  believes  that  exchange  notes  issued
pursuant  to the  exchange  offer in  exchange  for old notes may be offered for
resale,  resold and otherwise  transferred by any owner of such exchange  notes,
other than any such owner which is an  "affiliate"  of NWS within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act, without compliance with the  registration and
prospectus  delivery  provisions  of the  Securities  Act,  provided  that  such
exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such owner's  business and
such  owner  does  not  intend  to  participate,   and  has  no  arrangement  or
understanding  with any  person  to  participate,  in the  distribution  of such
exchange  notes.  Any owner of exchange  notes who tenders in the exchange offer
with the intention to  participate,  or for the purpose of  participating,  in a
distribution  of the exchange notes may not rely on the position of the staff of
the SEC enunciated in Exxon Capital  Holdings  Corporation  (April 13, 1988) and
Morgan Stanley & Co.,  Incorporated  (June 5, 1991) or similar no-action letters
but  rather  must  comply  with  the   registration   and  prospectus   delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. In
addition,  any  such  resale  transaction  should  be  covered  by an  effective
registration  statement  containing  the selling  security  holders  information
required  by  Item  507  of  Regulation  S-K  under  the  Securities  Act.  Each
broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own broker-dealer as a result
of  market-making  activities  or other trading  activities,  may be a statutory
underwriter and must acknowledge  that it will deliver a prospectus  meeting the
requirements  of the  Securities  Act in  connection  with  any  resale  of such
exchange notes.

     By tendering in the exchange offer, each holder or DTC participant,  in the
case of tenders of  interests  in the global  exchange  notes held by DTC,  will
represent to NWS and the guarantors that, among other things,

     o    the exchange notes  acquired  pursuant to the exchange offer are being
          obtained in the  ordinary  course of business of the person  receiving
          such  exchange  notes,  whether or not such  person is the  registered
          holder or DTC participant,


<PAGE>

     o    neither the holder or DTC participant nor any such other person has an
          arrangement  or  understanding  with any person to  participate in the
          distribution of such exchange notes and

     o    the holder or DTC participant and such other person  acknowledge  that
          if  they  participate  in  the  exchange  offer  for  the  purpose  of
          distributing  the exchange  notes (a) they must,  in the absence of an
          exemption  therefrom,  comply  with the  registration  and  prospectus
          delivery  requirements  of the Securities  Act in connection  with any
          resale of the exchange notes and cannot rely on the no-action  letters
          referenced  above and (b) failure to comply with such  requirements in
          such instance  could result in such holder or DTC  participant or such
          other person  incurring  liability  under the Securities Act for which
          such holder or DTC participant or such other person is not indemnified
          by NWS or any guarantor.

Further,  by tendering in the exchange offer, each holder or DTC participant and
such other person that may be deemed an  "affiliate",  as defined under Rule 405
of the Securities Act, of NWS will represent to NWS and the guarantors that such
holder or DTC participant and such other person  understand and acknowledge that
the  exchange  notes  may  not  be  offered  for  resale,  resold  or  otherwise
transferred  by that  holder or DTC  participant  or such other  person  without
registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom.

Withdrawal Rights

     You  can  withdraw  tenders  of old  notes  at any  time on or  before  the
expiration date.

     For a withdrawal to be effective, you must deliver a written,  telegraphic,
telex or facsimile  transmission of a Notice of Withdrawal to the exchange agent
on or before the expiration date. The Notice of Withdrawal must specify the name
of the  person  tendering  the old notes to be  withdrawn,  the total  principal
amount of old notes withdrawn,  and the name of the registered holder of the old
notes if different from the person tendering the old notes. If you delivered old
notes to the exchange agent, you must submit the serial numbers of the old notes
to be withdrawn and the signature on the Notice of Withdrawal must be guaranteed
by an eligible  institution,  except in the case of old notes  tendered  for the
account of an eligible  institution.  If you  tendered old notes as a book-entry
transfer,  the  Notice of  Withdrawal  must  specify  the name and number of the
account  at DTC to be  credited  with the  withdrawal  of old notes and you must
deliver the Notice of Withdrawal to the exchange agent by written,  telegraphic,
telex or facsimile transmission.  You may not rescind withdrawals of tender. Old
notes  properly  withdrawn  may again be  tendered  at any time on or before the
expiration date.

     We  will  determine  all  questions   regarding  the  validity,   form  and
eligibility of withdrawal  notices.  Our determination will be final and binding
on all parties.  Neither NWS, any affiliate or assign of NWS, the exchange agent
nor  any  other  person  is  under  any   obligation   to  give  notice  of  any
irregularities in any Notice of Withdrawal,  nor will they be liable for failing
to give any such  notice.  Withdrawn  old notes will be  returned  to the holder
after withdrawal.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

     NWS need not exchange any old notes,  may terminate  the exchange  offer or
may waive any conditions to the exchange offer or amend the exchange  offer,  if
any of the following conditions have occurred:

     o    the Staff of the SEC no longer allows the exchange notes to be offered
          for  resale,  resold and  otherwise  transferred  by  certain  holders
          without  compliance  with the  registration  and  prospectus  delivery
          provisions of the Securities Act; or


<PAGE>

     o    a governmental body passes any law, statute, rule or regulation which,
          in NWS' opinion, prohibits or prevents the exchange offer; or

     o    the  SEC  or any  state  securities  authority  issues  a  stop  order
          suspending  the   effectiveness  of  the  registration   statement  or
          initiates  or  threatens  to  initiate a  proceeding  to  suspend  the
          effectiveness of the registration statement; or

     o    NWS is unable to obtain any governmental approval that NWS believes is
          necessary to complete the exchange offer.

     If NWS reasonably  believes that any of the above  conditions has occurred,
it may 

     (1)  terminate the exchange  offer,  whether or not any old notes have been
          accepted for exchange,

     (2)  waive any condition to the exchange offer, or

     (3)  amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect.

If NWS' waiver or amendment materially changes the exchange offer, NWS will
promptly  disclose  the waiver or  amendment  through a  prospectus  supplement,
distributed  to  the  registered  holders  of  the  old  notes.  The  prospectus
supplement  also will extend the exchange offer as required by Rule 14e-1 of the
Exchange Act.

Exchange Agent

     NWS  appointed  Norwest  Bank  Minnesota,  N. A. as exchange  agent for the
exchange  offer.  Holders should direct  questions and requests for  assistance,
requests  for  additional  copies  of  this  prospectus  or  of  the  letter  of
transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to the exchange agent
addressed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>                          <C>
By Registered, Certified Mail,
Hand or Overnight Delivery:               Confirm By Telephone:        Facsimile Transmissions:

Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.              (612) 667-9764               (612) 667-9825
Corporate Trust                                                        Attention:  Corporate
Northwest Center                                                                   Trust Services
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust
           Services
</TABLE>

     If you deliver letters of transmittal  and any other required  documents to
an address or facsimile  number other than those  listed  above,  your tender is
invalid.

Fees and Expenses

     NWS will pay all costs  incidental  to the  exchange  offer  including  the
reasonable  and  customary  fees of the  exchange  agent  for its  services  and
reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses. NWS will also pay brokerage houses and other
custodians, nominees and fiduciaries their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for
sending copies of this prospectus and related documents to holders of old notes,
and in handling or tendering for their customers.

     NWS will pay the  transfer  taxes for the  exchange of the old notes in the
exchange offer.  If,  however,  exchange notes are delivered to or issued in the
name of a person  other than the  registered  holder,  or if a  transfer  tax is
imposed for any reason  other than for the exchange of old notes in the exchange
offer,  then the tendering  holder will pay the transfer  taxes.  If a tendering
holder does not submit  satisfactory  evidence of payment of taxes or  exemption
from taxes with the letter of transmittal,  the taxes will be billed directly to
the tendering holder.


<PAGE>

     NWS will not  make  any  payment  to  brokers,  dealers  or other  nominees
soliciting acceptances in the exchange offer.

Accounting Treatment

     The exchange  notes will be recorded at the same carrying  value as the old
notes.  Accordingly,  NWS will  not  recognize  any gain or loss for  accounting
purposes.  NWS  intends to  amortize  the  expenses  of the  exchange  offer and
issuance of the old notes over the term of the exchange notes.

REORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY

     Historically,  NWS' operations in Indiana,  Michigan and Illinois have been
conducted  through wholly-owned  subsidiaries  for  Indiana,   NWS-Indiana,  and
Michigan,  NWS-Michigan, and  through  an affiliate for  llinois,  NWS-Illinois.
Prior to the  reorganization,  James E. LaCrosse,  or a trust for the benefit of
his family,  and Norma M.  Johnston  owned  substantially  all of the voting and
non-voting  shares of common stock of NWS-Indiana  and,  together with Martin H.
Bart,  owned  all of the  voting  and  non-voting  shares  of  common  stock  of
NWS-Illinois.

     In December,  1998, a reorganization took place which created a new holding
company,  NWS, into which all of the shares of capital stock in NWS-Indiana  and
NWS-Illinois owned by Mr. LaCrosse, or a trust for the benefit of his family, or
Mrs.  Johnston  were  contributed  in exchange  for shares of NWS. In  addition,
NWS-Indiana  subsequently  distributed all of its shares in NWS-Michigan to NWS.
Finally,  NWS-LLC was created as a new limited liability  company  subsidiary of
NWS-Illinois  into which  substantially  all of NWS'  Illinois  operations  were
transferred.  Currently,  NWS-LLC  is owned 75% by  NWS-Illinois  and 25% by Mr.
Bart.  Allocations  of  profits  and  losses are  different,  currently  96% for
NWS-Illinois and 4% for Mr. Bart, given the capital investment disparity between
NWS-Illinois and Mr. Bart. The profit and loss  allocations  would be subject to
change in the future  depending on the relative capital accounts of the members,
which in turn would affect the amount of Mr. Bart's minority interest  reflected
in NWS' financial statements. NWS is substantially wholly-owned by Mr. LaCrosse,
or a  trust  for  the  benefit  of  his  family,  and  Mrs.  Johnston.  Each  of
NWS-Indiana, NWS-Illinois, NWS-Michigan and NWS-LLC is a guarantor of the notes.

     The  primary  purpose  of the  reorganization  was to  establish  a holding
company  structure  for  NWS-Indiana  and  all  of  its  significant  affiliated
companies.  The  reorganization  was accounted for as a combination  of entities
under  common  control,  similar  to a  pooling-of-interest.  As  such,  the NWS
financial statements have been presented to reflect this accounting treatment.


USE OF PROCEEDS

     The exchange  offer will not generate  cash  proceeds for NWS. NWS used the
net  proceeds  from the sale of the old  notes to  repay  NWS'  existing  credit
facility,  a $15.0 million  short-term bank facility,  of which $7.5 million was
outstanding as of December 31, 1998, and certain other outstanding  indebtedness
of NWS.  The existing  credit  facility  was used to fund  accounts  receivable,
inventories, capital expenditures and acquisitions.

<PAGE>


CAPITALIZATION

     The table set forth below  reflects as of December 31, 1998 (1) our actual,
and (2) our  capitalization  as  adjusted to give  effect to the  offering,  the
application  of the  estimated net proceeds from the offering and the new credit
facility.  This  table  should be read in  conjunction  with "Use of  Proceeds,"
"Selected Consolidated  Financial and Other Data," "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  and the financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

     Of the $32.6  million of  unsubordinated  indebtedness  as of December  31,
1998, $7.5 million had been borrowed under a credit facility which was repaid in
full with the proceeds of the January,  1999  offering.  The $32.6  million also
included  term debt with  prepayment  penalties  of $0.2  million.  This amount,
together  with  unamortized  deferred  financing  costs  of  approximately  $0.3
million,  was  recorded  as a loss on  extinguishment  of  debt  at the  time of
repayment.

     Total  borrowings of up to $60.0 million are available on a revolving basis
under our new credit  facility.  Undrawn  amounts will be available  for working
capital and general corporate purposes.  Our actual borrowings at the closing of
the exchange offer will depend on our seasonal working capital requirements.

     Subordinated  indebtedness includes a subordinated note payable to a former
employee  in the amount of  $350,000,  and a $600,000  note  payable to a former
stockholder pursuant to a five-year  non-compete  agreement and does not include
any  obligations  under  notes due  stockholders,  $1.8  million  of which  were
converted into equity prior to December 31, 1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>
                                                        As of December 31, 1998
                                                        -------------------------
                                                        Actual        As Adjusted
                                                              (In thousands)
Cash...............................................     $   3,217      $     100
                                                        =========      =========
Total debt:
   Existing Credit Facility........................     $  87,390      $      --
   Other existing unsubordinated indebtedness......        32,605            296
   New Credit Facility ............................            --         12,092
   Notes...........................................            --        110,000
   Subordinated indebtedness.......................           950            950
                                                        ---------      ---------
      Total debt ..................................       120,945        123,338
Stockholders' equity...............................        25,119         23,160
                                                        =========      =========
Total capitalization...............................     $ 146,064      $ 146,498
                                                        =========      =========
</TABLE>



<PAGE>



     The  adjustments to  stockholders'  equity are shown in the table below (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                        <C>
Stockholders' equity at December 31, 1998...............................   $   25,119
Dividends paid prior to the initial offering............................       (1,800)
Stockholder contributions made prior to the initial offering............          300
Unamortized deferred financing costs written off........................         (279)
Prepayment penalties....................................................         (180)
                                                                           ------------

Stockholders' equity at December 31, 1998, as adjusted..................   $   23,160
                                                                           ------------
</TABLE>



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     The following summary of historical financial information should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations" and the consolidated  financial  statements and notes
thereto included elsewhere herein. The pro forma income statement data and other
data for the twelve  months  ended  December 31, 1998 give effect to the initial
offering and the new credit facility as if they had occurred at the beginning of
the period presented.

     Distribution  fees  include  our per  case  distribution  fee for  cases of
spirits  delivered  in and on behalf of the  State of  Michigan.  We do not take
title to or finance any  inventory  in  Michigan.  Please also note that we have
elected "S" corporation status under the Internal Revenue Code and consequently,
we do not incur liability for federal and certain state income taxes.

     The  following  will also assist in the review of the  following  financial
information:

o    For purposes of calculating earnings to fixed charges,  earnings consist of
     net income plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of interest  expense,
     amortization   of  debt  expense  and  discount  or  premium   relating  to
     Indebtedness and the portion of rental expense on operating leases which we
     estimate to be representative of the interest factor attributable to rental
     expense.  For 1994, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by 
     $1,281,000.

o    For pro forma  interest  expense,  the  effective  interest rate on our new
     credit facility is assumed to be 7.75%. Pro forma interest expense has been
     reduced by $454,000 which  represents  interest  expense on the shareholder
     notes  payable  which will be set off  against the  interest  income on the
     shareholder  notes  receivable   pursuant  to  the  amended  terms  of  the
     shareholder notes.

o    Net debt represents total debt less cash. Our indebtedness  fluctuates with
     our seasonal working capital requirements.
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
                                                                                                    Nine Months          Twelve
                                                                                                       Ended             Months
                                                 Years Ended March 31,                             December 31,          Ended
                                                                                                                         December
                                                                                                                            31,
                             -------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------  -----------
                                1994         1995         1996        1997         1998         1997           1998         1998
                                                   (Dollars and cases in thousands, except per case amount)

Statement of Income Data:
   Net product sales.......  $ 396,360    $ 427,218    $ 443,257    $ 488,071    $ 505,141   $ 401,927      $ 423,367    $ 526,581
   Distribution fees ......         --           --           --        2,729       16,270      13,121         14,010       17,159
                             -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------   ---------   ------------   -----------  -----------
   Total revenue...........    396,360      427,218      443,257      490,800      521,411     415,048        437,377      543,740
   Cost of products sold...    330,698      354,478      364,792      402,072      411,734     329,566        346,516      428,684
                             -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------   ---------   ------------   -----------  -----------
   Gross profit............     65,662       72,740       78,465       88,728      109,677      85,482         90,861      115,056
   Selling, general and
      administrative       
      expenses.............     62,884       64,431       68,925       80,299       99,118      75,044         78,690      102,764
                             -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------   ---------   ------------   -----------  -----------
   Income from operations..      2,778        8,309        9,540        8,429       10,559      10,438         12,171       12,292
   Interest expense........     (4,907)      (7,341)      (7,935)      (8,486)      (9,672)     (7,325)        (8,018)     (10,365)
   Gain on sale of assets..        176           89          172           41        4,139       4,225             97           11
   Other income............        672        1,122        1,247        1,619        2,085         938          1,336        2,483
                             -----------  -----------  -----------  ----------   ---------   ------------   -----------  -----------
   Net income (loss) ......  $  (1,281)   $   2,179    $   3,024    $   1,603    $   7,111   $   8,276      $   5,586    $   4,421
                             ===========  ===========  ===========  ==========   =========   ============   ===========  ===========

Other Financial Data:
   EBITDA (1)..............  $   6,578    $  12,870    $  14,442    $  14,186    $  17,674   $  15,490      $  18,245    $  20,429
   EBITDA margin...........        1.7%         3.0%         3.3%         2.9%        3.4%         3.7%           4.2%         3.8%
   Cash  provided (used) by
      operating activities.  $  (7,111)   $   5,940    $  (6,727)   $   6,939    $   9,783   $ (14,931)     $  (6,643)   $ (18,071)
   Cash used by investing
      activities..........     (15,876)      (7,424)      (5,077)      (9,937)      (9,908)    (11,003)       (14,972)     (13,877) 
   Cash provided (used) by
      financing activities      21,946        1,729       11,789        4,918       (1,900)     24,463         23,462       (2,901)
   Depreciation and              3,800        4,561        4,902        5,757        7,115       5,052          6,074        8,137
      amortization.........
   Capital expenditures (2)     12,002        6,503        3,609       10,447       13,952      12,069          6,518        8,401
   Ratio of earnings to
      fixed charges........        N/A         1.3x         1.4x         1.2x         1.6x        2.0x           1.6x         1.4x

Operating Statistics:
   Product Sales Operations
   Cases shipped (spirits
      and wine)............        N/A        6,006        6,109        6,099        6,343       5,039          5,035        6,339
   Net product price per   
      case.................        N/A    $   61.07    $   62.87    $   69.95    $   72.86   $   73.23      $   74.62    $   73.96
   Gross profit margin.....       16.6%        17.0%        17.7%        17.6%        18.5%       18.0%          18.2%        18.6%
   Fee Operations
   Cases shipped (spirits).         --           --           --          396        2,545       1,990          2,124        2,679
   Distribution fee per case        --           --           --    $    6.50    $    6.50   $    6.50      $    6.50    $    6.50  

Pro Forma Information:
   Adjusted EBITDA (1).....         --           --           --           --           --          --             --       21,175
   Interest expense........         --           --           --           --           --          --             --       11,299
   Income from operations..         --           --           --           --           --          --             --       12,292
   Adjusted EBITDA/Interest
      Expense..............         --           --           --           --           --          --             --         1.9x
   Net Debt/Adjusted              
      EBITDA...............         --           --           --           --           --          --             --         5.8x
   Income from operations/
      Interest Expense.....         --           --           --           --           --          --             --         1.1x
   Net Debt/Income from
      Operations...........         --           --           --           --           --          --             --        10.0x
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                          <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                 As of March 31,                              As of December 31,
                            -----------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------
Balance Sheet Data:             1994       1995      1996        1997         1998             1997          1998
                                 (In thousands)
   Cash....................  $  1,244    $  1,489   $  1,475      $  3,395    $  1,370       $  2,924       $  3,217
   Total assets............   120,824     122,189    143,316       160,366     169,102        188,383        202,136
   Total debt..............    70,373      71,072     86,908        99,545     102,434        126,504        120,945
   Stockholders' equity....    12,909      15,363     14,209        10,470      14,582         17,253         25,119
</TABLE>
<PAGE>




NOTES TO SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     (1) EBITDA is defined  as income  from  operations  plus  depreciation  and
amortization.  Adjusted  EBITDA is defined as EBITDA plus non-cash LIFO charges,
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                       <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                                       Nine Months        Twelve Months
                                                                                          Ended           Ended December
                                          Years Ended March 31,                       December 31,           31, 1998
                          -------------------------------------------------------   ----------------     ----------------
                              1994       1995        1996       1997       1998         1997      1998  
                                 (In thousands)
EBITDA...................    $ 6,578    $ 12,870   $ 14,442   $ 14,186   $ 17,674    $ 15,490    $18,245   $ 20,429
LIFO charge..............         65         145        545      1,455        570         429        605        746
                          -----------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
   Adjusted EBITDA.......    $ 6,643    $ 13,015   $ 14,987   $ 15,641   $ 18,244    $ 15,919    $18,850   $ 21,175
                          ===========  ==========  =========  =========  =========  ==========  =========  ===========
</TABLE>


         EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator
         used by certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies
         on the basis of debt service  capability.  Adjusted EBITDA is presented
         because management  believes it may assist in evaluating our ability to
         service  our  Indebtedness,  including  the  exchange notes. EBITDA and
         Adjusted  EBITDA  are not  intended  to  represent  cash  flows for the
         periods  presented,  nor have they been  presented as an alternative to
         operating  income as an indicator of operating  performance  and should
         not be  considered  in  isolation  or as a  substitute  for measures of
         performance  and  cash  flow  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally
         accepted  accounting   principles.   The  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA
         information  selected  above may not be comparable to similarly  titled
         measures used by other companies.

(2) The breakdown of capital  expenditures for NWS by significant project is set
forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                     Nine Months       Twelve Months
                                                                                        Ended         Ended December
                                            Years Ended March 31,                    December 31,           31,
                              ---------------------------------------------------  -----------------  ----------------
                               1994       1995      1996       1997       1998       1997       1998        1998
                                 (In thousands)
Business expansion........    $10,733    $3,930    $   786   $  5,855   $ 10,758   $  9,740    $ 4,033   $   5,051
Information systems.......        403     1,743      1,553      2,446      1,781      1,225        921       1,447
Maintenance...............        866       830      1,270      2,146      1,413      1,104      1,564       1,873
                              --------   -------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                              $12,002    $6,503    $ 3,609   $ 10,447   $ 13,952   $ 12,069    $ 6,518   $   8,401
                              ========   =======  =========  =========  =========  =========  =========  ============
</TABLE>


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  should be read in  conjunction  with  "Selected
Consolidated  Financial  and  Other  Data"  and  NWS'  historical   consolidated
financial  statements  and the  accompanying  notes  included  elsewhere in this
prospectus.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  all  references to years are to NWS'
fiscal year ended March 31.
<PAGE>

Overview

     NWS is one of the  largest  distributors  of wine and spirits in the United
States.  Substantially all of NWS' current  operations are in Illinois,  Indiana
and Michigan.  NWS' reported  revenues  include net product sales in Indiana and
Illinois,  and distribution fees in Michigan. In Indiana and Illinois,  NWS' net
product  sales are  comprised  of sales to retail  customers of wine and spirits
products and, to a much lesser extent,  beer, water and other related  products.
NWS purchases  these  products  from  suppliers and resells them to customers at
more  than  24,000  retail  locations  in  Indiana  and  Illinois  through  NWS'
approximately  600 person  sales  organization.  In Michigan,  which  privatized
certain aspects of the wholesale  distribution of spirits in 1997, NWS serves as
an "authorized  distribution  agent" for the state and collects a flat $6.50 per
case  delivery  fee set by the  state  and paid by  suppliers  for each  case of
spirits delivered to approximately  12,000 locations  throughout  Michigan.  NWS
does not take title to or finance any  inventory in Michigan and operates with a
relatively small sales force.

     For 1998,  net product  sales in Indiana and Illinois  were $505.1  million
compared to $488.1 million in 1997.  Distribution  fees for 1998, which was NWS'
first full year of operations in Michigan,  were $16.3 million  compared to $2.7
million during 1997. For purposes of  illustrating  the scale of NWS' operations
in Michigan, the total wholesale prices of products delivered by NWS in Michigan
in 1997 and 1998 were $42.9 million and $280.5 million,  respectively,  based on
the fixed  wholesale  prices of the spirits  delivered by NWS. NWS' gross profit
includes the gross  margin on product  sales in Indiana and Illinois and 100% of
NWS' distribution fees in Michigan since NWS does not take title to inventory in
Michigan.   NWS'   selling,   general  and   administrative   expenses   reflect
administrative  expenses  and the  costs of  logistics  and  warehousing  in all
markets, and selling expenses that relate almost exclusively to product sales in
Illinois, Indiana or through U.S. Beverage.

     During 1997 and 1998, selling, general and administrative expenses included
certain  start-up  expenses  related to NWS' new  operations in Michigan and its
specialty and craft beer marketing business (U.S. Beverage). Management believes
that  these  start-up  expenses  are  one-time  costs  directly  related  to the
commencement  of  these  business  operations  that  will not  impact  operating
performance  or cash flow on an ongoing  basis.  NWS  anticipates  no additional
start-up  costs in Michigan and expects that  business to be solidly  profitable
for the first time in 1999.  Management  believes U.S.  Beverage  should achieve
operating  profitability  in 2000 as a result of the addition of exclusive  U.S.
distribution  rights to the Hooper's  Hooch  flavored malt beverage  acquired in
September, 1998 from Bass, PLC.

     With the inclusion of NWS'  distribution  fees in Michigan,  comparisons of
consolidated  sales,  gross  profit  and  selling,  general  and  administrative
expenses  between  years  are  difficult.  For  example,  because  100%  of  the
distribution  fees are included in gross profit,  increases in distribution fees
as a  percentage  of total  sales tend to  increase  overall  gross  margin.  By
contrast,  logistical and  warehousing  expenses are a far higher  percentage of
distribution  fee  business  in Michigan  than they are of the product  sales in
Illinois and Indiana so that  increases in the  distribution  fee business  have
increased  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses as a  percentage  of
revenue and decreased operating margins.  Now that NWS' business in Michigan has
completed its start-up  phase and fee revenue is becoming  more  consistent as a
percentage  of total  revenue,  there  should be less impact on period to period
margin  comparisons  in the  future.  NWS has been able to expand  its  business
through  distribution fees in Michigan without the need for corresponding growth
in, or financing of, working capital and sales force.

     NWS' results of operations are typically highly seasonal as the result of a
number of factors,  particularly the Christmas season.  The third quarter ending
December  31, for  example,  represents  the largest  portion of NWS' annual net
income.  The fourth quarter is usually not profitable,  and the first and second
quarters are  typically  marginally  profitable or slightly  unprofitable  after
interest  expense.   NWS'  accounts   receivable  balance  at  December  31,  is
historically between $50.0 and $60.0 million, due largely to seasonality.


<PAGE>

     NWS announced an average $3.65 per case across-the-board  price increase on
all spirits in Indiana to become  effective  January 1, 1999 for the products of
most suppliers, and February 1, 1999 for the balance of spirits suppliers.  This
increase caused retail customers to purchase additional case volume in December,
1998 before the  increase  took  effect;  therefore,  NWS shipped more volume in
December,  1998 relative to previous years, with potential  reductions in volume
in the quarter ending March 31, 1999. NWS' single spirits competitor in Indiana,
Olinger  Distributing,  followed by announcing  its own set of  across-the-board
price increases.  The last across-the-board  price increase announced by NWS was
in 1995 and was effective. Although there can be no assurance, NWS believes this
price increase will also be effective in the  marketplace.  If and to the extent
the  increase is  effective,  management  believes  that it will have a positive
effect  on the  financial  performance  of  NWS'  Indiana  operation.  NWS  sold
approximately  1.5 million cases of spirits in Indiana in fiscal 1998.  Assuming
constant volume,  management believes that the  across-the-board  price increase
would have generated an estimated $5.5 million of additional  revenues in fiscal
1998, a significant  portion of which would  represent an  improvement  in gross
margin. Management believes that there will be no material incremental operating
expenses associated with these revenues.

Results of Operations

     The following table includes  information  regarding total cases shipped by
NWS in 1996, 1997, 1998 and for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 compared
with the nine months ended December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>
                                                                                                     Nine Months Ended
                                                        Years ended March 31,                          December 31,
                                          --------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                           1996            1997                 1998            1997             1998
                                          --------  -------------------  -------------------  ---------  ---------------------
                                                              Percent              Percent                           Percent
                                           Cases     Cases     Change    Cases     Change         Cases      Cases   Change
                                                                         Cases in thousands)

Wine (product sales operations)......      2,775     2,838      2.3%        2,981      5.0%       2,340      2,419      3.4%
Spirits (product sales operations)...      3,334     3,261     (2.2)        3,362      3.1        2,699      2,616     (3.1)
Spirits (distribution fee operations)         --       396       --         2,545    542.7        1,990      2,124      6.7
                                          ------  --------               --------             ---------  ---------
      Total wine and spirits.........      6,109     6,495      6.3         8,888     36.8        7,029      7,159      1.8
Other................................      1,480     1,691     14.3         1,971     16.6        1,557      1,704      9.4
                                          ------  --------               --------             ---------  ---------

      Total..........................      7,589     8,186      7.9%       10,859     32.7%       8,586      8,863      3.2%
                                          ======  ========               ========             =========  =========

</TABLE>

Nine Months Ended December 31, 1998 Compared with Nine Months Ended December 31,
1997

     Revenue.  NWS reported  product sales in the nine months ended December 31,
1998 of  $423.4  million,  an  increase  of $21.4  million,  or  5.3%,  over the
comparable  prior  year  period.  This  increase  resulted  primarily  from  the
continued  shift by  consumers  to more  premium  brands,  and the  addition  of
Sebastiani Wines in the Chicago market,  which more than offset a slight decline
in total spirits cases sold.  Contributing to the decline in the sale of spirits
cases was the  additional  customer  purchases  of  spirits  cases in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1998 in advance of an announced  price increase on certain key
brands. This increased case sales in fiscal 1998 and decreased case sales in the
nine months ended December 31, 1998. In addition, U.S. Beverage contributed $5.7
million of  revenue,  all of which was  incremental  compared to the prior year.
Distribution  fees  increased 6.8% for the nine month period to $14.0 million on
increased  volume of existing  brands and the  addition of new  suppliers.  NWS'
recent  addition of certain  new  supplier  brands in  Michigan,  McCormick  and
Austin-Nichols,  did not occur  until the middle of the  second  quarter of 1999
and, therefore, is only partially reflected in NWS' 1999 nine month results. The
recent loss of the J&B brand in Michigan, which was due to supplier realignment,
did not  occur  until  November,  but  management  does not  expect it to have a
material impact on the distribution fee operations of NWS.


<PAGE>

     Gross Profit. Gross profit on NWS' total revenue increased to $90.9 million
in the nine months ended  December 31, 1998 from $85.5 million in the comparable
prior year period.  This  represented a 6.3%  increase,  due to improving  gross
margins on NWS'  product  sales for the nine  months from 18.0% to 18.2% and the
additional volume in Michigan with no corresponding cost of products sold. Gross
margins on product sales continued to benefit slightly from the continuing shift
in product mix to higher profit  premium  brands and from gradual  reductions in
trade  discounts  in the  competitive  Chicago  market.  Additionally,  the U.S.
Beverage business contributed slightly with margins of 18.1% for the nine months
ended December 31, 1998. As a result of this  improvement and since gross profit
in Michigan is 100% of fee revenues,  NWS' overall gross profit margin grew from
20.6% in the nine months  ended  December  31, 1997 to 20.8% for the  nine-month
period ended  December 31, 1998.  Cost of products sold included a non-cash LIFO
charge of $0.6 million in the nine months ended  December 31, 1998 compared with
$0.5 million for the comparable prior year period. Interim LIFO calculations are
based on management's estimates of expected year-end inventory levels and costs.
Over the past five years,  LIFO  adjustments  have ranged  between $0.1 and $1.5
million per year.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Overall,  operating expenses
increased  $3.6 million to $78.7 million for the nine months ended  December 31,
1998 from $75.0 million for the comparable  period ended December 31, 1997. As a
percent of total revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased
from 18.1% for the  nine-month  period ended  December 31, 1997 to 18.0% for the
comparable current year period.

     Selling expenses for product markets  increased $4.7 million,  or from 6.1%
to 6.9% of total  revenues,  for the nine-month  period ended December 31, 1998,
primarily as a result of increased  manpower to support the Illinois and Indiana
product  markets,  including  additional  sales staff in Illinois to support the
newly acquired Sebastiani brand line.  Additionally,  U.S. Beverage  contributed
$2.6 million to overall  selling,  warehouse  and delivery  expenses  during the
current  nine-month  period  compared  to no  selling,  warehouse  and  delivery
expenses in the prior year.  Finally,  in order to acquire  additional  lines in
Michigan,  NWS  created a sales  team for the first  time in that  market.  This
increased  selling  expenses by $0.2  million for the  nine-month  period  ended
December 31, 1998.  While small,  selling expenses are expected to grow slightly
as NWS continues to increase its sales force in Michigan.

     Total  administrative  expenses  increased slightly by $0.6 million or 2.6%
over  NWS'  nine-month  period  ended  December  31,  1997,  which  is down as a
percentage  of total revenue from 5.2% to 5.1%.  The increase in  administrative
expenses was primarily a result of the  installation of new computer  systems in
Indiana and from general employee benefit cost increases across NWS.

     Start-up expenses decreased 100%, or $3.2 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 1998, as U.S. Beverage moved out of its start-up phase and incurred
ongoing operating  expenses,  and NWS-Michigan  completed its start-up in fiscal
1998.

     Income from  Operations.  Operating  income increased 16.6% or $1.7 million
for the nine months  ended  December 31,  1998.  As a percent of total  revenue,
income  from  operations  improved  from 2.5% for the nine  month  period  ended
December 31, 1997 to 2.8% for the current year period.  The  increased  revenues
for the nine month period ended  December  31, 1998 and improved  gross  margins
more than offset the  increase in operating  expenses,  and the increase in LIFO
reserve during the period.

     Interest  Expense.  Interest expense  increased 9.5% to $8.0 million during
the nine months  ended  December 31, 1998.  The  increase  was  attributable  to
additional  borrowings  to  finance  the  capital  expenditures  needed for NWS'
Michigan  operations  as well as an upgrade  to the  Chicago  material  handling
system  and to  finance  NWS'  Kentucky  acquisition.  This more  than  offset a
decrease in NWS' cost of borrowing as a result of the Federal Reserve's interest
rate cuts which  directly  impact NWS'  interest  expenses  under its bank loans
during the third quarter.


<PAGE>

     Other  Income.  Other income  decreased  by $3.7 million in the  nine-month
period ended December 31, 1998, compared to the prior year period, due to a $4.1
million gain on the sale of certain licensed brands,  trademarks, and tradenames
in Illinois in fiscal 1998.  Excluding the one-time gain, other income increased
due to NWS' share of income in Commonwealth Wine & Spirits, LLC.

     Net Income. For its nine-month period ended December 31, 1998, NWS reported
$5.6  million in net income  compared to $8.3  million for the nine months ended
December 31, 1997  primarily due to the $4.1 million gain on the sale of certain
assets during the fiscal 1998 nine month period.  Without the one-time gain, net
income for NWS was up 33.8% or $1.4 million for the nine months  ended  December
31, 1998.

Fiscal 1998 Compared with Fiscal 1997

     Revenue.  NWS reported product sales in 1998 of $505.1 million, an increase
of $17.1 million, or 3.5%, from 1997 product sales of $488.1 million,  primarily
from volume gains on existing brands. Product sales also benefited from consumer
shifts to higher priced brands.  Cases of spirits and wine  delivered  increased
3.1% and 5.0%,  respectively,  from 1997 to 1998.  Distribution fees in Michigan
increased  from $2.7 million in 1997 to $16.3  million in 1998, as NWS completed
its first full year of  operations  in Michigan.  The complete  year of Michigan
business was the leading contributor to growth in total case volume for NWS from
8.2 million  cases in 1997 to 10.9 million  cases in 1998, an increase of 32.7%.
NWS' beer, water and other products have experienced significant shipment growth
but have not yet  represented a material  portion of NWS' revenues or materially
impacted operating performance.

     Gross  Profit.  Gross  profit on NWS'  total  revenue  increased  to $109.7
million  in 1998  from  $88.7  million  in  1997,  a 23.6%  increase,  due to an
improvement  in gross  margins  on  product  sales  from  17.6% to 18.5% and the
increase  in  Michigan  distribution  fees which have no  corresponding  cost of
products sold.  The gross margin  improvement on product sales was primarily due
to reduced trade  discounts  and the  continuation  of a shift towards  premium,
higher-margin  wine and spirits  brands.  As a result of this  improvement,  and
because  gross profit in Michigan is 100% of fee  revenues,  NWS' overall  gross
profit  margin  grew from  18.1% to 21.0%.  Cost of  products  sold  included  a
non-cash LIFO charge of $0.6 million in 1998 and $1.5 million in 1997.

     Selling, General and Administrative  Expenses.  Between 1997 and 1998 total
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  including  start-up  expenses
related  to NWS'  Michigan  and U.S.  Beverage  operations,  increased  to $99.1
million,  or 19.0% of  total  revenue,  from  $80.3  million,  or 16.4% of total
revenue, primarily because of increased warehouse and delivery expenses relating
to the growth of the Michigan business,  increased  administrative  expenses and
the  start-up  expenses.  Management  does  not  believe  that  a year  to  year
comparison of selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of
revenue is  particularly  meaningful  due to the impact on the comparison of the
Michigan operation,  which generates relatively low distribution fee revenues as
discussed above,  resulting in  proportionately  higher warehouse,  delivery and
administrative  expenses.  Warehouse  and  delivery  expenses  for  Indiana  and
Illinois  remained  fairly  constant  from 1997 to 1998.  Warehouse and delivery
expenses  were $11.2  million in  Michigan in 1998  compared to $2.1  million in
1997.

     Selling  expenses  increased  $1.4  million  or  4.6%,  which  is flat as a
percentage of total revenue  compared to 1997. The increase in selling  expenses
was  primarily  related to higher  commission  expenses  on higher  revenues  in
Indiana.

     Administrative expenses increased by $5.3 million, or 21.4%, primarily as a
result of approximately $4.0 million in additional  administrative costs related
to a full year of  operations  in Michigan,  including  accounting  and computer
services, customer support personnel and miscellaneous administrative costs.

     For 1998, NWS also incurred start-up costs of $3.3 million,  a $2.2 million
increase from 1997. The $3.3 million of start-up costs consisted of $1.2 million
related to NWS' Michigan  operations and $2.1 million related to U.S.  Beverage.
The Michigan start-up expenses included temporary employees, temporary warehouse
facilities and special  product  delivery costs incurred while NWS' new Michigan
distribution network was being put into place. U.S. Beverage's start-up expenses
in 1998 of $2.1 million  included brand  registration  costs and other expenses,
net of revenue,  related to the  establishment  of the  32-state  U.S.  Beverage
distribution  network.  Start-up  expenses in Michigan  and U.S.  Beverage  were
substantially completed in 1998.


<PAGE>

     Income from Operations.  Operating income increased $2.1 million, or 25.3%,
to $10.6  million in 1998 over 1997.  NWS'  increases  in  selling,  general and
administrative expenses, start-up expenses, a small operating loss in Michigan's
first full year and the U.S.  Beverage losses were more than offset by increased
revenues and improved  gross  margins in wine and spirits  product  sales.  As a
percent of total revenue,  income from operations  improved from 1.7% in 1997 to
2.0% in 1998. Without start-up  expenses,  NWS' 1998 operating income would have
been $13.9 million, or 2.7% of total revenue,  compared to $9.6 million in 1997,
or 2.0% of total revenue.

     Interest Expense. Interest expense in 1998 was $9.7 million, an increase of
$1.2  million  over 1997.  The increase was  primarily  due to  additional  debt
incurred to finance capital expenditures for NWS' Michigan operations.  Interest
expense included $0.5 million related to subordinated stockholder notes of which
$0.3 million was accrued and not paid in cash.

     Other  Income.  Other  income  included a $4.1  million gain on the sale of
certain  non-core  private  label brands in Illinois in 1998.  Of the total sale
price,  $3.0  million was paid in cash to NWS in 1998,  with the balance of $2.2
million being due in monthly  installments  through 2004.  Interest,  rental and
other income primarily  includes rental income on surplus property currently for
sale in Illinois and  interest  income from Mr.  LaCrosse  and Mrs.  Johnston on
their notes  payable to NWS, a portion of which was accrued and not  received in
cash.

     Net Income.  Net income was $7.1 million in 1998,  compared to $1.6 million
in 1997. Net income for 1998 without  start-up  expenses and the gain on sale of
assets  would  have been $6.4  million.  As an S  corporation,  NWS does not pay
corporate level income tax.

Fiscal 1997 Compared with Fiscal 1996

     Revenue.  NWS' net product sales in 1997  increased to $488.1  million,  an
increase of $44.8 million,  or 10.1% from 1996 product sales of $443.3  million,
primarily  as a result of (1) wine and spirits  products  sales which  benefited
from  price  increases  and the  continued  shift to  higher  priced  brands  by
consumers  which  resulted in an 11.3%  increase  in the average  price per case
delivered;  and (2) a significant  increase in product  sales in Illinois  where
wine cases increased 6.9% over 1996,  which more than offset a volume decline in
Indiana.  NWS began its Michigan  operations  in 1997,  which  contributed  $2.7
million of  distribution  fees during two months of sales.  Primarily due to the
Michigan start-up and the Illinois operations,  total case volume increased from
7.6 million to 8.2 million, or by 7.9%.

     Gross Profit. Gross profit on product sales increased from $78.5 million in
1996 to $88.7 million in 1997, a $10.3 million or 13.1%  increase.  The increase
was primarily the result of management in Illinois focusing on reducing customer
discounting  in the  competitive  Chicago  market.  Michigan  distribution  fees
contributed  $2.7 million in gross profit from its first two months of operation
since these fees have no corresponding cost of goods sold. Cost of products sold
included  a non-cash  LIFO  charge of $1.5  million in 1997 and $0.5  million in
1996.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Between 1996 and 1997, total
selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  increased to $80.3 million,  or
16.4% of total revenue from $68.9 million, or 15.6% of total revenue.

     Warehouse and delivery  expenses  increased  18.8% to $23.5 million in 1997
from $19.8  million in 1996.  This  increase was primarily the result of the new
operations  in  Michigan  which  accounted  for $2.1  million  of the  increase,
approximately $1.0 million of which was start-up expense.


<PAGE>

     Selling  expenses  increased 17.9% to $30.9 million from 1996 to 1997. This
increase  was driven  primarily by expansion of the wine sales force in Illinois
to accommodate  new suppliers and by additional  expenses  incurred as suppliers
continued  to seek more  distributor  support  for sales and  service  functions
previously performed by the suppliers.

     Administrative  expenses increased by 7.9%, or $1.8 million,  primarily due
to commencement of operations in Michigan in 1997.

     Income from  Operations.  Operating  income  decreased from $9.5 million in
1996 to $8.4  million in 1997 as the  increase in gross profit was offset by the
increase in selling,  general and  administrative  expenses,  including start-up
expenses for Michigan.  Without  start-up  expenses,  NWS' 1997 operating income
would have been $9.6 million.

     Interest  Expense.  Interest expense increased from $7.9 million in 1996 to
$8.5 million in 1997 as NWS had increased  borrowings to support the  additional
working  capital  requirements  associated with the increase in product sales in
Indiana and  Illinois and capital  expenditures  associated  with NWS'  Michigan
start-up.

     Net Income.  Net income  decreased to $1.6 million in 1997 compared to $3.0
million  in 1996  primarily  due to the  significant  non-cash  LIFO  charge and
start-up costs associated with NWS' Michigan operations.

Quarterly Results of Operations; Seasonality

     NWS'  revenues  are  influenced  by a number of factors,  particularly  the
Christmas  holiday  season,  which tend to result in  seasonally  high levels of
volume and  profitability  in NWS' fiscal third quarter with seasonal  losses in
NWS' fiscal fourth quarter.

     The following table presents unaudited quarterly financial  information for
each of the eleven  quarters  in the period  ended  December  31,  1998.  In the
opinion of NWS' management, this information has been prepared on the same basis
as the consolidated  historical financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus and includes all  adjustments,  consisting  only of normal  recurring
accruals,  necessary to present  fairly the financial  results set forth herein.
Results of  operations  for any quarter are not  necessarily  indicative  of the
results of any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>
                                                                 Years ended March 31,
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1997                                     1998                                 1999  
                    ----------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------   ----------------------------
                       Q1        Q2        Q3        Q4          Q1        Q2        Q3       Q4           Q1       Q2        Q3

Revenues........... $ 119,093 $ 111,164 $ 157,056 $ 103,487   $ 130,387 $ 115,493 $169,168 $ 106,363    $135,899 $ 122,005 $ 179,473
Operating income        1,892       950     6,544      (957)      2,714     1,008    6,716       121       3,908       503     7,760
   (loss)..........
EBITDA (1).........     3,293     2,350     7,944       599       4,273     2,567    8,650     2,184       5,912     2,544     9,789
Operating working
   capital             74,435    74,602    88,247    75,579      76,594    78,717  100,243    74,326      76,963    78,491    91,381
    (end of
    period) (2)....
<FN>

- -----------

(1)  See Note 1 to  "Selected  Consolidated  Financial  and  Other  Data"  for a
     definition of EBITDA and other information regarding EBITDA.

(2)  Operating working capital is defined as the sum of accounts  receivable and
     inventory less accounts payable.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>



Liquidity and Capital Resources

     NWS' primary cash  requirements  have been to fund accounts  receivable and
inventories  in  Indiana  and  Illinois  and to fund  capital  expenditures  and
acquisitions.  NWS has historically satisfied its cash requirements  principally
through cash flow from operations, trade terms and bank borrowings.

     As  indicated  above,  NWS'  business is highly  seasonal.  NWS'  operating
working capital  fluctuates with seasonal trends as illustrated in the quarterly
table above. As a result, NWS' working capital requirements and borrowings under
NWS' credit facility have fluctuated significantly over the course of each year.
In 1998, the minimum and maximum amount of borrowings  under the existing credit
facility at any one time were $66.7 million in March, 1998, and $94.4 million in
November,  1997.  The average  month-end  borrowings in 1998 were $78.2 million.
Working capital also fluctuates with some suppliers'  desired shipping patterns,
which  tend  to  produce  increased  orders  and  inventory  at the  end of such
suppliers' fiscal periods.

     Effective  January 25, 1999, NWS completed an offering of $110.0 million of
senior notes due 2009.  Concurrently  with the offering of the senior notes, NWS
entered  into a new  $60.0  million  credit  facility  secured  by the  accounts
receivable and inventory of the guarantors.  With proceeds from the senior notes
offering and borrowings under the new credit facility, NWS retired substantially
all of its bank revolving and term indebtedness.

     Consistent with historical seasonality,  for the nine months ended December
31, 1998, NWS used $6.6 million in net cash from operating activities, primarily
to finance increased accounts  receivable.  Accounts  receivables also increased
due to the product buy-in which occured in late December, 1998.

     Net cash used for investing activities during the first nine months of 1999
was $15.0 million, primarily for NWS' Kentucky investment and for an upgrade and
expansion of the Chicago material handling system and for converting the Indiana
operation to a new corporate-wide management information system.

     Total  assets  increased  to $202.1  million at December  31, 1998, a $33.0
million  increase  from March 31, 1998 as a result of  additional  property  and
equipment  supporting  the  Michigan  operation  and the  seasonal  increase  in
inventories as well as the equity investment in Kentucky. At the same time, debt
increased from $96.3 million at March 31, 1998 to $120.9 million at December 31,
primarily  to help fund the  Kentucky  investment  and growth in  inventory  and
capital expenditures for the first nine months of 1999.

     Net cash  provided by  operating  activities  was $9.8  million for 1998 as
compared to $6.9 million for 1997. The 1998 increase was primarily the result of
significant  improvement  in net  income,  increased  depreciation  expense,  an
increase in accounts payable and a decrease in accounts receivable.

     Net cash used by  investing  activities  was $9.9  million in both 1998 and
1997  primarily  as a result of capital  expenditures  in  Michigan.  Total 1999
capital  expenditures are expected to be approximately  $7.5 million,  including
approximately $4.0 million to upgrade and expand the material handling system in
the Chicago warehouse,  $3.5 million of which is already  committed.  Consistent
with  management's  strategy  of  focusing  on core  logistics  and value  added
services,  NWS sold  non-core  private label brands during 1998 for $4.1 million
after disposal costs, of which $3.0 million was cash.

     At March 31,  1998,  total  assets were $169.1  million  compared to $160.4
million, a $8.7 million increase from March 31, 1997, primarily due to increases
in inventories and additional  property and equipment.  NWS' debt also increased
from $94.1 million at March 31, 1997 to $96.3 million,  a $2.2 million increase,
at March 31, 1998 as a result of increased  investments  in inventory,  property
and equipment.

     NWS believes that the net proceeds received from the offering of the senior
notes,  together with cash flow from operations and existing capital  resources,
including cash and borrowings available under NWS' new credit facility,  will be
sufficient  to  satisfy  NWS'  anticipated  working  capital  and  debt  service
requirements and expansion plans.


<PAGE>

Inflation

     Inflation has not had a significant impact on NWS' operations but there can
be no assurance that  inflation will not have a material  adverse effect on NWS'
financial  condition,  results of operations or debt service capabilities in the
future.

Year 2000

     NWS is  currently  assessing  its  exposure to  potential  Year 2000 issues
within its businesses. Phases within the process include assessment, remediation
and contingency  planning.  NWS has established its assessment  phase to include
IT, non-IT, and -- to the extent reasonably practicable -- customer and supplier
readiness. NTS' IT systems include the following:

     o    Order entry;
     o    Inventory control;
     o    Order processing;
     o    Accounts receivable;
     o    Accounts payable;
     o    General ledger;
     o    Purchasing;
     o    Sales reporting;
     o    Electronic date interchange;
     o    Electronic mail;
     o    Manufacturing and bottling;
     o    Governmental reporting; and
     o    Operating systems.

     NWS' non-IT systems include the following:

     o    Building security;
     o    HVAC/climate control;
     o    Office equipment;
     o    Material handling systems;
     o    Utilities; and
     o    Suppliers and customers.

     NWS has completed 100% of the  assessment  work on its internal IT systems,
and approximately 98% on its non-IT systems. Through the assessment process, NWS
identified certain financial systems that were not Year 2000 ready. NWS replaced
these  systems with new Year 2000  compliant  systems  which went into effect on
April 1, 1999. NWS plans to complete all of its  assessment  and  remediation of
its IT and non-IT systems by October, 1999.

     NWS' material  systems,  including its corporate  wide area network  (WAN),
reporting systems and databases, are Year 2000 compliant. However, the following
systems are not currently Year 2000 ready:

     o    Remote order entry units used by salespersons;
     o    MPE/iX operating system controls in the Detroit,  Michigan  warehouse;
          and
     o    Material handling system controls in the Detroit, Michigan warehouse.

     For the remote  entry  units,  if  necessary we will install a new receiver
unit  which is  Year 2000  ready as a  temporary  measure.  Lead time for backup
equipment is approximately 20 days. For Michigan,  Year 2000 certified  software
patches  have been  ordered  but have not been  installed.  Insallation  will be
completed by July 1, 1999.  If the system  upgrade is not  completed by December
31,  1999,  and Year 2000  errors  occur,  the system  would have to be operated
manually which could cause significant inefficiencies in the Michigan operation.

     As a wholesale distributor of alcohol-based  beverages, NWS is dependent on
its customers and suppliers.  NWS has mailed surveys to its large  customers and
all of its case goods  suppliers,  and has conducted  follow-up phone interviews
with its key  suppliers  regarding  their  Year 2000  compliance.  Although  all
suppliers and material  customers have been contacted  regarding their Year 2000
assessment,  NWS does not  expect  to  receive  information  from  many of them.
However,  NWS'  customer and supplier  base is so broad that  isolated Year 2000
problems  should  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on NWS'  business.  In
addition,  NWS maintains internal  inventory levels at approximately  30-60 days
which provides a cushion in the event a significant  supplier  experiences  Year
2000 problems.  At this stage of its inquiry,  NWS currently is not aware of any
significant  customer or supplier  with a Year 2000 issue that would  materially
impact NWS'  operations  or financial  condition.  However,  NWS is  necessarily
relying on the accuracy of information  from  customers and suppliers,  does not
expect to receive  information  from many of them,  and has no means of ensuring
that customers or suppliers  will be Year 2000 ready.  NWS has not conducted any
independent verification and validation process to assure the reliability of its
customers  or  suppliers   regarding   their  Year  2000  readiness   disclosure
statements.  The inability of one or more of these entities to be prepared could
have a material adverse effect on NWS.


<PAGE>

     At December,  1998,  NWS has incurred  less than $25,000 in costs  directly
associated  with the  remediation  of its  systems,  and an  additional  $70,000
remains  in the fiscal  1999  budget  for Year 2000  issues.  NWS does not track
internal costs incurred by its IT group in connection with the Year 2000 project
because they are primarily  payroll costs that are not allocated among Year 2000
and other projects. Management does not believe that future Year 2000 assessment
and  remediation  costs will be  material,  and  intends  to fund any  necessary
assessment and remediation costs from its existing resources as budgeted.  These
costs do not  include  the cost of  upgrading  or  replacing  systems  for other
business reasons.  Such actions usually provide the additional benefit of making
the system Year 2000 compliant.

     In the event of a complete  failure of its information  technology  systems
due to an extended  power grid  failure,  NWS believes that there is a potential
loss of sales  estimated to be $1.0  million.  More likely,  we could face minor
Year 2000 errors such as incorrect  sorting of shipments or processing  customer
orders.  The primary  costs of such an event would be  increased  time delays in
processing and shipping orders, and increased  personnel to manually process the
information.  NWS  believes  that  the  increased  costs  associated  with  such
personnel  would  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  operations  or
financial condition.

     Management  does  not  presently  expect,  based  on  the  information  now
available,  that the  direct  impact of Year 2000  issues  will have a  material
adverse effect on NWS. Certain contingency plans are in place and others will be
developed if additional new systems are required following the identification of
any material Year 2000 risks or  uncertainties.  However,  the failure of NWS to
properly  assess,  remediate  and plan for potential  Year 2000  problems  could
result in disruptions of normal business operations.

Environmental Matters

     NWS currently owns and leases a number of properties,  and  historically it
has owned and/or leased others. Under applicable  environmental laws, NWS may be
responsible for remediation of environmental conditions relating to the presence
of certain  hazardous  substances on such properties.  The liability  imposed by
such laws is often joint and  several  without  regard for whether the  property
owner  or  operator  knew of,  or was  responsible  for,  the  presence  of such
hazardous substances. In addition, the presence of such hazardous substances, or
the failure to properly  remediate  such  substances,  may adversely  affect the
property  owner's  ability to borrow using the real estate as collateral  and to
transfer  its  interest  in the real  estate.  Although  NWS is not aware of the
presence  of  hazardous  substances  requiring  remediation,  there  can  be  no
assurance  that releases  unknown to NWS have not occurred.  Except for blending
and bottling of a few of NWS' private label brands, NWS does not manufacture any
of the wine or spirit  products it sells and believes  that it has conducted its
business  in  substantial  compliance  with  applicable  environmental  laws and
regulations.

     BUSINESS

     General

     NWS is one of the  largest  distributors  of wine and spirits in the United
States,  and is the largest  distributor  of spirits in Indiana  with 54% market
share and  Michigan  with 59% market  share,  and one of the largest in Illinois
with 32% market share.  NWS' markets include Chicago and Detroit,  which are the
largest  and the sixth  largest  metropolitan  markets for spirits in the United
States, respectively.


<PAGE>

     NWS is the exclusive  distributor in two or more of its markets for many of
the world's  leading  suppliers of brand name  domestic  and  imported  spirits,
including Diageo-UDV,  formed through the merger of United Distillers (Guinness)
and International  Distillers and Vintners (Grand Metropolitan),  Fortune Brands
and Seagram. NWS' featured brands include:

     o Absolut;

     o Chivas Regal;

     o Crown Royal;

     o DeKuyper;

     o Jim Beam;

     o Jose Cuervo; and

     o Smirnoff.
 
     NWS also is the exclusive  distributor  in Indiana and Illinois for many of
the world's leading wineries, including:

     o Banfi Vintners, featuring Riunite and other Italian and Chilean wines;

     o Canandaigua, featuring Inglenook and Almaden wines;

     o Seagram, featuring premium European and California wines; and

     o Sebastiani.

     NWS operates 12 strategically  located distribution  facilities and a fleet
of  approximately  350  delivery  vehicles to provide  overnight  or  second-day
delivery to over 36,000 retail locations,  including package liquor stores, drug
and grocery stores,  mass  merchandisers,  hotels and restaurants and bars. NWS'
customers include both local and regional  businesses as well as national chains
such as American Stores (Osco),  Walgreens,  CVS, Sam's Club,  Meijer,  Chili's,
Ruby  Tuesday,  T.G.I.  Friday's  and  Hyatt.  In  select  locations,  NWS  also
distributes premium domestic and imported beer and other products.

     From  1994  to  1998,   NWS'  total   revenue   increased   steadily   from
$396.4 million to $521.4 million,  representing a compound annual growth rate of
7.1%,   while  NWS'  EBITDA  increased  from   $6.6 million  to   $17.7 million,
representing  a  compound  annual  growth  rate  of  28.0%.  NWS  achieved  this
performance by successfully  integrating  several strategic  acquisitions  since
1992, actively developing new geographic market areas, pursuing new supplier and
brand  relationships,  implementing  advanced  product  handling  technology and
proprietary  information  systems,  and  providing  high levels of supplier  and
customer service.

     Under the three-tier  regulatory framework established by federal and state
law, suppliers of alcohol-based  beverages are generally prohibited from selling
their products  directly to retail outlets or consumers,  effectively  requiring
suppliers to use distributors such as NWS. This regulatory framework effectively
insulates  distributors  from  vertical  competition  from  suppliers  or retail
customers.  In certain states,  referred to as "control  states",  state law has
historically  mandated the state to act as the exclusive  wholesale  distributor
and/or retailer of alcohol-based  beverages.  In 1996, Michigan became the first
control  state to privatize  certain  aspects of the wholesale  distribution  of
spirits, and NWS has become the leading distributor of spirits in that state.




<PAGE>

     Industry Overview

     The United States  alcohol-based  beverage industry  generated total annual
retail sales of more than $104.0 billion in 1997. Sales of wine and spirits,  in
which  NWS  primarily  competes,   accounted  for  approximately  13%  and  32%,
respectively,  or an estimated  $47.1  billion of total retail sales in 1997. In
the  United  States  spirits  market,  total  revenues  on a per case basis have
increased  since 1994,  more than  offsetting a general decline in the volume of
spirits sold. Over the past five years, the dollar amount reported from the sale
of spirits has increased  from $29.9 billion to $33.6 billion.  These  increases
are  attributable to brand name price increases which have generally been passed
on to  retail  consumers,  and the  general  trend in  consumer  taste to higher
quality and higher priced products.  Wine  consumption has increased  nationally
and in Indiana,  Illinois and Michigan  since 1993 and  management  believes the
demand for high quality wine will continue to grow.  Similar to the trend in the
spirits  industry,  consumers  have  been  purchasing  higher  quality  and more
expensive wines.

     Since the repeal of Prohibition in 1933, the sale of spirits, wine and beer
has been  regulated  by the  federal  and state  governments.  State  regulatory
frameworks fall into three types:  control,  open and open-franchise.  In nearly
all circumstances,  suppliers may not legally sell directly to retailers. In the
18 control states,  the state controls either the distribution,  the retail sale
or both. Michigan remains a control state, but privatized certain aspects of its
wholesale distribution of spirits in 1996. In open states, including Indiana and
Illinois, the distributors and retailers are privately owned businesses.  In the
open-franchise  states,  there  are  laws and  regulations  which  restrict  the
suppliers' ability to change distributors.

     Given  the  three  tier   regulatory   structure,   the  wine  and  spirits
distribution industry varies greatly from distribution  businesses serving other
industries such as food, drugs,  non-alcohol-based beverages and paper products.
Margins in these other industries are often much lower, as suppliers can compete
with or bypass distributors. Some distributors in other industries are also more
sensitive to economic cycles relative to NWS and its competitors.

     Competitive Strengths

     Market Leadership. NWS is the largest distributor of spirits in Indiana and
Michigan and one of the largest in Illinois. NWS' market leadership reflects its
strong  relationships  with both  suppliers  and customers and provides NWS with
numerous advantages over smaller  distributors,  including significant economies
of scale and increased  purchasing power. NWS maintains and seeks to enhance its
market  leadership  by  providing  high levels of service to its  suppliers  and
customers and through its investments in technology and information systems.

<PAGE>

     Strong  Supplier  Relationships.  NWS'  success  is  due  in  part  to  its
long-standing  relationships with its major wine and spirits suppliers,  many of
which extend back more than 20 years.  The strength of these  relationships  was
recently  demonstrated  when  each of NWS'  three  largest  suppliers,  Seagram,
Fortune Brands and Diageo-UDV,  selected NWS over numerous competitors to be its
exclusive  distributor of spirits in Michigan.  In Indiana and Michigan,  NWS is
the exclusive  distributor of seven out of the top ten brands of spirits sold in
the United States,  including Absolut, Jim Beam, Jose Cuervo,  Popov,  Seagram's
Gin,  Seagram's  7  Crown  and  Smirnoff.  In  Illinois,  NWS is  the  exclusive
distributor  of four  out of the top ten U.S.  brands.  NWS  also  represents  a
significant  share of each of its major suppliers' total United States business.
In calendar 1997, NWS distributed approximately 16% of all cases of spirits sold
in the United States by Seagram, and 11% of all cases of spirits sold by Fortune
Brands.

     Stable  Industry  and  Diversified  Customer  Base.  Total wine and spirits
industry  revenues have grown relatively  steadily over the past 25 years,  even
during periods of economic  decline.  NWS offers  products to over 36,000 retail
locations  and no single  customer or chain  represented  more than 6.3% of NWS'
1998 total revenue. Moreover, the three-tier regulatory framework established by
federal and state law generally prohibits vertical  integration by suppliers and
retailers   and  thereby   enhances  the  stability  of  the  wine  and  spirits
distribution  industry.  NWS  believes  that the nature of the wine and  spirits
distribution  industry and NWS' diverse  customer base provide it with increased
stability and predictability of cash flow relative to distributors in many other
industries.

     Customer  Service  Focus.  NWS'  commitment  to highly  effective  customer
service  has also been a major  factor  in its  historical  success.  Management
emphasizes  on-time  delivery,  product  availability,  the  ability  to  accept
last-minute  orders and  special  orders for low  volume or unusual  items,  and
reliability on a long-term basis. NWS provides numerous  value-added services to
its  customers,  including  category  management,   customized  advertising  and
point-of-sale  materials,  customized packaging and on-line electronic ordering.
Management believes that highly effective customer service strengthens  customer
relationships,  thereby  improving  product  positioning and sell-through to the
consumer.

     Advanced Infrastructure,  Distribution Network and Information Systems. NWS
maintains an extensive  distribution  network  consisting of master  warehouses,
hyper-terminals  and  cross-docking   facilities  strategically  located  across
Indiana,  Illinois  and  Michigan  and a fleet  of  approximately  350  delivery
vehicles.  This distribution system generates  significant operating leverage by
enabling  NWS to  deliver  hundreds  of  suppliers'  products  from each  master
warehouse and optimize  delivery  routes by  maximizing  the density of customer
locations  served from each  facility.  In  addition,  NWS has made  significant
investments  over the past  five  years to  improve  its  logistics,  sales  and
marketing operations, including approximately $32.1 million in material handling
systems  and  $7.9  million  in  information  systems.  NWS  has  also  recently
implemented  supplier and customer  ordering via electronic data interchange and
on-line  reporting systems used by certain suppliers to track sales. In addition
to enhancing  supplier and customer  relationships,  the implementation of these
systems  has  improved  NWS'  efficiency  and  enabled  NWS to remain a low cost
provider.

     Experienced Management Team. The seven individuals who comprise NWS' senior
management  team  have  an  average  of  over  23  years  of  experience  in the
alcohol-based  beverage  industry  and 12  years  of  experience  with  NWS.  In
addition,   NWS'  senior   management  team  has  successfully   integrated  six
acquisitions since 1992.  Management's experience and expertise have enabled NWS
to establish  and  maintain  long-term  relationships  with both  suppliers  and
customers and take advantage of consolidation and privatization opportunities.

<PAGE>

     Operating Strategy

     Continue  to  Maximize  Operating  Leverage.  As the  largest or one of the
largest wine and spirits  distributors in each of its markets,  NWS continuously
seeks to minimize its operating  costs by leveraging  its resources in the areas
of  warehousing,   transportation,  general  and  administrative  functions  and
information  systems to create  economies of scale.  The fixed nature of many of
these  costs  enables  NWS to  generate  a  higher  level  of  profitability  on
incremental  increases in volume and price.  In  addition,  NWS'  facilities  in
Illinois and Michigan  have  additional  capacity,  which  positions NWS to take
advantage of future expansion opportunities in these markets with relatively low
capital expenditures.

     Growth Through Addition of New Brands. Long-term relationships are critical
to maintaining  supplier and brand continuity with distributors.  Although brand
movements  among  distributors  are  relatively  rare  as the  result  of  these
relationships,  consolidation  of  distributors or suppliers can affect existing
relationships  and present NWS with  opportunities to add brands affected by the
consolidation.   For  example,  NWS  believes  that  Diageo-UDV  may  eventually
consolidate  its brands with a single  distributor  in Illinois.  If this was to
happen,  management  believes  that NWS  would  have  opportunities  to  acquire
additional brands from other suppliers  adversely affected by the consolidation,
or otherwise gain increased market share.  Management  believes that if these or
similar  opportunities  arise,  NWS' strong  regional  presence and  established
supplier and customer  relationships give it a competitive  advantage in winning
additional brand representation.

     We have recently obtained  additional  brands in Illinois and Michigan.  In
March, 1998,  Sebastiani named us as its exclusive  distributor in Illinois.  In
1997,  Sebastiani  reported  total wine sales in Illinois of 250,000  cases.  In
June, 1998, McCormick  Distilling appointed us as its exclusive  distributor for
Grand Macnish Scotch whiskey. In July, 1998, Austin Nichols Company appointed us
as its exclusive distributor in Michigan. Austin Nichols supplies Royal Canadian
and Jameson Irish whiskey,  among other brands,  in Michigan.  Grand Macnish and
Austin Nichols had combined sales of  approximately  130,000 cases of spirits in
1997  in  Michigan.  In  December,  1998,  we  were  also  named  the  exclusive
distributor by Laird & Co. in Michigan.  During 1997,  Laird sold  approximately
200,000 cases of spirits in Michigan.

     As of November,  1998, we no longer distribute J&B Scotch in Michigan.  The
brand  realignment was the result of  required  divestitures by suppliers
related to the formation of Diageo.

     Selectively Pursue Strategic  Acquisitions and Joint Ventures. NWS plans to
continue to strengthen its competitive  position by selectively  acquiring other
distributors  and entering  into  strategic  joint  ventures both in its current
markets and in contiguous markets.  These strategic  opportunities may arise for
several  reasons.  First,  suppliers  sometimes  encourage the  consolidation of
distributors  in order to reduce  costs and  improve  efficiency.  Second,  most
distributors are family businesses, and acquisition opportunities can develop as
owners approach  retirement age without a definite  succession plan. Third, many
distributors  lack the  resources  and  supplier  support to meet the demands of
large suppliers,  including expanding outside of their brand lines or geographic
markets.  Management  believes NWS' reputation with suppliers and customers,  as
well as its financial  position,  market share and  established  infrastructure,
make NWS an attractive buyer of, or strategic partner for, other distributors.

     As an example of this strategy, in December, 1998, we formed a new Kentucky
distributorship,  Commonwealth  Wine & Spirits,  LLC,  in  partnership  with two
existing  Kentucky-based  distributors,  The Vertner  Smith Company and Kentucky
Wine & Spirits. We will invest $7.5 million,  consisting of $4.5 million in cash
and a $3.0 million cash  franchise  fee, in exchange for 25% of the new company.
Vertner and Kentucky W&S equally own the remaining 75%. At December 31, 1998, we
had invested $6.0 million in this new venture. We believe that Commonwealth Wine
& Spirits,  Inc. is the  largest  distributor  of wine and spirits in  Kentucky.
Although  we can give  you no  assurance,  we do not  presently  anticipate  any
further capital requirements related to this investment.

     Continue to Invest in Logistics  Technology and  Information  Systems.  The
wine and spirits distribution  industry is a relatively mature industry which is
not extensively  automated.  Many of NWS' competitors continue to rely primarily
on manual  processes and limited  technology.  NWS plans to expand on its recent
investments   in  sales  and  logistics   technology  and  sales  and  marketing
information systems to further reduce costs and improve service to its customers
and suppliers.

     Capitalize  on Further  Privatizations.  NWS'  established  reputation  and
relationships  with its major suppliers enabled it to become the leading spirits
distributor in Michigan, the first control state to privatize certain aspects of
its wholesale  spirits  distribution  business.  NWS believes that other control
states  may  choose to  privatize  all or part of their  wholesale  distribution
business, which may allow NWS to expand its geographic markets without acquiring
or  merging  with   existing   distributors.   Should  any  such   privatization
opportunities  arise,  particularly  in the central United States,  NWS plans to
selectively  pursue such opportunities by leveraging its experience in Michigan,
its strong relationships with suppliers and its distribution expertise.

<PAGE>

     Suppliers and Products

     NWS  represents  many of the largest  suppliers  of wine and spirits in the
United  States,  and offers  hundreds of brands and more than 12,000  individual
products.  The  breakdown  of sales  among  wine,  spirits  and  other  products
distributed by NWS in 1996, 1997 and 1998 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                    <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>

                                  Wine                             Spirits                           Other
                       ------------------------------   ---------------------------------  ----------------------------
                          1996       1997       1998        1996         1997       1998      1996      1997      1998
                                                               (Dollars in thousands)

Product sales......    $92,463   $117,014   $125,861    $322,535   $336,280     $342,594   $28,259   $34,777   $36,686
Distribution fees..         --         --         --          --      2,729       16,270        --        --        --
Percentage of total
  Company revenue..       20.9%      23.8%      24.1%       72.7%      69.1%        68.8%      6.4%      7.1%      7.1%

</TABLE>


     In  Michigan,   spirits  distributors  have  exclusive  relationships  with
suppliers by law,  and receive  distribution  fees from  suppliers as set by the
state,  rather than purchasing from the suppliers for resale to customers.  This
arrangement  has the effect of  understating  the  importance of spirits in NWS'
overall product mix. For purposes of  illustrating  the scale of NWS' operations
in  Michigan,  the total  wholesale  prices  of  products  delivered  by NWS for
Michigan in 1997 and 1998 was  $42.9 million and  $280.5 million,  respectively,
based on the fixed  wholesale  prices of the spirits  delivered by NWS. If these
amounts  would have been  included  in  revenues,  sales of  spirits  would have
represented   71.4%  and  79.3%  of  NWS'  total  revenues  in  1997  and  1998,
respectively. NWS' products include the following brands, among many others:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                         <C>                        <C>
Product Type                                Brand Names
Vodka:                                      Absolut                    Popov
                                            Cristall                   Smirnoff
                                            Ketel One                  Stolichnaya

Bourbon and Blended Whiskey:                Black Velvet               Seven Crown
                                            Crown Royal                Wild Turkey
                                            Jim Beam                   Windsor Canadian
                                            Seagram's V.O.

Scotch and Single Malt Whiskey:             Chivas Regal               Glenlivet
                                            Grant's                    Isle of Jura
                                            Balvenie                   J&B Rare
                                            Bowmore                    Springbank
                                            Glenfiddich

Gin:                                        Bombay                     Gilbey's
                                            Boodles                    Seagram's

Rum:                                        Captain Morgan             Myers
                                            Malibu                     Ronrico

Tequila:                                    Herradura                  Patron
                                            Jose Cuervo

Cognacs/Brandy:                             Christian Brothers         Martell
                                            Hine                       Remy Martin


<PAGE>

Specialty Spirits:                          Arrow Cordials             DeKuyper Cordials
                                            Bailey's Irish Cream       Jagermeister
                                            Campari                    TGI Friday's

Wine:                                       Almaden                    Perrier Jouet
                                            Banfi                      Robert Mondavi
                                            Beringer                   Sebastiani
                                            Caymus                     Stags Leap
                                            Chateau Lafite             Sterling
                                               Rothschild              Sutter Home
                                            Gundlach Bundschu          Veuve Clicquot
                                            Inglenook
                                            Opus One

Specialty Beer:                             Goose Island               Rogue Ales
                                            Grolsch                    Sierra Nevada
                                            Petes Wicked Ale

Non-Alcohol:                                Cameron Springs            Perrier
                                            Evian                      Stewart's
</TABLE>
 
     NWS has entered into written  distribution  agreements  with several of its
principal  suppliers  which generally may be extended on an annual basis but are
terminable  upon 30 days or 60 days written notice to NWS. In addition,  NWS has
informal  arrangements  with many of its suppliers  whereby NWS  distributes the
suppliers'  products  pursuant to purchase orders without  written  distribution
agreements.  Although the written  agreements provide NWS with the non-exclusive
right to distribute the suppliers'  products in a particular  state, in practice
the  suppliers  have  generally  selected  a  distributor  to be  the  exclusive
distributor of specified  products in each state.  In each of Indiana,  Illinois
and Michigan,  NWS is presently acting as the exclusive distributor with respect
to virtually all of the products it distributes in that state.

     Set forth below is certain  information about the leading spirits suppliers
in the United States, their rank in Indiana,  Illinois and Michigan,  the length
of NWS' relationship with those suppliers and their impact on 1998 revenues.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                          <C>   <C>   <C>      <C>                  <C>                <C>
                                                    Length of
                               State Rank            Company            Percentage of
                             (calendar 1997)       Relationship          Company 1998
Supplier (by U.S. Rank)(1)   IN    IL    MI       (in years)(2)        Total Revenues     Representative Brands
- --------------------------   --    --    --       -------------        --------------     ---------------------

1. Diageo-UDV (3).........    3     *     1            25                     7.7%        Smirnoff and Jose Cuervo
2. Seagram................    2     2     3            25                    32.6         Absolut and Crown Royal
3. Fortune Brands.........    1     6     2            23                    17.7         Jim Beam
<FN>

- -----------

(1)  Based on calendar 1997 industry sales information.

(2)  All of the relationships expressed in this column represent the duration of
     NWS' relationship  with the suppliers or their  predecessors in the Indiana
     market.

(3)  Diageo-UDV  represents  that portion of Diageo PLC formed by merger between
     United  Distillers and  International  Distillers & Vintners.  NWS does not
     represent  Diageo's  interest in the  Schieffelin & Somerset  joint venture
     which remains a separate organization.

*    Not represented by NWS in the referenced state.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     Top United  States  wine  brands and  wineries  represented  by NWS include
Beringer,  Canandaigua,  Inglenook, Robert Mondavi and Sebastiani. NWS currently
does not  distribute  wine in Michigan.  Major wine  producers  served by NWS in
Indiana and Illinois include:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>                <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
                                                                           Length of
                                              State Representation         Company
                                              --------------------        Relationship
Supplier/Winery            U.S. Rank(1)        IN           IN(2)         (in years)(3)  Representative Brands
- ------------------------   ------------        --           -----         -------------  ---------------------

Canandaigua Brands......         2             X              X               25         Inglenook and Paul Masson
Sebastiani Vineyards....         5             X              X               15         Sebastiani and Vendange
Sutter Home Winery......         6             X                               5         Sutter Home
Robert Mondavi..........         7             X                              24         Robert Mondavi and Opus One
Banfi Vintners..........         8             X                              25         Riunite and Concha y Toro
Beringer Wine Estates...        10             X              X               24         Beringer and Meridian
Seagram.................        11             X              X               25         Sterling and Mumm
<FN>

- -----------

(1)  Source: 1997 Wine Market Impact Databank Review and Forecast.

(2)  NWS  represents  certain  brands  in  Illinois  but  not the  entire  brand
     portfolio.

(3)  All of the relationships expressed in this column represent the duration of
     NWS' relationship  with the suppliers or their  predecessors in the Indiana
     market.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Related Operations

     In addition to its core  alcohol-based  beverage  distribution  operations,
although not material to NWS' financial  results,  NWS conducts related beverage
operations through a division,  Cameron Springs Water Company,  and through NWS'
U.S. Beverage operations. Cameron Springs is a leading supplier of bottled water
in Indiana,  serving  over 9,000  residential  and  commercial  customers.  U.S.
Beverage commenced  operations as a division of NWS in March, 1997 to market and
sell  imported,  specialty and  microbrewed  beers and  specialty  malt products
nationally.  The  brand  distribution  contracts  related  to the U.S.  Beverage
operations are held by an entity which is 50% owned by  NWS-Illinois.  In select
markets,  NWS sells and distributes  premium cigars primarily as a complement to
NWS' distribution of fine wines and spirits.

     In September,  1998, U.S.  Beverage  entered into a 15-year  agreement with
Bass,  PLC granting U.S.  Beverage the exclusive  U.S.  distribution  rights for
Hooper's Hooch flavored malt beverage. We believe that NWS has the potential for
a significant  increase in case sales in 1999 over the sales levels  achieved by
Bass and that the Hooper's Hooch business should provide U.S.  Beverage with the
critical mass to support its nationwide sales and marketing force.

Customers

     Most states,  including  Indiana,  Illinois and Michigan,  require wine and
spirits   retailers   to  purchase   alcohol-based   beverages   from   licensed
distributors.  Suppliers in these states may not legally sell directly to retail
customers.  NWS' customers fall into two broad categories depending on where the
alcohol-based beverage ultimately will be consumed:  on-premise and off-premise.
Off-premise customers include package liquor stores, grocery stores, drug stores
and mass  merchandisers.  On-premise  customers include hotels,  restaurants and
bars,  and similar  establishments.  NWS  currently  serves  over 36,000  retail
locations in Indiana, Illinois and Michigan. No single customer represented more
than 6.3% of NWS' 1998 net sales. As is customary in the industry, NWS' products
are generally  purchased under standard  purchase orders and not under long-term
supply  contracts.  As a result,  backlog  is not  meaningful  in the  wholesale
distribution industry.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The table below summarizes NWS' customer base:
<S>                                        <C>                               <C>
                                             Percentage of Company 1998
Type of Customer                                       Revenue                           Representative Customers
- -----------------------------------------  --------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------

Off-Premise
   Package Stores....................                     42.6%              Gold Standard and Cap'n Cork
   Grocery stores, drug stores and mass                   24.7               Kroger, Dominicks, Marsh, American Stores
      merchandisers..................                                        (Osco), Walgreens, CVS, Sam's Club, Meijer
   Other.............................                      4.3               7-Eleven, White Hen, Village Pantry
                                                     -------------
      Percent of total...............                     71.6%
                                                     =============

On-Premise
   Restaurants and Bars..............                     18.0%              Charlie Trotter's, Hard Rock Cafe, House of
                                                                             Blues, Morton's, Planet Hollywood, Ruth's Chris
   Hotels............................                      1.7               Four Seasons, Hyatt, Hilton
   Other.............................                      8.7               Crooked Stick Golf Course, the United Center,
                                                                             American Legion
                                                     -------------
      Percent of total...............                     28.4%
                                                     =============
</TABLE>
 
     Management believes that the number and diversity of NWS' customers and the
nature of NWS' business  strengthens NWS' liquidity.  The prompt payment of NWS'
invoices is governed by law in all states in which NWS  operates.  Indiana has a
15 day  credit law  beyond  which  retail  customers  cannot  buy  alcohol-based
beverages  from any  distributor  in the market.  Illinois  has a similar 30 day
credit law.  Typically,  NWS' bad debt  expenses are incurred  less than 30 days
after  shipment since the credit laws prohibit  extension of terms.  Average bad
debt expense for the past five years has been less than 0.12% of revenue.

Marketing and Sales

     Supplier and Customer Services. NWS' marketing and sales programs add value
for  suppliers  and  customers  beyond  storage  and  distribution.  Through its
approximately  600-person  marketing  and  sales  force,  NWS acts as the  field
marketing and merchandising arm of its suppliers by maintaining  regular contact
with  NWS'  off-premise  and  on-premise  customers.   NWS  customizes  national
marketing  programs  developed by its suppliers for specific retail locations in
seeking to derive maximum benefit for the supplier and customer at each specific
retail  location.  NWS provides its  customers  with a wide variety of services,
including conducting  promotional events,  building product displays,  designing
shelf sets,  cross-marketing  between off-premise and on-premise locations,  and
(in Michigan) accounts receivable collection.  Management believes that NWS is a
market  leader in  developing  and  implementing  marketing  programs to improve
alcohol-based beverage sales for both suppliers and customers.

     Marketing  and Sales Teams.  NWS divides its  marketing and sales forces by
product brands and geographic region.  Field sales  representatives  provide the
primary source of contact with the customer's retail locations.  Brand managers,
who  concentrate on a small number of suppliers and brands,  are responsible for
product pricing, promotion and all other marketing and sales activity related to
their  brands.  NWS  recently  formed  a  National  Accounts  Division  which is
responsible for customers with a national profile. Sales and marketing personnel
are compensated  under various  compensation  plans which typically combine base
pay with a productivity bonus. Members of senior management also are very active
in maintaining supplier and customer  relationships with incentive  compensation
based on subsidiary, division or Company-wide performance.

     Sales  and  Marketing  Information  Systems.  NWS'  management  information
systems are very  important  to NWS' sales and  marketing  efforts.  Through its
proprietary  information  systems, NWS seeks to offer improved levels of service
to suppliers  and  customers  through  prompt and accurate  product  deliveries,
demographic  information  regarding  the  purchase  and  sale  of  alcohol-based
beverages  and  other  important  sales  and  consumption  information.   Retail
locations  can utilize this  information  to make  decisions  regarding  product
placement in the wine and spirits sections of their stores,  while suppliers can
utilize  this  information  to  quickly  analyze  sell-through  by  product in a
particular customer location.

<PAGE>

Warehousing and Distribution

     NWS utilizes a series of four master warehouses,  three hyper-terminals and
five cross-docking facilities strategically located throughout Indiana, Illinois
and Michigan to store and ship its products pending sale to customers.  NWS uses
common carriers to transport  products from suppliers to its master  warehouses.
Master  warehouses  located in Chicago,  Indianapolis  and Detroit  (Brownstown)
serve as the primary  storage  facilities for NWS'  inventory.  A smaller master
warehouse is located in Champaign,  Illinois. Upon receipt of the product at one
of the master warehouses, the products are inspected and stored on pallets or in
racks.  Temperature-sensitive  products,  such  as fine  wines,  are  stored  in
temperature-controlled  areas  of the  warehouses.  Hyper-terminals  located  in
Peoria, Illinois, South Bend, Indiana and Grand Rapids, Michigan stock only high
volume products and provide an extension of the master  warehouses.  NWS strives
to  optimize  inventory  levels,   taking  into  account  minimum   out-of-stock
percentages,  projected sales,  including  seasonal  demands,  periodic supplier
shipments to meet supplier sales requirements and working capital requirements.

     NWS' customers  ordinarily receive either next day or second-day  delivery.
In  general,  orders are  collected  during the day for batch  routing and order
"picking"  at night.  The  Chicago  and Detroit  master  warehouses  each use an
automated material handling system,  including  scanners,  automated  conveyors,
dispensers  and sorters.  Products from the master  warehouses are then shuttled
nightly to either a hyper-terminal or a cross-docking  facility where the orders
are  consolidated  and loaded onto  delivery  trucks.  Cross-docking  facilities
located in Belleville, Illinois, Evansville, Indiana, and Traverse City, Saginaw
and  Escanaba,   Michigan  further  extend  the  service  areas  of  the  master
warehouses.  Orders for delivery out of the various cross-docking facilities are
picked  in the  master  warehouses,  shipped  in  during  the  night,  and  then
transferred onto local delivery trucks for final delivery.  NWS owns or leases a
total fleet of  approximately  350 delivery  trucks,  consisting of 280 delivery
trucks,  18 tractors,  33 trailers,  31 vans and 5 pick-up  trucks.  To maximize
prompt and efficient product delivery, NWS' fleet is allocated among NWS' master
warehouses,  hyper-terminals  and cross-docking  facilities  located  throughout
Indiana, Illinois and Michigan.

     As a result of a number of factors  including  state laws and  regulations,
NWS  maintains  independent  distribution  networks  in  Indiana,  Illinois  and
Michigan. The Indiana distribution network operates with the Indianapolis master
warehouse feeding the South Bend hyper-terminal and the Evansville cross-docking
facility.  The Michigan  distribution  network  operates with the Detroit master
warehouse  feeding  the  Grand  Rapids   hyper-terminal  and  the  cross-docking
facilities  located  in  Escanaba,  Saginaw  and  Traverse  City.  The  Illinois
distribution  network is separated into the  metropolitan  Chicago area, and all
other  service  areas.  The Chicago area is serviced  out of the Chicago  master
warehouse,  while the  downstate  areas are  serviced by the  smaller  Champaign
master warehouse,  the Peoria  hyper-terminal  and the Belleville  cross-docking
facility.

Management Information Systems

     NWS employs customized management  information systems that have enabled it
to more efficiently utilize its material handling and distribution  system. NWS'
information  systems help  streamline its  distribution  network from receipt of
order through final delivery by calculating and implementing  efficient  product
selection,  optimizing  delivery  routes to meet specific  delivery  times,  and
allocating the proper types and volume of products on specific  delivery trucks.
These information  systems,  when used in connection with NWS' material handling
systems,  have allowed NWS to more efficiently manage its inventory and minimize
its handling costs per case primarily by reducing labor costs.

     NWS'  commitment  to  technology  has also advanced its sales and marketing
initiatives.  NWS' sales force is equipped with laptop computers which allow NWS
to expedite  order entry and provide  instant  feedback to  customers  regarding
order  activity.  NWS provides its customers  and suppliers  with the ability to
directly enter and track orders via electronic  data  interchange.  In addition,
NWS' proprietary  information systems provide its sales and marketing personnel,
customers and suppliers with access to a database of  information  regarding the
purchase and sale of  alcohol-based  beverages in specific  geographic  markets.
NWS'  suppliers  have  immediate  access to  information  regarding  product and
demographic  trends within specific  geographic  markets and NWS' customers have
access to information  regarding popular products or other trends from similarly
situated retail locations.  Management believes that its management  information
systems  enhance its operating  performance and improve its  relationships  with
customers and suppliers.

<PAGE>

Facilities

     NWS'  distribution  facilities  consist of four  master  warehouses,  three
hyper-terminals and five cross-docking  facilities.  NWS' corporate headquarters
are located in Indianapolis, Indiana.

     The  master  warehouses,  located in  Indianapolis,  Chicago,  Detroit  and
Champaign, serve as the primary storage facilities and regional offices for NWS.
The Chicago warehouse contains  approximately 650,000 square feet of warehousing
space,    including   a    designated    temperature    controlled    area   for
temperature-sensitive    products.    The   Indianapolis   warehouse  contains
approximately  265,000 square feet of warehousing space,  including a designated
temperature  controlled  area for  temperature-sensitive  products.  In calendar
1997,  NWS  completed  its new Detroit  warehouse  consisting  of  approximately
230,000  square  feet of  warehousing  space,  including  a  recently  installed
material  handling  system and eight  shipping  docks.  The Champaign  warehouse
contains  50,000 square feet of  warehousing  space and is designed to hold more
high volume products for delivery to customers in central and southern Illinois.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     The following is a listing of NWS' warehouses and delivery,  production and
office facilities:
<S>                  <C>                       <C>        <C>              <C>
                                                             Total
                                               Owned/       Square
                           Location            Leased        Feet                  Principal Function
Indiana                  Indianapolis          Owned        265,000              Master Warehouse/Office
                          South Bend           Owned         76,800               Hyper-Terminal/Office
                          Evansville           Owned          5,800              Cross-Docking Facility
                          Evansville           Owned          2,400                      Office
                          Ft. Wayne            Leased         5,500                      Office
                         Merrillville          Leased         2,600                      Office
                         Indianapolis          Owned          3,500             Office (Cameron Springs)
                         Indianapolis          Owned         15,000        Production Plant (Cameron Springs)

Illinois                 Chicago (1)           Owned        650,000              Master Warehouse/Office
                          Champaign            Leased        50,000              Master Warehouse/Office
                            Peoria             Leased        35,000               Hyper-Terminal/Office
                          Belleville           Leased        16,000           Cross-Docking Facility/Office
                           Rockford            Leased         5,000                      Office
                         Springfield           Leased         1,000                      Office

Michigan             Detroit (Brownstown)      Leased       230,000              Master Warehouse/Office
                         Grand Rapids          Leased       100,000               Hyper-Terminal/Office
                           Escanaba            Leased         7,500           Cross-Docking Facility/Office
                           Saginaw             Leased         1,000              Cross-Docking Facility
                        Traverse City          Leased         5,000              Cross-Docking Facility
<FN>

- -----------

(1)      Excludes one of NWS' Chicago properties which consists of approximately
         240,000  square  feet and which is in the process of being sold by NWS.
         The property presently is leased to an unrelated third party.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     NWS' lease agreements for the Detroit master warehouse and the Grand Rapids
hyper-terminal  each have a ten-year  term,  expiring April 20, 2007 and January
31, 2007, respectively, and provide NWS with an option to purchase.

Competition

     The wine and spirits wholesale distribution business is highly competitive.
The principal competitive factors in NWS' business include service,  breadth and
availability  of  product  brands  offered  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  price.
Distributors  compete for new  suppliers or brands based on  reputation,  market
share,  access to customers and ability to satisfy supplier  demands.  Given its
size, supplier relationships, distribution networks and low operating costs, NWS
is well  positioned to compete in Indiana,  Illinois and Michigan.  NWS' primary
competition  in Illinois  includes  Romano  Brothers  and Judge & Dolph.  Romano
Brothers has recently  joined with Glazer's  Wholesale  Distributing  of Dallas,
Texas to enter the Indiana  market  through  the  acquisition  of a  controlling
interest in Olinger Distributing, the second largest Indiana distributor and the
only  meaningful  Indiana  competitor.  None of the ten  largest  United  States
distributors competes with NWS in Michigan.

<PAGE>

     There are significant barriers to entry into the wholesale wine and spirits
distribution business.  These barriers include established  supplier-distributor
relationships,  specialized  distribution  equipment  such as material  handling
systems  and  delivery  vehicles, and  important  industry  knowledge  regarding
pricing, inventory management and distribution logistics. Historically, entry by
organizations  not  already  engaged as wine and spirits  distributors  in other
markets has been extremely rare. The entrance of new distributors  into existing
markets typically takes place through acquisition.

Employees

     As  of   December 31,   1998,  NWS  had  1,517   employees.   Approximately
135 employees in Michigan and 400 employees in Illinois are represented by labor
unions. In Illinois, NWS has relationships with three unions:

     (1) Teamsters Union Local 744, expiring March 2, 2002;

     (2) Liquor and Allied Workers Union Local 3, annual agreements; and

     (3) Teamsters,  Chauffeurs &  Helpers Union Local 50,  expiring  August 31,
         2001.

     In Michigan, NWS has relationships with three unions:

     (1) Teamsters Union Local 337, expiring March 2, 2001;

     (2) Teamsters Union Local 299, expiring March 2, 2001; and

     (3) Teamsters Union Local 486, expiring March 2, 2001.

     Employees of NWS in Indiana are not represented by any labor unions.

     NWS has not  experienced  any work  stoppages  in more than  15 years  as a
result of labor disputes and considers its employee relations to be good.

Regulatory Considerations

     The  manufacturing,  importation,  distribution  and sale of  alcohol-based
beverages  is  subject to  regulation  by the  federal  government  through  the
Department of the Treasury,  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, as well as
by state and local regulatory  agencies.  Suppliers,  distributors and customers
must be properly licensed in order to sell alcohol-based beverages.

     In most states, the alcohol-based beverage industry operates within what is
commonly referred to as a three-tier system of distribution. The three tiers are
identified as follows:
 
     (1)  Tier  One  is  comprised  of  suppliers  which  produce  alcohol-based
beverages and/or importers of alcohol-based beverages;

     (2) Tier Two is comprised of distributors, such as NWS; and

     (3) Tier Three is comprised of retail licensees.

     Under this system,  suppliers sell to  distributors,  distributors  sell to
retailers, and retailers sell to consumers.  Suppliers may not sell to retailers
or consumers and  distributors  may not sell directly to consumers.  Most states
prohibit  suppliers or distributors from having an interest in retail licensees.
NWS directly and through its  affiliates  holds  federal basic permits and state
permits/licenses  as  a  distributor  and  importer.  Also,  NWS-Illinois  holds
out-of-state  shipper  permits that allow it to ship certain  products  from one
state to a licensed distributor in any one of the other states.

     NWS is  required  to have each of its  officers,  directors  and  principal
stockholders who owns 5% or more of the issued and outstanding  stock  qualified
by federal and state  governmental agencies to have an  interest  in a  licensed
company. NWS' officers,  directors and principal  stockholders have been, or are
in the  process  of  being,  deemed  to be  qualified  parties  by ATF and state
regulatory agencies.

<PAGE>

     Suppliers  and retail  licensees  selling  directly to  consumers  are more
heavily  regulated than distributors by governmental  authorities.  Distributors
like NWS face  scrutiny  in a  number  of  important  areas,  including  initial
licensing or permitting and sales and marketing  activities with or on behalf of
retail customers. The distributors may not give or transfer anything of value to
their customers in exchange for business or other consideration.  The definition
of  "value"  differs  from  state to  state.  NWS  participates  in  significant
promotional   activities  for  suppliers  and  customers.   Suppliers  also  are
increasingly  asking  distributors  to be responsible for activities and related
costs formerly  undertaken by suppliers as suppliers pursue ways to reduce their
operating costs.  These increased  demands will likely  challenge  distributors,
including NWS, which desire to meet the wishes of their suppliers and customers.
As a result, NWS regularly  provides training and education  programming for its
sales and marketing personnel.

     NWS believes that it is in compliance  with  applicable  regulations in all
material respects.  Consistent with industry  practice,  the sales and marketing
activities  permitted by distributors  for the benefit of Tier One suppliers are
generally  regulated by state  licensing  authorities,  many of which  regularly
advise  distributor  representatives of activities that would not be the subject
of  enforcement   action  for  failure  to  comply  with  all  regulations  they
administer.  NWS relies on such enforcement guidance, which is subject to change
at the discretion of the regulatory authorities, in determining the scope of its
permitted sales and marketing activities.

     As part of its regulatory  compliance  program,  NWS is in frequent contact
with regulatory agencies so that NWS can:

     (1) be kept current on regulatory developments affecting NWS;
 
     (2) obtain  answers from the agencies to questions  from company  personnel
regarding compliance issues; and

     (3)  encourage   enforcement  of  applicable  laws  and  regulations  on  a
consistent basis throughout its markets.

     NWS  believes  that prompt and  consistent  enforcement  by the  regulatory
agencies is important and benefits NWS.

Certain Legal Matters

     NWS is involved in litigation  from time to time in the ordinary  course of
its  business.  NWS is a party  to a  lawsuit  brought  by  several  drivers  of
NWS-Illinois who allege age discrimination and workers' compensation retaliation
and claim  back pay and front pay  damages  of  $1.9 million  and  $1.0 million,
respectively,  and the costs of the action.  In April,  1999,  NWS settled  this
lawsuit for approximately  $475,000,  inclusive of all costs including  attorney
fees,  payable over five years.  Documentation  of this  settlement has not been
completed  or  approved.  NWS does not believe  that an adverse  judgment in any
other  matter to which NWS is a party  would have a material  adverse  effect on
NWS' results of operation, financial condition or debt service capabilities.

Environmental Matters

     NWS currently owns and/or leases a number of properties,  and  historically
it has owned and/or leased others. Under applicable  environmental laws, NWS may
be responsible  for  remediation  of  environmental  conditions  relating to the
presence of certain  hazardous  substances  on such  properties.  The  liability
imposed by such laws is often joint and several  without  regard for whether the
property owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such
hazardous substances. In addition, the presence of such hazardous substances, or
the failure to properly  remediate  such  substances,  may adversely  affect the
property  owner's  ability to borrow using the real estate as collateral  and to
transfer  its  interest  in the real  estate.  Although  NWS is not aware of the
presence  of  hazardous  substances  requiring  remediation,  there  can  be  no
assurance  that releases  unknown to NWS have not occurred.  Except for blending
and bottling of a few of NWS' private label brands, NWS does not manufacture any
of the wine or spirit  products it sells and believes  that it has conducted its
business  in  substantial  compliance  with  applicable  environmental  laws and
regulations.



MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning the directors
and  executive  officers  of NWS  who  have  agreed  to  serve,  subject  to the
completion of regulatory filings:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>       <C>
Name                                    Age       Position
James E. LaCrosse.............          66        Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Martin H. Bart................          66        Sr. Vice President and Director
J. Smoke Wallin...............          32        Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
                                                  and Director
James Beck....................          54        President, NWS-Indiana and Director
Mitchell Stoltz...............          45        President, NWS-Illinois and Director
Richard P. Paladino...........          53        President, NWS-Michigan and Director
Richard Quinn.................          64        President, Cameron Springs Division and Director
Norma M. Johnston.............          70        Director
Patricia J. LaCrosse..........          62        Director
Catherine LaCrosse Wallentine.          31        Director
</TABLE>

     James E.  LaCrosse  has  served as  Chairman,  President,  Chief  Executive
Officer and a Director of NWS since  December,  1998.  Previously,  Mr. LaCrosse
served as Chairman and Director of NWS since its formation in 1973, and prior to
1973 was employed by various  companies in a financial  capacity.  Mr.  LaCrosse
received an M.B.A. from Harvard  University in 1961 and a B.A. in economics from
Wesleyan University in 1957.

     Martin H. Bart has served as Senior  Vice  President  and a Director of NWS
since  December,  1998.  Previously Mr. Bart served as Vice Chairman of NWS from
1995 to 1998.  Prior to joining NWS, Mr. Bart served in various  positions  with
the Joseph E. Seagram & Son Company from 1956 to 1993,  and retired as Executive
Vice  President of Sales and  Marketing.  Mr. Bart  received a B.A. in economics
from Long Island University in 1955.

     J. Smoke Wallin has served as Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial
Officer,  Secretary and a Director of NWS since December, 1998. Previously,  Mr.
Wallin was Executive Vice  President,  Corporate Group of NWS from 1993 to 1998.
Mr.  Wallin began his career at NWS in 1988 and has served in various  positions
including Chief  Information  Officer and Brand Manager.  Mr. Wallin received an
M.B.A. in Finance from Vanderbilt  University-Owen  School of Management in 1993
and a B.S. in  economics  from Cornell  University  in 1989.  Mr.  Wallin is Mr.
LaCrosse's son-in-law.

     James Beck has served as  President  of  NWS-Indiana  since 1992.  Mr. Beck
joined NWS in 1972,  and has served in various  positions,  including  Executive
Vice  President  of  Sales  for 14  years  prior to  being  named  President  of
NWS-Indiana.  Mr. Beck has been a Director of NWS since December, 1998. Mr. Beck
received a B.S. in Business from Ball State University in 1968.

     Mitchell Stoltz has served as President of NWS-Illinois  since 1995.  Prior
to becoming  President,  Mr. Stoltz served as Executive  Vice President of Sales
and Marketing for NWS-Illinois.  Prior to joining NWS in 1992, Mr. Stoltz served
as Vice  President  and General  Manager for Magnolia  Marketing  Company and as
President for Admiral Wine Company.  Mr. Stoltz has been a Director of NWS since
December, 1998. Mr. Stoltz received an M.M. from Northwestern University Kellogg
Graduate  School of  Management  in 1985 and a B.A. in Business  from Notre Dame
University in 1976.

     Richard P. Paladino has served as President of NWS-Michigan since 1997, and
a Director of NWS since  December,  1998.  Prior to joining  NWS,  Mr.  Paladino
served as Vice President, Finance and Operations of United Beverage Company from
1984 to 1994.  Mr.  Paladino  received  a B.S.  in  Accounting  from  Notre Dame
University in 1967.

     Richard  Quinn has served as President  of Cameron  Springs  Company  since
1990.  Mr.  Quinn has been a Director of NWS since  December,  1998.  Mr.  Quinn
received his A.B. in English Literature from Brown University in 1959.

     Norma M. Johnston has been a Director of NWS since 1976,  and a Director of
NWS since December,  1998. Mrs. Johnston served as Secretary of NWS from 1976 to
1998.
<PAGE>
     Patricia  J.  LaCrosse  has been a Director of NWS since its  formation  in
1973.  Mrs.  LaCrosse  received a B.A. from the  University of Michigan in 1957.
Mrs. LaCrosse is Mr. LaCrosse's spouse.

     Catherine  LaCrosse  Wallentine  has served as  District  Sales  Manager of
NWS-Illinois since January, 1997, and Director of NWS since December,  1998. Ms.
LaCrosse-Wallentine  joined  NWS in 1994 and has  served  in  various  sales and
marketing  positions.  Ms.  LaCrosse-Wallentine  received a B.A. in history from
Indiana University in 1990. Ms. LaCrosse-Wallentine is Mr. LaCrosse's daughter.

Compensation of Directors

     Directors of NWS have in the past  received  $3,000 per year for serving as
directors.  After the exchange offer, employees of NWS who are also directors of
NWS will not receive any fees or  compensation  for their services as directors.
NWS will  reimburse  directors for their  expenses  incurred in connection  with
their  activities  as  directors.  Not later than July 31, 1999,  NWS intends to
elect up to four  independent  directors to its Board of Directors  and will, at
that time, modify its director compensation policy.

Executive Compensation

     The  following  table sets forth the  compensation  paid by NWS to James E.
LaCrosse,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and to  each  of  the  four  most  highly
compensated executive officers of NWS for 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Summary Compensation Table
<S>                                            <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>               <C>
                                                                             Annual Compensation
                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Other Annual         All Other
Name and Principal Position                    Year        Salary        Bonus        Compensation      Compensation(1)
James E. LaCrosse                              1998        $407,000     $     --        $40,442(2)          $238,000(3)
   Chairman, President and CEO
J. Smoke Wallin                                1998         113,423       26,000          1,620(4)             5,671   
   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
   Officer and Secretary
James Beck                                     1998         135,063      150,000            971(4)             6,753   
   President, NWS-Indiana
Mitchell Stoltz                                1998         164,135       30,000          3,600(5)             8,225   
   President, NWS-Illinois
Richard Paladino                               1998         125,000           --                --             1,442   
   President, NWS-Michigan
<FN>

- -----------

(1)  Includes employer 401(k) Plan contributions in the following  amounts:  Mr.
     LaCrosse, $8,000; Mr. Wallin, $5,671; Mr. Beck, $6,753; Mr. Stoltz, $8,225;
     and Mr. Paladino, $1,442.

(2)  Consists  of  $4,123  representing  personal  use  of  a  company  supplied
     automobile,  $5,873  representing  payments  by NWS for  medical  insurance
     premiums,  and $30,446  representing  payment by NWS for  medical  expenses
     incurred by one of Mr. LaCrosse's family members.

(3)  Includes  $230,000 of life insurance  premiums paid by NWS on behalf of Mr.
     LaCrosse  and for the  benefit  of the  LaCrosse  family  trust for  estate
     planning purposes.  NWS expects the premiums paid on behalf of Mr. LaCrosse
     in the future will remain at their current  annual rate.  Upon the death of
     Mr. LaCrosse or termination of the life insurance policies, NWS is entitled
     to repayment  out of the  proceeds of the policies of all premiums  paid on
     behalf of Mr.  LaCrosse for the benefit of the LaCrosse  family trust since
     the inception of the policy in 1994.

(4)  Represents personal use of a company supplied automobile.

(5)  Represents payments by NWS of country club dues.
</FN>
</TABLE>

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     From  time  to  time,   NWS-Indiana  has  loaned  money  to  its  principal
shareholders,  James E. LaCrosse and Norma M. Johnston,  the primary  purpose of
which was to provide  the  necessary  funds to  finance  start-up  expenses  and
working capital needs of NWS-Illinois,  an affiliated company owned prior to the
reorganization by Mr. LaCrosse, Mrs. Johnston and Martin H. Bart. As of December
31, 1998,  total  indebtedness of Mr. LaCrosse and Mrs.  Johnston to NWS-Indiana
was $10.1 million.  The indebtedness,  which is presently due upon demand, bears
interest at the prime lending rate of NWS' principal lending  institution (7.75%
at December 31, 1998).  The proceeds of the loans were provided by Mr.  LaCrosse
and Mrs.  Johnston to  NWS-Illinois  in the form of loans or additional  capital
contributions.  As of  December  31,  1998,  NWS-Illinois  was  indebted  to Mr.
LaCrosse and Mrs.  Johnston in the amount of $4.4 million.  This indebtedness to
Mr.  LaCrosse and Mrs.  Johnston,  which matures in 2009, is subordinated to the
notes and the new credit  facility,  and bears  interest at 7.75% (prime rate at
December 31, 1998).  The  obligations  of  NWS-Illinois  under the  subordinated
shareholder  notes are expressly  subject to timely payment by Mr.  LaCrosse and
Mrs. Johnston of their obligations under their notes to NWS-Indiana.
<PAGE>

     On  July  27,  1998,  Mr.  LaCrosse  transferred  substantially  all of his
non-voting stock to a family trust for  estate-planning  purposes.  As a part of
this  transfer and in addition to normal  distributions  for tax  purposes,  NWS
expects that Mr.  LaCrosse will cause NWS to make special  distributions  to Mr.
LaCrosse,  the  trust and Mrs.  Johnston,  subject  to the terms and  conditions
contained in the indenture  including the limitation on restricted  payments and
the new credit  facility.  The special  distributions  will be subject to, among
other  conditions,  payments to NWS-Indiana by Mr. LaCrosse and Mrs. Johnston of
amounts not less than the special  distributions under the terms of the notes of
Mr.  LaCrosse  and Mrs.  Johnston to  NWS-Illinois.  The terms of the new credit
facility  allows,  subject to certain  conditions and  limitations,  the special
distributions.

     NWS-Indiana  and  NWS-Illinois  have operated as S  corporations  under the
Code,  and  their  respective   subsidiaries  have  all  operated  as  qualified
subchapter S subsidiaries  under the Code or other similarly taxed  pass-through
entities (the "S Corp. Businesses"). NWS has elected or will elect to be treated
as an S  corporation  under  the  Code and for  each of its  subsidiaries  to be
qualified  subchapter  S  subsidiaries  under the Code or  similar  pass-through
entities for tax purposes.  The S Corp.  Businesses have not been subject to tax
on their  respective net taxable  incomes,  and the  shareholders of the S Corp.
Businesses have been directly subject to tax on their  respective  proportionate
shares  of  such  net  taxable  income.   NWS-Indiana  and   NWS-Illinois   have
historically made cash distributions to Mr. LaCrosse, Mrs. Johnston and Mr. Bart
in amounts equal to or greater than their respective tax obligations  related to
the S Corp. Businesses. The aggregate amount of these distributions during 1996,
1997 and 1998 were $7.8 million,  $6.1 million and $2.8  million,  respectively.
The  terms of the  indenture  and the new  credit  facility  permit  NWS to make
distributions to shareholders  with respect to their tax liabilities  subject to
certain  conditions and  limitations.  

     NWS-Illinois also paid a company owned by Mr. Bart $0.2 million during 1998
for certain  consulting  services  provided by Mr. Bart to NWS-Illinois.  During
1998,  NWS-Indiana  entered into a five year  non-compete  agreement  with James
Beck,  president of NWS-Indiana  and a Director of NWS, under which Mr. Beck was
paid $0.3  million by NWS.  NWS-Indiana  obtained  certain  inventory  and other
property  related  to  the  wholesale  cigar  distribution  business  previously
operated by Mr. Beck.

     NWS pays "split-dollar" insurance premiums on seven insurance policies with
a fair value of $14.0 million on the lives of Mr. LaCrosse and Ms. Johnston. NWS
is entitled to receive  reimbursement  for all premiums paid out of the proceeds
of these policies upon the death of Mr. LaCrosse and Mrs. Johnson. Premiums paid
by NWS were  $264,000  for the years ended March 31, 1998 and 1997 and  $357,000
for the year ended March 31, 1996. The LaCrosse  Family Trust is the beneficiary
of those policies.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     NWS has two authorized  classes of capital  stock,  voting common stock and
non-voting common stock. The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership
following the reorganization of NWS' voting common stock by each person known by
NWS to (1)  beneficially  own 5% or more of NWS' voting common stock, and (2) by
all executive officers and directors of NWS as a group.  Except for Mr. LaCrosse
and Mrs.  Johnston,  who have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to
their voting  common  stock,  no other  executive  officer or director  owns any
shares of NWS' voting common stock.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>

Name and Address                                           Number of
                                                             Shares        Percent
James E. LaCrosse
     700 West Morris Street
     Indianapolis, Indiana 46225....................         86,520           83%

Norma M. Johnston
     700 West Morris Street
     Indianapolis, Indiana 46225....................         18,000           17

All executive officers and directors as a group
     (9 persons)....................................        104,520          100
</TABLE>

     The stockholders of NWS have entered into stockholder  agreements with each
other  and  NWS.  Such  agreements  contain  certain  restrictions  relating  to
transfers of stock and provide for certain  rights to purchase and sell stock of
each corporation,  among other matters. In particular, the stockholder agreement
with NWS  governs  the  transferability  of Mrs.  Johnston's  stock in NWS.  The
LaCrosse family is obligated to purchase Mrs.  Johnston's  stock at her death or
during her lifetime should she decide to sell. NWS becomes obligated to purchase
only if the LaCrosse  family refuses or fails to purchase.  The LaCrosse  family
and NWS also have the right to purchase  Mrs.  Johnston's  stock at the death of
Mr. LaCrosse. Any obligation of NWS to purchase the stock owned by Mrs. Johnston
is subject to the terms of the indenture  governing the notes and the new credit
facility.  No right to purchase  stock owned by Mr.  LaCrosse or a trust for the
benefit of his family exists in favor of Mrs. Johnston.

     The  stockholders  have also  agreed  not to take any  action or effect any
transfer that would cause NWS or any of its  subsidiaries  to fail to qualify as
an S corporation or other  pass-through  entity for federal income tax purposes.
In addition, the stockholders have entered into a Tax Indemnification  Agreement
whereby they have agreed to indemnify NWS and its subsidiaries for any loss that
may arise in the event NWS or any of its  subsidiaries  should  fail to maintain
its Pass-Through Status.

     The LaCrosse  family and NWS own life insurance  policies on behalf of Mrs.
Johnston in face amount of $4.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT FACILITY AND OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

     The following sets forth  information  concerning  NWS' new credit facility
and indebtedness  expected to be outstanding  immediately following the exchange
offer.  For purposes of this section,  the term "Closing Date" refers to January
25, 1999.

New Credit Facility

     General. In January,  1999, NWS entered into a new credit facility with NBD
Bank, on behalf of itself and as agent for a syndicate of other lenders. The new
credit facility  provides for revolving loans to NWS and the issuance of letters
of credit for the account of NWS in an aggregate  principal and stated amount at
any time not to exceed $60  million,  of which not more than $5  million  may be
represented by letters of credit.

     Loans under the new credit  facility are  available at any time within five
years after the Closing  Date.  Letters of credit under the new credit  facility
will be available at any time on and after the Closing Date. The  obligations of
NWS under the new credit  facility  will be guaranteed  by the  guarantors.


<PAGE>

     Interest Rates and Commitment Fees. At NWS' option,  the interest rates per
annum  applicable to the new revolving  credit facility are either the Base Rate
or the  Eurodollar  Rate  plus  margins  ranging  from 0% to 1.25% for Base Rate
revolving loans and 1.0% to 3.0% for Eurodollar Rate revolving  loans.  The Base
Rate is the highest of (1) NBD's prime rate and (2) the Federal Funds  Effective
Rate plus 0.50%. The applicable margins depend upon two factors.  First, NWS may
elect  advance  rates on accounts  receivable  and inventory of (A) 80% accounts
receivable and 60% inventory; (B) 75% accounts receivable and 55% inventory; and
(C) 70% accounts  receivable and 50% inventory.  Second, NWS' ratio of EBITDA as
defined in the new credit  facility to net  interest  expense is  determined  to
complete the pricing matrix.  The pricing under the new credit facility improves
as NWS' advance rates decline and its interest coverage improves.  The margin in
respect of the new  credit  facility  is the Base Rate plus .50% and  Eurodollar
Rate plus 2.25% and is subject to  adjustment  after three months  following the
Closing Date based on the ratio of NWS' EBITDA to net interest expense.

     NWS pays a  commission  on the face  amount of all  outstanding  letters of
credit at a per annum rate equal to the  applicable  margin  then in effect with
respect to the Eurodollar Rate loans under the new credit  facility.  A fronting
fee equal to 0.25% per annum on the face amount of each letter of credit is also
payable  annually  in  advance to NBD Bank for its own  account.  NWS pays a per
annum  commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.50% on the undrawn  portion of the
commitments in respect of the new revolving credit facility. This commitment fee
which initially is 0.50% on the undrawn  portion is subject to adjustment  after
three months following the Closing Date based on the ratio of NWS' EBITDA to net
interest expense.

     Collateral.  The new credit facility is secured by first priority  security
interests in all the accounts  receivable and  inventories of NWS,  NWS-Indiana,
NWS-Illinois,  NWS-Michigan  and  NWS-LLC,  as well as a pledge of  intercompany
notes evidencing loans from NWS to its subsidiaries.  These  intercompany  notes
are  also  secured  by a  second  priority  security  interest  in the  accounts
receivable  and  inventories  of the  subsidiaries  and are limited in aggregate
amount to the balance at any time outstanding under the new credit facility. The
terms of the pledge agreement and other related  security  documents in favor of
the banks under the new credit facility related to the intercompany indebtedness
expressly  limit  the  collateral  to the  underlying  accounts  receivable  and
inventory.

     Covenants.  The new  credit  facility  contains  a  number  of  significant
covenants  that,  among  other  things,  restricts  the  ability  of NWS and the
guarantors to do the following:

                    o    dispose of assets;

                    o    incur additional indebtedness;

                    o    pay dividends;

                    o    create liens on assets;

                    o    make investments or acquisitions;

                    o    engage in mergers or consolidations;

                    o    make capital expenditures;

                    o    or engage in certain  transactions  with affiliates and
                         otherwise restrict corporate activities.

The new credit  facility  also limits NWS'  ability to  repurchase  the exchange
notes in the event of a change of  control.  In  addition,  under the new credit
facility NWS is required to comply with a minimum EBITDA interest coverage ratio
of not less than 1.5 to 1.0  increasing  on March 31,  2000 to 1.75 to 1.0 and a
funded debt maximum of 7.5 to 1.0  decreasing  on  September  30, 1999 to 6.5 to
1.0.


<PAGE>

     Events of Default.  Events of default under the new credit facility include
the following:

                    o    nonpayment of principal when due;

                    o    nonpayment  of interest,  fees or other amounts after a
                         grace period of five days;

                    o    material inaccuracy of representations and warranties;

                    o    violation of covenants, subject to customary grace 
                         periods;

                    o    cross-default;

                    o    bankruptcy events;

                    o    certain ERISA events;

                    o    material judgments;

                    o    actual or asserted invalidity of any material provision
                         of any guarantee or security document,  or any security
                         interest; and

                    o    a change of control.

Upon the  occurrence  of an event of default,  NBD Bank may, in its  capacity as
administrative agent, accelerate payments due under the new credit facility.

Other Indebtedness

     NWS is obligated under certain loans from third parties and shareholders of
NWS.  NWS' master  warehouse in  Indianapolis,  Indiana has been  financed  with
proceeds from  industrial  revenue bonds with favorable  rates.  The bonds had a
principal  balance of $0.3 million at December 31, 1998,  mature in 2003 and are
secured by the Indianapolis master warehouse.  NWS is also obligated to a former
employee in the principal  amount of $0.4 million which matures on June 30, 1999
and under an unsecured non-compete agreement with a former stockholder which had
a principal balance of $0.6 million at December 31, 1998 and matures on April 1,
2000.  NWS-Illinois  has unsecured  notes payable to James E. LaCrosse and Norma
Johnston  in the amount of $4.4  million at  December  31,  1998.  See  "Certain
Transactions." All of these notes are subordinated to the exchange notes and the
new credit  facility.  The notes due Mr. LaCrosse and Mrs.  Johnston will accrue
interest at NBD's prime rate, will mature in 2009 and may be prepaid at any time
by NWS-Illinois,  subject to the limitations  contained in the indenture and the
new credit facility.

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

General

     You can find the  definitions  of certain  terms  used in this  description
under the subheading "Certain  Definitions".  In this description,  "NWS" refers
only to National Wine & Spirits, Inc.


<PAGE>

     NWS will issue the exchange  notes under the  indenture  dated  January 25,
1999 among itself, the Guarantors and Norwest Bank Minnesota,  N.A., as Trustee.
The terms of the exchange  notes include those stated in the indenture and those
made part of the  indenture by reference to the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939. As
of December 31, 1998,  on a pro forma basis after giving  effect to the January,
1999  offering  and the New  Credit  Facility  and  the  application  of the net
proceeds therefrom, NWS and its Subsidiaries would have had approximately $122.4
million of outstanding unsubordinated  Indebtedness excluding the Guarantees, of
which $12.4 million would have been secured Indebtedness.

     The following  description  is a summary of the material  provisions of the
indenture.  It does not restate the  indenture in its  entirety.  We urge you to
read the indenture because it, and not this description,  defines your rights as
holders of these notes.  We have filed copies of the  indenture as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement which includes this prospectus.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Guarantees

     The Notes

     These Notes:

          o    are general unsecured Obligations of NWS;

          o    are  subordinated  in right of payment to all existing and future
               secured debt of the NWS;

          o    are  senior  in right  of  payment  to any  existing  and  future
               subordinate debt of NWS; and

          o    are unconditionally guaranteed by the Guaranators.

     Because the operations of NWS are conducted  through its Subsidiaries it is
dependent  upon  the cash  flow of its  Subsidiaries  to meet  its  Obligations,
including  its  Obligations  under  the  exchange  notes.  As of the date of the
Indenture,  all of NWS' Subsidiaries will be Restricted  Subsidiaries.  However,
under  certain  circumstances,  NWS will be able to designate  current or future
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be
subject to many of the restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture.

     The Guarantees

     These notes are guaranteed by the following Subsidiaries of NWS:

            NWS - Indiana
            NWS - Illinois
            NWS - Michigan
            NWS - LLC

     The guarantees of these notes:

          o    are general unsecured Obligations of each Guarantor;

          o    are subordinated to all existing and future secured  Indebtedness
               of each  Guarantor,  including  Guarantees  under the New  Credit
               Facility,  which will be secured by the Guarantors' inventory and
               accounts receivable and the pledge of certain  intercompany notes
               evidencing Credit Facility Intercompany Indebtedness, which notes
               are also secured by a second  priority  security  interest in all
               the accounts  receivable  and  inventories  of the Guarantors and
               which are at all times limited in aggregate amount to the balance
               at any time outstanding under the New Credit Facility; and


<PAGE>

          o    are  senior  in right  of  payment  to any  existing  and  future
               subordinate Indebtedness of each Guarantor.

     As of December 31, 1998,  assuming NWS had  completed  the offering and the
New Credit Facility and applied the proceeds as intended,  the Guarantors  would
have had approximately $0.3 million of outstanding  unsubordinated  Indebtedness
in addition to their  Guarantees of the exchange notes and the guarantees of the
New Credit Facility.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

     NWS will issue notes with a maximum  aggregate  principal  amount of $110.0
million  and  will  mature  on  January  15,  2009.  NWS  will  issue  notes  in
denominations of $1,000 and integral  multiples of $1,000. The notes will mature
on January 15, 2009.

     Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 10.125% per annum and will
be payable  semi-annually  in arrears on January 15 and July 15,  commencing  on
July 15,  1999,  NWS will make each  interest  payment to the  holders of record
immediately preceding December 31 and June 30.

     Interest  on the  notes  will  accrue  from the most  recent  date to which
interest  has been  paid or,  if no  interest  has been  paid,  from the date of
original  issuance.  Interest  will be computed  on the basis of a 360-day  year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

     If a holder has given wire transfer  instructions to NWS, NWS will make all
principal,  premium and  interest  payments on those  notes in  accordance  with
instructions.  All other  payments  on these notes will be made at the office or
agency of NWS  within  the City and State of New York  unless NWS elects to make
interest  payments by check mailed to the holders at their  address set forth in
the register of holders.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

     The  Trustee  will  initially  act as  Paying  Agent and  Registrar.  Until
otherwise designated by NWS, its office or agency in New York will be the office
of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

     As of  the  date  of  the  Indenture,  all  of  our  Subsidiaries  will  be
"Restricted  Subsidiaries."  However,  under the  circumstances  described below
under the  subheading  "Certain  Covenants  --  Designation  of  Restricted  and
Unrestricted  Subsidiaries,"  we will be permitted  to designate  certain of our
Subsidiaries as "Unrestricted  Subsidiaries." Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not
be subject to many of the restrictive  covenants in the indenture.  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries will not guarantee these notes.

Optional Redemption

     NWS may redeem the notes,  in whole or in part,  at any time and from times
to time after January 15, 2004 and prior to maturity.  The notes may be redeemed
at the following redemption prices, expressed as percentages of principal amount
plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any, to the applicable redemption date, if
redeemed  during the  twelve-month  period  beginning on January 15 of the years
indicated below:


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>

Year                                           Percentage

2004.........................................  105.0625%
2005.........................................  103.3750%
2006.........................................  101.6875%
2007 and thereafter..........................  100.0000%
</TABLE>

     In addition,  prior to January 20, 2002, NWS may redeem up to 33.33% of the
aggregate  principal amount of the notes with the proceeds of one or more equity
offerings by NWS at a redemption price of 110.125% of the principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest,  if any, to the redemption date.  However, at least
66.67% of the original  amount of the notes must remain  outstanding  after each
such  redemption.  In addition such  redemption must occur within 45 days of the
date of the closing of each such public offering.

Selection and Notice of Redemption

     In the event that less than all of the notes are  redeemed  pursuant to any
optional redemption,  selection of the notes for redemption, will be made by the
Trustee  on a pro rata  basis,  by lot or by such  method as the  Trustee  shall
deemed fair and appropriate. No notes of $1,000 or less may be redeemed in part.
Notices of  redemption  must be mailed by  first-class  mail at least 30 but not
more  than 60 days  before  the  redemption  date to each  holder of notes to be
redeemed at the holder's registered address.

     If any note is to be redeemed in part only,  the notice of redemption  that
relates to such note must state the portion of the principal amount or principal
amount at maturity,  as the case may be, to be  redeemed.  A note in a principal
amount equal to the unredeemed  portion will be issued in the name of the holder
upon  cancellation  of the  original  note.  On and after the  redemption  date,
interest will cease to accrue on notes or portions thereof called for redemption
as long as NWS has  deposited  with the  Paying  Agent  for the  notes  funds in
satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the indenture.

Mandatory Redemption

     Except as set forth below under  "Repurchase at the Option of Holders," NWS
is not  required to make  mandatory  redemption  or sinking fund  payments  with
respect to the exchange notes.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

     Change of Control

     If a Change of Control occurs,  each holder of notes will have the right to
require  NWS to  repurchase  all or any part,  equal to  $1,000  or an  integral
multiple thereof, of such holder's notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal  amount  plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest,  if any,  to the date of
purchase.  Within  ten days  following  any Change of  Control,  NWS will mail a
notice to each holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute
the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the notes on a specified date ,
which  shall be no earlier  than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date
such notice is mailed,  pursuant to the procedures required by the indenture and
described in such notice.  NWS will comply with the  requirements  of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations  thereunder
to the extent such laws and  regulations  are applicable in connection  with the
repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control.




<PAGE>


On the Change of Control Payment Date, NWS will, to the extent lawful:

               (1)  accept for payment all notes or  portions  thereof  properly
                    tendered pursuant to the Change of Control offer,

               (2)  deposit  with the  Trustee an amount  equal to the Change of
                    Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions  thereof
                    so tendered; and

               (3)  deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the notes so
                    accepted together with an Officers'  Certificate stating the
                    aggregate  principal amount of the notes or portions thereof
                    being purchased by NWS.

     The Trustee will  promptly mail to each holder of the notes so tendered the
Change  of  Control  Payment  for such  notes,  and the  Trustee  will  promptly
authenticate  and mail, or cause to be transferred by book entry, to each holder
a new note equal in  principal  amount to any  unpurchased  portion of the notes
surrendered,  if any;  provided  that each such new note will be in a  principal
amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. NWS will publicly announce the
results of the Change of Control  Offer on or as soon as  practicable  after the
Change of Control Payment Date.

     The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether
or not any other provisions of the indenture are applicable. Except as described
above with  respect  to a Change of  Control,  the  indenture  does not  contain
provisions  that permit the holders of the notes to require that NWS  repurchase
or redeem  the notes in the event of a  takeover,  recapitalization  or  similar
transaction.

     The New Credit Facility contains  prohibitions of certain events that would
constitute  a Change of Control and limits NWS' ability to  repurchase  notes in
the event of a Change of Control.  In  addition,  the exercise by the holders of
notes of their  right to  require  NWS to  repurchase  the notes  could  cause a
default under such Indebtedness,  even if the Change of Control itself does not,
due to the financial effect of such repurchases on NWS. Finally, NWS' ability to
pay cash to the holders of exchange  notes upon a  repurchase  may be limited by
NWS' then existing financial resources.

     NWS will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the
times  and  otherwise  in  compliance  with the  requirements  set  forth in the
indenture  applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by NWS and purchases all
notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

     Asset Sales

     NWS will not, and will not permit any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,
consummate an Asset Sale unless:

               (1)  NWS or the Restricted  Subsidiary receives  consideration at
                    the  time of such  Asset  Sale at  least  equal  to the fair
                    market  value of the  assets or Equity  Interests  issued or
                    sold or otherwise disposed of;

               (2)  such  fair  market  value  is  determined  by NWS'  Board of
                    Directors  and  evidenced  by a  resolution  of the Board of
                    Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to
                    the Trustee; and

               (3)  at least 75% of the  consideration  received  by NWS or such
                    Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash.




<PAGE>


For the purposes of this provision, the following shall be deemed to be cash:

               o    any   liabilities, as  shown  on  NWS  or  such   Restricted
                    Subsidiary's  most  recent  balance  sheet, of  NWS  or  any
                    Restricted Subsidiary, other than contingent liabilities and
                    liabilities  that are by  their  terms  subordinated  to the
                    notes or  Guarantee,  that are assumed by the  transferee of
                    any such assets pursuant to a customary  novation  agreement
                    that releases NWS or such Restricted Subsidiary from further
                    liability; and

               o    any securities,  notes or other Obligations  received by NWS
                    or any such Restricted  Subsidiary from such transferee that
                    are converted by NWS or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash
                    to the extent of the cash received within 10 business days.

     However, NWS may:

               (1)  sell its Cameron  Springs  bottled  water  business for fair
                    market  value  without   complying  with  clause  (3)  above
                    provided that the non-cash  consideration received is in the
                    form of securities  registered  under the  Securities Act or
                    subject to a  Registration  Rights  Agreement  providing for
                    registration  under the  Securities Act within 90 days after
                    the sale; and

               (2)  sell beer franchises,  brand labels and distribution  rights
                    of  NWS-Illinois  or sell all or part of its  U.S.  Beverage
                    operations  for fair market  value,  including  cash royalty
                    payments or cash payments over time,  without complying with
                    clause (3) above.

     Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net  Proceeds  from an Asset Sale,
NWS may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:

               (1)  to repay  Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and to reduce
                    commitments with respect to revolving  borrowings so long as
                    the repayment does not affect NWS' Borrowing Base;

               (2)  to acquire all or  substantially  all of the assets of, or a
                    majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business;

               (3)  to make a capital expenditure; or

               (4)  to acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in
                    a Permitted Business.

Pending the final  application  of any such Net  Proceeds,  NWS may  temporarily
reduce revolving credit  borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any
manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.

     Any Net  Proceeds  from Asset  Sales that are not  applied or  invested  as
provided in the preceding  paragraph will constitute  Excess Proceeds.  When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, NWS will be required to
make an Asset  Sale  Offer to all  holders  of notes  to  purchase  the  maximum
principal amount of notes and any other equally ranking Indebtedness,  including
a  comparable  asset  sale  covenant  that may be  purchased  out of the  Excess
Proceeds.  The offer  price in any Asset Sale Offer will be in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest,  if any,
to the date of purchase.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an
Asset  Sale  Offer,  NWS may use such  Excess  Proceeds  for  general  corporate
purposes.  If the  aggregate  principal  amount of notes and such other  equally
ranking  Indebtedness  surrendered  by  holders  exceeds  the  amount  of Excess
Proceeds,  the  notes  and such  other  equally  ranking  Indebtedness  shall be
purchased on a pro rata basis.  Upon  completion of such offer to purchase,  the
amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.


<PAGE>

Certain Covenants

     Restricted Payments

     NWS will not, and will not permit any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,
directly or indirectly:

          (1)  declare  or pay  any  dividend  or  make  any  other  payment  or
               distribution   on  account  of  its  or  any  of  its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries' Equity Interests,  including payments in connection
               with any merger or consolidation  involving NWS, or to the direct
               or   indirect   holders   of  NWS'  or  any  of  its   Restricted
               Subsidiaries'  Equity  Interests in their  capacity as such other
               than  dividends  or  distributions  payable  in Equity  Interests
               (other  than  Disqualified  Stock) of NWS or to NWS or any of its
               Restricted Subsidiaries of NWS;

          (2)  purchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire  or retire for value any
               Equity  Interests of NWS or any direct or indirect  parent of NWS
               or other  Affiliate of NWS, other than any such Equity  Interests
               owned by NWS or any  Restricted  Subsidiary of NWS, that is not a
               Permitted Investment;

          (3)  make any  payment on or with  respect  to, or  purchase,  redeem,
               defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness
               that is subordinated  to the notes,  except a payment of interest
               or principal at stated maturity;

          (4)  make  any   payment  of  salary,   bonus,   and  any  other  cash
               compensation,  including split-dollar insurance premiums, that is
               characterized  as income on Form W-2 to or for the benefit of any
               Person  who  is a  beneficial  owner  of  more  than  10%  of the
               outstanding  Voting Stock of NWS, or to or for the benefit of any
               Immediate  Family  member of such  Person,  in excess of $950,000
               annually for any individual or in excess of $2.5 million annually
               in the aggregate for all such individuals;

          (5)  make any cash payment  including  any  repurchase  or  redemption
               after the date of the indenture on any Indebtedness  owing to any
               shareholder on any NWS-Illinois Shareholder Subordinated Exchange
               Note; or

          (6)  make any  Restricted  Investment;  all such  payments  and  other
               actions  set  forth  in  clauses  (1)  through  (5)  above  being
               collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments",

unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

          (1)  no  Default  or Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
               continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

          (2)  NWS  would,  at the time of such  Restricted  Payment  and  after
               giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
               been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
               have  been  permitted  to  incur at  least  $1.00  of  additional
               Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
               forth in the first paragraph of "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and
               Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and


<PAGE>

          (3)  such Restricted  Payment,  together with the aggregate  amount of
               all  other  restricted  payments  made by NWS and its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries   after  the  date  of  the   indenture,   excluding
               Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) of
               the next succeeding paragraph, is less than the sum of:

               (a)  50% of the  Consolidated  Net Income of NWS for the  period,
                    taken as one  accounting  period from the  beginning  of the
                    first  fiscal  quarter  commencing  after  the  date  of the
                    indenture  to the end of NWS'  most  recently  ended  fiscal
                    quarter  for  which   internal   financial   statements  are
                    available  at the time of such  Restricted  Payment,  or, if
                    such  Consolidated  Net Income for such period is a deficit,
                    less 100% of such deficit, plus

               (b)  100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by NWS from
                    the issue or sale since the date of the  indenture of Equity
                    Interests  of NWS,  other  than  Disqualified  Stock,  or of
                    Disqualified  Stock or debt securities of NWS that have been
                    converted  into such  Equity  Interests,  other than  Equity
                    Interests  (or   Disqualified   Stock  or  convertible  debt
                    securities)  sold  to a  Subsidiary  of NWS and  other  than
                    Disqualified  Stock or convertible debt securities that have
                    been  converted  into  Disqualified  Stock,  and 100% of the
                    capital contributions  received by NWS after the date of the
                    indenture in cash, plus

               (c)  one year and one day after the date of such receipt, 100% of
                    the cash payments received by NWS or a Restricted Subsidiary
                    of  NWS  after  the  date  of  the  indenture  on a  Company
                    Shareholder Exchange Note Receivable, plus

               (d)  to the extent that any Restricted  Investment  that was made
                    after  the  date  of the  indenture  is  sold  for  cash  or
                    otherwise  liquidated or repaid for cash, the lesser of; (i)
                    the cash return of capital with  respect to such  Restricted
                    Investment,  less the cost of disposition,  if any, and (ii)
                    the initial amount of such Restricted Investment, plus

               (e)  50%  of  any  dividends  received  by  NWS  or a  Controlled
                    Subsidiary   after  the  date  of  the  indenture   from  an
                    Unrestricted  Subsidiary  of NWS,  to the  extent  that such
                    dividends were not otherwise  included in  Consolidated  Net
                    Income of NWS for such period.

     So long as the Default has  occurred and is  continuing  or would be caused
thereby, the preceding provisions will not prohibit:

          (1)  The  payment  of any  dividend  within 60 days  after the date of
               declaration  thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment
               would have complied with the provisions of the indenture;

          (2)  The  redemption,  repurchase,  retirement,  defeasance  or  other
               acquisition  of any pari  passu or  subordinate  Indebtedness  or
               Equity  Interests of NWS in exchange  for, or out of the net cash
               proceeds  of  the  substantially   concurrent  sale,  other  than
               Disqualified  Stock;  provided  that the  amount  of any such Net
               Proceeds that are utilized for any such  redemption,  repurchase,
               retirement,  defeasance  or other  acquisition  shall be excluded
               from clause (3)(b) of the proceeding paragraph;


<PAGE>

          (3)  The defeasance,  redemption,  repurchase or other  acquisition of
               subordinated  Indebtedness  with  the net cash  proceeds  from an
               incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

          (4)  The payment of any  dividend by a  Restricted  Subsidiary  to the
               holders of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

          (5)  The payment of the Permitted  Quarterly Tax  Distributions to the
               holders  of Capital  Stock of any of the  S-Corp.  Businesses  as
               described below; and

          (6)  The payment of any Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted in
               an aggregate amount not exceeding $2.5 million.

     For so long as each S-Corp. Business qualifies as a pass-through entity for
federal income tax purposes,  such S-Corp.  Business may make cash distributions
to its  shareholders or members,  during each Quarterly  Payment  Period,  in an
aggregate  amount not to exceed the  Permitted  Quarterly  Tax  Distribution  in
respect  of the  related  Estimation  Period.  If  any  portion  of a  Permitted
Quarterly Tax  Distribution  is not  distributed  during such Quarterly  Payment
Period, the Permitted Quarterly Tax Distribution  payable during the immediately
following  Quarterly  Payment  Period shall be  increased by such  undistributed
portion.

     Within 10 days following NWS' filing of Internal Revenue Service Form 1120S
for the immediately  preceding taxable year, the Tax Amounts CPA shall file with
the Trustee a written statement  indicating in reasonable detail the calculation
of the True-up Amount.  In the case of a True-up Amount due to the  shareholders
or  members,  the  Permitted  Quarterly  Tax  Distribution  payable  during  the
following  Quarterly  Payment Periods shall be increased by such True-up Amount.
In the  case  of a  True-up  Amount  due to NWS,  the  Permitted  Quarterly  Tax
Distribution  payable during the following  Quarterly  Payment  Periods shall be
reduced by such  True-up  Amount and the excess,  if any, of the True-up  Amount
over such Permitted  Quarterly Tax  Distribution  shall be applied to reduce the
following  Permitted  Quarterly Tax  Distributions  until such True-up Amount is
entirely offset.

     The Board of Directors  may designate  any  Restricted  Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default;  provided
that  in  no  event  shall  the  business  currently  operated  by  NWS-Indiana,
NWS-Illinois,  other  than its U.S.  Beverage  craft beer  business,  NWS-LLC or
NWS-Michigan  be transferred to or held by an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary.  In the
event of any such designation,  all outstanding Investments owned by NWS and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be an
Investment  made as of the time of such  designation  and will reduce the amount
available for Restricted  Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant or
Permitted Investments,  as applicable.  All such outstanding Investments will be
deemed to  constitute  Restricted  Investments  in an  amount  equal to the fair
market  value  of  such  Investments  at the  time  of  such  designation.  Such
designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted
at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of
an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary.   The  Board  of  Directors  may  redesignate  any
Unrestricted  Subsidiary  to be a Restricted  Subsidiary  if such  redesignation
would not cause a Default.

     The  amount of all  Restricted  Payments  other than cash shall be the fair
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities
proposed to be transferred or issued by NWS or such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as
the case may be,  pursuant to the Restricted  Payment.  The fair market value of
any non-cash  Restricted  Payment  shall be determined by the Board of Directors
whose  resolution with respect  thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee,  such
determination  to be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting,
appraisal or  investment  banking firm of national  standing if such fair market
value  exceeds $5.0  million.  Not later than the date of making any  Restricted
Payment, NWS shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate stating that
such Restricted  Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations  required by the  covenant  "Restricted  Payments"  were  computed,
together  with a copy of any  fairness  opinion  or  appraisal  required  by the
indenture.


<PAGE>

     Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock

     NWS will not, and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly
or indirectly liable,  contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively,
"incur") any Indebtedness,  including  Acquired Debt, and NWS will not issue any
Disqualified  Stock and will not  permit  any of its  Subsidiaries  to issue any
shares  of  preferred   stock.   However,   NWS  and  any  Guarantor  may  incur
Indebtedness,  including Acquired Debt, or issue shares of Disqualified Stock if
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than:

     o    2.0 to 1.0 if such  incurrence  or  issuance  occurs on or before  the
          second anniversary of the date of the indenture, and

     o    2.25  to 1.0  if  such  incurrence  or  issuance  occurs  at any  time
          thereafter,

In each case, determined on a pro forma basis, including a pro forma application
of the Net  Proceeds  therefrom,  as if the  additional  Indebtedness  had  been
incurred,  or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the
beginning of such four-quarter period;

     So long as no Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing  or would be
caused  thereby,  the first  paragraph  of this  covenant  will not prohibit the
incurrence  of  any  of  the  following  items  of  Indebtedness  (collectively,
"Permitted Debt")

          (1)  the  incurrence  by NWS  or any  Guarantor  of  Indebtedness  and
               letters of credit under  Credit  Facilities;  provided,  that the
               aggregate principal amount will not exceed an amount equal to the
               greater of:

                    o    $60.0  million,  provided  that  such  amount  shall be
                         reduced to the extent of any  reduction or  elimination
                         of any commitment  under any Credit Facility  resulting
                         from or relating to the  formation  of any  Receivables
                         Subsidiary  or  the   consummation   of  any  Qualified
                         Receivables  Transaction,  less the aggregate amount of
                         all Net  Proceeds of Asset Sales that have been applied
                         by NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries since the
                         date of the  indenture  to repay  Indebtedness  under a
                         Credit  Facility  pursuant  to the  covenant  described
                         above under the caption "--Asset Sales," and

                    o    the amount of the Borrowing Base as of the date of such
                         incurrence;

               Provided  further,  that,  after giving effect to such incurrence
               and the application of proceeds thereof,  the aggregate principal
               amount of all term  Indebtedness  and  letters  of  credit,  with
               letters of credit being  deemed to have a principal  amount equal
               to the  maximum  potential  liability  of NWS and its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries thereunder, at any time outstanding under all Credit
               Facilities  after  giving  effect  to such  incurrence,  does not
               exceed an amount equal to the greater of (a) $30.0 million or (b)
               50% of the  amount of the  Borrowing  Base as of the date of such
               incurrence;

          (2)  the  incurrence by NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
               the Existing Indebtedness;


<PAGE>

          (3)  the incurrence of Indebtedness represented by the notes;

          (4)  the  incurrence by NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
               Indebtedness in the form of Capital Lease  Obligations,  mortgage
               financings or purchase money  obligations,  in each case incurred
               for the  purpose  of  financing  all or any part of the  purchase
               price or cost of construction  or improvement of property,  plant
               or  equipment  used in the  business  of NWS  and its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries,  including  industrial revenue bonds, tax increment
               financing and related reimbursement obligations,  in an aggregate
               principal amount,  including any related  Permitted  Refinancing,
               not to exceed $5 million at any time outstanding;

          (5)  the  incurrence by NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
               Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness  in exchange for, or the net
               proceeds  of  which  are used to  refund,  refinance  or  replace
               Indebtedness  that was  permitted by the indenture to be incurred
               pursuant  to clause (2) or (3) of this  paragraph  or pursuant to
               the immediately preceding paragraph;

          (6)  the  incurrence by NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
               intercompany Indebtedness, including Credit Facility Intercompany
               Indebtedness,  between or among NWS and any Restricted Subsidiary
               that is a  Guarantor;  provided,  however,  that (i)  except  for
               Credit  Facility  Intercompany  Indebtedness,  (A)  if NWS is the
               obligor on such  Indebtedness,  such  Indebtedness  is  expressly
               subordinated  to  the  prior  payment  in  full  in  cash  of all
               Obligations  with respect to the notes,  or (B) if a Guarantor is
               the obligor on such Indebtedness,  such Indebtedness is expressly
               subordinated to all Obligations  with respect to such Guarantor's
               Subsidiary  Guarantee  and  (ii)(A)  any  subsequent  issuance or
               transfer   of  Equity   Interests   that   results  in  any  such
               Indebtedness  being  held  by  a  Person  other  than  NWS  or  a
               Restricted  Subsidiary  that is a  Guarantor  and (B) any sale or
               other transfer of any such  Indebtedness  to a Person that is not
               either NWS or a Restricted  Subsidiary  that is a Guarantor shall
               be deemed,  in each case,  to  constitute  an  incurrence of such
               Indebtedness  by NWS or such Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case
               may be;

          (7)  the  incurrence by NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
               Hedging  Obligations  that are incurred for the purpose of fixing
               or hedging  interest  rate risk with respect to any floating rate
               Indebtedness  that is permitted by the terms of this indenture to
               be outstanding;

          (8)  the Guarantee by NWS or any of the Guarantors of  Indebtedness of
               NWS or a Restricted  Subsidiary  of NWS that was  permitted to be
               incurred by another provision of this covenant, except clause (9)
               of this paragraph;

          (9)  the incurrence by a Receivables  Subsidiary of  Indebtedness in a
               Qualified Receivables Transaction that is without recourse to NWS
               or to any other Subsidiary of NWS or their assets other than such
               Receivables  Subsidiary  and  its  assets  and,  as to NWS or any
               Subsidiary  of  NWS,  other  than  pursuant  to  representations,
               warranties,   covenants  and   indemnities   customary  for  such
               transactions and is not guaranteed by any such Person;

          (10) the incurrence by NWS' Unrestricted  Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse
               Debt, provided,  however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to
               be  Non-Recourse  Debt,  such  event  shall  be  deemed  to be an
               incurrence of  Indebtedness  by a Restricted  Subsidiary that was
               not permitted by this clause (10); and


<PAGE>

          (11) the  incurrence by NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  of
               additional  Indebtedness  in an  aggregate  principal  amount  or
               accreted value, as applicable, at any time outstanding which may,
               but need not, be borrowed under Credit Facilities,  including all
               Permitted Refinancing  Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance
               or  replace  any other  Indebtedness  incurred  pursuant  to this
               clause (11), not to exceed $10 million.

     At December 31, 1998, the Borrowing Base was approximately $ 89.8 million.

     NWS will not incur any Indebtedness  that is contractually  subordinated in
right of payment to any other  Indebtedness  of NWS unless such  Indebtedness is
also   contractually   subordinated   in  right  of  payment  to  the  notes  on
substantially  identical terms;  provided,  however, that no Indebtedness of NWS
shall be deemed to be  contractually  subordinated  in right of  payment  to any
other Indebtedness of NWS solely by virtue of being unsecured.

     For purposes of determining  compliance  with this  covenant,  in the event
that an  item of  Indebtedness  meets  the  criteria  of  more  than  one of the
categories of Permitted  Debt  described in clauses (1) through (11) above or is
entitled to be incurred  pursuant to the first  paragraph of this covenant,  NWS
shall, in its sole discretion,  classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner
that complies with this covenant and such item of  Indebtedness  will be treated
as having been incurred  pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the
first paragraph hereof. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and
the  payment of  interest  in the form of  additional  Indebtedness  will not be
deemed to be an  incurrence  of  Indebtedness  for  purposes  of this  covenant;
provided,  in each such case,  that the  amount  thereof  is  included  in Fixed
Charges of NWS as accrued to the extent  contemplated  by the definition of such
term.

     Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     Neither   NWS  nor  any   Restricted   Subsidiary   shall  enter  into  any
Sale/Leaseback Transaction for any property unless:

          (1)  NWS or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to:

               o    incur  Indebtedness  in an amount equal to the  Attributable
                    Debt  with  respect  to  such   Sale/Leaseback   Transaction
                    pursuant to the  covenant  described  under  "Incurrence  of
                    Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock", and

               o    incur a Lien to secure  such  Indebtedness  pursuant  to the
                    covenant described under "Liens";

          (2)  the  gross  cash  proceeds   received  in  connection  with  such
               Sale/Leaseback  Transaction are at least equal to the fair value,
               as determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors,  or such
               property; and

          (3)  the  transfer  of such  property  is  permitted  by the  covenant
               described  under  "Asset  Sales,"  and  NWS  or  such  Restricted
               Subsidiaries   applies  the  proceeds  of  such   transaction  in
               compliance with the covenant described under "Asset Sales".

     Liens

     Neither  NWS nor any of its  Subsidiaries  will,  directly  or  indirectly,
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien securing Indebtedness or trade
payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired,  or any income or profits
therefrom  or assign or convey any right to  receive  income  therefrom,  except
Permitted Liens.


<PAGE>

     Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries

     Neither NWS nor any Restricted Subsidiary will create or otherwise cause or
permit to exist any  consensual  restriction  on the  ability of any  Restricted
Subsidiary to take the following actions:

          (1)  pay  dividends  or make any other  distributions  on its  Capital
               Stock  or  its  profits,   other  than  Permitted  Quarterly  Tax
               Distributions;

          (2)  pay any Indebtedness owned to NWS or any Restricted Subsidiary;

          (3)  make any loans or advances to NWS or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
               or

          (4)  transfer  any of its  property  or assets to NWS or a  Restricted
               Subsidiary.

However, this prohibition does not apply to:

          (1)  any restriction pursuant to the Existing Indebtedness;

          (2)  any  restrictions  pursuant to the New Credit  Facility,  and any
               amendments,  restatements or refinancings thereof,  provided that
               such  amendments,   restatements  or  refinancings  are  no  more
               restrictive with respect to dividend or payment restrictions than
               the New Credit Facility on the date of the indenture;

          (3)  any restrictions pursuant to the indenture or the notes;

          (4)  applicable law;

          (5)  any   restrictions   pursuant   to   any   instrument   governing
               Indebtedness  or Capital  Stock of a Person  acquired by NWS or a
               Restricted  Subsidiary  that is not created in  contemplation  of
               such acquisition;

          (6)  any  customary  restriction  on  assignment  of property or asset
               subject to a lease or similar contract;

          (7)  any  restrictions  related  to  purchase  money  obligations  for
               property acquired in the ordinary course of business;

          (8)  any restrictions  pursuant to any agreement for the sale or other
               disposition of a Restricted  Subsidiary pending the sale or other
               disposition;

          (9)  any   restrictions  in  connection  with  Permitted   Refinancing
               Indebtedness,  provided  that the  restrictions  contained in the
               agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing  Indebtedness are
               no more  restrictive,  taken as a whole,  than those contained in
               the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

          (10) any  restrictions in connection with Liens securing  Indebtedness
               otherwise  permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of
               the covenant  described  above under the caption  "--Liens"  that
               limit the right of NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  to
               dispose of the assets subject to such Lien;


<PAGE>

          (11) any restrictions with respect to the sale or other disposition of
               assets or  property  pursuant  to Asset  Sales,  or  transactions
               which, but for their size, would be Asset Sales,  with respect to
               assets  to be sold,  or in joint  venture  agreements  and  other
               similar  agreements  entered  into  in  the  ordinary  course  of
               business;

          (12) restrictions  on cash or other  deposits or net worth  imposed by
               customers under contracts  entered into in the ordinary course of
               business; and

          (13) any  restrictions  related to Indebtedness  or other  contractual
               requirements  of a Receivables  Subsidiary  in connection  with a
               Qualified Receivables Transaction. However, such restrictions may
               apply only to such  Receivables  Subsidiary  and the  contractual
               requirements  of NWS and its Restricted  Subsidiaries to transfer
               assets to such  Receivables  Subsidiary in Qualified  Receivables
               Transactions.

     Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

     If NWS or any of its Restricted  Subsidiaries  acquires or creates  another
Subsidiary after the date of the indenture,  then,  except for Subsidiaries that
have been  properly  designated as  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  and  Receivables
Subsidiaries,  that newly acquired or created Subsidiary must become a Guarantor
and execute a  supplemental  indenture  and  deliver an Opinion of  Counsel,  in
accordance  with the terms of the indenture.  In addition,  if any  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  is  redesignated,  or becomes,  a Restricted  Subsidiary,  then that
Restricted  Subsidiary  must  become a  Guarantor  and  execute  a  supplemental
indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance with the terms of the
indenture.  However,  the  requirements  of this  section  will not apply to any
Restricted  Subsidiary  that is not  incorporated  under the laws of the  United
States  unless such  Restricted  Subsidiary  guarantees  other  Indebtedness  or
another Subsidiary.

     Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

     NWS may not: (A)  consolidate  or merge with or into another person whether
or not NWS is the surviving corporation;  or (B) sell, assign, transfer,  lease,
convey or otherwise  dispose of all or  substantially  all of its  properties or
assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless

          (1)  NWS is the  surviving  corporation,  or the  Person  formed by or
               surviving any such consolidation or merger, if other than NWS, or
               to which such sale, assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance or
               other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized
               or  existing  under  the laws of the  United  States,  any  state
               thereof or the District of Columbia;

          (2)  the  Person  formed by or  surviving  any such  consolidation  or
               merger,  if other  than NWS, or the  Person to which  such  sale,
               assignment,  transfer,  lease,  conveyance  or other  disposition
               shall have been made assumes all the obligations of NWS under the
               Registration  Rights  Agreement,  the  notes  and  the  indenture
               pursuant  to  a  supplemental  indenture  in  a  form  reasonably
               satisfactory to the Trustee;

          (3)  immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default
               exists; and

          (4)  except in the case of a merger  of NWS with or into a  Controlled
               Subsidiary,  NWS or the Person  formed by or  surviving  any such
               consolidation  or  merger,  or to which  such  sale,  assignment,
               transfer,  lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been
               made will,  immediately  after such transaction  after giving pro
               forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if
               the  same  had  occurred  at  the  beginning  of  the  applicable
               four-quarter  period,  be  permitted  to incur at least  $1.00 of
               additional  Indebtedness  pursuant to the Fixed  Charge  Coverage
               Ratio  test set  forth in the  first  paragraph  of the  covenant
               described above under the caption  "--Incurrence  of Indebtedness
               and Issuance of Preferred Stock."


<PAGE>

     Transactions with Affiliates

     NWS will not, and will not permit any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to,
enter into any  transaction or series of  transactions,  including the purchase,
sale,  lease or exchange or the  rendering  any service with, or for the benefit
of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless

          (1)  such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable
               to NWS or the relevant Restricted  Subsidiary than the terms that
               would have been  obtained  in a  comparable  transaction  with an
               unrelated Person; and

          (2)  NWS delivers to the Trustee:

               o    with  respect  to any  Affiliate  Transaction  or  series of
                    related   Affiliate    Transactions    involving   aggregate
                    consideration  in excess of $1 million,  a resolution of the
                    Board of  Directors  set forth in an  Officers'  Certificate
                    certifying  that such  Affiliate  Transaction  complies this
                    covenant  and  that  such  Affiliate  Transaction  has  been
                    approved by a majority of the  disinterested  members of the
                    Board of Directors; and

               o    with  respect  to any  Affiliate  Transaction  or  series of
                    related   Affiliate    Transactions    involving   aggregate
                    consideration in excess of $5 million,  an opinion as to the
                    fairness to the holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a
                    financial  point of view issued by an accounting,  appraisal
                    or investment banking firm of national standing.

     The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate  Transactions,  and
therefore, will not be prohibited by this covenant:

          (1)  any  employment  agreement  entered  into  by  NWS  or any of its
               Restricted  Subsidiaries  in the ordinary  course of business and
               consistent  with  the  past  practice  of NWS or such  Restricted
               Subsidiary;

          (2)  transactions   between  or  among  NWS   and/or  its   Restricted
               Subsidiaries;

          (3)  payment  of  reasonable  directors  fees to  Persons  who are not
               otherwise Affiliates of NWS;

          (4)  any  sale or other  issuance  of  Equity  Interests,  other  than
               Disqualified Stock, of NWS;

          (5)  salaries,  bonuses and employee  benefits paid to the officers of
               NWS and its  Subsidiaries  in the  ordinary  course  of  business
               consistent with past practice;

          (6)  transactions  in the ordinary  course of business  between NWS or
               any Restricted Subsidiary and

               o    any Person that is not a Restricted  Subsidiary  (A) that is
                    engaged in a Permitted  Business and (B) in which NWS has an
                    Investment  on  the  date  of  the  indenture  or  makes  an
                    Investment  permitted  by the  Indenture,  and (C) in  which
                    neither the  Principal,  any Related  Party or any  officer,
                    director or equity  owner of NWS or any of its  Subsidiaries
                    has any beneficial ownership interest, other than indirectly
                    through NWS or a Restricted Subsidiary, or


<PAGE>

               o    Consolidated  Rectifying,  Inc. for the  bottling,  blending
                    and/or  manufacture  of  distilled  spirits in the  ordinary
                    course of business and consistent with past practice;

          (7)  transactions  between a Receivables  Subsidiary and any Person in
               which the Receivables  Subsidiary has an Investment in connection
               with any Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

          (8)  Permitted  Investments and Restricted Payments that are permitted
               by the  provisions  of the  indenture  described  above under the
               caption "--Restricted Payments."

     Limitation   on  Issuances   and  Sales  of  Capital  Stock  of  Controlled
Subsidiaries

     NWS will not,  and will not permit any  Subsidiary  to,  transfer,  convey,
sell,  lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of any  Capital  Stock  of any  Controlled
Subsidiary  of NWS to any Person,  other than NWS or a Controlled  Subsidiary of
NWS, unless:

          (1)  such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of
               all the Capital Stock of such Controlled Subsidiary; and

          (2)  the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease
               or other  disposition are applied in accordance with the covenant
               described above under the caption "--Asset Sales"; and

          (3)  after  giving  effect  to  such   disposition,   such  Controlled
               Subsidiary remains a Controlled Subsidiary.

     In addition,  NWS will not permit any Controlled Subsidiary of NWS to issue
any of its Equity  Interests,  other than, if  necessary,  shares of its Capital
Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares, to any Person other than to NWS
or a  Controlled  Subsidiary  of NWS  if,  after  giving  effect  thereto,  such
Controlled  Subsidiary would cease to be a Controlled  Subsidiary.  However, the
limitations  contained  in this  covenant  will not prevent any  increase in the
ownership or profits  interest of Martin H. Bart or his successors in NWS-LLC or
any successor entity thereto in accordance with the terms of the NWS-LLC limited
liability company agreement,  and as amended or replaced  thereafter in a manner
not adverse to the holders of the notes.

     Business Activities

     NWS will not, and will not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary to, engage in
any business other than Permitted Businesses.

     Payments for Consent

     Neither NWS nor any of its Subsidiaries will,  directly or indirectly,  pay
or cause to be paid any  consideration  to any  holder of any notes for or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions
of the indenture or the notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or
is paid to all holders of the notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the
time frame set forth in the  solicitation  documents  relating to such  consent,
waiver or agreement.


<PAGE>

     Reports

     Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as
any notes are  outstanding,  NWS will furnish to the holders of notes within the
time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations:

     o    beginning  with the  quarterly  period ending  December 31, 1998,  all
          quarterly and annual  financial  information that would be required to
          be  contained  in a filing  with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if NWS
          were required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion
          and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  that
          describes the financial condition and results of operations of NWS and
          its  Consolidated   Subsidiaries  and,  with  respect  to  the  annual
          information  only,  a report  thereon  by NWS'  certified  independent
          accountants; and

     o    all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
          Form 8-K if NWS were required to file such reports.

     In addition, beginning with the first quarterly period commencing after the
consummation  of the exchange  offer  contemplated  by the  Registration  Rights
Agreement,  whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, NWS
will file a copy of all such  information  and  reports  with the SEC for public
availability   within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC's  rules  and
regulations  and make such  information  available  to  securities  analysts and
prospective  investors upon request.  In addition,  NWS and any Guarantors  have
agreed that, for so long as any notes remain  outstanding,  they will furnish to
the holders and to securities  analysts and  prospective  investors,  upon their
request,  the information  required to be delivered  pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.

     Events of Default and Remedies

     Each of the following is an Event of Default:

          (1)  default  for 30 days in the  payment  when due of interest on the
               notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination  provisions
               of the indenture;

          (2)  default in payment when due of the  principal  of or premium,  if
               any, on the notes whether or not prohibited by the  subordination
               provisions of the indenture;

          (3)  failure by NWS or any  Subsidiary  to comply with the  provisions
               described  under the captions  "--Change of Control,"  "--Merger,
               Consolidation  or Sale of  Assets,"  "--Restricted  Payments"  or
               "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock";

          (4)  failure by NWS for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its
               other agreements in the indenture or the notes;

          (5)  default under any mortgage,  indenture or instrument  under which
               there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced
               any  Indebtedness  for  money  borrowed  by  NWS  or  any  of its
               Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by
               NWS  or  any  of  its  Restricted   Subsidiaries)   whether  such
               Indebtedness  or guarantee  now exists,  or is created  after the
               date of the indenture, if that default

               (a)  is caused by a failure to pay  principal  of or premium,  if
                    any,  or  interest  on  such   Indebtedness   prior  to  the
                    expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness
                    on the date of such default (a "Payment Default") or


<PAGE>

               (b)  results in the  acceleration of such  Indebtedness  prior to
                    its express maturity

               and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness,
               together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness
               under which there has been a Payment  Default or the  maturity of
               which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more;

          (6)  failure by NWS or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final
               judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 million,  which judgments
               are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

          (7)  the  termination of any  Subsidiary  Guarantee for any reason not
               permitted by the Indenture, or the denial of any Guarantor or any
               Person  acting  on behalf of any  Guarantor  of such  Guarantor's
               obligations under its respective Subsidiary Guarantee; and

          (8)  certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to NWS or
               any of its Significant Subsidiaries.

     If any Event of  Default  occurs  and is  continuing,  the  Trustee  or the
holders of at least 25% in principal  amount of the then  outstanding  notes may
declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. However, in the case of
an Event of Default  arising from certain  events of bankruptcy  or  insolvency,
with respect to NWS, any  Significant  Subsidiary  or any group of  Subsidiaries
that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding
notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.

     Holders of the notes may not enforce the  indenture  or the notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding  notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may  withhold  from  holders of the
notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default,  except a Default or
Event of  Default  relating  to the  payment of  principal  or  interest,  if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

     In the case of any Event of  Default  occurring  by  reason of any  willful
action  or  inaction,  taken  or not  taken,  by or on  behalf  of NWS  with the
intention  of avoiding  payment of the premium that NWS would have had to pay if
NWS then had  elected to redeem the notes  pursuant to the  optional  redemption
provisions  of the  Indenture,  an  equivalent  premium shall also become and be
immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration
of the notes.  If an Event of Default occurs prior to January 15, 2004 by reason
of any willful  action or inaction,  taken or not taken,  by or on behalf of NWS
with the intention of avoiding the  prohibition on redemption of the notes prior
to January 15,  2004,  then the premium  specified in the  indenture  shall also
become  immediately  due and  payable  to the extent  permitted  by law upon the
acceleration of the notes.

     The holders of a majority in aggregate  principal  amount of the notes then
outstanding  by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the holders of all of the
notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences  under
the indenture except a continuing  Default or Event of Default in the payment of
interest on, or the principal of, the notes.

     NWS is required to deliver to the  Trustee  annually a statement  regarding
compliance  with the  indenture.  Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of
Default,  NWS is required to deliver to the Trustee a statement  specifying such
Default or Event of Default.


<PAGE>

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

     No director, officer, employee,  incorporator,  or stockholder,  partner or
member  of NWS or any  Guarantor,  as such,  shall  have any  liability  for any
obligations  of NWS or any Guarantor  under the notes,  the indenture or for any
claim  based on, in  respect  of, or by reason  of,  such  obligations  or their
creation.  Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such
liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of
the notes.  Such  waiver may not be  effective  to waive  liabilities  under the
federal  securities  laws and it is the view of the SEC  that  such a waiver  is
against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

     NWS  may,  at  its  option  and at  any  time,  elect  to  have  all of its
obligations   discharged   with  respect  to  the   outstanding   notes  ("Legal
Defeasance") except for:

          (1)  the rights of holders of outstanding notes to receive payments in
               respect of the  principal  of,  premium,  if any, and interest on
               such notes when such payments are due from the trust  referred to
               below;

          (2)  NWS'  obligations  with respect to the notes  concerning  issuing
               temporary  notes,  registration of notes,  mutilated,  destroyed,
               lost or stolen notes and the  maintenance  of an office or agency
               for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

          (3)  the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee,
               and NWS' obligations in connection therewith; and

          (4)  the Legal Defeasance provisions of the indenture.

     In  addition,  NWS may,  at its option  and at any time,  elect to have the
obligations of NWS released with respect to certain covenants that are described
in the indenture  ("Covenant  Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply
with such  obligations  shall not  constitute a Default or Event of Default with
respect to the notes. In the event Covenant  Defeasance  occurs,  certain events
not  including  non-payment,   bankruptcy,   receivership,   rehabilitation  and
insolvency  events described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute
an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

     In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

          (1)  NWS must irrevocably  deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
               benefit  of the  holders  of the  notes,  cash in  U.S.  dollars,
               non-callable Government Securities,  or a combination thereof, in
               such  amounts  as  will  be  sufficient,  in  the  opinion  of  a
               nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants,  to
               pay the  principal  of,  premium,  if any,  and  interest  on the
               outstanding  notes on the stated  maturity  or on the  applicable
               redemption date, as the case may be, and NWS must specify whether
               the notes are  being  defeased  to  maturity  or to a  particular
               redemption date;

          (2)  in the case of Legal Defeasance,  NWS shall have delivered to the
               Trustee  an  opinion  of  counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to the
               Trustee  confirming that NWS has received from, or there has been
               published by, the Internal  Revenue Service a ruling or since the
               date of the Indenture,  there has been a change in the applicable
               federal  income tax law, in either case to the effect  that,  and
               based thereon such opinion of counsel  shall  confirm  that,  the
               holders of the outstanding notes will not recognize income,  gain
               or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal
               Defeasance  and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
               amounts,  in the same  manner and at the same times as would have
               been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;


<PAGE>

          (3)  in the case of Covenant  Defeasance,  NWS shall have delivered to
               the Trustee an opinion of  reasonably  acceptable  to the Trustee
               confirming  that the  holders of the  outstanding  notes will not
               recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as
               a result  of such  Covenant  Defeasance  and will be  subject  to
               federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
               the  same  times  as would  have  been the case if such  Covenant
               Defeasance had not occurred;

          (4)  no  Default  or Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
               continuing  on the date of such deposit,  other than a Default or
               Event of  Default  resulting  from the  borrowing  of funds to be
               applied to such  deposit,  or  insofar as Events of Default  from
               bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the
               period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

          (5)  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a
               breach  or  violation  of,  or  constitute  a  default  under any
               material  agreement or instrument,  other than the  indenture, to
               which NWS or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by which NWS
               or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

          (6)  NWS must have  delivered  to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to
               the  effect  that,  assuming  no  intervening  bankruptcy  of NWS
               between  the  date of  deposit  and the 91st  day  following  the
               deposit  and  assuming  no holder of notes is an  insider of NWS,
               after the 91st day  following  the deposit,  the trust funds will
               not be  subject  to the  effect  of  any  applicable  bankruptcy,
               insolvency,  reorganization or similar laws affecting  creditors'
               rights generally;

          (7)  NWS must deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate stating
               that  the  deposit  was  not  made  by NWS  with  the  intent  of
               preferring  the holders of notes over the other  creditors of NWS
               with the intent of defeating,  hindering,  delaying or defrauding
               creditors of NWS or others; and

          (8)  NWS must deliver to the Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  and an
               opinion of counsel,  each stating that all  conditions  precedent
               provided  for  relating to the Legal  Defeasance  or the Covenant
               Defeasance have been complied with.

Transfer and Exchange

     A holder may transfer or exchange  notes in accordance  with the indenture.
The  Registrar  and the  Trustee may require a holder,  among other  things,  to
furnish  appropriate  endorsements and transfer  documents and NWS may require a
holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the  indenture.
NWS is not  required to transfer or exchange any note  selected for  redemption.
Also,  NWS is not  required to transfer or exchange  any note for a period of 15
days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

     The registered  holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

     Except as  provided  in this  section,  the  indenture  or the notes may be
amended or  supplemented  with the consent of the holders of at least a majority
in principal amount of the exchange notes then outstanding,  including,  without
limitation,  consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for,  exchange notes,  and any existing  default or compliance
with any provision of the indenture or the exchange notes may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
exchange notes including  consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for exchange notes.


<PAGE>

     Without the consent of each holder  affected,  an  amendment  or waiver may
not, with respect to any notes held by a non-consenting holder:

          (1)  reduce the  principal  amount of notes whose holders must consent
               to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

          (2)  reduce the principal of or change the fixed  maturity of any note
               or alter the  provisions  with respect to the  redemption  of the
               notes, other than provisions  relating to the covenants described
               above under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders";

          (3)  reduce the rate of or change the time for  payment of interest on
               any note;

          (4)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the  payment of  principal
               of or  premium,  if  any,  or  interest  on the  notes  except  a
               rescission  of  acceleration  of the notes by the  holders  of at
               least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes and a
               waiver  of  the  payment   default   that   resulted   from  such
               acceleration;

          (5)  make any note  payable  in money  other  than that  stated in the
               notes;

          (6)  make any change in the  provisions of the  indenture  relating to
               waivers  of past  Defaults  or the  rights of holders of notes to
               receive payments of principal of or premium,  if any, or interest
               on the notes;

          (7)  waive a redemption  payment with respect to any note other than a
               payment  required by one of the covenants  described  above under
               the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders"; or

          (8)  make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

     Notwithstanding the preceding , without the consent of any holder of notes,
NWS and the Trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the notes:

          (1)  to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

          (2)  to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of
               certificated notes,

          (3)  to provide for the  assumption of NWS'  obligations to holders of
               notes in the case of a merger or consolidation,

          (4)  to make any change that would  provide any  additional  rights or
               benefits  to the  holders  of  notes or that  does not  adversely
               affect the legal rights  under the  indenture of any such holder,
               or

          (5)  to  comply  with  requirements  of the SEC in order to  effect or
               maintain  the  qualification  of the  indenture  under  the Trust
               indenture Act.


<PAGE>

Concerning the Trustee

     If the Trustee  becomes a creditor of NWS, the indenture  limits its rights
to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain  property
received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will
be  permitted  to engage in other  transactions;  however,  if it  acquires  any
conflicting  interest it must eliminate such conflict  within 90 days,  apply to
the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

     The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes
will have the  right to direct  the time,  method  and place of  conducting  any
proceeding  for  exercising  any remedy  available  to the  Trustee,  subject to
certain  exceptions.  The  indenture  provides  that in case an Event of Default
shall occur  which shall not be cured,  the  Trustee  will be  required,  in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own  affairs.  Subject to such  provisions,  the Trustee will be under no
obligation  to exercise any of its rights or powers  under the  indenture at the
request of any holder of notes,  unless  such holder  shall have  offered to the
Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

Certain Definitions

     Set forth below are certain  defined terms used in the indenture.  Refer to
the  indenture  for a full  disclosure  of all such terms,  as well as any other
capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

     "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person:

          (1)  Indebtedness  of any other Person existing at the time such other
               Person is  merged  with or into or  became a  Subsidiary  of such
               specified  Person,  whether or not the  Indebtedness  incurred in
               connection  with,  or in  contemplation  of,  such  other  Person
               merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary  of such  specified
               Person; and

          (2)  Indebtedness  secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by
               such specified Person.

     "Affiliate"  of any  specified  Person means any other  Person  directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control with such specified  Person,  and, in the case of a natural Person,  any
immediate  family  member  of such  Person.  For  purposes  of this  definition,
"control",  as used with  respect  to any  Person,  shall  mean the  possession,
directly or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the  direction  of the
management or policies of such Person,  whether  through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10%
or more of the voting  securities of a Person shall be deemed to be control.  No
Person,  other  than  NWS  or any  Subsidiary  of  NWS,  in  whom a  Receivables
Subsidiary  makes an  Investment  in  connection  with a  Qualified  Receivables
Transaction  will be deemed to be an Affiliate of NWS or any of its Subsidiaries
solely by reason of such Investment.  For purposes of this definition, the terms
"controlling,"  "controlled  by," and "under  common  control  with"  shall have
correlative meanings.

     "Asset Sale" means,  whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions  which have either a fair market value or net proceeds of more than
$1 million:

          (1)  the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or
               rights  including,  without  limitation,  by way  of a  sale  and
               leaseback,  other than sales of inventory in the ordinary  course
               of business  consistent  with past  practices;  provided that the
               sale,   lease,   conveyance  or  other   disposition  of  all  or
               substantially  all  of  the  assets  of NWS  and  its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries  taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions
               of the indenture  described above under the caption  "--Change of
               Control" and/or the provisions  described above under the caption
               "--Merger,  Consolidation  or  Sale  of  Assets"  and  not by the
               provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and


<PAGE>

          (2)  the issue or sale by NWS or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
               Equity Interests.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  following  items will not be deemed asset
sales:

          (1)  a  transfer  of assets  between  or among NWS and its  Restricted
               Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;

          (2)  an issuance of equity interests by a Controlled Subsidiary to NWS
               or to another Controlled Subsidiary;

          (3)  a Permitted  Investment or a Restricted Payment that is permitted
               by the covenant  described above under the caption  "--Restricted
               Payments";

          (4)  sales of  accounts  receivable  and  related  assets  of the type
               specified   in   the   definition   of   "Qualified   Receivables
               Transaction"  to a Receivables  Subsidiary for fair market value,
               including  cash  at  least  equal  to 75% of the  book  value  as
               determined  in  accordance  with GAAP.  For the  purposes of this
               clause  (4),  notes  received  in  exchange  for the  transfer of
               accounts receivable and related assets will be deemed cash if the
               notes are required to be repaid from available  cash  collections
               less amounts  required to be established as reserves  pursuant to
               contracts with entities are not Affiliates of NWS entered into as
               part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

          (5)  transfers of accounts  receivable  and related assets of the type
               specified   in   the   definition   of   "Qualified   Receivables
               Transaction", or a fractional  undivided  interest  therein, by a
               Receivables  Subsidiary in a Qualified  Receivables  Transaction;
               and

          (6)  transfers  from  NWS-Illinois  and  NWS-LLC to U.S.  Beverage  of
               assets directly related to, and primarily used in, the operations
               of U.S. Beverage.

     "Attributable  Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback  transaction means,
at the  time of  determination,  the  present  value  discounted  at the rate of
interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP of the
obligation of the lessee for net rental  payments  during the remaining  term of
the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction,  including any period
for which such lease has been  extended or may, at the option of the lessor,  be
extended.

     "Borrowing Base" means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of :

          (1)  80% of the face amount of all  accounts  receivable  owned by NWS
               and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  on that date that are not more
               than 45 days  past  due;  provided,  however,  that any  accounts
               receivable owned by a Receivables Subsidiary, or which NWS or any
               of its  Subsidiaries  has  agreed to  transfer  to a  Receivables
               Subsidiary,  shall be excluded for purposes of  determining  such
               amount; and


<PAGE>

          (2)  65% of the  book  value  of all  inventory  owned  by NWS and its
               Restricted  Subsidiaries  on  that  date,  all  calculated  on  a
               consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

To the extent that  information  is not  available  as to the amount of accounts
receivable or inventory or trade payables as of a specific date, NWS may utilize
the most recent available  information for purposes of calculating the Borrowing
Base.

     "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination  thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.

     "Capital Stock" means:

          (1)  in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

          (2)  in the case of an  association  or business  entity,  any and all
               shares, interests,  participations,  rights or other equivalents,
               however designated, of corporate stock;

          (3)  in the  case  of a  partnership  or  limited  liability  company,
               partnership, whether general or limited, or membership interests;
               and

          (4)  any other interest or participation  that confers on a Person the
               right to  receive  a share  of the  profits  and  losses  of,  or
               distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

     "Cash Equivalents" means:

          (1)  United States dollars;

          (2)  securities  issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by
               the United  States  government  or any agency or  instrumentality
               thereof  having  maturities  of not more than six months from the
               date of acquisition;

          (3)  certificates   of  deposit  and  eurodollar  time  deposits  with
               maturities  of six  months or less from the date of  acquisition,
               bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and
               overnight  bank  deposits,  in each case with any lender party to
               the New Credit  Facility  or with any  domestic  commercial  bank
               having  capital  and  surplus  in  excess of $500  million  and a
               Thompson Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better;

          (4)  repurchase  obligations  with a term of not more than  seven days
               for underlying  securities of the types  described in clauses (2)
               and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting
               the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

          (5)  commercial  paper  having  the  highest  rating  obtainable  from
               Moody's Investors Service,  Inc. or Standard & Poor's Corporation
               and in each case  maturing  within six  months  after the date of
               acquisition; and

          (6)  money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute
               cash  equivalents  of the kinds  described in clauses  (1)-(5) of
               this definition.

<PAGE>




     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following:

          (1)  the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, other
               than by way of  merger  or  consolidation,  in one or a series of
               related  transactions,  of all or substantially all of the assets
               of NWS and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole to any
               "Person",  as  such  term  is used  in  Section  13(d)(3)  of the
               Exchange Act, other than the Principal or his Related Parties (as
               defined below);

          (2)  the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
               of NWS;

          (3)  the   consummation   of  any   transaction   including,   without
               limitation,  any merger or  consolidation, the result of which is
               that any "Person" (as defined  above),  other than the  Principal
               and his Related Parties,  becomes the "beneficial owner", as such
               term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5  under the  Exchange
               Act,  except  that a Person  shall be deemed to have  "beneficial
               ownership"  of all  securities  that such Person has the right to
               acquire,  whether  such  right  is  currently  exercisable  or is
               exercisable  only upon the occurrence of a subsequent  condition,
               directly or  indirectly,  of more than 40% of the Voting Stock of
               NWS, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

          (4)  the first day on which a majority  of the members of the Board of
               Directors of NWS are not Continuing Directors; or

          (5)  NWS  consolidates  with,  or merges  with or into,  any Person or
               sells, assigns, conveys,  transfers, leases or otherwise disposes
               of all or substantially  all of its assets to any Person,  or any
               Person  consolidates  with,  or merges with or into,  NWS, in any
               such  event  pursuant  to a  transaction  in  which  any  of  the
               outstanding  Voting Stock of NWS is  converted  into or exchanged
               for  cash,  securities  or other  property,  other  than any such
               transaction where the Voting Stock of NWS outstanding immediately
               prior to such  transaction  is converted  into or  exchanged  for
               Voting Stock, other than Disqualified  Stock, of the surviving or
               transferee  Person  constituting  a majority  of the  outstanding
               shares  of such  Voting  Stock of such  surviving  or  transferee
               Person immediately after giving effect to such issuance.

     The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease,  transfer,  conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of NWS and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.  Although there is a
developing body of case law interpreting the phrase  "substantially  all," there
is no  precise  established  definition  of the  phrase  under  applicable  law.
Accordingly,  the  ability  of a holder  of  exchange  notes to  require  NWS to
repurchase  such  exchange  notes  as a  result  of  a  sale,  lease,  transfer,
conveyance,  or other  disposition of less than all of the assets of NWS and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Company  Shareholder  Exchange Note Receivable"  means any promissory note
receivable by NWS or a Subsidiary  of NWS on the date of the indenture  from any
shareholder of NWS.


<PAGE>



     "Consolidated  Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period; plus

          (1)  an  amount  equal  to any  extraordinary  loss  plus any net loss
               realized  in  connection  with an Asset Sale to the  extent  such
               losses were deducted in computing such  Consolidated  Net Income;
               plus

          (2)  (a) if such Person is an S-Corporation  or substantially  similar
               pass-through  entity for federal income tax purposes,  the amount
               of all Permitted  Quarterly Tax Distributions of such Person and,
               without  duplication,  its  Consolidated  Subsidiaries  for  such
               period,  as adjusted for any True-up  Amount then  determined for
               such period; or

               (b)  if such  Person is  not  an  S-Corporation  or substantially
               similar pass-through entity for federal income tax  purposes, any
               provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and
               its  Subsidiaries  for  such  period,  to the  extent  that  such
               provision for taxes was included in computing  such  Consolidated
               Net Income; plus

          (3)  consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries
               for such  period,  whether  paid or  accrued  and  whether or not
               capitalized   including,   without  limitation,   original  issue
               discount,  non-cash interest payments,  the interest component of
               any deferred payment  obligations,  the interest component of all
               payments  associated  with  Capital  Lease  Obligation,   imputed
               interest  with  respect  to   Attributable   Debt,   commissions,
               discounts  and other  fees and  charges  incurred  in  respect of
               letter of  credit  or  bankers'  acceptance  financings,  and net
               payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging  Obligations  but excluding
               amortization of debt issuance costs and non-cash interest accrued
               or accruing on any NWS-Illinois shareholder subordinated exchange
               note,  to the  extent  that  any such  expense  was  deducted  in
               computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

          (4)  depreciation, amortization including amortization of goodwill and
               other  intangibles  but  excluding  amortization  of prepaid cash
               expenses  that  were paid in a prior  period  and other  non-cash
               expenses,  excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that
               it  represents  an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any
               future period or  amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was
               paid in a prior period,  of such Person and its  Subsidiaries for
               such  period to the extent that such  depreciation,  amortization
               and other  non-cash  expenses  were  deducted in  computing  such
               Consolidated Net Income; plus

          (5)  LIFO expense; plus

          (6)  start-up   expenses   reported  on  the  consolidated   financial
               statements of NWS, NWS-Indiana and NWS-Illinois for any quarterly
               period  ending on or prior to March 31,  1998 that is included in
               the period for which the calculation is being made; plus

          (7)  prepayment   penalties   associated   with  the   prepayment   of
               Indebtedness  on the date of the indenture to the extent any such
               expense was deducted in computing such  Consolidated  Net Income;
               minus


<PAGE>

          (8)  non-cash items  increasing such  Consolidated Net Income for such
               period including,  without  limitation,  LIFO income and non-cash
               interest  income,  in each  case,  on a  consolidated  basis  and
               determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Permitted  Quarterly  Tax  Distributions,
adjusted as provided  above,  of  the provision for taxes based on the income or
profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of,
a  Subsidiary  of NWS  shall be added to  Consolidated  Net  Income  to  compute
Consolidated  Cash Flow only to the extent and in the same  proportion  that the
Net Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating the  Consolidated  Net
Income of NWS and only if a corresponding  amount would be permitted at the date
of  determination  to be  dividended  to NWS by such  Subsidiary  without  prior
approval  that has not been  obtained,  pursuant to the terms of its charter and
all agreements,  instruments,  judgments,  decrees,  orders, statutes, rules and
governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.

     "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
for such period,  on a consolidated  basis,  determined in accordance with GAAP,
reduced by the amount of Permitted  Quarterly Tax  Distributions  of such Person
and,  without  duplication,  its Consolidated  Subsidiaries for such period,  as
adjusted for any True-up Amount then determined for such period,  if such Person
is an  S-Corporation or substantially  similar  pass-through  entity for federal
income tax purposes; provided that:

          (1)  the  Net  Income, but  not  loss, of  any  Person  that  is not a
               Restricted  Subsidiary  or that is  accounted  for by the  equity
               method of accounting  shall be included only to the extent of the
               amount  of  dividends  or  distributions  paid  in  cash  to  the
               specified Person or a Controlled Subsidiary thereof;

          (2)  the Net Income of any Restricted  Subsidiary shall be excluded to
               the  extent  that the  declaration  or payment  of  dividends  or
               similar  distributions by that Restricted  Subsidiary of that Net
               Income is not at the date of determination  permitted without any
               prior  governmental  approval  that  has not  been  obtained  or,
               directly or indirectly,  by operation of the terms of its charter
               or any agreement,  instrument,  judgment, decree, order, statute,
               rule or  governmental  regulation  applicable to that  Restricted
               Subsidiary or its stockholders;

          (3)  the Net Income of any Person  acquired in a pooling of  interests
               transaction for any period prior to the date of such  acquisition
               shall be excluded;

          (4)  the cumulative effect of a change in accounting  principles shall
               be excluded;

          (5)  the Net Income, but not loss, of any Unrestricted Subsidiary 
               shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to NWS or one of
               its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (6)  interest  received or accrued on a Company  Shareholder  Exchange
               Note Receivable  shall be excluded when  determining NWS' ability
               to make Restricted Payments under the Indenture; and

          (7)  the cumulative effect of a change in accounting  principals shall
               be excluded.

     "Consolidated  Tangible  Assets" means with respect to any Person as of any
date, the amount which,  in accordance  with GAAP,  would be set forth under the
caption "Total  Assets" or any like caption on a  consolidated  balance sheet of
such  Person  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  less  all  intangible  assets,
including,   without  limitation,   goodwill,   organization   costs,   patents,
trademarks, copyrights, franchises and research and development costs.


<PAGE>

     "Continuing  Directors" means, as of any date of determination,  any member
of the Board of Directors of NWS who:

          (1)  was a  member  of such  Board  of  Directors  on the  date of the
               Indenture; or

          (2)  was  nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors
               with the approval of a majority of the  Continuing  Directors who
               were  members  of such  board at the time of such  nomination  or
               election.

     "Controlled Subsidiary" of NWS means a Restricted Subsidiary of NWS:

          (1)  90% or  more  of  the  economic  interest  in  the  total  equity
               interests or other  ownership  interests of which and 90% or more
               of the voting rights  represented by the Voting Stock of which is
               owned by NWS,  either  directly or through one or more Controlled
               Subsidiaries; and

          (2)  over which NWS possesses,  directly or  indirectly,  the power to
               direct or cause the direction of the management or policies.

     "Credit Facilities" means, with respect to NWS, one or more debt facilities
including,  without  limitation,  the New Credit  Facility,  or commercial paper
facilities  with banks or other  institutional  lenders  providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans,  receivables  financing  including through the sale of
receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from
such lenders  against such  receivables  or letters of credit,  in each case, as
amended, restated,  modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole
or in part from time to time.

     "Credit Facility Intercompany Indebtedness" means intercompany Indebtedness
of NWS' Subsidiaries.

     "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.

     "Disqualified  Stock" means any Capital  Stock that, by its terms or by the
terms  of  any  security  into  which  it is  convertible  or  for  which  it is
exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event:

          (1)  matures or is mandatorily redeemable,  pursuant to a sinking fund
               obligation or otherwise; or

          (2)  is redeemable  at the option of the holder,  in whole or in part,
               on or prior to the date  that is 91 days  after the date on which
               the exchange notes mature.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  any Capital Stock that would constitute
Disqualified  Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require
NWS to repurchase  such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control
or an Asset Sale shall not  constitute  Disqualified  Stock if the terms of such
Capital  Stock  provide that NWS may not  repurchase  or redeem any such Capital
Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption  complies
with   the   covenant    described   above   under   the   caption    "--Certain
Covenants--Restricted Payments."

     "Equity  Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants,  options or other
rights  to  acquire  Capital  Stock  but  excluding  any debt  security  that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

     "Estimation  Period"  means the  period for which a  shareholder  who is an
individual  is  required  to  estimate  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  his
allocation of taxable income from a calendar year in connection with determining
his estimated federal income tax liability for such period.


<PAGE>

     "Existing  Indebtedness"  means  Indebtedness of NWS and its  Subsidiaries,
other than Indebtedness under the New Credit Facility,  in existence on the date
of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid.

     "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period,  the sum,
without duplication, of:

     (1)  the  consolidated  interest  expense of such Person and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries  for such  period,  whether  paid or accrued,  including,
          without limitation, non-cash interest payments, the interest component
          of any deferred  payment  obligations,  the interest  component of all
          payments  associated with Capital Lease Obligations,  imputed interest
          with respect to Attributable  Debt,  commissions,  discounts and other
          fees and  charges  incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers'
          acceptance  financings,  and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging
          Obligations,  but excluding  amortization  of debt issuance  costs and
          excluding non-cash interest accrued or accruing for such period on any
          NWS-Illinois Shareholder Subordinated Exchange Note; plus

     (2)  the  consolidated  interest  expense of such Person and its Restricted
          Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

     (3)  any  interest  expense  on  Indebtedness  of  another  Person  that is
          Guaranteed  by such Person or one of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or
          secured  by a Lien on assets of such  Person or one of its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries  whether or not such  Guarantee  or Lien is called  upon;
          plus

     (4)  the product of :

          (a)  all cash dividend  payments or other  distributions  and non-cash
               dividend  payments in the case of a Person  that is a  Restricted
               Subsidiary  on any  series of  preferred  equity of such  Person;
               times

          (b)  a fraction,  the numerator of which is one and the denominator of
               which is one minus the then current combined  federal,  state and
               local  statutory  tax  rate of such  Person,  or in the case of a
               Person that is an "S-Corporation"  or other  pass-through  entity
               for federal income tax purposes,  the combined federal, state and
               local  income  tax rate that was or would have been  utilized  to
               calculate the Tax Amount of such Person,  expressed as a decimal,
               in each case,  on a  consolidated  basis and in  accordance  with
               GAAP.

     "Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio"  means with  respect to any Person for any
period,  the  ratio  of the  Consolidated  Cash  Flow  of  such  Person  and its
Restricted  Subsidiaries for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. In the event that NWS or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness,
other than revolving credit borrowings,  or issues preferred stock subsequent to
the  commencement  of the period for which the Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio is
being  calculated  but  prior to the date on  which  the  event  for  which  the
calculation of the fixed charge coverage ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"),
then the fixed charge coverage ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such
issuance or  redemption of preferred  stock,  as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

In addition, for purposes of making the computation referred to above:

     (1)  acquisitions  that  have  been  made  by NWS or any of its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries,   including  through  mergers  or   consolidations   and
          including any related financing transactions,  during the four-quarter
          reference  period or  subsequent  to such  reference  period and on or
          prior to the Calculation  Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the
          first day of the four-quarter  reference period and Consolidated  Cash
          Flow for such  reference  period shall be  calculated  without  giving
          effect to clause (3) of the  proviso  set forth in the  definition  of
          Consolidated Net Income;


<PAGE>

     (2)  the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as
          determined  in  accordance  with GAAP,  and  operations  or businesses
          disposed of prior to the calculation date, shall be excluded; and

     (3)  the  Fixed  Charges  attributable  to  discontinued   operations,   as
          determined  in  accordance  with GAAP,  and  operations  or businesses
          disposed of prior to the calculation date, shall be excluded, but only
          to the extent that the  obligations  giving rise to such Fixed Charges
          will  not  be  obligations  of  the  Specified  Person  or  any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries following the calculation date.

     "GAAP" means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set forth in the
opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public  Accountants and statements and  pronouncements of
the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other  statements by such
other entity as have been  approved by a significant  segment of the  accounting
profession, which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.

     "Guarantee"  means a  Guarantee  other than by  endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments  for  collection  in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  direct or
indirect, in any manner,  including,  without limitation,  letters of credit and
reimbursement  agreements  in  respect  thereof,  of  all  or  any  part  of any
Indebtedness.

     "Guarantors" means each of:

     (1)  NWS-Indiana, NWS-Illinois, NWS-LLC and NWS-Michigan; and

     (2)  any  other   Subsidiary  that  executes  a  Subsidiary   Guarantee  in
          accordance with the provisions of the Indenture,  and their respective
          successors and assigns.

     "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under:

     (1)  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  interest  rate cap  agreements  and
          interest rate collar agreements; and

     (2)  other  agreements  or  arrangements  designed  to protect  such Person
          against fluctuations in interest rates.

     "immediate  family" has the meaning  assigned to such term in Rule 16a1-(e)
under the Exchange Act.

     "Indebtedness"  means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of:

     (1)  borrowed money;

     (2)  evidenced  by bonds,  notes,  debentures  or  similar  instruments  or
          letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof;

     (3)  banker's acceptances;


<PAGE>

     (4)  representing Capital Lease Obligations;

     (5)  the balance  deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property
          except any such balance that  constitutes an accrued  expense or trade
          payable; and

     (6)  representing any Hedging Obligations.

     If and to the extent any of the foregoing Indebtedness,  other than letters
of credit and Hedging  Obligations,  would appear as a liability  upon a balance
sheet of such Person  prepared in accordance  with GAAP.  In addition,  the term
"Indebtedness"  includes  all  Indebtedness  of others  secured by a Lien on any
asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person
and, to the extent not otherwise  included,  the Guarantee by such Person of any
Indebtedness of any other Person.

     The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

     (1)  the accreted value thereof,  in the case of any Indebtedness that does
          not require current payments of interest; and

     (2)  the principal amount thereof,  together with any interest thereon that
          is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

     "Investments"  means,  with respect to any Person,  all Investments by such
Person in other Persons including  Affiliates in the forms of direct or indirect
loans including  Guarantees of Indebtedness  or other  obligations,  advances or
capital  contributions  excluding  commission,  travel and  similar  advances to
officers and  employees  made in the ordinary  course of business,  purchases or
other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,  Equity Interests or other
securities,  together  with  all  items  that  are or  would  be  classified  as
Investments on a balance sheet  prepared in accordance  with GAAP. If NWS or any
of its Subsidiaries  sells or otherwise  disposes of any equity interests of any
direct or indirect  Subsidiary of NWS such that, after giving effect to any such
sale or disposition,  such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of NWS, NWS shall be
deemed to have made an  Investment  on the date of any such sale or  disposition
equal to the fair market value of the Equity  Interests of such  Subsidiary  not
sold or disposed of in an amount  determined as provided in the final  paragraph
of the covenant described above under the caption "--Restricted Payments."

     "Issue  Date" means the date on which the initial  $110 million in exchange
notes was originally issued under the Indenture.

     "Lien"  means,  with  respect to any asset,  any  mortgage,  Lien,  pledge,
charge,  security  interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed,  recorded or otherwise  perfected  under  applicable  law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,  any lease in
the nature  thereof,  any option or other  agreement  to sell or give a security
interest  in  and,   except  in  connection   with  any  Qualified   Receivables
Transaction,  any filing of or agreement to give any financing  statement  under
the Uniform Commercial Code or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction.

     "Net  Income"  means,  with  respect to any Person for any period,  the Net
Income (loss) of such Person for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP
and  before  any  reduction  in respect of  preferred  interests  or  dividends,
excluding, however:

     (1)  any gain, but not loss, together with any related provision for taxes
          on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (A) any Asset
          Sale including, without limitation,  dispositions pursuant to sale and
          leaseback  transactions  or (B) the  disposition  of any securities by
          such   Person   or  any  of  its   Restricted   Subsidiaries   or  the
          extinguishment  of  any  Indebtedness  of  such  Person  or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries; and


<PAGE>

     (2)  any  extraordinary or nonrecurring  gain, but not loss,  together with
          any  related   provision   for  taxes  or  Permitted   Quarterly   Tax
          Distributions  on such  extraordinary  or  nonrecurring  gain, but not
          loss.

     "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds  received by NWS or any of
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  in respect of any Asset Sale  including,  without
limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash
consideration  received in any Asset Sale,  net of the direct costs  relating to
such Asset Sale including, without limitation,  legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, and sales  commissions and any relocation  expenses  incurred as a
result  thereof,  taxes paid or payable as a result  thereof  after  taking into
account  any  available   tax  credits  or   deductions   and  any  tax  sharing
arrangements,  amounts  required to be applied to the repayment of  Indebtedness
secured  by a Lien on the asset or assets  that were the  subject  of such Asset
Sale and any reserve for  adjustment  in respect of the sale price of such asset
or assets established in accordance with GAAP.

     "New Credit Facility" means that certain Credit  Agreement  executed on the
date of the Indenture, by and among NWS and NBD Bank, as agent, providing for up
to $60.0 million of revolving  credit  borrowings,  including any related notes,
guarantees,  collateral documents, instruments, letters of credit and agreements
executed  in  connection  therewith,  and in  each  case as  amended,  modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

     "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness:

     (1)  as to which  neither NWS nor any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  (A)
          provides  credit  support  of  any  kind  including  any  undertaking,
          agreement or instrument  that would  constitute  Indebtedness,  (B) is
          directly or  indirectly  liable as a guarantor  or  otherwise,  or (C)
          constitutes the lender;

     (2)  no default  with  respect  to which,  including  any  rights  that the
          holders  thereof  may  have  to take  enforcement  action  against  an
          Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  would permit upon notice,  lapse of time or
          both any holder of any other  Indebtedness other than the notes of NWS
          or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to  declare a default on such
          other  Indebtedness  or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or
          payable prior to its stated maturity; and

     (3)  as to which the lenders  have been  notified in writing that they will
          not have any  recourse  to the  stock or  assets  of NWS or any of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries.

     "NWS-Indiana"  means  National  Wine  &  Spirits  Corporation,  an  Indiana
corporation, and its successors.

     "NWS-Illinois"   means  NWS,  Inc.,  an  Illinois   corporation,   and  its
successors.

     "NWS-LLC" means  NWS-Illinois,  LLC, an Illinois limited liability company,
and its successors.

     "NWS-Michigan" means NWS Michigan,  Inc., a Michigan  corporation,  and its
successors.

     "NWS-Illinois  Shareholder  Subordinated  Exchange  Note"  means  any  note
payable to any  shareholder  of NWS by  NWS-Illinois  that is outstanding on the
date of the indenture and:

     (1)  matures on December 31, 2009;

     (2)  does not require redemption prior to maturity; and

     (3)  is subordinated in right of payment to the exchange notes.


<PAGE>

     "Obligations"   means   any   principal,    interest,    penalties,   fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages and other liabilities  payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

     "Permitted  Business" means any of the businesses engaged in by NWS and its
Subsidiaries  on the date of the indenture and any  extensions  thereof or other
businesses reasonably related thereto.

     "Permitted Investments" means:

     (1)  any Investment in NWS or in a Controlled Subsidiary of NWS;

     (2)  any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

     (3)  any Investment by NWS or any Restricted Subsidiary of NWS in a Person,
          if as a result of such Investment;

          (a)  such Person becomes a Controlled Subsidiary of NWS, or

          (b)  such Person is merged,  consolidated or amalgamated with or into,
               or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is
               liquidated into, NWS or a Controlled Subsidiary of NWS;

     (4)  any Restricted  Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash
          consideration  from an Asset  Sale  that was made  pursuant  to and in
          compliance  with  the  covenant  described  above  under  the  caption
          "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales";

     (5)  any  acquisition  of assets  solely in  exchange  for the  issuance of
          Equity Interests, other than Disqualified Stock, of NWS;

     (6)  Investments  made  after  the  date  of  the  indenture  in  wholesale
          alcohol-based beverage distribution  businesses, measured on the dates
          such  Investments  were made and without  giving  effect to subsequent
          changes  in  value,  that  are  not,   after  giving  effect  to  such
          Investments,   Controlled   Subsidiaries,   in  an  aggregate   amount
          outstanding  after giving effect to any such  Investment not exceeding
          10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets;

     (7)  redemptions  of the  interests  in NWS-LLC  that are held by Martin H.
          Bart on the date of the Indenture, and his successors and assigns;

     (8)  the  acquisition  by a Receivables  Subsidiary  in  connection  with a
          Qualified  Receivables  Transaction of Equity  Interests of a trust or
          other Person established by such Receivables Subsidiary to effect such
          Qualified Receivables Transaction,  and any other Investment by NWS or
          a Subsidiary of NWS in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a
          Receivables  Subsidiary  in any  other  Person  in  connection  with a
          Qualified Receivables Transaction provided, that such other Investment
          is in the form of a note or  other  instrument  that  the  Receivables
          Subsidiary or other Person is required to repay as soon as practicable
          from  available  cash   collections   less  amounts   required  to  be
          established  as  reserves  pursuant  to  contractual  agreements  with
          entities  that are not  Affiliates  of NWS  entered  into as part of a
          Qualified Receivables Transaction;

     (9)  transfers  from  NWS-Illinois  and NWS-LLC to U.S.  Beverage of assets
          directly  related to, and  primarily  used in, the  operations of U.S.
          Beverage; and

     (10) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value,
          measured on the date each such  Investment was made and without giving
          effect to subsequent  changes in value,  when taken  together with all
          other  Investments  made  pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the
          time outstanding, not to exceed $7.0 million.


<PAGE>

     "Permitted Liens" means

     (1)  Liens securing  Indebtedness and Guarantees  permitted by the terms of
          the indenture to be incurred  under any Credit  Facilities,  including
          the New Credit Facility; on

          (a)  accounts  receivable and the related assets of the type specified
               in the  definition of  "Qualified  Receivables  Transaction"  and
               inventory and proceeds thereof, and

          (b)  Credit Facility  Intercompany  Indebtedness  and any documents or
               instruments evidencing such Indebtedness;

     (2)  any such  Liens on  assets  of the type  described  in  clause  (1)(a)
          securing Credit Facility Intercompany Indebtedness, provided, however,
          that any Liens  permitted  by clause  (1)(b) and this clause (2) shall
          only constitute Permitted Liens for so long as:

          (a)  the Credit  Facility  pursuant  to which such Liens were  granted
               contains a provision  stating in  substance  that in the event of
               any bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar  proceeding  involving any
               Guarantor,  the claims of the lenders under such Credit  Facility
               with respect to the Guarantee of such Guarantor  shall be reduced
               by the amount of claims,  if any,  which are made by such lenders
               and  allowed  in  such  proceeding  with  respect  to the  Credit
               Facility   Intercompany   Indebtedness  pledged  to  secure  such
               Indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Facility,  net of  any  offsets
               against such Credit Facility  Intercompany  Indebtedness relating
               to  Indebtedness  or  other  obligations  owed  by  NWS  to  such
               Guarantor, and provided further:

               that such reduction  shall be rescinded in the event of equitable
               subordination  of the claims with respect to the Credit  Facility
               Intercompany  Indebtedness  unless such  equitable  subordination
               arose  out of or  resulted  from  the  acts or  omissions  of any
               lenders under the Credit Facility; and

          (b)  any   intercompany   notes   representing   any  Credit  Facility
               Intercompany Indebtedness that are pledged to secure Indebtedness
               under such Credit  Facility are at all times limited in aggregate
               amount to the balance at any time  outstanding  under such Credit
               Facility;

     (3)  Liens in favor of NWS or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (4)  Liens on  property  of a Person  existing  at the time such  Person is
          merged into or consolidated  with NWS or any Restricted  Subsidiary of
          NWS;  provided  that  such  Liens  were  in  existence  prior  to  the
          contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any
          assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with
          NWS;

     (5)  Liens on property  existing at the time of acquisition  thereof by NWS
          or any  Subsidiary of NWS,  provided that such Liens were in existence
          prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

     (6)  Liens to secure the  performance of statutory  obligations,  surety or
          appeal bonds,  performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
          incurred in the ordinary course of business;


<PAGE>

     (7)  Liens to secure  Indebtedness  including  Capital  Lease  Obligations,
          permitted  by  clause  (5) of the  second  paragraph  of the  covenant
          entitled  "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"
          covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

     (8)  Liens existing on the date of the indenture;

     (9)  Liens for taxes,  assessments or  governmental  charges or claims that
          are not yet  delinquent  or that are being  contested in good faith by
          appropriate  proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded,
          provided that any reserve or other  appropriate  provision as shall be
          required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

     (10) Liens  incurred  in the  ordinary  course  of  business  of NWS or any
          Subsidiary of NWS with respect to obligations  that do not exceed $5.0
          million at any one time outstanding and that:

          (a)  are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the
               obtaining  of advances or credit  other than trade  credit in the
               ordinary course of business, and

          (b)  do not in the aggregate  materially detract from the value of the
               property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of
               business by NWS or such Subsidiary;

     (11) Liens on assets of Unrestricted  Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse
          Debt of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

     (12) Liens on assets of a  Receivables  Subsidiary  incurred in  connection
          with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

     "Permitted Quarterly Tax Distribution" means quarterly distributions of Tax
Amounts  determined on the basis of the estimated taxable income of NWS, for the
related Estimation Period, provided, however, that:

     (1)  prior to any  distributions  of Tax  Amounts,  NWS  shall  deliver  an
          officers'   certificate   certifying   that  the  Tax  Amounts  to  be
          distributed were determined pursuant to the terms of the indenture and
          stating  to the  effect  that NWS  qualifies  as an  S-Corporation  or
          substantially  similar  pass-through  entity  for  federal  income tax
          purposes; and

     (2)  at the time of such  distributions,  the most recent audited financial
          statements of NWS reflect that NWS was treated as an  S-Corporation or
          substantially  similar  pass-through  entity  for  federal  income tax
          purposes for the period covered by such financial statements.

     "Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of NWS or any
of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of
which are used to extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  defease or refund other
Indebtedness of NWS or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:

     (1)  the  principal  amount  or  accreted  value,  if  applicable,  of such
          Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness  does not  exceed  the  principal
          amount of or accreted value, if applicable,  plus accrued interest on,
          the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced,  renewed, replaced, defeased
          or  refunded  plus the  amount  of  reasonable  expenses  incurred  in
          connection therewith;

     (2)  such  Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness  has a final  maturity date
          later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life
          to Maturity  equal to or greater  than the  Weighted  Average  Life to
          Maturity of, the  Indebtedness  being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,
          replaced, defeased or refunded;


<PAGE>

     (3)  if the Indebtedness  being extended,  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,
          defeased  or  refunded  is  subordinated  in right of  payment  to the
          exchange notes,  such Permitted  Refinancing  Indebtedness has a final
          maturity  date  later  than  the  final   maturity  date  of,  and  is
          subordinated  in right of payment to, the  exchange  notes on terms at
          least as favorable to the holders of exchange notes as those contained
          in  the  documentation  governing  the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
          refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

     (4)  such  Indebtedness  is  incurred  either  by NWS or by the  Restricted
          Subsidiary  who is the  obligor on the  Indebtedness  being  extended,
          refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

     "Principal" means James E. LaCrosse.

     "Qualified  Receivables  Transaction"  means any  transaction  or series of
transactions  entered into by NWS or any of its  Subsidiaries  pursuant to which
NWS or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to

     (1)  a Receivables  Subsidiary,  in the case of a transfer by NWS or any of
          its Subsidiaries, and

     (2)  any  other  Person,  in  the  case  of a  transfer  by  a  Receivables
          Subsidiary,

or grants a security interest in, any accounts  receivable  whether now existing
or  arising  in the  future of NWS or any of its  Subsidiaries,  and any  assets
related thereto  including,  without  limitation,  all collateral  securing such
accounts  receivable,  all contracts and all guarantees or other  obligations in
respect of such accounts  receivable,  proceeds of such accounts  receivable and
other assets which are  customarily  transferred or in respect of which security
interests  are  customarily  granted in  connection  with  asset  securitization
transactions involving accounts receivable.

     "Quarterly Payment Period" means the period commencing on the tenth day and
ending  on and  including  the  twentieth  date of each  month in which  federal
individual  estimated tax payments are due (provided that payments in respect of
estimated  state income taxes due in January may instead,  at the option of NWS,
be paid during the last five days of the immediately preceding December.

     "Receivables  Subsidiary"  means a  Subsidiary  of NWS which  engages in no
activities  other than in connection  with the financing of accounts  receivable
and which is designated by the Board of Directors of NWS (as provided  below) as
a Receivables Subsidiary,

     (1)  no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations, contingent or
          otherwise, of which:

          (a)  is  guaranteed  by  NWS  or  any  Subsidiary  of  NWS,  excluding
               Guarantees  of  Obligations,  other  than the  principal  of, and
               interest   on,   Indebtedness    pursuant   to   representations,
               warranties,   covenants  and  indemnities  entered  into  in  the
               ordinary  course  of  business  in  connection  with a  Qualified
               Receivables Transaction,

          (b)  is recourse to or obligates  NWS or any  Subsidiary of NWS in any
               way other than pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants
               and  indemnities  entered into in the ordinary course of business
               in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, or


<PAGE>

          (c)  subjects  any property or asset of NWS or any  Subsidiary  of NWS
               other than accounts  receivable and related assets as provided in
               the definition of "Qualified Receivables  Transaction",  directly
               or indirectly,  contingently  or otherwise,  to the  satisfaction
               thereof,  other than  pursuant  to  representations,  warranties,
               covenants and indemnities  entered into in the ordinary course of
               business in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction,

     (2)  with which  neither  NWS nor any  Subsidiary  of NWS has any  material
          contract, agreement,  arrangement or understanding other than on terms
          no less favorable to NWS or such  Subsidiary  than those that might be
          obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of NWS, other
          than fees  payable in the  ordinary  course of business in  connection
          with servicing accounts receivable; and

     (3)  with which neither NWS nor any Subsidiary of NWS has any obligation to
          maintain or preserve such  Subsidiary's  financial  condition or cause
          such  Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of operating  results.  Any
          such designation by the Board of Directors of NWS will be evidenced to
          the  Trustee  by  filing  with the  Trustee  a  certified  copy of the
          resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  of NWS giving  effect to such
          designation  and  an  officers'   certificate   certifying  that  such
          designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

     "Related Party" means

     (1)  any immediate family member of the Principal; and

     (2)  any   trust,   corporation,   partnership   or   other   entity,   the
          beneficiaries,  stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially
          holding an 80% or more  controlling  interest of which  consist of the
          Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in this definition.

     "Restricted   Investment"  means  an  Investment  other  than  a  Permitted
Investment.

     "Restricted  Subsidiary"  of a Person means any  Subsidiary of the referent
Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     "S-Corp.  Businesses" means NWS and any Subsidiary of NWS that qualifies as
a qualified  subchapter S Subsidiary or is classified as a partnership  or other
pass-through entity for federal income tax purposes.

     "Significant  Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "Significant
Subsidiary"  as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation  S-X,  promulgated
pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

     "Stated  Maturity"  means,  with respect to any  installment of interest or
principal  on any  series of  Indebtedness,  the date on which  such  payment of
interest or principal  was  scheduled  to be paid in the original  documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to
repay,  redeem or repurchase  any such  interest or principal  prior to the date
originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person,

     (1)  any  corporation,  association or other business  entity of which more
          than  50% of the  total  voting  power  of  shares  of  Capital  Stock
          entitled, without regard to the occurrence of any contingency, to vote
          in the election of directors,  managers or trustees  thereof is at the
          time owned or controlled,  directly or  indirectly,  by such Person or
          one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person, or a combination
          thereof; and


<PAGE>

     (2)  any partnership  (a) the sole general partner or the managing  general
          partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary  of such Person or (b)
          the only  general  partners of which are such Person or of one or more
          Subsidiaries of such Person or any combination thereof.

     "Tax Amounts" with respect to any taxable period shall not exceed an amount
equal to:

     (1)  the product of:

          (a)  the taxable  income of NWS for such period as  determined  by the
               Tax Amounts CPA, and

          (b)  the Tax Percentage reduced by:

     (2)  to the  extent  not  previously  taken  into  account,  any income tax
          benefit attributable to NWS which could be realized, without regard to
          the actual  realization,  by its  shareholders  in the  current or any
          prior  taxable year,  or portion  thereof,  commencing on or after the
          Issue Date  including  any tax losses or tax credits,  computed at the
          applicable Tax Percentage for the year that such benefit is taken into
          account for purposes of this computation.

     "Tax  Amounts CPA" means Katz,  Sapper & Miller or a nationally  recognized
certified public accounting firm.

     "Tax  Percentage"  means,  for  a  particular  taxable  year,  the  highest
effective  marginal combined rate of federal and state income tax, imposed on an
individual taxpayer,  as certified by the Tax Amounts CPA in a certificate filed
with the  Trustee.  The rate of "state  income tax" to be taken into account for
purposes of determining  the Tax Percentage for a particular  taxable year shall
be  deemed  to be  the  highest  state  marginal  tax  rate  applicable  to  any
stockholder.

     "True-up Amount" means, in respect of a particular  taxable year, an amount
determined by the Tax Amounts CPA equal to the difference between

     (1)  the  aggregate   Permitted   Quarterly  Tax   Distributions   actually
          distributed in respect of such taxable year, and

     (2)  the actual Tax Amounts for such year.

     For purposes of this Agreement,  the amount equal to the excess, if any, of
the amount described in clause (1) over the amount described in clause (2) above
shall be referred to as the "True-up Amount due to NWS" and the excess,  if any,
of the amount  described  in clause (2) over the amount  described in clause (1)
above shall be referred to as the "True-up Amount due to the shareholders."

     "True-up  Determination  Date"  means the date on which the Tax Amounts CPA
delivers a statement to the Trustee indicating the True-up Amount.

     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of NWS that is designated by
the  Board  of  Directors  as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  pursuant  to a board
resolution; but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

     (1)  has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

     (2)  is not party to any agreement,  contract, arrangement or understanding
          with NWS or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless the terms of any
          such agreement,  contract,  arrangement or  understanding  are no less
          favorable to NWS or such  Restricted  Subsidiary than those that might
          be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of NWS;


<PAGE>

     (3)  is a  Person  with  respect  to  which  neither  NWS  nor  any  of its
          Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation:

          (a)  to subscribe for additional Equity Interests, or

          (b)  to maintain or preserve such Person's  financial  condition or to
               cause such Person to achieve any  specified  levels of  operating
               results;

     (4)  has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit
          support  for  any  Indebtedness  of  NWS  or  any  of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries; and

     (5)  has at least  one  director  on its Board of  Directors  that is not a
          director  or  executive  officer  of NWS  or  any  of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries  and has at least  one  executive  officer  that is not a
          director  or  executive  officer  of NWS  or  any  of  its  Restricted
          Subsidiaries.

     Any such  designation  by the Board of Directors  shall be evidenced to the
Trustee by filing  with the  Trustee a  certified  copy of the board  resolution
giving effect to such designation and an officers'  certificate  certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by the
covenant  described  above  under  the  caption  "Certain  Covenants--Restricted
Payments."

     If,  at any  time,  any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  would  fail to meet  the
foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary,  it shall thereafter cease
to be  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  for  purposes  of  the  indenture  and  any
Indebtedness of such  Subsidiary  shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of NWS as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to
be  incurred  as of such date under the  covenant  described  under the  caption
"Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and Issuance of Preferred  Stock," NWS shall be in
default of such covenant.

     The Board of Directors of NWS may at any time  designate  any  Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided that such designation shall
be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted  Subsidiary of NWS
of any  outstanding  Indebtedness  of  such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  and  such
designation shall only be permitted if:

     (1)  such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant  described under the
          caption "Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
          Preferred  Stock,"  calculated  on  a  pro  forma  basis  as  if  such
          designation  had  occurred  at  the  beginning  of  the   four-quarter
          reference period; and

     (2)  no Default or Event of Default  would be in existence  following  such
          designation.

     "Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person  that is at the time  entitled  to vote in the  election  of the Board of
Directors of such Person.

     "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

     (1)  the sum of the products obtained by multiplying:


<PAGE>

          (a)  the  amount of each then  remaining  installment,  sinking  fund,
               serial   maturity  or  other  required   payments  of  principal,
               including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by

          (b)  the number of years calculated to the nearest  one-twelfth,  that
               will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by

     (2)  the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

CERTAIN BOOK-ENTRY PROCEDURES FOR THE GLOBAL NOTES

     The  descriptions  of the operations  and procedures of DTC,  Euroclear and
Cedel set forth  below are  provided  solely as a matter of  convenience.  These
operations  and  procedures  are  solely  within the  control of the  respective
settlement  systems and are subject to change by them from time to time. Neither
NWS nor the initial  purchasers takes any responsibility for these operations or
procedures,  and  investors  are urged to contact  the  relevant  systems or its
participants directly to discuss these matter.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

     Except as set  forth  below,  the notes  will be in the form of one or more
registered  global  notes  without  interest  coupons.  The global notes will be
deposited with the trustee,  as custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of
DTC or its  nominee  for credit to the  accounts  of DTC's  Direct and  Indirect
Participants  (as defined  below).  Transfer of  beneficial  interests in global
notes will be  subject to the  applicable  rules and  procedures  of DTC and its
Direct and Indirect Participants, which may change from time to time.

     The  global  notes may be  transferred,  in whole and not in part,  only to
another  nominee  of DTC or to a  successor  of DTC or its  nominee  in  certain
limited circumstances. Beneficial interests in the global notes may be exchanged
for notes in certificated form in certain limited circumstances. 

     Initially,  the trustee will act as paying agent and  registrar.  The notes
may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the
registrar.

     Depositary Procedures

     DTC has advised NWS that it is a  limited-purpose  trust company created to
hold securities for its participating organizations  (collectively,  the "Direct
Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in
those  securities  between Direct  Participants  through  electronic  book-entry
changes in accounts of Participants.  The Direct Participants include securities
brokers and dealers  (including the initial  purchasers),  banks, trust company,
clearing  corporations and certain other organizations,  including Euroclear and
Cedel.  Access to DTC's system is also  available to other  entities  that clear
through, or maintain a direct or indirect custodial  relationship with, a Direct
Participant (collectively, the "Indirect Participants").

     DTC has advised NWS that, pursuant to DTC's procedures, (1) upon deposit of
the global  notes,  DTC will  credit  the  accounts  of the Direct  Participants
designated by the initial  purchasers with an interest in the global notes,  and
(2) DTC will maintain records of the ownership  interests of Direct Participants
in the global  notes and the  transfer  of  ownership  interests  by and between
Direct  Participants.  However,  DTC will not maintain  records of the ownership
interests  of, or the transfer of ownership  interests by and between,  Indirect
Participants or other owners of beneficial interests in the global notes. Direct
Participants  and Indirect  Participants  must maintain their own records of the
ownership  interests of, and the transfer of ownership interests by and between,
Indirect  Participants  and other owners of  beneficial  interests in the global
notes.


<PAGE>

     Investors in the global  notes may hold their  interests  therein  directly
through  DTC if  they  are  Direct  Participants  in DTC or  indirectly  through
organizations that are Direct Participants in DTC. Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of New York,  Brussels  office is the operator and depository of Euroclear,  and
Citibank,  N.A. is the  operator  and  depository  of CEDEL (each a "nominee" of
Euroclear  and CEDEL,  respectively).  Therefore,  they will each be recorded on
DTC's records as the holders of all ownership  interests  held by them on behalf
of Euroclear and CEDEL, respectively. Euroclear and CEDEL must maintain on their
own records the ownership interests, and transfers of ownership interests by and
between,  their own customers'  securities accounts.  DTC will not maintain such
records.  All  ownership  interests  in any  global  notes,  including  those of
customers'  securities  accounts held through Euroclear or CEDEL, may be subject
to the procedures and requirements of DTC.

     The laws of some states'  jurisdictions  may require  that certain  persons
take physical delivery in definitive, certificated form, of securities that they
own. This may limit or curtail the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a
global  note to such  persons.  Because  DTC can act only on  behalf  of  Direct
Participants,  which in turn act on behalf of Indirect  Participants and others,
the ability of a person having a beneficial  interest in a global note to pledge
such interest to persons or entities that are not Direct Participants in DTC, or
to otherwise take actions in respect of such  interests,  may be affected by the
lack of physical certificates evidencing such interests.

     Except as  described  in  "--Transfers  of  Interests  in Global  Notes for
Certificated  Notes",  owners of  beneficial  interests in the global notes will
not:

o    have notes registered in their names;

o    receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form; or

o    be considered the registered  owners or holders thereof under the indenture
     for any purpose.

     Under the terms of the indenture,  NWS, the guarantors and the trustee will
treat the  persons  in whose  names the notes  are  registered  including  notes
represented by global notes,  as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving
payments  and for any  and  all  other  purposes.  Payments  in  respect  of the
principal,  premium,  liquidated  damages,  if any, and interest on global notes
registered  in the name of DTC or its nominee  will be payable by the trustee to
DTC or its nominee as the registered  holder under the indenture.  Consequently,
neither  NWS,  the  trustee nor any agent of NWS or the trustee has or will have
any  responsibility  or  liability  for (1) any  aspect of DTC's  records or any
Direct Participant's or Indirect  Participant's  records relating to or payments
made on account of  beneficial  ownership  interests  in the global notes or for
maintaining,  supervising  or  reviewing  any of  DTC's  records  or any  Direct
Participant's  or Indirect  Participant's  records  relating  to the  beneficial
ownership  interests in any global note or (2) any other matter  relating to the
actions  and  practices  of DTC or any of its Direct  Participants  or  Indirect
Participants.

     DTC has advised  NWS that its  current  payment  practice  for  payments of
principal,  interest and the like,  with respect to securities such as the notes
is to credit the accounts of the relevant Direct  Participants with such payment
on the  payment  date in  amounts  proportionate  to such  Direct  Participant's
respective  ownership  interests in the global notes as shown on DTC's  records.
Payments by Direct  Participants  and Indirect  Participants  to the  beneficial
owners of the notes will be  governed  by standing  instructions  and  customary
practices  between them and will not be the  responsibility of DTC, the trustee,
NWS or the  guarantors.  Neither  NWS,  the  guarantors  nor the trustee will be
liable for any delay by DTC or its Direct Participants or Indirect  Participants
in identifying the beneficial  owners of the notes,  and NWS and the trustee may
conclusively  rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions  from DTC
or its nominee as the registered owner of the notes for all purposes.


<PAGE>

     Transfers between Direct Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance
with DTC's procedures,  and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between
Indirect Participants in Euroclear or Cedel will be effected in the ordinary way
in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Cross-market transfers between Direct Participants in DTC, on the one hand,
and Indirect  Participants who hold interests in the notes through  Euroclear or
CEDEL, on the other hand, will be effected by Euroclear's or CEDEL's  respective
nominee  through DTC in  accordance  with DTC's rules on behalf of  Euroclear or
CEDEL; however,  delivery of instructions  relating to crossmarket  transactions
must be made  directly  to  Euroclear  or  CEDEL,  as the  case  may be,  by the
counterparty  in accordance  with the rules and procedures of Euroclear or CEDEL
and within their established  deadlines (Brussels time for Euroclear and UK time
for  CEDEL).  Indirect  Participants  who hold  interest  in the  notes  through
Euroclear  and CEDEL may not deliver  instructions  directly to  Euroclear's  or
CEDEL's  nominee.  Euroclear  or  CEDEL  will,  if  the  transaction  meets  its
settlement  requirements,  deliver  instructions  to its  respective  nominee to
deliver or receive  interests on  Euroclear's  or CEDEL's behalf in the relevant
global  note in DTC,  and make or receive  payment  in  accordance  with  normal
procedures for same-day fund settlement applicable to DTC.

     Because of time zone  differences,  the securities  accounts of an Indirect
Participant purchasing an interest in a global note from a Direct Participant in
DTC will be credited,  and any such  crediting  will be reported to Euroclear or
CEDEL during the European business day immediately following the settlement date
of DTC in New York.  Although  recorded in DTC's accounting  records as of DTC's
settlement date in New York,  Euroclear and CEDEL customers will not have access
to the cash  amount  credited  to  their  accounts  as a result  of a sale of an
interest in a global note to a DTC Participant  until the European  business day
for Euroclear or CEDEL immediately following DTC's settlement date.

     DTC has advised NWS that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a
holder of notes only at the  direction  of one or more  Direct  Participants  to
whose account  interests in the global notes are credited and only in respect of
such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes to which such Direct
Participant or Direct  Participants  has or have given  direction.  However,  if
there is an event of default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange
global notes,  without the direction of one or more of its Direct  Participants,
for legended notes in  certificated  form, and to distribute  such  certificated
forms of notes to its Direct  Participants.  

     Although DTC,  Euroclear and CEDEL have agreed to the foregoing  procedures
to  facilitate   transfers  of  interests  in  the  global  notes  among  Direct
Participants,  including  Euroclear  and CEDEL,  they are under no obligation to
perform or to continue to perform such  procedures,  and such  procedures may be
discontinued at any time. None of NWS, the guarantors, the initial purchasers or
the trustee shall have any  responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear
or  CEDEL  or  their  respective  Direct  and  Indirect  Participants  of  their
respective  obligations  under the rules and  procedures  governing any of their
operations.

     Transfers of Interests in Global Notes for Certificated Notes

     An entire global note may be exchanged for definitive  notes in registered,
certificated form without interest coupons  if

     (1)  DTC (a)  notifies  NWS that it is  unwilling  or unable to continue as
          depositary  for the global notes and NWS thereupon  fails to appoint a
          successor Depositary within 90 days or (b) has ceased to be a clearing
          agency registered under the Exchange Act,

     (2)  NWS, at its option,  notifies the trustee in writing that it elects to
          cause the issuance of certificated notes, or

     (3)  there shall have  occurred and be  continuing a default or an event of
          default with respect to the notes.

In any such case,  NWS will  notify  the  trustee  in  writing  that,  upon
surrender  by the Direct and  Indirect  Participants  of their  interest in such
global note,  certificated  notes will be issued to each person that such Direct
and Indirect  Participants and the DTC identify as being the beneficial owner of
the related notes.


<PAGE>

     Beneficial  interests  in  global  notes  held by any  Direct  or  Indirect
Participant may be exchanged for certificated notes upon request to DTC, by such
Direct  Participant for itself or on behalf of an Indirect  Participant,  to the
trustee  in  accordance  with  customary  DTC  procedures.   Certificated  notes
delivered  in exchange  for any  beneficial  interest in any global note will be
registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations,  requested by
DTC on behalf of such Direct or Indirect Participants,  in accordance with DTC's
customary procedures.

     Neither NWS, the guarantors nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by
the holder of any global note or DTC in  identifying  the  beneficial  owners of
notes, and NWS and the trustee may  conclusively  rely on, and will be protected
in relying  on,  instructions  from the holder of the global note or DTC for all
purposes.

     Same Day Settlement and Payment

     The indenture requires that payments in respect of the notes represented by
the global notes including  principal,  premium, if any, interest and liquidated
damages,  if any, be made by wire  transfer of  immediately  available  same day
funds to the accounts  specified by the holder of interests in such global note.
With respect to  certificated  notes,  NWS will make all payments of  principal,
premium,  if any, interest and liquidated  damages,  if any, by wire transfer of
immediately  available  same day funds to the accounts  specified by the holders
thereof  or, if no such  account is  specified,  by mailing a check to each such
holder's  registered  address.   NWS  expects  that  secondary  trading  in  the
certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages

     NWS,  the   guarantors  and  the  initial   purchasers   entered  into  the
Registration  Rights Agreement on January 25, 1999.  Pursuant to this agreement,
NWS and the  guarantors  agreed  to a  registration  statement  relating  to the
exchange offer for the old notes under the Securities Act with the SEC within 60
days of the issue  date,  and to use their  respective  best  efforts to have it
declared  effective at the earliest  possible time. NWS and the guarantors  also
agreed to use  their  best  efforts  to cause the  exchange  offer  registration
statement to be effective  continuously,  to keep the exchange  offer open for a
period of not less than 20 business  days, and to cause the exchange offer to be
consummated  no later than the 30th business day after it is declared  effective
by the SEC.

     If (a) the exchange  offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC policy
or (b) any holder of old notes which are transfer restricted securities notifies
NWS prior to the 20th business day following  the  consummation  of the exchange
offer that:

     (1)  it is  prohibited  by law  or SEC  policy  from  participating  in the
          exchange offer;

     (2)  it may not resell the notes  acquired by it in the  exchange  offer to
          the  public  without  delivering  a  prospectus,  and  the  prospectus
          contained  in  the  exchange  offer  registration   statement  is  not
          appropriate or available for such resales by it; or

     (3)  it is a broker-dealer  and holds old notes acquired  directly from NWS
          or any affiliates of NWS then,

NWS and the guarantors will file with the SEC a shelf registration  statement to
register for public resale the transfer  restricted  securities held by any such
holder who  provides  NWS with certain  information  for  inclusion in the shelf
registration statement.
<PAGE>

     For the purposes of the Registration Rights Agreement, "transfer restricted
securities" means each old note until the earliest of the date of which:

     (1)  such old note is exchanged  in the  exchange  offer and entitled to be
          resold to the public by the holder thereof without  complying with the
          prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

     (2)  such old  note  has been  disposed  of in  accordance  with the  shelf
          registration statement; or

     (3)  such old note is distributed to the public  pursuant to Rule 144 under
          the Securities Act.

     The  Registration  Rights  Agreement  provides that NWS and the  guarantors
agree to pay to each holder of transfer restricted securities liquidated damages
if any of the following registration defaults occur:

     (1)  NWS fails to file an exchange  offer  registration  statement with the
          SEC on or prior to the 60th day after the issue date;

     (2)  the exchange offer registration statement is not declared effective by
          the SEC on or prior to the 150th day after the issue date;

     (3)  the exchange  offer is not  consummated on or before the 30th business
          day  after the  exchange  offer  registration  statement  is  declared
          effective;

     (4)  NWS is obligated to file the shelf registration statement and fails to
          file the shelf registration  statement with the SEC on or prior to the
          30th day after such filing obligation arises;

     (5)  NWS is obligated to file a shelf registration  statement and the shelf
          registration  statement is not  declared  effective on or prior to the
          90th day after the obligation to file a shelf  registration  statement
          arises; or

     (6)  the exchange offer  registration  statement or the shelf  registration
          statement,  as the case may be, is declared  effective but  thereafter
          ceases to be  effective or useable in  connection  with resales of the
          transfer restricted securities,  for such time of non-effectiveness or
          non-usability.
          
     Such liquidated  damages shall be paid in an amount equal to $0.05 per week
per $1,000 in principal  amount of transfer  restricted  securities held by such
holder for each week or portion thereof that the registration  default continues
for the  first  90 day  period  immediately  following  the  occurrence  of such
registration  default. The amount of the liquidated damages shall increase by an
additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of transfer  restricted
securities with respect to each subsequent 90 day period until all  registration
defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of $0.50 per week per $1,000 in
principal amount of transfer restricted securities. NWS and the guarantors shall
not be required to pay liquidated damages for more than one registration default
at any given time. Following the cure of all registration  defaults, the accrual
of liquidated damages will cease.

     All accrued  liquidated  damages shall be paid by NWS or the  guarantors to
holders entitled  thereto by wire transfer to the accounts  specified by them or
by mailing  checks to their  registered  address if no such  accounts  have been
specified.

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     The following is a summary of United States federal income tax consequences
associated with the exchange of the old notes for the exchange notes pursuant to
the exchange offer and the ownership and  disposition of the exchange notes that
are  applicable to those  holders of exchange  notes who purchased the old notes
upon  original  issuance  and who  acquires  an  exchange  note  pursuant to the
exchange offer. The summary is based upon current laws, regulations, rulings and
judicial  decisions,   all  of  which  are  subject  to  change,  possibly  with
retroactive effect, and to differing interpretations.  The discussion below does
not address all aspects of U.S.  federal income taxation that may be relevant to
particular holders in the context of their specific investment  circumstances or
certain types of holders  subject to special  treatment under such laws, such as
financial institutions,  tax-exempt organizations,  insurance company or dealers
in  securities  or  currencies,  persons that will hold notes as a position in a
"straddle" or conversion  transaction,  or as part of a "synthetic  security" or
other  integrated  financial  transaction,  or persons  that have a  "functional
currency"  other than the U.S.  dollar.  In addition,  the  discussion  does not
address  any  aspect  of state,  local or  foreign  taxation  and  assumes  that
purchasers of the notes will hold them as "capital assets", generally,  property
held for investment, within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.


<PAGE>

     For purposes of the discussion, a "U.S. Holder" is:

     o    a beneficial  holder of a note that is an individual  who is a citizen
          or resident of the U.S.;

     o    a  corporation,  partnership or other entity created under the laws of
          the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof; or

     o    an estate  that is subject to U.S.  federal  income  taxation  without
          regard to the  source of income  or a trust  whose  administration  is
          subject to the primary  supervision  of a U.S. court and which has one
          or more  U.S.  persons  who  have  authority  to  control  substantial
          decisions of the trust.

A "Non-U.S. Holder" is any holder who is not a U.S. Holder.

     Prospective  holders of the notes are urged to consult  their tax  advisors
concerning the U.S.  federal income tax  consequences  of acquiring,  owning and
disposing of the notes as well as the  application  of state,  local and foreign
income and other tax laws.

S Corporation Status

     NWS has  elected to be treated as an S  corporation  under the Code and for
each of its  subsidiaries  to be qualified  subchapter S subsidiaries  under the
Code  or  other  similarly  taxed  pass-through   entities.   Accordingly,   the
shareholders   of  NWS  are  directly   subject  to  tax  on  their   respective
proportionate  shares  of the  taxable  income of NWS and its  subsidiaries  for
federal and certain state income tax purposes.

     While NWS believes  that it qualifies  and will continue to qualify as an S
corporation  and that its  subsidiaries  have  qualified  and will  continue  to
qualify  as  S  corporations,  qualified  subchapter  S  subsidiaries  or  other
pass-through  entities for federal and state income tax purposes  ("Pass-Through
Status"),  if the  Pass-Through  Status of NWS or any of its  subsidiaries  were
successfully  challenged,  such  entity  could be  required  to pay  federal and
certain  state income taxes, plus  interest and possibly  penalties, on its past
and future taxable income.  While the shareholders  have agreed to indemnify NWS
if the  Pass-Through  Status of NWS or any of its  subsidiaries  is successfully
challenged,  there can be no  assurance  that the  resultant  payment  of taxes,
interest and penalties will not have a material adverse effect on NWS' financial
condition, results of operations or debt service capabilities.

Continuation of NWS' Status as an S Corporation

     The  consummation  of the initial  offering  was  conditioned,  among other
things,  upon the  receipt by NWS of an  opinion  of Ice Miller  Donadio & Ryan,
counsel to NWS in connection with the initial offering, that the issuance of the
old notes would not cause the termination of the  Pass-Through  Status of NWS or
any of its subsidiaries.  Investors should be aware,  however,  that opinions of
counsel are not binding  upon the  Internal  Revenue  Service or any court,  and
there can be no  assurance  that the  Internal  Revenue  Service or a court will
agree with the  conclusion  expressed  in the  opinion  referred  to above.  The
following  discussion assumes that the notes will be treated as indebtedness for
all federal income tax purposes.


<PAGE>

U.S. Holders

     Exchange Offer

     The exchange of an old note for an exchange  note  pursuant to the exchange
offer  will not  constitute  a  "significant  modification"  of the old note for
United States  federal income tax purposes and,  accordingly,  the exchange note
received will be treated as a  continuation  of the old note in the hand of such
holder.  As a  result,  there  will  be no  United  States  federal  income  tax
consequences to a United States Holder who exchanges an old note for an exchange
note  pursuant  to the  exchange  offer,  and any such holder will have the same
adjusted tax basis and holding  period in the exchange note as it had in the old
note immediately before the exchange.

     Payments of Interest

     Payments of interest on a note will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary
interest  income at the time that such  payments are accrued or are received, in
accordance with the U.S. Holder's method of tax accounting.

     If NWS is required to pay  liquidated  damages,  as  defined  herein  under
"Description of the Exchange  Notes--Registration  Rights; Liquidated Damages",
such payment will be taxable to a U.S.  Holder as ordinary  income in accordance
with such U.S. Holder's method of accounting for tax purposes. NWS believes that
the likelihood  that it would be required to pay  liquidated  damages is remote.
Accordingly,  NWS does not intend to treat the possibility of paying  liquidated
damages as affecting the yield to maturity of the notes.

     Redemption, Sale or Other Disposition of Exchange Notes

     If a note is  redeemed,  sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  a U.S.  Holder
generally will recognize gain or loss equal to the excess of the amount realized
on the sale or other  disposition  of such note, to the extent  such amount does
not represent  accrued but unpaid interest, over such U.S. Holder's tax basis in
the note. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, assuming that the U.S.
Holder  has held  the note as a  capital  asset  and none of the gain is  market
discount. Capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain if the U.S. Holder
has held the note for more than 12 months at the time of disposition.

     A "market  discount  note" is a note  that is  acquired  other  than at the
original  issuance,  where the tax basis of the note to the  holder is less than
the  stated  redemption  price  of the  note at  maturity.  The  excess  of such
redemption price over the tax basis is the "market  discount." In general,  upon
the  disposition of a market  discount  note,  gain shall be treated as ordinary
income up to the  amount of market  discount  attributable  to the holder of the
note.  Holders who acquire a note after original  issuance at a discount  should
consult their tax advisors concerning the recognition of the market discount.

     Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

     A noncorporate  U.S. Holder may be subject to information  reporting and to
backup  withholding  at a rate of 31% with respect to payments of principal  and
interest  made  on a  note,  or on  proceeds  of  disposition  of a note  before
maturity, unless such U.S. Holder provides proof of an applicable exemption or a
correct taxpayer  identification  number, and otherwise complies with applicable
requirements of the information reporting and backup withholding rules.


<PAGE>

     Any amounts withheld under the backup  withholding rules will be allowed as
a refund or credit against the U.S.  Holder's U.S.  federal income tax liability
provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Non-U.S. Holders

     Payments of Interest

     No withholding of U.S.  federal income tax will be required with respect to
payments  by NWS of  interest  on a note to a  Non-U.S.  Holder  of  such  note,
provided that:

     o    the Holder does not actually or constructively  own 10% or more of the
          total combined voting power of all classes of stock of NWS entitled to
          vote, is not a controlled  foreign  corporation that is related to NWS
          through stock ownership, a foreign tax-exempt  organization or foreign
          private foundation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and

     o    the  requirements  of  Sections  871(h) or 881(c) of the Code,  as set
          forth below, are satisfied.

     Notwithstanding the above, a Non-U.S. Holder that is engaged in the conduct
of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to:

          (1)  U.S. federal income tax on interest that is effectively connected
               with such trade or business and

          (2)  if the Non-U.S.  Holder is a corporation,  a U.S.  branch profits
               tax  equal  to 30% of its  "effectively  connected  earnings  and
               profits" (as adjusted) for the taxable year,  unless it qualifies
               for an  exemption  from  such tax or a lower  tax  rate  under an
               applicable treaty.

     Redemption, Sale or Other Disposition of Exchange Notes

     A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to tax on any capital gains
recognized upon the redemption,  sale, or other disposition of a note unless

     (1) such gain is effectively  connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or
business by the Non-U.S. Holder, or

     (2) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is a nonresident alien individual,
such holder is present in the U.S.  for 183 or more days in the taxable year and
certain other requirements are met.

In the case of (1) above, the Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to tax on its
Net Income at graduated  rates.  In the case of (2) above,  the non-U.S.  Holder
will be subject to tax at a rate of 30% on any such capital  gains to the extent
that such capital gains exceed his U.S. source capital losses.

     Federal Estate Tax

     A note held by an  individual  who at the time of death is not a citizen or
resident of the U.S. will not be subject to U.S.  federal estate tax as a result
of such  individual's  death,  provided that the individual does not actually or
constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes
of stock of NWS entitled to vote and that the interest accrued on such notes was
not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.


<PAGE>



     Owner Statement Requirement

     Sections  871(h) and 881(c) of the Code require that either the  beneficial
owner of a note or a securities clearing  organization,  bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business and that holds a note on behalf of such owner file a statement  with
NWS or its agent to the effect that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. Person in
order  to  avoid   withholding  of  U.S.   federal  income  tax.  Under  current
regulations, this requirement will be satisfied if NWS or its agent receives

     (1) a statement (an "Owner's  Statement")  from the  beneficial  owner of a
note in which such owner certifies,  under penalties of perjury, that such owner
is not a U.S. Person and provides such owner's name and address, or

     (2) a statement from the financial  institution  holding the note on behalf
of the beneficial  owner in which such financial  institution  certifies,  under
penalties of perjury, that it has received the Owner's Statement together with a
copy of the Owner's Statement.

The beneficial owner must inform NWS or its agent or, in the case of
a statement described in clause (2) of the immediately  preceding sentence,  the
financial  institution,  within  30 days of any  change  in  information  on the
Owner's Statement.

     Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

     Under current U.S. federal income tax law, a 31% backup  withholding tax is
applied  to  certain  payments  made to,  and to the  proceeds  of sales  before
maturity  by,  certain U.S.  Persons if such  Persons 

     (1) fail to furnish their taxpayer  identification  numbers  which,  for an
individual, would be his or her social security number, or

     (2) in certain circumstances,  fail to certify, under penalties of perjury,
that they have both furnished a correct taxpayer  identification  number and not
been  notified by the Internal  Revenue  Service that they are subject to backup
withholding for failure to report interest payments.

Under current  regulations,  this backup  withholding will not apply to payments
made by NWS or a paying  agent on a note if the Owner's  Statement  is received;
provided in each case that NWS or the paying agent, as the case may be, does not
have actual knowledge that the payee is a U.S. Person.

     Under current  regulations,  payments of the proceeds of the sale of a note
to or  through a foreign  office of a  "broker"  will not be  subject  to backup
withholding but will be subject to information reporting if the broker is a U.S.
Person, a controlled  foreign  corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
or a foreign  Person 50% or more of whose gross  income is from a U.S.  trade or
business for a specified  three-year period unless the broker has in its records
documentary  evidence that the holder of a note is not a U.S. Person and certain
conditions are met or the holder of a note  otherwise  establishes an exemption.
Payment of the  proceeds of a sale to or through the U.S.  office or a broker is
subject  to backup  withholding  and  information  reporting  unless  the holder
certifies  its  non-U.S.   status  under   penalties  of  perjury  or  otherwise
establishes an exemption.

     On  October  7,  1997,  the  Treasury   Department  released  new  Treasury
Regulations   governing  the  backup   withholding  and  information   reporting
requirements  described above. The new regulations would not generally alter the
treatment of Non-U.S. Holders who furnish an Owner's Statement to the payor. The
new regulations may change certain  procedures  applicable to the foreign office
of a U.S. broker or foreign brokers with certain types of  relationships  to the
U.S. Based on a recent  Internal  Revenue  Service  notice,  the new regulations
generally are effective for payments made after  December 31, 1999.  Prospective
investors  should  consult their tax advisors  regarding the effect,  if any, of
such new Treasury Regulations on an investment in the notes.


<PAGE>



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Based on  interpretations  by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued
to third parties in similar  transactions,  NWS believes that the exchange notes
issued in the  exchange  offer in exchange  for the old notes may be offered for
resale,  resold and otherwise transferred by holders without compliance with the
registration and prospectus  delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that the exchange  notes are acquired in the  ordinary  course of such  holders'
business and the holders are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and
have no  arrangement  or  understanding  with any  person to  participate  in, a
distribution of exchange notes.  This position does not apply to any holder that
is 

     (1) an  "affiliate"  of NWS  within  the  meaning  of Rule  406  under  the
Securities Act,

     (2) a broker-dealer who acquired old notes directly from NWS, or

     (3)  broker-dealers  who acquired old notes as a result of market-making or
other trading activities.

     Any broker-dealer ("Participating Broker-Dealers") receiving exchange notes
in the exchange  offer are subject to a  prospectus  delivery  requirement  with
respect  to  resales  of the  exchange  notes.  To date,  the SEC has  taken the
position that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery
requirements  with respect to  transactions  involving an exchange of securities
such as the exchange  pursuant to the exchange offer,  other than a resale of an
unsold allotment from the sale of the old notes to the initial purchasers,  with
this prospectus.

     Each  broker-dealer  receiving  exchange  notes for its own  account in the
exchange offer must  acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in any resale
of the exchange notes.  Participating  Broker-Dealers may use this prospectus in
reselling  exchange notes, if the old notes were acquired for their own accounts
as a result of  market-making  activities or other trading  activities.  NWS has
agreed that a Participating  Broker-Dealer  may use this prospectus in reselling
exchange  notes for a period  ending one year after the  expiration  date or, if
earlier, when a Participating  Broker-Dealer has disposed of all exchange notes.
A Participating  Broker-Dealer intending to use this prospectus in the resale of
exchange  notes must  notify NWS on or before the  expiration  date that it is a
Participating Broker-Dealer.  This notice may be given in the space provided for
in the letter of transmittal or may be delivered to the exchange agent.  NWS has
agreed that,  for a period of one year after the  expiration  date, it will make
this prospectus,  and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus,  available
to any broker-dealer that requests these documents in the letter of transmittal.

     NWS  will  not  receive  any  cash  proceeds   from  the  exchange   notes.
Broker-dealers  acquiring  exchange  notes for their own  accounts  may sell the
notes in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter  market, in negotiated
transactions,  through writing options on the exchange notes or a combination of
such  methods.  Any resale may be made  directly to  purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive  compensation  in the form of  commissions or
concessions from any broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of exchange notes.

     Any broker-dealer reselling exchange notes that it received in the exchange
offer and any broker or dealer that  participates  in a distribution of exchange
notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter"  within the meaning of the Securities
Act.  Any  profit  on any  resale  of  exchange  notes  and any  commissions  or
concessions   received  by  any  persons  may  be  deemed  to  be   underwriting
compensation  under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by
acknowledging   that  it  will  deliver  and  by  delivering  a  prospectus,   a
broker-dealer  will not admit that it is an "underwriter"  within the meaning of
the Securities Act.

LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the exchange  notes offered  hereby will be passed upon for
NWS by Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan, Indianapolis, Indiana.

<PAGE>

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     In 1998, NWS reassessed its requirements for auditing services. NWS advised
Katz,  Sapper & Miller,  its  independent  auditors at that time,  that it would
interview national  accounting firms prior to retaining an auditor for its March
31, 1998 audit.  Following such interviews,  in March, 1998 NWS retained Ernst &
Young  LLP as its  independent  auditors.  Katz,  Sapper  & Miller  audited  the
consolidated  financial  statements  of NWS for the years  ended  March 31, 1994
through  March 31,  1997.  During  such  years,  the  auditors'  reports on such
financial statements contained no adverse opinions or disclaimers of opinion and
there  were  no   qualifications   or  modifications  of  the  opinions  due  to
uncertainty,  audit scope, or accounting  principles.  During such period, there
were  no  disagreements  with  NWS'  independent  auditors  on  any  matters  of
accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures, or auditing
scope or procedure.

EXPERTS

     The consolidated  financial statements of National Wine & Spirits,  Inc. at
March 31, 1998,  and for the year then ended,  appearing in this  prospectus and
registration  statement  have been  audited  by Ernst & Young  LLP,  independent
auditors,  and at March 31,  1997,  and for each of the two years in the  period
ended March 31, 1997, by Katz, Sapper & Miller, LLP, independent auditors as set
forth in their respective  reports thereon appearing  elsewhere herein,  and are
included in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of such firms as
experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     NWS has filed  with the SEC a  registration  statement  on Form S-4 for the
registration  of the exchange  notes  (together with all  amendments,  exhibits,
schedules  and  supplements   thereto,  the  "Registration   Statement").   This
prospectus,  which  constitutes a part of the registration  statement,  does not
contain all of the  information set forth in the  registration  statement or the
exhibits to the registration statement.

     NWS is not  currently  subject  to the  informational  requirements  of the
Exchange Act. Upon completion of the exchange offer,  NWS will be subject to the
information  requirements  of the  Exchange  Act and  will be  required  to file
periodic reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement,
such reports and other  information  can be  inspected  and copied at the public
reference facilities of the SEC located in Washington D.C, Chicago, Illinois and
New York,  New York.  Copies of such  material,  including  copies of all or any
portion  of the  registration  statement,  can be  obtained  from  these  public
reference  facilities at prescribed rates.  These materials may also be accessed
electronically by means of the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).

     Pursuant to the Indenture,  NWS has agreed that,  beginning with the fiscal
period ending December 31, 1998 and for as long as any notes remain outstanding,
it will  furnish to the  holders  of the notes  quarterly  and annual  financial
statements substantially equivalent to financial statements that would have been
included  in reports  filed with the SEC,  if NWS were  subject to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, including, with respect to annual information only, a
report thereon by NWS' certified independent public accountants as such would be
required  in such  reports  to the  SEC,  and,  in each  case,  together  with a
management's  discussion  and  analysis of  financial  condition  and results of
operations  which  would be so  required.  Such  requirements  may be  satisfied
through the filing and  provision  of such  documents  and  reports  which would
otherwise be required pursuant to Section 13 in respect of NWS.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>

                                                                                                                     Page

National Wine & Spirits, Inc.
Reports of Independent Auditors..................................................................................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1997 and 1998 and as of December 31, 1998 (unaudited)................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the nine-month periods
   ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)..................................................................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the
   nine-month period ended December 31, 1998 (unaudited)............................................................ F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the nine-month
   periods ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)............................................................. F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................................... F-8

</TABLE>



<PAGE>




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Boards of Directors and Stockholders
National Wine & Spirits, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of National Wine &
Spirits,  Inc. as of March 31, 1998, and the related consolidated  statements of
income,  stockholders'  equity  and cash  flows for the year then  ended.  These
financial   statements  are  the   responsibility   of  NWS'   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial position of National Wine &
Spirits,  Inc. at March 31, 1998, and the consolidated results of its operations
and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.




                               Ernst & Young LLP


Indianapolis, Indiana
July 17, 1998




<PAGE>


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Boards of Directors and Stockholders
National Wine & Spirits, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of National Wine &
Spirits,  Inc. as of March 31, 1997, and the related consolidated  statements of
income,  stockholders'  equity  and cash  flows for each of the two years in the
period then ended.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of NWS'
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial position of National Wine &
Spirits,  Inc. at March 31, 1997, and the consolidated results of its operations
and its  cash  flows  for  each of the two  years in the  period  then  ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                              Katz, Sapper & Miller, LLP


Indianapolis, Indiana
June 18, 1997 (except for
Note 4, as to which the
date is September 2, 1997)


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<S>                                                                    <C>                 <C>           <C>
                                                                                   March 31,                December 31,
                                                                       -------------------------------   ---------------
                                                                              1997             1998             1998
                                                 ASSETS                                                     (Unaudited)
Current assets:
   Cash............................................................... $   3,395,000      $  1,370,000   $  3,217,000
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of                            
      $926,000 in 1997, $900,000 in 1998 and $1,370,000 at                34,740,000        31,313,000     56,361,000
      December 31, 1998...............................................
   Inventories........................................................    72,078,000        76,734,000     74,563,000
   Prepaid expenses and other.........................................     4,123,000         4,933,000      3,759,000
                                                                       -------------      ------------   ------------

Total current assets..................................................   114,336,000       114,350,000    137,900,000
Property and equipment, net...........................................    40,670,000        48,565,000     49,948,000
Other assets:
   Notes receivable...................................................        55,000         1,772,000      1,653,000
   Cash surrender value of life insurance, net of loans...............       904,000         1,396,000      1,631,000
   Investment in Kentucky Distributor.................................            --                --      6,400,000
   Intangible assets, net of amortization.............................     3,068,000         2,487,000      3,760,000
   Deferred pension costs.............................................       489,000           362,000        451,000
   Deposits and other.................................................       844,000           170,000        393,000
                                                                       -------------      ------------   ------------

Total other assets....................................................     5,360,000         6,187,000     14,288,000
                                                                       -------------      ------------   ------------

Total assets.......................................................... $ 160,366,000      $169,102,000   $202,136,000
                                                                       =============      ============   ============



                                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable................................................... $  31,239,000      $ 33,721,000    $   39,543,000
   Accrued payroll and payroll taxes..................................     4,838,000         5,034,000         5,354,000
   Excise taxes payable...............................................     7,981,000         5,883,000         4,872,000
   Other accrued expenses and taxes...................................     5,366,000         7,086,000         5,824,000
   Notes payable to stockholders......................................     5,450,000         6,135,000          --
   Current maturities of long-term debt...............................     5,163,000         6,200,000       100,224,000


Total current liabilities.............................................    60,037,000        64,059,000       155,817,000
Deferred pension liability............................................       927,000           362,000           479,000
Long-term debt........................................................    88,932,000        90,099,000        20,721,000


Total liabilities.....................................................   149,896,000       154,520,000       177,017,000
Stockholders' equity:
   Voting common stock, $.01 par value................................         1,000             1,000             1,000
   Nonvoting common stock $.01 par value..............................        53,000            53,000            53,000
   Additional paid-in capital.........................................    23,202,000        23,202,000        25,009,000
   Retained earnings (deficit)........................................    (2,357,000)        1,929,000         5,708,000
   Unrecognized net pension loss......................................      (438,000)               --                --


                                                                          20,461,000        25,185,000        30,771,000
   Notes receivable from stockholders.................................    (9,991,000)      (10,603,000)       (5,652,000)


Total stockholders' equity............................................    10,470,000        14,582,000        25,119,000


Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................ $ 160,366,000      $169,102,000     $ 202,136,000

See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<S>                                               <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
                                                                                                            Nine months ended
                                                                    Years Ended March 31,                      December 31,

                                                       1996            1997           1998            1997            1998
                                                                                                   (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)
Net product sales...........................      $ 443,257,000   $ 488,071,000  $ 505,141,000   $ 401,927,000   $ 423,367,000
Distribution fees...........................                 --       2,729,000     16,270,000      13,121,000      14,010,000


   Total revenue............................        443,257,000     490,800,000    521,411,000     415,048,000     437,377,000
Cost of products sold.......................        364,792,000     402,072,000    411,734,000     329,566,000     346,516,000


   Gross profit.............................         78,465,000      88,728,000    109,677,000      85,482,000      90,861,000
Selling, general and administrative expenses:
      Warehouse and delivery................         19,777,000      23,489,000     33,428,000      25,864,000      27,178,000
      Selling...............................         26,213,000      30,906,000     32,328,000      24,483,000      29,421,000
      Administrative........................         22,935,000      24,747,000     30,042,000      21,534,000      22,091,000
      Start-up costs........................                 --       1,157,000      3,320,000       3,163,000              --


                                                     68,925,000      80,299,000     99,118,000      75,044,000      78,690,000


Income from operations......................          9,540,000       8,429,000     10,559,000      10,438,000      12,171,000
Interest expense:
   Related parties..........................           (123,000)       (338,000)      (507,000)       (371,000)       (363,000)
   Third parties............................         (7,812,000)     (8,148,000)    (9,165,000)     (6,954,000)     (7,655,000)


                                                     (7,935,000)     (8,486,000)    (9,672,000)     (7,325,000)     (8,018,000)
Other income:
   Equity earnings in Kentucky distributor..                 --              --             --              --         400,000
   Gain on sale of assets...................            172,000          41,000      4,139,000       4,225,000          97,000
   Interest income..........................            999,000       1,003,000      1,246,000         746,000         749,000
   Rental and other income..................            248,000         616,000        839,000         192,000         187,000


Total other income..........................          1,419,000       1,660,000      6,224,000       5,163,000       1,433,000


Net income..................................      $   3,024,000   $   1,603,000  $  $7,111,000   $   8,276,000   $   5,586,000



See accompanying notes.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<S>                                    <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
                                         $0.01 Par Value                                    Accumulated        Notes
                                          Common Stock         Additional      Retained        Other         Receivable 
                                       -------------------       Paid-in       Earnings    Comprehensive        from    
                                        Voting   Nonvoting       Capital      (Deficit)    Income (Loss)    Stockholders
                                       -------------------     -----------    ----------   -------------   -------------

Balance at April 1, 1995............   $ 1,000  $    4,000     $17,658,000   $ 6,973,000   $  (508,000)    $ (8,766,000)
   Comprehensive income:                                                                                  
      Net income....................        --          --              --     3,024,000            --               --      
      Decrease in unrecognized net                                                                        
        pension loss................        --          --              --            --       292,000               --      


   Total comprehensive income.......        --          --              --            --            --               --      
   Increase in notes receivable from                                                                      
      stockholders..................        --          --              --            --            --         (691,000)
   Distributions to stockholders....                                          (7,835,000)           --               --      
   Capital contributions............        --          --       4,056,000            --            --               --      
   Issuance of 21,347 shares of NWS,                                                                      
      Inc. voting common stock......        --          --              --            --            --               --      
   NWS, Inc. nonvoting common stock                                                                       
      dividend declared.............        --      45,000              --       (45,000)           --               --      


Balance at March 31, 1996...........     1,000      49,000      21,714,000     2,117,000      (216,000)      (9,457,000)
   Comprehensive income:                                                                                  
      Net income....................        --          --              --     1,603,000            --               --      
      Increase in unrecognized net                                                                        
        pension loss................        --          --              --            --      (222,000)              --      


   Total comprehensive income.......        --          --              --            --            --               --      
   Increase in notes receivable from                                                                      
      stockholders..................        --          --              --            --            --         (534,000)
   Distributions to stockholders....        --          --              --    (6,077,000)           --               --      
   Capital contributions............        --          --       1,488,000            --            --               --      
   Issuance of 408,554 shares of NWS,                                                                     
      Inc. nonvoting common stock...        --       4,000              --            --            --               --      


Balance at March 31, 1997...........     1,000      53,000      23,202,000    (2,357,000)     (438,000)      (9,991,000)
   Comprehensive income:                                                                                  
      Net income....................        --          --              --     7,111,000            --               --      
      Decrease in unrecognized net 
        pension loss................        --          --              --            --       438,000               --      


   Total comprehensive income.......        --          --              --            --            --               --      
   Increase in notes receivable from                                                                      
      stockholders..................        --          --              --            --            --         (612,000)
   Distributions to stockholders....        --          --              --    (2,825,000)           --               --      


Balance at March 31, 1998...........     1,000      53,000      23,202,000     1,929,000            --      (10,603,000)
   Unaudited:                                                                                             
      Net income....................        --          --              --     5,586,000            --               --      
      Decrease in notes receivable                                                                        
        from stockholders...........        --          --              --            --            --        4,951,000 
      Conversion of notes payable to                                                                      
        stockholders to equity......        --          --       1,807,000            --            --               --
      Distributions to stockholders.        --          --              --    (1,807,000)           --               --      


Balance at December 31, 1998           $ 1,000  $   53,000     $25,009,000   $ 5,708,000   $        --     $ (5,652,000)
   (Unaudited)......................                                                                




  <C>
     Total        
  Stockholders'   
     Equity       


  $15,362,000     

    3,024,000     

      292,000     


    3,316,000     

     (691,000)    
   (7,835,000)    
    4,056,000     

           --          

           --          


   14,208,000     

    1,603,000     

     (222,000)    


    1,381,000     

     (534,000)    
   (6,077,000)    
    1,488,000     

        4,000     


   10,470,000     

    7,111,000     

      438,000     


    7,549,000     

     (612,000)    
   (2,825,000)    


   14,582,000     

    5,586,000     

    4,951,000     

    1,807,000     
   (1,807,000)    


  $25,119,000     

See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<S>                                                <C>              <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>
                                                                                                           Nine months ended
                                                                Years Ended March 31,                         December 31,

                                                        1996            1997             1998             1997             1998
                                                                                                       (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)
Operating activities:
   Net income...................................   $   3,024,000    $   1,603,000     $  7,111,000    $   8,276,000     $ 5,586,000
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided (used) by operating activities:
        Depreciation of property and equipment..       3,997,000        4,613,000        5,872,000        4,160,000       5,116,000
        Gain on sale of assets..................        (172,000)         (41,000)      (4,139,000)      (4,225,000)        (97,000)
        Amortization of intangible assets.......         905,000        1,144,000        1,243,000          892,000         958,000
        Equity earnings in Kentucky distributor.               -                -                -                -        (400,000)
        Changes in operating assets and
           liabilities:
           Accounts receivable..................      (4,422,000)        (568,000)       3,427,000      (20,707,000)    (25,048,000)
           Inventories..........................     (15,132,000)      (1,191,000)      (4,656,000)       2,038,000       2,171,000
           Prepaid expenses and other...........        (447,000)      (1,692,000)        (810,000)          (8,000)      1,174,000
           Accounts payable.....................       4,413,000          864,000        2,482,000       (4,888,000)      5,822,000
           Accrued expenses and taxes...........       1,107,000        2,207,000         (747,000)        (469,000)     (1,925,000)
                                                   --------------   --------------    -------------   --------------    ------------

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities      (6,727,000)       6,939,000        9,783,000      (14,931,000)     (6,643,000)
Investing activities:
   Purchase of property and equipment...........      (3,609,000)     (10,447,000)     (13,952,000)     (12,069,000)     (6,518,000)
   Proceeds from sales of property and equipment         128,000           88,000          253,000           74,000         116,000
   Investment in Kentucky distributor...........               -                -                -                -      (6,000,000)
   Payment for supplier's net assets............               -         (181,000)               -                -               -
   Intangible assets............................      (1,827,000)        (947,000)        (730,000)        (254,000)     (2,231,000)
   Proceeds from sale of intangibles............               -                -        3,000,000        3,000,000               -
   Deposits and other...........................         (52,000)         (58,000)       1,766,000          (83,000)       (223,000)
   (Increase) decrease in cash surrender value of
     insurance, net.............................        (263,000)         (16,000)        (492,000)          27,000        (235,000)
   Increase in receivable from affiliate........        (143,000)               -                -                -               -
   Decrease (increase) in notes receivable               689,000        1,590,000                -       (1,698,000)        119,000
   from supplier................................
   Collections on notes receivable..............               -           34,000          247,000                -               -
                                                   --------------   --------------    -------------   --------------    ------------

Net cash used by investing activities...........      (5,077,000)      (9,937,000)      (9,908,000)     (11,003,000)    (14,972,000)
Financing activities:
   Net proceeds (borrowings) on line of credit..      15,921,000        1,414,000       (3,078,000)      19,188,000      20,680,000
   Proceeds of long-term debt...................          45,000       13,811,000       11,257,000       12,504,000       8,800,000
   Principal payments on long-term debt.........      (2,038,000)      (7,302,000)      (5,975,000)      (4,983,000)     (4,834,000)
   Proceeds of borrowings from stockholder......       2,463,000        2,919,000          685,000          250,000               -
   Repayments of borrowings from stockholders...        (657,000)               -                -                -               -
   Issuance of NWS, Inc. common stock...........               -            4,000                -                -               -
   Additional paid-in capital...................       4,056,000        1,488,000                -                -               -
   Notes receivable from stockholders and others        (859,000)        (646,000)      (1,964,000)        (376,000)        623,000
   Distributions to stockholders................      (7,142,000)      (6,770,000)      (2,825,000)      (1,120,000)     (1,807,000)
                                                   --------------   --------------    -------------   --------------    ------------

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities      11,789,000        4,918,000       (1,900,000)      24,463,000      23,462,000
                                                   --------------   --------------    -------------   --------------    ------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash.................         (15,000)       1,920,000       (2,025,000)        (471,000)      1,847,000
Cash, beginning of period.......................       1,490,000        1,475,000        3,395,000        3,395,000       1,370,000
                                                   --------------   --------------    -------------   --------------    ------------

Cash, end of period.............................   $   1,475,000    $   3,395,000     $  1,370,000    $   2,924,000     $ 3,217,000
                                                   ==============   ==============    =============   ==============    ============
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     Nature of Business and Principles of Consolidation

     In December 1998, a  reorganization  took place which created a new holding
company,  National Wine & Spirits, Inc. (NWS), NWS. All of the shares of capital
stock in National Wine & Spirits  Corporation  (NWSC) and NWS, Inc.  (NWSI) were
contributed  in  exchange  for shares of NWS.  In  addition,  NWSC  subsequently
distributed all of its shares in NWS Michigan,  Inc. (NWSM) to NWS.  Finally,  a
new  limited  liability  company  subsidiary  of NWSI  was  created  into  which
substantially  all of the Illinois  operations were transferred  (NWS-LLC).  The
reorganization  was  accounted  for as a  combination  of entities  under common
control,  similar to a  pooling-of-interests. As such, the financial  statements
have been  presented  to reflect this  accounting  treatment.  The  consolidated
financial  statements  include the  accounts of NWS,  NWSC,  NWSI and NWSM.  All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated from the
consolidated  financial  statements.  Substantially all revenues result from the
sale of liquor, beer and wine.

     Based in Indianapolis,  NWSC is a wholesale distributor of liquor and wines
throughout Indiana.  Based in Chicago, NWSI is a wholesale distributor of liquor
and wines  throughout  Illinois.  NWSM was  organized  October  18,  1996,  as a
wholesale distributor of liquor throughout Michigan, and commenced operations in
February  1997.  NWSC also operates a bottled water  division and a division for
distribution of cigars and accessories. NWS performs periodic credit evaluations
of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral.
Credit losses have been within management's expectations.

     Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

     The accompanying  unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting   principles  for  interim
financial information and with the instructions to Article 10 of Regulation S-X.
Accordingly,  they do not include all of the  information  and notes required by
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements.

     In the opinion of NWS, all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring
accruals)  considered  necessary to present fairly the financial  position as of
December 31, 1998 and the  statements of income,  stockholders'  equity and cash
flows for the  nine-month  periods  ended  December  31, 1997 and 1998 have been
included.

     Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


<PAGE>




NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     NWS' cash,  accounts  receivable,  short-term  notes  receivable,  accounts
payable,  short-term notes payable and certain other accrued liabilities are all
short-term in nature and the carrying amount approximates fair value.  Long-term
notes receivable and payable have primarily  variable interest rates, thus their
carrying amounts approximate fair value.

     Inventories

     Substantially  all inventories are stated at the lower of cost,  determined
by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, or market.

     Bulk whiskey represents NWS' interest in certain whiskey  inventories which
are being aged by the supplying  distiller.  This interest  serves as collateral
for  related  notes  payable  to the  distiller.  In  accordance  with  industry
practices,  storage and handling  costs  incurred  during the aging  process are
included as a component of the cost of bulk  whiskey.  Bulk whiskey  represented
approximately  $6,200,000 and $4,200,000 of the total inventory balance at March
31, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.  The bulk  whiskey was 100%  financed  through
notes payable and the Company's line of credit.

     Advertising Costs

     Advertising  costs are charged to  operations  when  incurred.  Advertising
expense was  $2,157,000,  $2,712,000  and  $2,087,000  for 1996,  1997 and 1998,
respectively.

     Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are being depreciated using
primarily the straight-line method over their expected useful lives as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                             <C>
Land improvements........................       15 - 40 years
Buildings and improvements...............       10 - 40 years
Furniture and equipment..................         5 - 7 years
Warehouse equipment......................             7 years
Automobiles and trucks...................             5 years

</TABLE>

     Intangible Assets

     Intangible  assets  include  the cost of  certain  assets  obtained  in the
acquisition of various  distributors,  costs incurred in obtaining financing and
amounts  paid to acquire  supplier  distribution  rights.  These costs are being
amortized  by the  straight-line  method over lives of the  agreements  or their
estimated  useful  lives  which  range  from  two  to  ten  years.   Accumulated
amortization  related to these assets was $2,068,000 and $3,311,000 at March 31,
1997 and 1998, respectively. 1.

<PAGE>


1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

     Long-lived Assets

     The carrying value of the  long-lived  assets is  periodically  reviewed by
management.  If this review  indicates  that the carrying  value may be impaired
then the impaired amount will be written off.

     Income Taxes

     There is no provision  for federal or state  income taxes  reflected in the
financial  statements  because the stockholders have consented to NWS' elections
to be taxed as S corporations  under the  applicable  provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code. NWS' income is taxable directly to its stockholders.

     Comprehensive Income

     During the year  ended  March 31,  1998,  NWS  adopted  the  provisions  of
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting of Comprehensive
Income,  which requires entities to report  comprehensive  income in their basic
financial  statements.  Comprehensive income refers to the change in an entity's
equity during a period  resulting  from all  transactions  and events other than
capital  contributed  by and  distributions  to the  entity's  owners.  For NWS,
comprehensive  income is equal to net income plus the change in unrecognized net
pension gain or loss. The Company has elected to report  comprehensive income in
the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity. NWS' prior years' financial
statements have been reclassified for comparative  reporting purposes,  however,
there was no change in the net income  previously  reported  for the years ended
March 31, 1996 and 1997.

     Revenue Recognition

     NWSC and NWSI purchase inventory items for sale to customers and are liable
for payment to the suppliers, as well as collecting payment from customers. NWSM
receives a fixed fee per case of liquor  distributed  from the State of Michigan
(distribution  fees) which is also  responsible  for payments to suppliers.  All
Michigan  shipments are cash on delivery and are deposited directly to the State
of Michigan.

     Net sales and  distribution  fees are  recognized  at the time  product  is
shipped.

     Start-up Costs

     Start-up  costs to commence  operations  and to reach  normal  capacity are
expensed as incurred,  in accordance with Statement of Position 98-5,  Reporting
on the Costs of Start-up Activities.

     Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

     In July 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
131  (SFAS  131),  Disclosures  About  Segments  of an  Enterprise  and  Related
Information.  Under SFAS 131, the Company will report  financial and descriptive
information about its operating segments.  SFAS 131 is effective for the Company
beginning with the March 31, 1999 annual financial statements. While the Company
has not yet finalized  its  evaluation of the impact of adoption of SFAS 131, it
presently believes that it will be reporting multiple operating segments.



<PAGE>


1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

     Reclassification

     Certain  amounts  in the 1997  and  1996  financial  statements  have  been
reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.

2. Inventories

     Inventories at March 31 are comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>
                                                              1997              1998

Inventories at FIFO (approximate replacement cost).....       $78,508,000      $83,734,000
Less: LIFO reserve.....................................         6,430,000        7,000,000
                                                              -----------      -----------
                                                              $72,078,000      $76,734,000
                                                              ===========      ===========
</TABLE>




     If the Company had used the FIFO  inventory  method,  net income would have
been  $545,000,  $1,455,000  and  $570,000  greater  for  1996,  1997 and  1998,
respectively.

3. Property and Equipment

     Property and equipment at March 31 is comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>
                                                                 1997               1998

Land and improvements..................................          $  1,348,000      $  1,421,000
Buildings and improvements.............................            24,674,000        27,233,000
Furniture and equipment................................            12,391,000        14,307,000
Warehouse equipment....................................            12,768,000        23,580,000
Automobiles and trucks.................................             7,542,000         8,069,000
                                                                 ------------      ------------
                                                                   58,723,000        74,610,000
Less: Accumulated depreciation.........................            21,484,000        26,045,000
                                                                 ------------      ------------
                                                                   37,239,000        48,565,000
Property and equipment not yet placed in service.......             3,431,000                --
                                                                 ------------      ------------
                                                                 $ 40,670,000      $ 48,565,000
                                                                 ============      ============
</TABLE>







<PAGE>


4. Debt

     Long-term debt is comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                               <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                         March 31,               December 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------    --------------
                                                                                  1997             1998            1998
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------
                                                                                                                (Unaudited)
                                                                                                               ---------------

Mortgage Notes Payable:
   National Wine & Spirits Corporation
      City of  Indianapolis-First  Mortgage Note, Series  1983-payable  monthly,
        with  interest  computed at 80% of the prime  lending  rate of NBD Bank,
        N.A., through April 2003. Secured by certain property
        in Indianapolis....................................................       $   471,000    $   372,000      $    296,000
      Bank-payable in monthly installments, plus interest at 1% above the
        Bank's prime lending rate, through October 1, 2003. Secured by
        certain property...................................................           183,000        162,000           145,000
   NWS, Inc.
      Bank loans secured by substantially all of the Company's assets:
        Mortgage note payable in monthly installments of $63,000, plus
           interest at the Bank's prime  lending  rate plus 2%,  through July 1,
           2000, when the unpaid principal balance is due..........
                                                                                    2,503,000      1,752,000        1,189,0000
        Mortgage note payable in monthly installments of $14,000,  plus interest
           at the Bank's  prime  lending rate plus 1%,  through  March 31, 2002,
           when the unpaid principal balance is due........
                                                                                    2,492,000      2,339,000         2,148,000
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------
                                                                                    5,649,000      4,625,000         3,778,000

 Notes Payable:
   National Wine & Spirits Corporation
      Bank revolving line of credit, which bears interest, as defined, to
        maturity on September 30, 1999. Secured by substantially all
        assets. (A)........................................................        24,218,000     23,193,000        29,695,000
      Term loan for Kentucky investment, repaid in January  1999...........                 -              -         7,500,000

   Heaven Hill Distillers, Inc. notes payable. Repaid in March 1998........           348,000              -                 -
      Term loans payable in monthly installments of $51,000, including
        interest at 9.53%, through May 1999. The notes are secured by
        certain assets and are guaranteed by NWSI..........................         1,170,000        651,000           180,000
      Term loan payable in monthly installments of $30,000, including
        interest at 7.73%, through December 29, 2002. Secured by certain
        assets.............................................................                 -      1,462,000         1,269,000
   NWS Michigan, Inc.
      Term loan payable in monthly installments of $67,000, plus interest at the
        Bank's LIBOR rate plus 2.75%, through September 5, 2002.
        Secured by certain assets..........................................                 -      3,600,000         3,000,000


<PAGE>



4.    Debt (continued)
                                                                                         March 31,               December 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------    --------------
                                                                                  1997             1998            1998
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------
                                                                                                                (Unaudited)
                                                                                                               ---------------
      Term loan payable in monthly installments of $62,000, plus interest at the
        Bank's LIBOR rate plus 3.0%, through November 14, 2002.
        Secured by certain assets..........................................       $         -    $ 4,936,000      $  4,381,000
   NWS, Inc.
      Bank revolving line of credit, which bears interest, as defined, to
        maturity on September 30, 1999. Secured by substantially all
        assets. (B)........................................................        45,571,000     43,518,000        57,695,000
      Term loan payable. Repaid July 1997. ...............................             83,000              -                 -
      Term loan with  interest  only payable  quarterly at the Bank's LIBOR rate
        plus .25% until maturity on June 16, 2001. The note is
        subordinate to the senior bank debt................................         6,000,000      6,000,000         6,000,000
      Subordinated promissory note payable to a former employee on
        June 30, 1999. Interest only is payable quarterly at the prime
        rate plus  1'2%. The note is subordinate to senior bank debt.......           750,000        350,000           350,000
      Bank home equity line of credit with interest only payable monthly
        at the Bank's prime lending rate plus 1%, through November 1, 1999, when
        the unpaid principal balance is due The loan is secured by a condominium
        and is guaranteed by the majority stockholder of
        NWS, Inc...........................................................           500,000        500,000           500,000
      Promissory note payable to the State of Illinois in monthly
        installments of $9,000, including interest at 6.5%, through
        February 14, 2000, when a balloon payment of $501,000 is due. The
        note is secured by substantially all assets and is guaranteed by
        the majority stockholder of NWS, Inc...............................           631,000        568,000           511,000
        Term loan payable in monthly installments of $133,000, plus
        interest at the one month LIBOR rate plus 3.25%, through
        March 2001. The note is secured by certain assets and is
        guaranteed by NWSC.................................................         6,533,000      4,933,000         3,733,000
      Term loans payable in monthly installments of $60,000, including
        interest at 9.43%, through April 1999. The notes are secured by
        certain assets and are guaranteed by NWSC..........................         1,354,000        737,000           234,000
      Term loan payable in annual installments of $300,000 in 1999 and       
        $500,000 in 2000 and 2001, including interest......................                 -              -         1,300,000
      Term loan payable in monthly installments of $12,000, including
        interest at 9.51%, through July 2000. The note is secured by
        certain assets and is guaranteed by NWSC...........................                 -        304,000           213,000
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------
                                                                                   87,158,000     90,752,000       116,561,000
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------



<PAGE>



4. Debt (continued)

                                                                                         March 31,               December 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------    --------------
                                                                                  1997             1998            1998
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------

                                                                                                                 (Unaudited)
      Non-competition  agreement  payable  to a  former  stockholder  in  annual
        installments of $300,000, beginning April 1, 1995 through April 1, 2000.
        The obligation is secured by proceeds of life insurance from
        NWSC's majority stockholder........................................       $ 1,200,000    $   900,000      $    600,000
Other                                                                                  88,000         22,000             6,000
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------

                                                                                   94,095,000     96,299,000       120,945,000
Less: Current maturities                                                            5,163,000      6,200,000       100,224,000
                                                                                  -----------    -----------   ---------------

                                                                                  $88,932,000    $90,099,000       $20,721,000
                                                                                  ===========    ===========   ===============
<FN>

- -----------

(A)  On September  2, 1997,  NWSC  entered  into a credit  agreement,  which was
     amended  March 31,  1998,  that  provides  a  revolving  line of credit for
     borrowings of up to $35 million through  September 30, 1999. The portion of
     the  line of  credit  available  to fund  advances  to NWSI and NWSM is $10
     million  (see Note 8).  Line of credit  borrowings  are limited to eligible
     accounts receivable plus eligible inventories. The credit agreement permits
     NWSC to elect an interest  rate based upon either the prime lending rate or
     LIBOR.  At March 31, 1998,  $19,000,000 of the credit line  borrowings bear
     interest  at 3.00%  above the LIBOR  rate  (8.70% at March 31,  1998).  The
     remaining  $4,193,000 of credit line  borrowings bear interest at the prime
     lending rate plus .50% (9.00% at March 31,  1998).  Credit line  borrowings
     are secured by substantially all of NWSC's assets (including life insurance
     on NWSC's  principal  stockholders)  and are  guaranteed  by NWSI and NWSM.
     NWSC's bank credit agreement  requires NWSC to maintain  certain  financial
     ratios and earnings,  and restricts the amount of capital  expenditures and
     distributions NWSC may make to its stockholders.

(B)  On September  2, 1997,  NWSI  entered  into a credit  agreement,  which was
     amended  March 31,  1998,  that  provides  a  revolving  line of credit for
     borrowings of up to $60 million through  September 30, 1999. Line of credit
     borrowings  are  limited to  eligible  accounts  receivable  plus  eligible
     inventories.  The credit  agreement  permits NWSI to elect an interest rate
     based  upon  either the prime  lending  rate or LIBOR.  At March 31,  1998,
     $35,000,000 of the credit line  borrowings bear interest at 3.00% above the
     LIBOR rate (8.68% at March 31, 1998).  The  remaining  $8,518,000 of credit
     line borrowings bear interest at the prime lending rate plus .50% (9.00% at
     March 31, 1998).  Through  October 27, 1999,  the LIBOR rate is capped at a
     maximum  of 8.0%  related to  $25,000,000  of the  credit  line  borrowings
     subject  to  the  LIBOR  rate.   Credit  line  borrowings  are  secured  by
     substantially  all of NWSI's  assets  (including  life  insurance on NWSI's
     principal stockholders) and are guaranteed by NWSC and NWSM.  Additionally,
     NWSI had a supplier  letter of credit of which $560,000 was  outstanding at
     March 31, 1998. NWSI's bank credit agreement includes certain  restrictions
     and requires NWSI to maintain  certain  financial  ratios and earnings.  In
     addition,  the agreement  restricts the amount of capital  expenditures and
     distributions NWSI may make to its stockholders.

</FN>
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



4.  Debt (continued)

     At March 31, 1998,  the Company was in violation of certain loan  covenants
in its credit  agreements.  These violations were waived by the lenders at March
31, 1998.  Subsequent to March 31, 1998, the Company has been in compliance with
their covenants.

     At March  31,  1998,  the  aggregate  principal  maturities  for  long-term
obligations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                          <C>
1999................................         $ 6,200,000
2000................................          72,759,000
2001................................           4,797,000
2002................................           8,133,000
2003................................           3,541,000
Thereafter..........................             869,000
                                             -----------
                                             $96,299,000
                                             ===========
</TABLE>



     NWSI had  subordinated  notes  payable  to its two  principal  stockholders
aggregating $5,450,000 and $6,135,000 at March 31, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.
These notes earn interest at the effective  borrowing  rate on NWSI's  revolving
line of credit. See Note 11.

     NWSI has a commitment from a lender for  $30,000,000 of debt financing.  At
March 31, 1998, there were no amounts outstanding on this commitment.

     Cash paid for interest was $8,049,000,  $8,445,000 and $9,643,000 for 1996,
1997 and 1998, respectively.

5. Common Stock

     The Company has two authorized  classes of capital  stock:  voting $.01 par
value common shares and nonvoting $.01 par value common shares.  Both classes of
stock have the same relative rights,  performance  limitations and restrictions,
except that nonvoting  shares are not entitled to vote on any matters  submitted
to a vote of the stockholders, except as provided by law.


<PAGE>

5. Common Stock (continued)

     Following are the details of common stock at March 31, 1997 and 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                               <C>               <C>           <C>             <C>
                                                    Number of Shares
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                  Authorized         Issued       Outstanding        Amount

Voting.....................          200,000          104,520       104,520       $   1,000

Nonvoting..................       20,000,000        5,226,001     5,226,001       $  53,000
</TABLE>




6. Commitments

     The  Company  leases  office  and  warehouse  space  under   noncancellable
operating  leases ranging from two to ten years,  some of which included renewal
and purchase options and escalation  clauses,  expiring on various dates through
2007.  The  Company  also  leases  certain  trucks  and  equipment  pursuant  to
noncancellable  operating  leases with terms  ranging from three to seven years.
Future minimum rent payments as of March 31, 1998 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>
1999..........................     $  2,715,000
2000..........................        2,712,000
2001..........................        2,391,000
2002..........................        2,138,000
2003..........................        2,083,000
Thereafter....................        5,462,000
                                   ------------
                                   $ 17,501,000
                                   ============
</TABLE>


     Rent expense was  $1,218,000,  $2,114,000 and $3,732,000 for 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively.




<PAGE>



6.  Commitments (continued)

     The Company has committed to purchase warehouse  equipment of approximately
$3,500,000.

     The Company is  committed  under a  distribution  agreement to pay $500,000
over the next four years.

7. Pension Plans

     The Company  sponsors a  multiple-employer  defined  benefit  pension  plan
covering substantially all of their warehousemen and drivers. Under terms of the
Plan,  the  Company  is  liable  for any  unsatisfied  liabilities  of the other
affiliated  entities.  The  Company  makes  contributions  to the Plan  based on
amounts  permitted  by  law.  Contributions  to the  Plan  by the  Company  were
$179,000,  $171,000  and  $224,000 in the years ended March 31,  1996,  1997 and
1998, respectively.

     For purposes of financial  reporting,  the Company uses the projected  unit
credit  actuarial  cost method to determine  the net  periodic  pension cost and
projected benefit obligations under Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
No. 87. Under this method, the service cost is computed as the actuarial present
value of the benefit  accruing  during the current year based on the  assumption
that benefits accrue uniformly over each  participant's  working  lifetime.  The
projected benefit  obligation is the actuarial present value of benefits accrued
in prior years based on the assumption that benefits accrue  uniformly over each
participant's working lifetime.

     The components of net periodic pension cost of the defined benefit plan are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>             <C>
                                                                1996           1997            1998

Service cost-benefits earned during the year..............      $ 111,000      $ 146,000       $ 114,000
Interest on projected benefit obligation..................        144,000        171,000         196,000
Actual return on plan assets..............................       (220,000)      (121,000)       (624,000)
Amortization of unrecognized net transition asset.........         20,000         19,000          19,000
Amortization of loss......................................         16,000         15,000           8,000
Amortization of prior service cost........................          -             19,000          19,000
Difference between expected and actual return on plan assets
                                                                  102,000        (20,000)        471,000
                                                                ----------     ----------      ----------
Net periodic pension cost.................................      $ 173,000      $ 229,000       $ 203,000
                                                                ==========     ==========      ==========                   
</TABLE>







<PAGE>


7. Pension Plans (continued)

     The funded status and amounts  recognized in the accompanying  consolidated
balance sheets at March 31, 1997 and 1998 for the defined  benefit  pension plan
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>
                                                                      1997             1998

Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit obligations:
   Vested........................................................     $2,717,000     $2,812,000
   Nonvested.....................................................        264,000        294,000
                                                                      ----------     ----------
Accumulated benefit obligation...................................      2,981,000      3,106,000
Effect of anticipated future compensation levels (A).............              -              -
                                                                      ----------     ----------

Projected benefit obligation.....................................      2,981,000      3,106,000
Less: Fair value of plan assets..................................      1,877,000      2,662,000
                                                                      ----------     ----------

Minimum liability................................................     $1,104,000     $  444,000
                                                                      ==========     ==========


Balance Sheet Classification:
   Current accrued liability.....................................     $  177,000     $   82,000
   Noncurrent deferred additional liability......................        927,000        362,000
                                                                      ----------     ----------

Minimum liability................................................     $1,104,000     $  444,000
                                                                      ==========     ==========



Deferred pension costs (intangible asset)........................     $  489,000     $  362,000
Unrecognized net pension loss....................................        438,000              -
                                                                      ----------     ----------
                                                                      $  927,000     $  362,000
                                                                      ==========     ==========
<FN>

(A)  Plan  benefits  are based on years of  service,  rather  than  compensation
     levels.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     The deferred pension cost asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis
over a 17.5 year period.  Plan assets are  comprised  primarily of common stocks
and bonds.

     In  determining  the net periodic  pension cost,  the discount rate for the
benefit  obligation was 6.75% in 1997 and 1998.  The expected  long-term rate of
return on assets was 8.00% for 1996, 1997 and 1998.

     The  Company  also  sponsors  a  defined   contribution  pension  plan  for
substantially   all  employees   not  covered  by  the  defined   benefit  plan.
Contributions  to the Plan are made at the discretion of the Company and may not
exceed 5% of a participant's compensation. The Company's pension expense for the
defined contribution plan was $631,000, $773,000 and $942,000 for 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively.

     NWSI  contributes  to  union-sponsored  multiemployer  pension  plans which
provide  for  contributions  based on a  specified  rate per labor  hour.  Union
employees  constitute  approximately  56%  of  NWSI's  workforce.  Contributions
charged to expense were $443,000, $509,000 and $565,000 for 1996, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.  Information as to NWSI's portion of accumulated plan benefits and
plan net assets is not currently available. Under the Employee Retirement Income
Security  Act  of  1974  as  amended,   an  employer  upon   withdrawal  from  a
multiemployer  plan is required to continue funding its  proportionate  share of
the plan's unfunded vested  benefits.  NWSI has no intention of withdrawing from
the plans.



<PAGE>

8. Related Party Transactions

     NWSC had notes receivable from its two stockholders totaling $9,991,000 and
$10,603,000 at March 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The notes earn interest at
NWSC's effective borrowing rate on its revolving line of credit. Interest income
earned  was  $818,000,  $870,000  and  $893,000  during  1996,  1997  and  1998,
respectively.  Proceeds of the notes were used by the  stockholders  to purchase
additional capital stock of NWSI and to make loans to NWSI. The notes, which are
due on demand, have been reflected as a reduction of stockholders' equity in the
consolidated  balance  sheets as it is the Company's  present  intent to satisfy
these receivables  through future  stockholder  distributions.  See Note 11. The
unaudited  notes  receivable  balance at  December  31,  1998 was  approximately
$10,000,000.

     In January 1998, the Company paid an employee  $300,000  pursuant to a five
year non-compete agreement related to the start-up of NWSC's cigar division.

     During  fiscal 1998,  the Company paid  $170,000 for  consulting  fees to a
minority stockholder of NWSI.


<PAGE>


8. Related Party Transactions (continued)


     Consolidated Rectifying, Inc. (CRI), a related party, is an Illinois liquor
bottler,  blender  and  manufacturer  which  utilized  brands,   trademarks  and
tradenames  licensed  to it from NWSI.  On December  20,  1996,  NWSI  purchased
substantially  all of the assets,  and assumed certain  liabilities,  of CRI for
$181,000.  Subsequent  to that date  there  have been no  material  transactions
between the Company and CRI.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                              <C>
Assets acquired:
   Accounts receivable........................   $ 1,951,000
   Inventory..................................     6,773,000
   Property and equipment.....................       509,000
                                                 ------------
                                                   9,233,000
Liabilities assumed:
   Excise tax payable.........................    (4,637,000)
   Liabilities and debt.......................    (2,482,000)
   Receivable/payable from supplier...........    (1,933,000)
                                                 ------------
Net assets acquired...........................   $   181,000
                                                 ============
</TABLE>



     Effective  June  25,  1997,  NWSI  sold  certain  of its  licensed  brands,
trademarks and tradenames for approximately  $5,250,000.  NWSI recognized a gain
of $4,071,000 which represents the $5,250,000 less $1,179,000  transaction costs
and the costs of assets related to the brands which were disposed.  The purchase
price is receivable  under a $2,250,000  seven-year  promissory  note,  with the
remaining  balance received in cash at the sale date. At March 31, 1998 the note
receivable balance was $2,045,000.

     NWSI had a short-term  note  receivable from CRI with a balance of $613,000
at March 31, 1996. The note was repaid in December 1996. Interest accrued on the
note was  $168,000  and  $112,000  for the years  ended March 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.

     Transactions with CRI not disclosed  elsewhere in the financial  statements
for the years ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 were as follows (none in 1998):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>
                                                                1996              1997

Sales...................................................    $   640,000       $   715,000
Purchases of inventory..................................     30,390,000        19,721,000
Purchase discounts......................................        384,000           113,000
Administrative and data processing charged to CRI.......        225,000           169,000
Operational items paid by NWSI..........................     28,555,000        17,326,000
Rent expense charged to CRI.............................        132,000            88,000
</TABLE>


9. Concentration of Risk

     Purchases from four  international  suppliers  accounted for  approximately
65%, 62% and 65% of all revenues in 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.


<PAGE>



10. Litigation

     The Company is a party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal
course of business.  While the ultimate resolution of lawsuits or claims against
the Company cannot be predicted with certainty,  management does not expect that
these matters will have a material  adverse effect on the financial  position or
results of operations of the Company.

11. Subsequent Events--Unaudited

     Effective  July 31,  1998,  the Company and its  stockholders  executed new
notes payable to stockholders to provide for a legal right of offset against the
notes receivable from  stockholders.  Accordingly,  as of December 31, 1998, the
notes payable to stockholders (principal plus accrued interest) have been offset
against the notes  receivable from  stockholders,  with the resulting net amount
reflected as a reduction of stockholders' equity.

     In September  1998, the Company  guaranteed a $1.3 million  obligation of a
related entity.

     In  December  1998,  NWSC,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company, formed  a  new
distributorship in Kentucky  (Commonwealth  Wine & Spirits,  LLC) in partnership
with  two  existing  Kentucky-based  distributors,  The  Vertner  Smith  Company
("Vertner") and Kentucky Wine & Spirits  ("Kentucky W&S"). Under the terms, NWSC
will invest $7.5 million ($4.5 million in cash and a $3.0 million cash franchise
fee), in exchange for 25% of the new company,  which management  believes is the
largest  distributor  of wine and spirits in Kentucky.  Vertner and Kentucky W&S
equally own the remaining 75%. At December 31, 1998,  $6.0 million had been paid
and a $1.5 million commitment remained  outstanding.  NWSC has accounted for its
investment in Kentucky using the equity method.

     In  January  1999,  the  Company  issued  $110,000,000  of senior  notes to
qualified  institutional  buyers. The net proceeds to the Company from the sales
of the notes were  approximately  $107,000,000.  The notes are  unsecured,  bear
interest at 10.125% per annum and are due January  2009.  These senior notes are
guaranteed by the Company's  subsidiaries.  The guarantors are all  wholly-owned
and  there  are  no  non-guarantor   subsidiaries.   The  guarantees  are  full,
unconditional and joint and several.  Audited financial information of guarantor
subsidiaries has been omitted because  management has determined that they would
not be material to investors.

     Concurrently  with the offering of the senior  notes,  the Company  entered
into a new $60.0 million credit facility secured by the accounts  receivable and
inventory  of the Company.  With  proceeds  from the senior  notes  offering and
borrowings under the new credit facility,  the Company retired substantially all
of its bank revolving and term indebtedness.

     On January 25,  1999,  the Company  paid a dividend of  approximately  $1.8
million.

     The  Company  is  party  to  a  lawsuit   brought  by  several  drivers  of
NWS-Illinois who allege age discrimination and workers' compensation retaliation
and claim  back pay and front pay  damages  of $1.9  million  and $1.0  million,
respectively,  and the cost of action.  In April 1999, the Company  settled with
the Plaintiffs which released the Company from all claims, including legal fees,
in exchange for $475,000. Documentation of the settlement has not been completed
and approved.


<PAGE>




     No dealer,  salesperson  or other  person has been  authorized  to give any
information or to make any  representations,  other than those contained in this
prospectus, in connection with the offering covered by this prospectus. If given
or made, such information or  representations  must not be relied upon as having
been  authorized by NWS. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or
a solicitation to buy, the notes offered hereby in any jurisdiction where, or to
any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or  solicitation.  Neither
the  delivery  of  this  prospectus  nor  any  sale  hereunder   shall,  in  any
circumstances,  create an implication  that there has not been any change in the
facts  set  forth in this  prospectus  or in the  affairs  of NWS since the date
hereof.

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                                                                               <C>
                                                                                                  Page
Prospectus Summary.............................................................................   3
Risk Factors...................................................................................   11
The Exchange Offer.............................................................................   18
Reorganization of the Company..................................................................   25
Use of Proceeds................................................................................   26
Capitalization.................................................................................   26
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data.................................................   27
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..........   29
Business.......................................................................................   39
Management.....................................................................................   52
Certain Transactions...........................................................................   54
Principal Stockholders.........................................................................   55
Description of New Credit Facility and Other Indebtedness......................................   56
Description of the Exchange Notes..............................................................   58
Certain Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes.............................................   96
Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages........................................................   99 
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.........................................................   101
Plan of Distribution...........................................................................   106
Legal Matters..................................................................................   107
Change in Independent Auditors.................................................................   107
Experts........................................................................................   107
Where You Can Find More Information............................................................   107
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................................................   F-1
</TABLE>

     Until  _______,  1999 (forty days after the date of this  prospectus),  all
dealers  that  effect   transactions  in  these   securities,   whether  or  not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is
in addition to the dealers'  obligations to deliver a prospectus  when acting as
underwriters


<PAGE>






NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.


Exchange Offer for

$110,000,000 10.125% Senior Notes

Due 2009



<PAGE>


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     The  following  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety be reference to the
complete text of the statute and the amended articles of incorporation  referred
to below.

     National  Wine & Spirits,  Inc.  ("NWS") is  empowered by Chapter 37 of the
Indiana  Business  Corporation  Law (the "IBCL"),  subject to the procedures and
limitations  therein,  to  indemnify  any  person  against  expenses  (including
attorneys' fees) and the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine
or  reasonable  expenses  incurred  with  respect  to a  threatened,  pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  and whether  formal or  informal,  in which such person is made a
party by  reason of such  person's  being or having  been a  director,  officer,
employee  or agent of NWS if his or her  conduct was in good faith and he or she
reasonably believed that, if acting in the individual's  official capacity,  the
conduct was in the best interests of the corporation and in all other cases, the
conduct was not opposed to the corporation's best interests.  In the case of any
criminal  proceeding,  NWS is  empowered  to indemnify a person if he or she had
reasonable cause to believe the conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to
believe the conduct was  unlawful.  The statute  provides  that  indemnification
pursuant to its  provisions is not exclusive of other rights of  indemnification
to  which  a  person  may  be  entitled  under  a   corporation's   articles  of
incorporation  or bylaws,  vote of directors or stockholders,  or otherwise.  In
addition,  unless limited by its articles of incorporation,  a corporation shall
indemnify a person who was wholly successful in the defense of any proceeding to
which the person was a party  because the person is or was a director,  officer,
employee  or  agent  against  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  him  or her in
connection with the proceeding.

     Article VIII of NWS' articles of  incorporation,  dated  December 18, 1998,
obligates NWS to indemnify any person in connection  with any liability  arising
by  reason  of such  person's  status as a past or  present  director,  officer,
employee or agent of NWS or of any other  enterprise  which he or she is serving
or served in any  capacity at the  request of NWS if such  person  acted in good
faith and in a manner he or she reasonably  believed,  in the case of conduct in
his or her official capacity,  was in the best interest of NWS, and in all other
cases,  was not opposed to the best  interests of NWS,  and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding,  he or she either had reasonable cause to believe
his or her  conduct  was lawful or no  reasonable  cause to  believe  his or her
conduct was unlawful.

ITEM 21.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)      Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  <S>                          <C>
  Exhibit No.                  Description

  3.1*                         Articles of Incorporation of National Wine & Spirits, Inc.

  3.2*                         Bylaws of National Wine & Spirits, Inc.

  3.3**                        Articles of Incorporation of National Wine & Spirits Corporation

  3.4**                        Bylaws of National Wine & Spirits Corporation

  3.5**                        Articles of Incorporation of NWS, Inc.

  3.6**                        Bylaws of NWS, Inc.

  3.7**                        Articles of Incorporation of NWS Michigan, Inc.

  3.8**                        Bylaws of NWS Michigan, Inc.

  3.9**                        Articles of Organization of NWS-Illinois, LLC

  3.10**                       Operating Agreement of NWS-Illinois, LLC

  4.1*                         Indenture  relating to the  Exchange  Notes,
                               dated as of January 25, 1999 among  National
                               Wine  &  Spirits,   Inc.,   the   Subsidiary
                               Guarantors and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.,
                               as trustee (including  cross-reference sheet
                               regarding sections 310 through 318(a) of the
                               Trust indenture Act)

  4.2*                         A/B Exchange  Registration Rights Agreement,
                               dated as of January 25, 1999, among National
                               Wine  &  Spirits,   Inc.,   the   Subsidiary
                               Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers


<PAGE>

  4.3*                         Form of Exchange Notes (including related Subsidiary Guarantors)

  4.4*                         Guaranty entered into as of January 25, 1999 by all Subsidiary Guarantors

  5**                          Opinion and Consent of Ice Miller, Donadio & Ryan

  8*                           Tax Opinion of Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan

 10.1*                         Purchase  Agreement,  dated January 20,  1999, among National Wine & Spirits,  Inc.,
                                    the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers

  10.2*                        Credit Agreement,  dated January 25, 1999, among National Wine & Spirits,  Inc., the
                                    Subsidiary Guarantors and NBD, as agent.

  12*                          Statement regarding computation of ratios

  16*                          Letter regarding change in certifying accountants

  21*                          List of subsidiaries

  23.1 **                      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

  23.2**                       Consent of Katz, Sapper & Miller, LLP

  23.3**                       Consent of Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan (contained in Exhibit 5)

  24*                          Powers of Attorney (contained in signature pages of this Registration Statement)

  25*                          Statement of eligibility of trustee

  27*                          Financial Data Schedule

  99.1*                        Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to the Exchange Offer

  99.2*                        Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery with respect to the Exchange Offer

     *       Previously filed
     * *    Filed herewith
</TABLE>


(b)      Financial Statement Schedules

         II.      Valuation and qualifying accounts

                  ITEM 22.  Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement.

(i)  To include any  prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the Securities
     Act of 1933;

(ii) To  reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts or  events  arising  after  the
     effective  date  of  the   registration   statement  (or  the  most  recent
     post-effective amendment thereto), which, individually or in the aggregate,
     represent  a  fundamental  change  in  the  information  set  forth  in the
     registration statement;


<PAGE>

(iii)To  include  any  material   information   with  respect  to  the  plan  of
     distribution not previously disclosed in the registration  statement or any
     material change to such information in the registration statement.

     (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933,  each  such  post-effective  amendment  shall be deemed to be a new
registration  statement  relating to the  securities  offered  therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA
FIDE offering thereof.

     (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective  amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

     The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes to respond to requests for
information  that is incorporated  by reference into the prospectus  pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b),  11, or 13 of this Form,  within one  business day of receipt of
such  request,  and to send the  incorporated  documents  by first class mail or
other equally  prompt means.  This includes  information  contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.

     The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  supply  by means of a
post-effective  amendment  all  information  concerning a  transaction,  and the
company  being  acquired  involved  therein,  that  was not the  subject  of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.


<PAGE>



SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused  this  Registration   Statement  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on May 13, 1999.

                          NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS, INC.

                          By: /s/ James E. LaCrosse           
                              ----------------------------------------
                              James E. LaCrosse,
                              Chairman, President and Chief
                              Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  this  Registration
Statement has been signed on the 13th day of May, 1999 by the following  persons
in the capacities indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                      <C>
SIGNATURE                                TITLE

/s/ JAMES E. LACROSSE                    Chairman,   President   and  Chief   Executive   Officer
    James E. LaCrosse                    (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ J. SMOKE WALLIN                      Executive Vice President,  Chief  Financial  Officer and
    J. Smoke Wallin                      Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ MARTIN H. BART*                      Director
    Martin H. Bart                      

/s/ JAMES BECK*                          Director
    James Beck                          

/s/ MITCHELL STOLTZ*                     Director
    Mitchell Stoltz                     

/s/ RICHARD P. PALADINO*                 Director
    Richard P. Paladino                 

/s/ RICHARD QUINN*                       Director
    Richard Quinn                       

/s/ NORMA M. JOHNSTON*                   Director
    Norma M. Johnston                   

/s/ PATRICIA J. LACROSSE*                Director
    Patricia J. LaCrosse                

/s/ CATHERINE LACROSSE WALLENTINE*       Director
    Catherine LaCrosse Wallentine

    *By: /s/ J. Smoke Wallin
         ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>




<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, National Wine & Spirits
Corporation,  NWS,  Inc.,  NWS-Illinois,  LLC and  NWS Michigan,  Inc.,  each a
subsidiary   guarantor  and  additional   Registrant,   have  duly  caused  this
Registration  Statement  to be  signed  on  their  behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, on May 13, 1999.

                                      NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS CORPORATION
                                      NWS, INC.
                                      NWS-ILLINOIS, LLC
                                      NWS MICHIGAN, INC.

                                      By: /s/ James E. LaCrosse
                                          ---------------------
                                            James E. LaCrosse, Chairman

     Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act,  this  Registration
Statement has been signed on the 13th day of May, 1999 by the following  persons
in the capacities indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                    <C>
SIGNATURE                              TITLE

/s/ JAMES E. LACROSSE                  Chairman (Principal Executive Officer)
James E. LaCrosse
/s/ J. SMOKE WALLIN                    Secretary   and  Treasurer   (Principal   Financial  and
J. Smoke Wallin                        Accounting Officer)

/s/ NORMA M. JOHNSTON                  Director/Manager
Norma M. Johnston

/s/ PATRICIA J. LACROSSE               Director/Manager
Patricia J. LaCrosse




</TABLE>




AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS CORPORATION


     National Wine & Spirits Corporation (the "Corporation"),  existing pursuant
to the  provisions  of the Indiana  Business  Corporation  Law, as amended  (the
"Act"),  desiring to give notice of corporate action  effectuating the amendment
and  restatement  of its  Articles of  Incorporation,  sets forth the  following
facts:


ARTICLE I

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

     Section  1.  Date  of  Incorporation.  The  date  of  incorporation  of the
Corporation is April 9, 1935.

     Section 2. Name. The name of the  Corporation  following this amendment and
restatement  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  is  National  Wine  &  Spirits
Corporation.

     Section 3. Text of Amended  and  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation.  The
Articles of  Incorporation  of the Corporation have been amended and restated in
their  entirety by the  adoption  of Articles I through  VIII of the Amended and
Restated Articles of  Incorporation,  the exact text of which is attached hereto
as Exhibit A and incorporated herein.

     Section 4. Effective  Date and Time.  The Amended and Restated  Articles of
Incorporation  of the Corporation  shall be effective as of the date and time of
the  filing  of the  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of the
Corporation  with the  Secretary  of  State  of  Indiana,  as  evidenced  by the
Secretary of State's date and time endorsement thereon.


ARTICLE II

MANNER OF ADOPTION AND VOTE

     Section 1. Action by Directors.  The Board of Directors of the  Corporation
duly  adopted  resolutions  approving  the  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of
Incorporation  of the  Corporation  and proposing that such Amended and Restated
Articles be  submitted to a vote of the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  at a
special  meeting of the  shareholders  to be held on  December  22,  1993.  Such
resolutions  approving the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation  were duly  adopted by one or more  written  consents  signed by all
members of the Board of Directors, effective as of December 15, 1993.


<PAGE>



     Section 2. Action by  Shareholders.  The Amended and  Restated  Articles of
Incorporation of the Corporation  contain certain amendments  requiring approval
by the  shareholders of the  Corporation.  The Amended and Restated  Articles of
Incorporation  of  the  Corporation  were  duly  approved  and  adopted  by  the
shareholders of the Corporation by the unanimous  written consent,  effective as
of December 15, 1993,  signed by the holders of one hundred four  thousand  five
hundred  twenty-two  (104,521)  shares of $1.00 par  value  common  stock of the
Corporation,  being all of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of stock of the
Corporation  entitled  to vote  on the  approval  of the  Amended  and  Restated
Articles  of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation.  The  designation,  number  of
outstanding shares, and number of votes entitled to be cast by each voting group
entitled  to  vote   separately   on  the  Amended  and  Restated   Articles  of
Incorporation,  and the total  number of votes cast for and  against the Amended
and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  by each voting group  entitled to vote
separately on the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation,  are set forth
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                               <C>                        <C>
                                                     Designation of Voting Group(s):

                                                                              Total of
                                                   Common Stock              All Classes
                                                  $1.00 Par Value             of Shares   

Number of Shares Outstanding                          104,521                   104,521

Number of Votes Entitled to be Cast                   104,521                   104,521

Number of Votes Represented at Meeting                104,521                   104,521

Votes Cast For                                        104,521                   104,521

Votes Cast Against                                          0                         0
</TABLE>

The number of votes cast for the  approval of Amended and  Restated  Articles of
Incorporation  of the  Corporation  by each  voting  group  was  sufficient  for
approval by such voting group.

     Section  3.  Compliance  with the  Legal  Requirements.  The  manner of the
adoption  of  the  Amended  and  Restated   Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the
Corporation  and the vote by which  they  were  adopted  constitute  full  legal
compliance  with the provisions of the Act, the Articles of  Incorporation,  and
the By-Laws of the Corporation.


<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned,  being a duly elected current officer
of the Corporation,  hereby executes the foregoing Amended and Restated Articles
of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  and  verifies,  subject to  penalties of
perjury,  that the  statements  contained  herein are true,  on this 16th day of
December, 1993.


                                     /s/ James E. LaCrosse
                                     Officer - Signature

                                         James E. LaCrosse
                                     --------------------------------------
                                     Officer - Printed Name


                                         President
                                     --------------------------------------
                                     Officer's Title













































This  instrument  was prepared by Michael J.  Schneider,  Attorney at Law, Locke
Reynolds Boyd & Weisell,  1000 Capital Center South,  201 North Illinois Street,
Indianapolis, IN 46204.

<PAGE>



AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS CORPORATION



     The following  Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation of National
Wine & Spirits Corporation,  an Indiana corporation  originally  incorporated on
April 9, 1935, as National Liquor Corporation (the "Corporation"),  duly adopted
pursuant to the authority and  provisions  of the Indiana  Business  Corporation
Law,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  supersede  and take the place of the  existing
Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, and all amendments thereto:


ARTICLE I

NAME

     The name of the Corporation is National Wine & Spirits Corporation.


ARTICLE II

PURPOSES AND POWERS

     Section  2.1.  Purposes  of the  Corporation.  The  purposes  for which the
Corporation  is organized  are: (i) to import and export,  sell at wholesale and
retail,  wine, whiskey,  brandy, malt beverages,  spirituous  beverages,  vinous
beverages, alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages of all kinds, and to transport,
deliver and distribute  the same,  and (ii) to engage in the  transaction of any
and  all  lawful  business  for  which  corporations  may  now or  hereafter  be
incorporated  under  the Act and  the  laws of any  other  state  in  which  the
Corporation shall at any time be qualified to transact business.

     Section 2.2. Powers of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have: (i) all
powers now or hereafter authorized by or vested in corporations  pursuant to the
provisions of the Act, (ii) all powers now or hereafter  vested in  corporations
by common law or any other statute or act, and (iii) all powers authorized by or
vested in the  Corporation by the provisions of these Articles of  Incorporation
or the By-Laws of the Corporation as from time to time in effect.

<PAGE>



ARTICLE III

PERIOD OF EXISTENCE

     The period during which the Corporation shall continue is perpetual.


ARTICLE IV

REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

     Section 4.1.  Registered  Office.  The street address of the Corporation' s
registered  office in Indiana is 700 West Morris Street,  Indianapolis,  Indiana
46206.

     Section 4.2.  Registered  Agent. The name of the  Corporation's  registered
agent at such registered office is James E. LaCrosse.


ARTICLE V

AUTHORIZED SHARES

     Section  5.1.  Number  of  Shares.  The total  number  of shares  which the
Corporation  is  authorized  to issue is Twenty  Million  Two  Hundred  Thousand
(20,200,000)  shares  divided into two classes,  consisting  of: (i) Two Hundred
Thousand  (200,000)  shares  with a par  value of One  Cent  ($.01)  per  share,
designated as "Voting Common Stock", and (ii) Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares
with a par value of One Cent ($.01) per share,  designated as "Nonvoting  Common
Stock."

     Section 5.2. Terms of Shares. The outstanding shares of Voting Common Stock
and Nonvoting  Common Stock shall together be entitled to receive the net assets
of the Corporation upon dissolution of the Corporation.  The terms, preferences,
limitations  and relative  rights of shares of Voting Common Stock and shares of
Nonvoting  Common  Stock,  including  rights  to  distribution  and  liquidation
proceeds,  shall be  identical,  as provided by the Act,  except  that:  (i) the
holders of the  outstanding  shares of Voting Common Stock shall have  exclusive
and  unlimited  voting rights and shall be entitled to one (1) vote per share on
each  matter  submitted,  or  required  to  be  submitted,  to  a  vote  of  the
shareholders of the Corporation,  and (ii) the holders of the outstanding shares
of the  Nonvoting  Common  Stock shall not be entitled to any voting  rights and
shall not be entitled to any notice of any  meetings of the  shareholders  or to
any notice of any other action  requiring the vote,  consent,  approval or other
action of the  shareholders  of the  Corporation,  except as expressly  required
otherwise by the Act.


<PAGE>



ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

     The  Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  shall  consist  of three (3)
members,  which number may be fixed or changed from time to time by amendment to
the By-Laws of the  Corporation.  The names and  addresses of the members of the
present Board of Directors are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>                             <C>
                               Number and Street               City, State
      Name                     or Building                     and Zip Code

James E. LaCrosse              7915 Morningside Drive          Indianapolis, IN 46240

Norma M. Johnston              9295 Spring Forest Drive        Indianapolis, IN 46260

R. Cameron Johnston            7919 Spring Mill Road           Indianapolis, IN 46260

</TABLE>

ARTICLE VII

INCORPORATORS

     The names and  addresses of the initial  incorporators  of the  Corporation
were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                         <C>                                   <C>
                            Number and Street                     City, State
      Name                  or Building                           and Zip Code

George F. Galm              642 Eastern Avenue                    Indianapolis, IN 46201

Jules J. Fansler            111 South Pennsylvania St.            Indianapolis, IN 46204

Laura Galm                  642 Eastern Avenue                    Indianapolis, IN 46201

</TABLE>

ARTICLE VIII

PROVISIONS FOR MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS
AND REGULATION OF AFFAIRS OF CORPORATION

     Section  8.1.  By-Laws.  The  By-Laws of the  Corporation  may  contain any
provision  for  managing  the  business  and   regulating  the  affairs  of  the
Corporation  that  is not  inconsistent  with  the  Act  or  these  Articles  of
Incorporation.  Except as  expressly  provided  otherwise  in these  Articles of
Incorporation,  in the By-Laws of the  Corporation,  or by the Act, the Board of
Directors of the  Corporation  shall have the  exclusive  power to make,  alter,
amend and repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.


<PAGE>

     Section 8.2. Indemnification of Directors,  Officers, Employees, and Agents
of the Corporation.

     (a)  Indemnification.  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who is or
was a Director,  officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was
serving, at the Corporation's request, as a director, officer, partner, trustee,
employee,  or agent of another  foreign or  domestic  corporation,  partnership,
joint venture,  trust,  employee benefit plan, or other enterprise,  whether for
profit or not, against any liability and reasonable expense, including,  without
limitation, any obligation to pay any judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, court
costs, and reasonable  attorneys' fees,  incurred by such person who was, is, or
is  threatened to be made, a named  defendant or  respondent in any  threatened,
pending,  or completed  action,  suit or proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative,  or  investigative,  and whether  formal or informal;  provided,
however,  that such person is determined,  in accordance  with the provisions of
Indiana Code Section  23-1-37-12,  as amended from time to time, to have met the
standard of conduct specified in Indiana Code Section 23-1-37-8, as amended from
time to time.  Upon the  demand by such  person  for such  indemnification,  the
Corporation  shall  proceed as provided in Indiana Code Section  23-1-37-12,  as
amended  from time to time,  to  determine  whether  such  person is entitled to
indemnification hereunder.

     (b)  Advances  of  Expense.  The  Corporation  may  pay for in  advance  or
reimburse  the  reasonable  expenses,   including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,
incurred by such person in any such  proceeding  specified in  paragraph  (a) of
this Section 8.2 in advance of the final  disposition  of such  proceeding,  or,
where   appropriate,   may  assume  the  defense  of  any  such  person  at  the
Corporation's  expense,  if the requirements of Indiana Code Section 23-1-37-10,
as amended from time to time, are satisfied.

     (c) Notice to  Shareholders.  If the  Corporation  indemnifies  or advances
expenses to a Director  under this  Section  8.2 or under the Act in  connection
with a  proceeding  by or in the  right of the  Corporation,  then if and to the
extent required by the Act, the Corporation shall report the  indemnification or
advance in writing to the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  with or before the
notice of the next shareholders' meeting.

     (d)  Indemnification  Not Exclusive.  The  indemnification  and advance for
expenses provided for in this Section 8.2, shall not exclude,  limit or preclude
any other rights to which any such Director,  officer,  employee, agent or other
person seeking  indemnification or advance of expenses may be entitled under the
Act,  the By-Laws of the  Corporation,  any  agreement  or  contract,  any other
applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to
serve as a Director, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other
indemnified  capacity,  and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,  executors,
administrators of any such person.

<PAGE>
     (e)  Insurance.  The  Corporation  may purchase  and maintain  insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation,  or who is or was  serving at the request of the  Corporation  as a
director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or agent of another foreign or
domestic corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan,
or other enterprise,  against any liability asserted against or incurred by such
person in any  capacity or arising out of his or her status as such,  whether or
not the Corporation has the obligation or power to indemnify such person against
such  liability  under the provisions of this Section 8.2, the Act, the Articles
of Incorporation, or otherwise.

     (f)  Effective  Date:  Continuation  of Indemnity.  The  provisions of this
Section 8.2 shall be applicable to any proceeding  specified in paragraph (a) of
this Section 8.2 which commenced after the adoption of this Section 8.2, whether
arising from acts or omissions to act occurring  before or after the adoption of
this Section 8.2. The  provisions of this Section 8.2 shall continue to apply to
any proceeding  specified in paragraph (a) of this Section 8.2 made or commenced
against  any person who has ceased to be a person  entitled  to  indemnification
hereunder  and shall  inure to the  benefit of the  estate,  heirs and  personal
representatives of such person.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the   undersigned,   being  the  President  of  the
Corporation,  hereby  executes  these  Articles of  Incorporation  and verifies,
subject to the penalties of perjury,  that the statements  contained  herein are
true, on this 15th day of December, 1993.



                                  /s/ James E. LaCrosse
                                  James E. LaCrosse, President






































This  instrument  was prepared by Michael J.  Schneider,  Attorney at Law, LOCKE
REYNOLDS BOYD & WEISELL,  1000 Capital Center South,  201 North Illinois Street,
Indianapolis, IN 46204.





AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

NATIONAL WINE & SPIRITS CORPORATION
(the "Corporation")

Adopted: November 26, 1991


ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     Section 1.1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders for the
election of Directors,  and for the  transaction  of such other  business as may
properly come before the meeting,  shall be held each year at 10:00 A.M., on the
first Tuesday in March, if such day is not a legal holiday, and if such day is a
legal  holiday,  then on the  next  following  business  day that is not a legal
holiday,  or at such  time and on such date as shall  otherwise  be fixed by the
Board of Directors  and  specified in the notice of such  meeting,  or waiver of
notice  thereof.  The failure to hold the annual meeting of the  shareholders at
the designated time shall not affect the validity of any corporate action.

     Section 1.2. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders  shall
be held if  called  by the  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  (if any),  the
President,  a majority of the Board of Directors,  or by the written  demand(s),
describing the purpose or purposes of the meeting,  signed,  dated and delivered
to the Corporation's  Secretary by the holders of at least  twenty-five  percent
(25%)  of all of the  votes  entitled  to be cast on any  issue  proposed  to be
considered at the meeting.

     Section 1.3. Place of Meetings. Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation
shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place,
within or without the State of Indiana, as may be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or waiver of notice thereof.

     Section 1.4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the date, time and place of each
annual and special  shareholders'  meeting,  and a description of the purpose or
purposes  of  such   meeting  if  required  by  the  Act  or  the   Articles  of
Incorporation,  shall be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Corporation,  or by the officer or other persons who called the meeting, to each
shareholder  of  record  entitled  to  vote at such  meeting,  and  also to each
shareholder  not  entitled to vote at such meeting if required by the Act or the
Articles of Incorporation,  no fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the date of the meeting, in any of the following manners:

     A. By written notice personally delivered to such shareholder, which notice
shall be effective when communicated;

<PAGE>



     B. By written notice,  addressed to such shareholder's address shown in the
Corporation's  current record of  shareholders,  and mailed to such  shareholder
either by first class,  certified,  or registered  United  States mail,  postage
prepaid,  or  by  private  carrier  service,  fees  prepaid  or  billed  to  the
Corporation, which notice shall be effective when mailed; or

     C. By written notice in such other form and manner authorized by the Act.

Notice  of any such  meeting  may be  waived  before  or after the date and time
stated in the notice by delivering a written waiver of notice to the Corporation
for  inclusion  in  the  minutes  or  filing  with  the  corporate   records.  A
shareholder's  attendance at a meeting,  either in person or by duly  authorized
proxy:  (i)  waives  objection  to lack of  notice  or  defective  notice of the
meeting,  unless the  shareholder  at the  beginning  of the meeting  objects to
holding the meeting or  transacting  business  at the  meeting;  and (ii) waives
objection to  consideration  of a  particular  matter at the meeting that is not
within the  purpose or purposes  described  in the  meeting  notice,  unless the
shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

     Section 1.5.  Addresses  of  Shareholders.  The address of any  shareholder
appearing  upon the  records of the  Corporation  shall be deemed to be the same
address  as the latest  address of such  shareholder  appearing  on the  records
maintained  by  the  transfer  agent  for  the  class  of  stock  held  by  such
shareholder, or by the Corporation, if the Corporation has no transfer agent.

     Section 1.6. Record Date. For the purpose of determining  the  shareholders
entitled to notice of a shareholders'  meeting,  to demand a special meeting, to
vote, or to take any other action, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may
fix a date as the record  date for any such  determination,  which  record  date
shall not be more than seventy (70) days before the meeting or action  requiring
a determination  of the  shareholders.  If the Board of Directors fails to fix a
record date as provided  herein,  the record date for  determining  shareholders
entitled to notice of and to vote at an annual or special shareholders,  meeting
shall be the close of business on the day before the first  notice is  delivered
to the shareholders.

     Section 1.7. Voting at Meetings.

     A. Voting Rights.  Except as otherwise  provided by the Act or the Articles
of  Incorporation,  each outstanding  share shall be entitled to one (1) vote on
each matter voted on at a shareholders'  meeting, and any outstanding fractional
share shall be entitled to such fraction of one (1) vote on each matter voted on
at a shareholders' meeting.

     B.  Voting  of Shares  Owned by Other  Corporations.  Except  as  otherwise
provided  by  the  Act or the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  any  shares  of the
Corporation  standing  in the name of another  corporation  may be voted by such
officer,  agent or proxy as the Board of Directors of such other corporation may
appoint,  or as the By-Laws of such other corporation may prescribe,  and in the
absence of such designation,  by such person as may be nominated in a proxy duly
executed for the purpose by the President or a Vice  President,  and a Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary, of such other corporation.


<PAGE>

     C. Voting of Shares Owned by Fiduciaries. Shares held by fiduciaries may be
voted by the  fiduciaries in such manner as the instrument or order,  appointing
such fiduciaries, may direct. In the absence of such direction, or the inability
of the  fiduciaries  to act in accordance  therewith,  the following  provisions
shall apply:

     (a) Where shares are held jointly by three or more fiduciaries, such shares
shall be voted in accordance with the will of the majority.

     (b) Where the  fiduciaries,  or a majority of them,  cannot agree, or where
they are equally divided,  upon the question of voting such shares, any court of
general equity jurisdiction may, upon petition filed by any of such fiduciaries,
or by any party in interest, direct the voting of such shares as it may deem for
the best  interests  of the  beneficiaries,  and such  shares  shall be voted in
accordance with such direction.

     (c) The  general  proxy of a  fiduciary  shall be given the same weight and
effect as the general proxy of an individual or corporation.

     D. Voting of Pledged Shares.  Shares that are pledged may, unless otherwise
provided in the agreement of pledge,  be voted by the  shareholder  pledging the
same until the shares shall have been transferred to the pledgee on the books of
the Corporation, and thereafter they may be voted by the pledgee.

     E. Proxies. A shareholder may vote such  shareholder's  shares in person or
by proxy appointed by a written  appointment  form signed by such shareholder or
by such shareholder's  attorney-in-fact.  An appointment of a proxy is effective
when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent  authorized to tabulate
votes.  An  appointment  of a proxy is valid for  eleven  (11)  months  unless a
shorter or longer period is expressly provided in the appointment form.

     F. Quorum; Action by Shareholders.  Any action on a matter at a meeting may
be taken only if a quorum exists with respect to that matter.  Unless  otherwise
provided in the  Articles of  Incorporation  or the Act, a majority of the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter by the voting group  (i.e.,  all shares of one
or more  classes or series that under the Articles of  Incorporation  or the Act
are  entitled  to vote and be  counted  together  collectively  on a matter at a
meeting of the shareholders)  shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for
action on the matter. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation
or the Act, at a meeting at which a quorum is  present:  (i) action on a matter,
other than the election of directors, by a voting group is approved if the votes
cast within the voting group  favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing
the action;  and (ii)  directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by
the shares entitled to vote in the election.

<PAGE>



     G. Shareholders' List. The Corporation shall prepare and make available for
inspection by any shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting,  beginning five (5)
business days before the date of the meeting and continuing through the meeting,
at the Corporation's  principal office or at the meeting place identified in the
meeting notice, an alphabetical  list of the names of all shareholders  entitled
to notice of the meeting, arranged by voting group (and within each voting group
by class or series of shares) and specifying the address of and number of shares
held by each  shareholder.  Such list  shall be  available  for  inspection  and
copying subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The refusal
or failure to prepare or make available the shareholders'  list shall not affect
the validity of any action taken at the meeting.

     Section 1.8. Conduct of Meetings.  The President,  or such other officer as
shall be appointed by the  President,  shall preside as chairman at all meetings
of the  shareholders,  except that the  shareholders may elect from themselves a
person to preside as chairman at any special meeting of the shareholders  called
by the shareholders.  The order of business at each shareholders'  meeting shall
be as  determined  by the  chairman  of the  meeting,  except  that the order of
business at any meeting may be changed by the vote of a majority in voting power
of those shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at such
meeting.  Unless  otherwise  determined by the chairman of the meeting or by the
shareholders as provided above,  the order of business at each annual meeting of
the  shareholders,  and  so far  as  practical  at  all  other  meetings  of the
shareholders, shall be as follows:

     A. Proof of notice of meeting, or waiver thereof.

     B. Call of roll.

     C. Reading and  disposition of unapproved  minutes of prior meetings of the
shareholders,  unless  waived by the vote of a majority in voting power of those
shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote thereat.

     D. Report of Board of Directors, if any.

     E. Reports of officers, if any.

     F. Reports of committees, if any.

     G. Election of Directors.

     H. Disposition of unfinished business.

     I. Presentation and disposition of new business.

     J. Adjournment.

<PAGE>



     Section 1.9. Action by Unanimous  Written  Consent.  Any action required or
permitted by the Act to be taken at a shareholders' meeting may be taken without
a meeting if the action is taken by all of the shareholders  entitled to vote on
the action,  evidenced by one (1) or more written consents describing the action
taken,  signed by all of the  shareholders  entitled to vote on the action,  and
delivered  to the  Corporation  for  inclusion in the minutes or filing with the
corporate  records.  Unless  the record  date has been  determined  pursuant  to
Section  1.6,  the record  date for  determining  shareholders  entitled to take
action  without  a  meeting  shall  be the date the  first  shareholder  signs a
consent.  Such action by the shareholders by unanimous  written consent shall be
effective  when the last  shareholder  signs the  consent,  unless  the  consent
specifies a different prior or subsequent effective date.

     Section 1.10.  Participation  in Meetings by Conference  Telecommunication.
Any or all shareholders may participate in a shareholders' meeting by or through
the use of any means of communication  by which all  shareholders  participating
may   simultaneously   hear  each  other  during  the  meeting.   A  shareholder
participating in a meeting by this means shall be deemed to be present in person
at the meeting.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Section 2.1.  General  Powers.  Subject to any  limitation set forth in the
Articles of  Incorporation,  all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under
the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation  managed under
the direction of, the Board of Directors.

     Section  2.2.  Number,  Qualification,  Election  and Term of  Office.  The
initial  Directors  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  named  in the  Articles  of
Incorporation  and shall hold office  until the first  shareholders'  meeting at
which  directors are elected.  At the first annual meeting of the  shareholders,
and at each annual meeting of the shareholders  thereafter,  the Directors shall
be  elected  by a  plurality  of the votes  cast by the  holders  of the  shares
entitled  to vote in such  election,  and each  Director  so elected  shall hold
office for a term expiring at the next annual  shareholders'  meeting  following
his election,  and until his successor is elected and qualified,  or until there
is a decrease in the number of Directors after the expiration of his term. After
the first  shareholders'  meeting at which  Directors are elected,  the Board of
Directors  shall consist of three (3) Directors.  The number of Directors may be
fixed or changed from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided, however,
that any  decrease in the number of  Directors  shall not shorten any  incumbent
Director's term.  Directors need not be residents of Indiana nor shareholders of
the  Corporation  unless the  Articles of  Incorporation  so require;  provided,
however,  that at least a majority  of the  Directors  shall be  citizens of the
United States.

     Section 2.3. Annual and Regular Meetings. The Board of Directors shall meet
each year immediately following, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of
the shareholders, either within or without the State of Indiana, for the purpose
of the election of officers and  consideration  of any other  business  that may
properly be brought  before the meeting.  In addition,  regular  meetings of the
Board of  Directors  may be held at such time and place as may from time to time
be fixed by the  Board of  Directors.  No notice  of the  date,  time,  place or
purpose of the annual  meeting or any regular  meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be  required  to be given to  either  old or new  members  of the Board of
Directors.  If the  annual  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  is not held as
provided herein,  the election of the officers of the Corporation may be held at
any subsequent regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>

     Section 2.4. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board of Directors  (if any) or
by the President,  and shall be called upon the written request of a majority of
the Directors then in office. Notice of the date, time and place of each special
meeting of the Board of Directors,  and a description of the purpose or purposes
of such meeting if required by the Articles of Incorporation,  shall be given by
the  Chairman  of the Board, (if  any),  President,  Secretary  or an  Assistant
Secretary of the  Corporation,  or by the Directors  who called the meeting,  to
each Director at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the meeting, in
any of the following manners:

     (a) By  oral  notice,  in  person  or by  telephone,  communicated  to such
Director, which notice shall be effective when communicated;

     (b) By written notice personally  delivered to such Director,  which notice
shall be effective when received by such Director;

     (c) By  written  notice  mailed to such  Director  either  by first  class,
certified or  registered  United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,  or by private
carrier service,  fees prepaid or billed to the Corporation,  which notice shall
be effective as of the earliest of the following:  (i) when received;  (ii) five
days after its mailing, as evidenced by the postmark or private carrier receipt,
if  correctly  addressed  to the  address  of such  Director  listed in the most
current  records  of the  Corporation;  or (iii) on the date shown on the return
receipt,  if sent by registered or certified United States mail,  return receipt
requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of such Director; or

     (d) In such other form and manner authorized by the Act.

A Director may waive notice of such special meeting before or after the date and
time stated in the notice by signing  and filing  with the minutes or  corporate
records a written waiver of such special meeting. A Director's  attendance at or
participation  in a meeting  waives any  required  notice to the Director of the
meeting,  unless the Director, at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon
the Director's arrival,  objects to holding the meeting or transacting  business
at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at
the meeting.

     Section 2.5. Quorum;  Action by Directors.  Except as otherwise provided by
the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or these  By-Laws,  a quorum  of the  Board of
Directors  shall be necessary for the  transaction of any business.  A quorum of
the Board of Directors  shall  consist of: (i) a majority of the fixed number of
Directors,  if the Corporation has a fixed Board size, or (ii) a majority of the
number of Directors  prescribed,  or if no number is  prescribed,  the number in
office  immediately before the meeting begins, if the Corporation has a variable
range size Board; provided,  however, that, for the purpose of filling vacancies
on the Board of Directors, a majority of the Directors then in office, but in no
event less than one-third (1/3) of the number of Directors  determined in (i) or
(ii) above,  shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum of Directors is present when
a vote is taken,  the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the Directors  present
shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the Articles of Incorporation
or these By-Laws  provide  otherwise.  A Director who is present at a meeting of
the Board of Directors  when  corporate  action is taken shall be deemed to have
assented to the action taken unless:  (i) the Director  objects at the beginning
of the  meeting,  or  promptly  upon his  arrival,  to  holding  the  meeting or
transacting  business thereat; or (ii) the Director's dissent or abstention from
the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (iii) the Director
delivers written notice of his dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of
the  meeting  before its  adjournment  or to the  Secretary  of the  Corporation
immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention
shall not be available to a Director who votes in favor of the action taken.


<PAGE>

     Section 2.6. Action By Unanimous  Written  Consent.  Any action required or
permitted  to be taken at a  meeting  of the  Board  of  Directors  may be taken
without a meeting  if the  action is  approved  by all  members  of the Board of
Directors,  evidenced by one (1) or more written consents  describing the action
taken,  signed by each  Director  and  included in the minutes or filed with the
corporate  records  reflecting  the action  taken.  Such  action by the Board of
Directors by unanimous written consent shall be effective when the last Director
signs the consent,  unless the consent specifies a different prior or subsequent
effective date.

     Section 2.7. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telecommunication. Any
or all Directors may  participate in any annual,  regular or special meeting by,
or conduct a meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all
Directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A
Director  participating in a meeting by this means shall be deemed to be present
in person at the meeting.

     Section 2.8. Resignations.  A Director may resign at any time by delivering
written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors
(if any), or the President or Secretary of the  Corporation,  which  resignation
shall be effective when such notice is delivered, unless such notice specifies a
later effective date.

     Section  2.9.  Removal.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by the Act or the
Articles of Incorporation,  a Director may be removed, with or without cause, by
the Board of Directors or by the  shareholders  at a special  meeting called for
the purpose of removing the  Director,  the notice of which shall state that the
purpose or one of the purposes of the meeting shall be to remove the Director.


<PAGE>

     Section  2.10.  Vacancies.  Unless  provided  otherwise  by the Articles of
Incorporation,  any vacancy  occurring in the Board of Directors,  caused by the
removal,  resignation,  death or other incapacity of a Director,  an increase in
the number of Directors,  or for any other reason, may be filled by the Board of
Directors,  or if the  Directors  remaining  in office  constitute  fewer than a
quorum of the Board of Directors,  by the affirmative  vote of a majority of all
of the Directors remaining in office.

     Section 2.11.  Compensation.  Unless the Articles of Incorporation  provide
otherwise,  the  Board  of  Directors  may fix  the  compensation,  if  any,  of
Directors.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

     Section 3.1. Election,  Qualification and Term of Officers. The officers of
the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such
other  officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem  advisable,
including,  without limitation,  one or more Vice Presidents,  a Chairman of the
Board of Directors, an Assistant Secretary, or an Assistant Treasurer.  The same
individual may simultaneously hold more than one office in the Corporation.  The
initial officers of the Corporation shall be elected at the first meeting of the
Board of Directors.  Thereafter, the officers of the Corporation shall be chosen
annually at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, and each officer shall
hold office  until his  successor is chosen and  qualified,  or until his death,
resignation,  or removal.  The  election or  appointment  of an officer does not
itself create contract rights.

     Section 3.2. Resignation.  Any officer may resign at any time by delivering
notice to the Board of  Directors,  the Chairman of the Board of  Directors  (if
any), or the President or Secretary of the Corporation,  which resignation shall
be effective  when the notice is delivered  unless the notice  specifies a later
effective date. The resignation of an officer does not affect the  Corporation's
contract rights, if any, with the officer.

     Section  3.3.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be removed at any time,  with or
without cause, by action of the Board of Directors;  provided, however, that the
removal of an officer does not affect such officer's  contract  rights,  if any,
with the Corporation.

     Section  3.4.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy in any office  because of the death,
resignation,  removal, increase in the number of offices of the Corporation,  or
otherwise, shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and the officer so elected
shall hold office  until his  successor  is chosen and  qualified,  or until his
death, resignation or removal.

     Section  3.5.  Chairman  of the Board.  The  Chairman of the Board (if any)
shall be chosen  from  among the  Directors.  The  Chairman  of the Board  shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of  Directors  at which he is present,  and
shall  generally  perform  all duties  incident to the office of Chairman of the
Board and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to him by the
Board of Directors.


<PAGE>

     Section 3.6. President. If and while there is no incumbent of the office of
Chairman of the Board,  and during the absence or  disability of the Chairman of
the Board,  the President shall have the duties and authority of the Chairman of
the  Board.  Subject  to the  control  of the Board of  Directors  and unless as
otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the chief
executive and operating officer of the Corporation,  shall direct and manage the
business and affairs of the Corporation,  and shall coordinate and supervise the
work of its other  officers.  The President shall preside at all meetings of the
shareholders at which he is present. Either personally or through other officers
or employees of the  Corporation,  the President shall employ,  direct,  fix the
compensation  of,  discipline,  and  discharge  its  personnel;  employ  agents,
professional  advisers and  consultants;  and perform all functions of a general
manager of the  Corporation's  business.  The President  shall have authority to
sign  (either  manually or in  facsimile),  with the  Secretary  or an Assistant
Secretary, certificates representing shares of capital stock of the Corporation.
The President  shall also have authority to execute and deliver on behalf of the
Corporation,  singly and without any additional  signature or  attestation,  all
deeds, mortgages, assignments,  contracts and other instruments when required or
deemed   necessary  or  advisable  by  him  in  the  ordinary   conduct  of  the
Corporation's  normal  business,  except  where  such  documents  are  expressly
required by these ByLaws, by resolution of the Board of Directors,  or by law to
be executed by some other or an additional  officer or agent of the Corporation.
The President  shall, in general,  have all authority  incident to the office of
the  President  and shall have such other powers and duties as may, from time to
time, be conferred upon or assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

     Section 3.7. Vice  Presidents.  The Vice  Presidents (if any) shall perform
such duties as may be assigned to them,  individually  or  collectively,  by the
Board of  Directors or by the  President.  In the absence or  disability  of the
President,  one or more of the Vice  Presidents  may perform  such duties of the
President as the President or the Board of Directors may designate.

     Section 3.8.  Secretary.  The Secretary  shall:  (i) prepare or cause to be
prepared  the  minutes  of the  meetings  of the  shareholders  and the Board of
Directors in books  provided for such  purpose and  authenticate  records of the
Corporation;  (ii)  attend to the giving of all notices in  accordance  with the
provisions  of these  By-Laws and as required by law;  (iii) have the  authority
(when  required) to sign with the  President or a Vice  President in the name of
the  Corporation,  and/or  attest the  signature  of either  to, all  contracts,
conveyances, transfers, assignments, encumbrances,  authorizations and all other
instruments,  documents and papers, of any and every description whatsoever,  of
or executed for or on behalf of the  Corporation;  (iv) be the  custodian of the
records and the seal (if any) of the  Corporation  and attend to the affixing of
the seal (if any) to all  documents,  the  execution  of which on  behalf of the
Corporation  under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions
of these By-Laws;  (v) have authority to sign (either manually or in facsimile),
with the President or a Vice President,  any and all  certificates  representing
shares of capital stock of the Corporation; (vi) have charge of and maintain and
keep,  or  supervise  and  control  the  maintenance  and  keeping of, the stock
certificate  books,  transfer books and stock ledgers,  and such other books and
papers as the Board of Directors  may  authorize,  direct or provide for;  (vii)
perform generally all the duties incident to the office of Secretary; and (viii)
have such other powers and duties as may, from time to time,  be conferred  upon
or assigned to him by the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>

     Section  3.9.  Treasurer.  Unless  otherwise  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors or the President,  the Treasurer shall be the financial officer of the
Corporation.  The  Treasurer  shall:  (i) have  charge  and  custody  of, and be
responsible for, all funds and securities of the Corporation which come into his
hands;  (ii)  have  authority  to  endorse  on behalf  of the  Corporation,  for
collection,  checks,  notes and other  obligations,  and deposit the same to the
credit  of the  Corporation  in such  banks  or other  depositories  as shall be
selected  by the  Board of  Directors;  (iii)  receive,  and give  receipts  and
vouchers for, payments made to the Corporation from any source whatsoever;  (iv)
enter or cause to be  entered,  punctually  and  regularly,  on the books of the
Corporation,  to be kept by him or under his  supervision  or direction for that
purpose,  full and accurate accounts of all monies received and paid out by, for
or on account of, the Corporation;  (v) render to the President and the Board of
Directors,  whenever  required by them, an account of all of his transactions as
Treasurer of the Corporation and of the financial  condition of the Corporation;
(vi) perform  generally all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer;  and
(vii) have such other powers and duties as may,  from time to time, be conferred
upon or  assigned  to him by the  Board of  Directors  or by the  President.  If
required by the Board of Directors,  the Treasurer  shall give such bond for the
faithful  performance of his duties in such amount and with such sureties as the
Board of Directors shall determine.

     Section 3.10.  Assistant  Secretaries.  The Assistant  Secretaries (if any)
shall  perform  such  duties  as from  time to time  may be  assigned  to  them,
individually or collectively,  by the Board of Directors, by the President,  any
Vice  President,  or by the  Secretary.  In the  absence  or  disability  of the
Secretary,  one or more of the Assistant  Secretaries may perform such duties of
the Secretary as the  Secretary,  the  President,  or the Board of Directors may
designate.

     Section 3.11. Assistant Treasurers. The Assistant Treasurers (if any) shall
perform  such duties as from time to time may be assigned to them,  individually
or  collectively,  by the  Board of  Directors,  by the  President,  by any Vice
President,  or by the Treasurer.  In the absence or disability of the Treasurer,
one or more of the Assistant Treasurers may perform such duties of the Treasurer
as the Treasurer, the President, or the Board of Directors may designate.

     Section 3.12.  Delegation  of Authority.  In the case of the absence of any
officer of the Corporation,  or for any other reason that the Board of Directors
may deem  sufficient,  a majority of the entire Board of Directors  may delegate
powers or duties of such  officer  to any other  officer  or  officers  for such
length of time as the Board may determine.

     Section 3.13.  Compensation.  Each officer of the Corporation shall receive
such  compensation,  if any, for his service in such office as may be fixed from
time to time by action of the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>



ARTICLE IV

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES

     Section 4.1.  Indemnification.  The Corporation  shall indemnify any person
who is or was a Director,  officer or employee of the Corporation,  or who is or
was serving,  at the Corporation's  request, as  a director,  officer,  partner,
trustee,  employee,  or  agent  of  another  foreign  or  domestic  corporation,
partnership,  joint venture,  trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise,
whether  for  profit or not,  against  any  liability  and  reasonable  expense,
including,  without  limitation,  any obligation to pay a judgment,  settlement,
penalty,  fine,  court costs, and reasonable  attorneys' fees,  incurred by such
person who was, is or is threatened  to be made a named  defendant or respondent
in any threatened,  pending,  or completed action,  suit or proceeding,  whether
civil,  criminal,  administrative,  or  investigative,  and  whether  formal  or
informal;  provided, however, that such person is determined, in accordance with
the provisions of Indiana Code Section 23-1-37-12, as amended from time to time,
to have met the standard of conduct specified in Indiana Code Section 23-1-37-8,
as  amended  from  time to  time.  Upon  the  demand  by such  person  for  such
indemnification,  the  Corporation  shall  proceed as provided  in Indiana  Code
Section  23-1-37-12,  as amended from time to time,  to  determine  whether such
person is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

     Section 4.2.  Advances of Expenses.  The Corporation may pay for in advance
or reimburse the reasonable  expenses,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,
incurred by such person in such proceeding referred to in Section 4.1 in advance
of the final disposition of such proceeding,  or, where appropriate,  may assume
the defense of any such person at the Corporation's expense, if the requirements
of Indiana Code Section 23-1-37-10, as amended from time to time, are satisfied.

     Section 4.3.  Notice to  Shareholders.  If the  Corporation  indemnifies or
advances  expenses  to a  Director  under  this  Article  IV or under the Act in
connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation,  then to the
extent required by the Act, the Corporation shall report the  indemnification or
advance in writing to the  shareholders  of the  Corporation  with or before the
notice of the next shareholders' meeting.

     Section 4.4. Indemnification Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advance
for  expenses  provided  for in this  Article  IV shall  not  exclude,  limit or
preclude any other rights to which any such Director,  officer,  employee, agent
or other person seeking  indemnification  or advance of expenses may be entitled
under the Act, the Articles of  Incorporation,  any  agreement or contract,  any
other  applicable  law or otherwise,  and shall  continue as to a person who has
ceased to serve as a Director, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in
any other  indemnified  capacity,  and shall  inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors, administrators of any such person.

     Section 4.5. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a Director,  officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director,  officer,  partner,  trustee,  employee or agent of another foreign or
domestic corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan,
or other enterprise,  against any liability asserted against or incurred by such
person in any  capacity or arising out of his or her status as such,  whether or
not the Corporation has the obligation or power to indemnify such person against
such liability under the provisions of this Article IV, the Act, the Articles of
Incorporation, or otherwise.


<PAGE>

         Section 4.6. Effective Date; Continuation of Indemnity.  The provisions
of this Article IV shall be  applicable to any  proceeding  specified in Section
4.1 which  commenced after the adoption of this Article IV, whether arising from
acts or omissions to act occurring  before or after the adoption of this Article
IV. The  provisions of this Article IV shall continue to apply to any proceeding
specified in Section 4.1 made or commenced  against any person who has ceased to
be a person entitled to indemnification hereunder and shall inure to the benefit
of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such person.

ARTICLE V

SHARES AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

     Section 5.1. Stock Certificates.  Each holder of shares of capital stock of
the Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates,  which shall
be in such form as the Board of  Directors  shall  from time to time  prescribe,
certifying  the number of shares owned by such holder in the  Corporation.  Each
certificate shall be signed,  either manually or in facsimile,  by the President
or a Vice  President  and  the  Secretary  or  any  Assistant  Secretary  of the
Corporation  and shall state on its face the name of the  Corporation,  the fact
that the  Corporation is organized  under the laws of the State of Indiana,  the
name of the person to whom the shares  are  issued,  and the number and class of
shares and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents, if
such shares are not fully paid up, the  certificate  shall be legibly stamped to
indicate the percentage which has been paid up, and as further payments are made
thereon,  the certificate  shall be stamped  accordingly.  If the Corporation is
authorized  to issue  different  classes of shares or different  series within a
class,  the  designations,   relative  rights,   preferences,   and  limitations
applicable  to  each  class  and  the  variations  in  rights,  preferences  and
limitations  determined  for each  series,  and the  authority  of the  Board of
Directors to determine  variations for future series,  must be summarized on the
front or back of each certificate, or alternatively,  each certificate may state
conspicuously  on its  front  or back  that the  Corporation  will  furnish  the
shareholder   this  information  on  request  in  writing  and  without  charge.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may authorize the issue of
some or all of the shares of any or all  classes  or series of capital  stock of
the  Corporation  without  certificates in accordance with the provisions of the
Act.

     Section 5.2. Record Holders. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the
person in whose  name any  share of stock of the  Corporation,  or any  warrant,
right or  option to  acquire  stock of the  Corporation,  is  registered  in the
records of the  Corporation  as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not
be bound to  recognize  any  equitable  or other claim to, or interest  in, such
share, warrant,  right or option on the part of any other person, whether or not
the Corporation shall have notice thereof,  except as may be expressly  provided
otherwise by law, the Articles of Incorporation,  or these By-Laws.  In no event
shall any  transferee of shares of the  Corporation  become a shareholder of the
Corporation until express notice of the transfer shall have been received by the
Corporation.


<PAGE>

     Section  5.3.  Transfer  of Shares.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law,
transfers of shares of the capital stock of the  Corporation  shall be made only
on the books of the Corporation by the record owner thereof in person, or by his
legal guardian or personal representative,  or by his attorney-in-fact thereunto
authorized  by power of attorney  duly  executed and filed with the Secretary of
the Corporation,  upon payment of any and all taxes thereon and surrender to the
Secretary of the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares,
properly endorsed by the holder thereof or accompanied by the proper evidence of
succession, assignment or authority to transfer satisfactory to the Corporation.
No restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock of
the  Corporation  shall be  enforceable  against a holder or  transferee of such
shares who has no knowledge of such restriction, unless such restriction: (i) is
permitted  by the  Act  and  all  other  applicable  laws,  and  (ii)  is  noted
conspicuously on the front or back of the  certificates  for such shares,  or is
contained in the information  statement  required by the Act with respect to any
shares issued without certificates.

     Section 5.4. Lost,  Destroyed and Stolen  Certificates.  If any certificate
for shares  becomes  worn,  defaced,  or mutilated,  but is still  substantially
intact and recognizable,  the Directors,  upon production and surrender thereof,
shall order it cancelled and a new certificate  issued in lieu of it. The holder
of any shares shall immediately notify the Corporation if a certificate therefor
shall be lost,  stolen,  destroyed,  or mutilated  beyond  recognition,  and the
Corporation  may  issue  a new  certificate  in the  place  of  any  certificate
theretofore issued by it which is alleged to have been lost,  stolen,  destroyed
or mutilated beyond recognition.  The Board of Directors may, in its discretion,
require the owner of the certificate which is alleged to have been lost, stolen,
destroyed or  mutilated  beyond  recognition,  or his legal  representative,  to
furnish an  affidavit  as to such loss,  theft or  destruction  and/or  give the
Corporation  a bond with such  surety or  sureties,  and in such sum,  as it may
direct,  to indemnify the Corporation and its Directors and officers against any
claim that may be made  against it or any of them on account of the  issuance of
such new  certificate  in place of the  allegedly  lost,  stolen,  destroyed  or
mutilated  certificate.  The Board of Directors may, however,  if it so chooses,
refuse to issue any such new certificate except pursuant to the order of a court
having jurisdiction in such matter.

     Section 5.5.  Transfer Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a transfer
agent and a registrar for each class of capital stock of the Corporation and may
require all certificates  representing such shares to bear the signature of such
transfer  agent  and  registrar.  Each  shareholder  shall  be  responsible  for
notifying in writing the  transfer  agent and  registrar  for the class of stock
held by such shareholder of any changes in such shareholder's  address from time
to  time,  and  the  failure  to  do  so  shall  relieve  the  Corporation,  its
shareholders, Directors, officers, transfer agent and registrar of any liability
arising  from the failure to direct  notices,  dividends  or other  documents or
property  to an address  other than the one  appearing  upon the  records of the
transfer agent and registrar of the Corporation.


<PAGE>



     Section 5.6.  Regulations.  The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and
regulations  as it may deem  expedient,  not  inconsistent  with  the  law,  the
Articles of Incorporation,  or these Bylaws,  regarding the issue, transfer, and
registration or the replacement of certificates  for shares of the capital stock
of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND NOTES
AND OTHER ACTIONS ON BEHALF OF THE CORPORATION

     Section 6.1.  Execution of Ordinary  Contracts and Agreements.  All written
contracts  and  agreements  into which the  Corporation  enters in the  ordinary
course of its  business  shall be executed on behalf of the  Corporation  by any
duly elected officer of the Corporation or by any other employee or agent of the
Corporation  expressly  authorized  by  resolution  of the Board of Directors to
execute any such contracts and agreements.

     Section  6.2.  Execution  of  Deeds,  Mortgages,   Notes  and  Non-ordinary
Contracts  and  Agreements.   Unless  otherwise  required  by  law,  all  deeds,
mortgages,  deeds of trust, notes, assignments and other instruments made by the
Corporation  and  all  written  contracts  and  agreements  entered  into by the
Corporation,  other than those  contracts  and  agreements  entered  into in the
ordinary course of its business,  shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation
by  the  President  of the  Corporation  and,  when  required,  attested  by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation;  provided, however, that
the Board of  Directors  may  expressly  authorize  by  resolution  any officer,
employee,  or agent of the  Corporation  to  execute  any such  deed,  mortgage,
assignment,  instrument,  contract  or  agreement  on behalf of the  Corporation
singly and without the necessity of any  additional  execution or attestation by
any other officer of the Corporation.

     Section  6.3.  Execution  and  Endorsement  of Checks  and  Drafts.  Unless
otherwise  required by law,  all  checks,  drafts,  bills of exchange  and other
orders for the  payment of money  (other  than  notes) by or to the  Corporation
shall be executed or  endorsed  on behalf of the  Corporation  by any two of the
following duly elected officers of the Corporation:  President,  Vice President,
Treasurer or Secretary.  However, the Board of Directors may expressly authorize
by resolution any one or more officers or other  employees of the Corporation to
execute or endorse any checks,  drafts, or other orders for the payment of money
on behalf of the  Corporation,  singly and  without  any  additional  signature,
endorsement or attestation by any other officer of the Corporation.

     Section 6.4.  Endorsement of Stock Certificates.  Unless otherwise directed
by resolution of the Board of Directors,  any stock  certificate or certificates
representing  shares  of stock  of any  corporation  owned  by the  Corporation,
including shares of the Corporation  reacquired by the  Corporation,  shall, for
the  purpose  of  sale  or  transfer  thereof,  be  endorsed  on  behalf  of the
Corporation by the President or any vice President and, when required,  attested
by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.


<PAGE>

     Section  6.5.  Voting  of Shares  Owned by  Corporation.  Unless  otherwise
directed by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors,  any shares of stock of any
corporation  owned or  controlled by the  Corporation  (other than shares of the
Corporation)  may be voted at any  shareholders'  meeting of such corporation by
the President of the  Corporation,  if he is present at such meeting,  or in his
absence, by the Secretary of the Corporation.  Whenever,  in the judgment of the
President,  it is  desirable  for the  Corporation  to execute a proxy or give a
shareholders'  consent in respect to any such shares of a  corporation  owned by
the  Corporation,  such proxy or consent  shall be  executed  in the name of the
Corporation by the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Any person or
persons  designated  in the manner  above  stated as the proxy or proxies of the
Corporation shall have full right,  power and authority to vote such shares of a
corporation  owned by the Corporation in the same manner as such shares might be
voted by the Corporation.

                                                    ARTICLE VII

                                                   MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 7.1.  Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may
designate  the design and cause the  Corporation  to obtain and use a  corporate
seal. The  Corporation  shall not be required to have a corporate seal or to use
any corporate seals it may have for any purpose  whatsoever.  The absence of the
impression of the corporate  seal from any document  shall not affect in any way
the validity or effect of such document.

     Section 7.2. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on
the  first  day of April  in each  year and end on the last day of March in each
year.

     Section  7.3.  Amendment of By-Laws.  Except as  otherwise  provided by the
Articles  of  Incorporation  or the Act,  only the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation may adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

     Section 7.4.  Construction  of By-Laws.  In the event these By-Laws contain
any terms or  provisions  that are  inconsistent  or in conflict with any of the
terms or  provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation  or with any provision of
the  Act,  such  terms  and  provisions  of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or
provisions  of  the  Act  shall  control  and  supersede  such   conflicting  or
inconsistent  terms  and  provisions  of these  By-Laws,  but such  conflict  or
inconsistency shall not impair,  nullify or otherwise affect the remaining terms
and provisions of these By-Laws which shall remain in full force and effect. The
captions at the beginning of the several  Articles and Sections of these By-Laws
are not part of the context hereof,  but are merely labels to assist in locating
and reading those  Articles and sections  thereof,  and such  captions  shall be
ignored  in  construing  these  By-Laws.  Whenever  used or  appearing  in these
By-Laws,  pronouns of the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter
genders, and the singular shall include the plural wherever appropriate,  unless
the context clearly indicates otherwise. As used in these By-Laws: (a) the "Act"
shall  mean the  Indiana  Business  Corporation  Law,  as then in effect  and as
amended from time to time;  (b) the "Articles of  Incorporation"  shall mean the
Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation as then in effect and as amended
from  time  to  time;  and (c) the  "By-Laws"  shall  mean  the  By-Laws  of the
Corporation as then in effect and as amended from time to time.


                                                 [END OF BY-LAWS]


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT


Form BCA-10.30
(Rev. Jan. 1995)
George H. Ryan
Secretary of State
Department of Business Services
Springfield, IL  62756
Telephone (217) 782-1832

Remit payment in check or money order
payable to "Secretary of State"
The filing fee for articles of amendment - $25.00

1.   CORPORATE NAME: NWS, Inc.

2.   MANNER OF ADOPTION OF AMENDMENT:

    [ ]  The following amendment of the Articles of Incorporation was adopted on
         December 22, 1995 in the manner indicated below. ("X" one box only)

    [ ]  By a majority of the incorporators, provided no directors were named in
         the articles of incorporation and no directors have been elected;

    [ ]  By a majority of the board of directors,  in accordance with Section 
         10.10, the corporation  having issued no shares as of the time of 
         adoption of this amendment;

    [ ]  By a majority of the board of directors,  in accordance with Section
         10.15, shares having been issued but shareholder action not being 
         required for the adoption of the amendment;

    [ ]  By the shareholders, in accordance with Section 10.20, a resolution of 
         the board of directors having been duly adopted and  submitted  to  the
         shareholders.  At a meeting of shareholders, not less than the  minimum
         number of votes required by statute and by the articles of 
         incorporation were voted in favor of the amendment;

    [ ]  By the  shareholders, in accordance with Sections  10.20  and  7.10,  a
         resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted and 
         submitted to the shareholders.  A consent in writing has been signed by
         shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes required
         by statute and by the articles of incorporation.  Shareholders who have
         not consented  in writing have been given notice in accordance with 
         Section 7.10;

    [X]  By the shareholders, in accordance with Sections  10.20  and  7.10,  a
         resolution of the board of directors having been duly adopted and 
         submitted to the  shareholders.  A consent in  writing has been  signed
         by all the shareholders entitled to vote on this amendment.

3.   TEXT OF AMENDMENT:

     a.   When  amendment  effects a name change,  insert the new corporate name
          below. Use Page 2 for all other amendments. Article I: The name of the
          corporation is:



(NEW NAME)
All changes other than name, include on page 2
(Over)


<PAGE>


Text of Amendment

     b.   (If amendment  affects the corporate  purpose,  the amended purpose is
          required to be set forth in its entirety.  If there is not  sufficient
          space to do so, add one or more sheets of this size.)

          SEE ATTACHMENT




<PAGE>


     The  manner,  if not set  forth  in  Article  3b,  in which  any  exchange,
     reclassification  or cancellation  of issued shares,  or a reduction of the
     number of authorized  shares of any class below the number of issued shares
     of that class,  provided for or effected by this amendment,  is as follows:
     (If not applicable, insert "No change")

     No change

5.   (a) The  manner,  if not set forth in Article  3b, in which said  amendment
     effects a change in the amount of paid-in capital (Paid-in capital replaces
     the terms Stated  Capital and Paid-in  Surplus and is equal to the total of
     these accounts) is as follows: (If not applicable, insert "No change")

     No change

     (b) The amount of  paid-in  capital  (Paid-in  Capital  replaces  the terms
     Stated  Capital  and  Paid-in  Surplus  and is equal to the  total of these
     accounts) as changed by this amendment is as follows:  (If not  applicable,
     insert "No change")

     No change

                                Before Amendment          After Amendment

     Paid-in Capital            $                         $

     (Complete either Item 6 or 7 below. All signatures must be in BLACK INK.)

6.   The  undersigned  corporation has caused this statement to be signed by its
     duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms, under penalties of perjury,
     that the fact stated herein are true.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         <S>                            <C>
         Dated:  December 22, 1995      NWS, Inc.
         ----------------------------   -------------------------------
                                        (Exact Name of Corporation at date 
                                         of execution)

         attested by _______________    by ____________________

         (Signature of Secretary or     (Signature of President or
          Assistant Sec.)                Vice President

         /s/NORMA JOHNSTON, SECRETARY   /s/JAMES E. LaCROSSE, PRESIDENT
         ----------------------------   -------------------------------
         (Type or Print Name and Title) (Type or Print Name and Title)
</TABLE>

7.   If amendment is authorized  pursuant to Section 10.10 by the incorporators,
     the incorporators must sign below and type or print name and title.

                                       OR

     If amendment is authorized  by the directors  pursuant to Section 10.10 and
     there are no officers,  then a majority of the directors or such  directors
     as may be designated by the board,  must sign below, and type or print name
     and title.

     The  undersigned  affirms,  under the penalties of perjury,  that the facts
     stated herein are true.

     Dated _______________, 19 ___

     -----------------------------           --------------------------

     -----------------------------           --------------------------

     -----------------------------           --------------------------

<PAGE>


NOTES and INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE 1:  State the true exact corporate name as it appears on the records of the
         office  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  BEFORE  any  amendments  herein
         reported.

NOTE 2:  Incorporators are permitted to adopt amendments ONLY before any  shares
         have been issued and before any directors have been named or elected.. 
         (ss. 10.10)

NOTE 3:  Directors  may  adopt  amendments without shareholder  approval in only
         seven  instances,  as  follows:

          (a)  to remove  the  names and  addresses  of  directors  named in the
               articles of incorporation;

          (b)  to  remove  to  remove  the  name  and  address  of  the  initial
               registered  agent and  registered  office,  provided a  statement
               pursuant to ss. 5.10 is also filed;

          (c)  to increase,  decrease,  create or eliminate the par value of the
               shares of any  class,  so long as no class or series of shares is
               adversely affected;

          (d)  to split the issued whole shares and unissued  authorized  shares
               by  multiplying  them by a whole  number,  so long as no class or
               series is adversely affected thereby;

          (e)  to  change  the   corporate   name  by   substituting   the  word
               "corporation",   "incorporated",  "company",  "limited",  or  the
               abbreviation "corp.", "inc.", "co.", or "ltd." for a similar word
               or  abbreviation  in  the  name,  or  by  adding  a  geographical
               attribution to the name;

          (f)  to  reduce  the  authorized  shares of any  class  pursuant  to a
               cancellation statement filed in accordance with ss. 9.05; or

          (g)  to restate the articles of  incorporation  as currently  amended.
               (ss. 10.15)

NOTE 4:  All amendments not adopted under ss.10.10 or ss. 10.15 require (1) that
         the board of directors  adopt a resolution  setting forth the  proposed
         amendment and (2) that the shareholders  approve the amendment.

         Shareholder  approval  may  be  (1)  by vote at a shareholders' meeting
         (either  annual  or  special) or (2) by consent, in writing,  without a
         meeting.

         To  be  adopted,  the  amendment  must  receive the affirmative vote or
         consent  of  the  holders  of  at least 2/3 of the  outstanding  shares
         entitled to vote on the  amendment  (but if class voting  applies, then
         also at least a 2/3 vote within each class is required).

         The  articles  of   incorporation   may  supersede  the  2/3  vote
         requirement by specifying  any smaller or larger vote  requirement  not
         less than a majority  of the  outstanding  shares  entitled to vote and
         not less than a  majority  within each class when class voting applies.
         (ss. 10.20)

NOTE 5:  When shareholder approval is by consent, all shareholders must be given
         notice of the proposed  amendment at least 5 days before the consent is
         signed.  If the amendment is adopted,  shareholders who have not signed
         the consent  must be promptly notified of the passage of the amendment.
         (ss.ss. 7.10 & 10.20)

C-173.9


<PAGE>




ATTACHMENT TO ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
FOR NWS, INC, DATED DECEMBER 22, 1995

     The Articles of Incorporation of NWS, Inc. shall be amended ** and restated
as follows:

A.       1.   The corporate name is:  NWS, Inc.

         2.   Registered agent:   Andrew D. James
              Registered office:  225 W. Washington Street
                                  Suite 2400
                                  Chicago, Illinois  60606

         3.   The  purposes  for  which the  corporation  is organized  are  the
              transaction  of any or all lawful  business for which corporations
              may  be  incorporated   under  the  Illinois Business  Corporation
              Act of 1983, as amended.

         4.** Paragraph 1:  Authorized Shares, Issued Shares and Consideration
              Received.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>
                                          Number of
                       Par Value           Shares          Number of
Class                  Per Share         Authorized       Shares Issued    Paid-In-Capital
- -----                  ---------         ----------       -------------    ---------------
Common Voting            $.01               200,000          88,256*       $16,757,780.00*

Common Non-voting        $.01            10,000,000             0                           
                       ---------         ----------       -------------    ---------------

       TOTAL                             10,200,000          88,256*       $16,757,780.00*
<FN>

*Issued  Shares  and  Paid-in-Capital  on  record  with  Secretary  of  State is
currently  66,909  and  $12,701,850.00,   respectively;   the  difference  being
additional  shares  issued and  paid-in  capital  received  during  the  current
anniversary  year,  which will be reported on Form 14.30 with the  corporation's
Annual Report due on June 1, 1996.

**Denotes provisions being amended.
</FN>
</TABLE>

     Paragraph2: The preferences, qualifications,  limitations, restrictions and
     special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are:

     Cumulative  voting  rights  shall  be  denied.   The  terms,   preferences,
limitations  and relative  rights of shares of Voting Common Stock and shares of
Non-voting  Common  Stock,  including  rights to  distribution  and  liquidation
proceeds,  shall be identical,  as provided by the Illinois Business Corporation
Act of 1983, as amended,  except that: (i) the holders of the outstanding shares
of Voting  Common Stock shall have  exclusive  and  unlimited  voting rights and
shall be  entitled  to one (1)  vote per  share  on each  matter  submitted,  or
required to be submitted, to a vote of the shareholders of the corporation,  and
(ii) the holders of the outstanding  shares of the Non-voting Common Stock shall
not be entitled to any voting  rights and shall not be entitled to any notice of
any meetings of the  shareholders or to any notice of any other action requiring
the  vote,  consent,  approval  or  other  action  of  the  shareholders  of the
Corporation,  except as expressly  required  otherwise by the Illinois  Business
Corporation Act of 1983, as amended.

B. The date of incorporation of NWS, Inc. is June 14, 1991.





BY-LAWS

OF

NWS, INC.


ARTICLE I

OFFICES

     SECTION 1.1 Illinois  Registered Office. The corporation shall continuously
maintain in the State of Illinois a registered office and registered agent whose
office is identical with such registered office.

     SECTION 1.2 Other Offices. The corporation may have other offices within or
without the state.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

     SECTION 2.1 Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of the shareholders shall be
held on the 1st  Thursday  in April of each  year for the  purpose  of  electing
directors and for the  transaction of such other business as may come before the
meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday,  such
meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.

     SECTION 2.2 Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders may be
called  either by the  president,  the board of directors or by the holders of a
majority  of all  outstanding  shares of the  corporation,  for the  purpose  or
purposes stated in the call of the meeting.

     SECTION 2.3 Place of Meeting.  The board of  directors  may  designate  any
place as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special  meeting
called by the board of directors.

     SECTION 2.4  Informal  Action By  Shareholders.  Any action  required to be
taken at a meeting of the  shareholders,  or any other action which may be taken
at a meeting of the  shareholders,  may be taken without a meeting and without a
vote,  if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the  action so taken,  shall be
signed

          (a) by the  holders  of  outstanding  shares  having not less than the
     minimum  number of votes that would be  necessary to authorize or take such
     action at a meeting  at which all  shares  entitled  to vote  thereon  were
     present and voting, or

          (b) by all of the  shareholders  entitled to vote with  respect to the
     subject matter  thereof. 


<PAGE>

     If such consent is signed by less than all of the shareholders  entitled to
vote, then such consent shall become  effective only if at least five days prior
to the  execution  of the  consent a notice in writing is  delivered  to all the
shareholders  entitled to vote with respect to the subject  matter  thereof and,
after the  effective  date of the  consent,  prompt  notice of the taking of the
corporation  action  without a meeting by less than  unanimous  written  consent
shall be delivered in writing to those  shareholders  who have not  consented in
writing.

     SECTION 2.5 Notice of Meetings.  Written notice stating the place, date and
hour of the  meeting,  and in the case of a  special  meeting,  the  purpose  or
purposes for which the meeting is called,  shall be delivered  not less than ten
nor more than sixty days  before  the date of the  meeting,  or in the case of a
merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of
assets, not less than twenty nor more than sixty days before the meeting, either
personally  or by  mail,  by or at  the  direction  of  the  president,  or  the
secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of
record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed
to be delivered when deposited with the United States Postal Service,  addressed
to  the  shareholder  at  his  address  as it  appears  on  the  records  of the
corporation,  with  postage  thereon  prepaid.  When a meeting is  adjourned  to
another time or place,  notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the  adjournment is
taken.

     SECTION  2.6 Fixing of Record  Date.  For the  purpose of  determining  the
shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment  thereof,  or to express consent to corporate  action in writing
without a meeting,  or to  receive  payment  of any  dividend,  or any rights in
respect of any  change,  conversion  or exchange of shares or for the purpose of
any other lawful action,  the board of directors of the  corporation  may fix in
advance a record date which shall not be more than sixty days and, for a meeting
of  shareholders,  not  less  than  ten  days,  or  in  the  case  of a  merger,
consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of assets,
not less than twenty days, immediately preceding the date of such meeting. If no
record date is fixed,  the record  date for the  determination  of  shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders  shall be the date
on  which  notice  of the  meeting  is  mailed,  and  the  record  date  for the
determination  of shareholders  for any other purpose shall be the date on which
the board of directors adopts the resolution  relating thereto.  A determination
of  shareholders  of record  entitled  to  notice of or to vote at a meeting  of
shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting.

     SECTION  2.7  Voting  Lists.  The  officer  or agent  having  charge of the
transfer  books for shares of the  corporation  shall make,  within  twenty days
after record date or ten days before each meeting of shareholders,  whichever is
earlier,  a complete list of the shareholders  entitled to vote at such meeting,
arranged in alphabetical order,  showing the address of and the number of shares
registered in the name of the shareholder,  which list, for a period of ten days
prior to such  meeting,  shall be kept on file at the  registered  office of the
corporation  and shall be open to inspection by any  shareholder for any purpose
germane to the meeting, at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall
also be  produced  and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and may be
inspected by any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting.  The original
share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof kept in this State,  shall
be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders  entitled to examine such
list or share ledger or transfer book or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.8 Voting of Shares.  Except as otherwise provided in the articles
of incorporation or these by-laws, each outstanding share,  regardless of class,
shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to vote at a meeting of
shareholders.

     SECTION  2.9 Voting of Shares by Certain  Holders.  Shares  standing in the
name of another corporation,  domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer,
agent,  or proxy as the by-laws of such  corporation  may prescribe,  or, in the
absence of such  provision,  as the board of directors of such  corporation  may
determine.

          (a) Shares standing in the name of a deceased  person, a minor ward or
     an incompetent person, may be voted by his administrator,  executor,  court
     appointed guardian, or conservator,  either in person or by proxy without a
     transfer  of such  shares  into the name of such  administrator,  executor,
     court appointed guardian, or conservator.  Shares standing in the name of a
     trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy.

          (b) Shares  standing  in the name of a  receiver  may be voted by such
     receiver,  and shares  held by or under the  control  of a receiver  may be
     voted  by such  receiver  without  the  transfer  thereof  into his name if
     authority  so to do be contained  in an  appropriate  order of the court by
     which such receiver was appointed.

          (c) A  shareholder  whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote
     such  shares  until the shares have been  transferred  into the name of the
     pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so
     transferred.

          (d) Any  number  of  shareholders  may  create a voting  trust for the
     purpose  of  conferring  upon a trustee  or  trustees  the right to vote or
     otherwise  represent their share,  for a period not to exceed ten years, by
     entering into a written  voting trust  agreement  specifying  the terms and
     conditions of the voting trust,  and by  transferring  their shares to such
     trustee  or  trustees  for the  purpose  of the  agreement.  Any such trust
     agreement  shall not become  effective until a counterpart of the agreement
     is deposited with the corporation at its registered office. The counterpart
     of the voting trust  agreement so deposited with the  corporation  shall be
     subject  to  the  same  right  of  examination  by  a  shareholder  of  the
     corporation,  in  person  or by agent or  attorney,  as are the  books  and
     records of the  corporation,  and shall be subject  to  examination  by any
     holder of a beneficial interest in the voting trust, either in person or by
     agent or attorney, at any reasonable time for any proper purpose.

          (e) Shareholders may provide for the voting of their shares by signing
     an agreement for that purpose.  A voting agreement under this subsection is
     not subject to the provisions of subsection (d) above.
<PAGE>

          (f) Shares of its own stock belonging to this corporation shall not be
     voted,  directly or indirectly,  at any meeting and shall not be counted in
     determining  the total number of outstanding  shares at any given time, but
     shares of its own stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and
     shall be counted in determining  the total number of outstanding  shares at
     any given time.

     SECTION 2.10  Proxies.  Each  shareholder  entitled to vote at a meeting of
shareholders  or to express  consent or dissent to  corporate  action in writing
without a meeting  may  authorize  another  person or  persons to act for him by
proxy, but no such proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its
execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

     SECTION 2.11 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
the corporation,  present in person or represented by proxy,  shall constitute a
quorum at any meeting of shareholders;  provided that if less than a majority of
the outstanding shares are represented at said meeting, a majority of the shares
so represented may adjourn the meeting at any time without further notice.  If a
quorum  is  present,  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  majority  of  the  shares
represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote
of a greater  number or voting by classes is required by the  Illinois  Business
Corporation  Act of 1983, as amended,  the articles of  incorporation,  or these
by-laws.  At any  adjourned  meeting  at which a quorum  shall be  present,  any
business  may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted  at the original
meeting.  Withdrawal of shareholders from any meeting shall not cause failure of
a duly constituted quorum at that meeting.

     SECTION 2.12 Inspectors.  At any meeting of  shareholders,  the chairman of
the meeting may, or upon the request of any  shareholder  shall,  appoint one or
more persons as inspectors for such meeting.

          (a) Such  inspectors  shall  ascertain and report the number of shares
     represented at the meeting,  based upon their determination of the validity
     and effect of proxies;  count all votes and report the results; and do such
     other  acts  as  are  proper  to  conduct  the  election  and  voting  with
     impartiality and fairness to all the shareholders.

          (b) Each report of an inspector  shall be in writing and signed by him
     or by a majority of them if there be more than one inspector acting at such
     meeting.  If there is more than one  inspector,  the  report of a  majority
     shall be the  report of the  inspectors.  The  report of the  inspector  or
     inspectors  on the  number of shares  represented  at the  meeting  and the
     results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

     SECTION  2.13 Voting By Ballot.  Voting on any  question or in any election
may be by voice  unless the  presiding  officer  shall order or any  shareholder
shall demand that voting be by ballot.


<PAGE>

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

     SECTION 3.1  General  Powers.  The  business  of the  corporation  shall be
managed by, or under the direction of, its board of directors.

     SECTION 3.2 Number,  Tenure and Qualifications.  The number of directors of
the  corporation  shall be three (3). Each director  shall hold office until the
next annual meeting of shareholders  or,  thereafter,  until his successor shall
have been elected.  Directors need not be residents of Illinois or  shareholders
of the  corporation.  The number of directors may be increased or decreased from
time to time by the  amendment of this section;  but no decrease  shall have the
effect of shortening the term of any incumbent  director.  A director may resign
at any time by giving written notice to the board of directors, its chairman, or
to the president or secretary of the  corporation.  A  resignation  is effective
when the notice is given unless the notice  specifies a future date. The pending
vacancy may be filled before the  effective  date,  but the successor  shall not
take office until the effective date.

     SECTION 3.3 Quorum.  A majority of the number of  directors  fixed by these
by-laws shall  constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of
the board of directors,  provided that if less than a majority of such number of
directors are present at said meeting,  a majority of the directors  present may
adjourn the meeting at any time without further notice.

     SECTION  3.4 Manner of Acting.  The act of the  majority  of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present  shall be the act of the board
of directors,  unless the act of a greater number is required by statute,  these
by-laws, or the articles of incorporation.

     SECTION 3.5 Regular  Meetings.  A regular meeting of the board of directors
shall be held  without  other  notice than this  by-law,  immediately  after the
annual  meeting  of  shareholders.  The  board  of  directors  may  provide,  by
resolution,  the time and place  for  holding  of  additional  regular  meetings
without other notice than such resolution.

     SECTION 3.6 Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the board of directors
may be  called  by or at  the  request  of the  president  or  any  one or  more
directors.  The person or persons  authorized  to call  special  meetings of the
board of  directors  may fix any  place as the  place for  holding  any  special
meeting of the board of directors called by them.

     SECTION 3.7 Notice.  Notice of any special  meeting shall be given at least
two (2) days previous thereto by written notice to each director at his business
address.  If mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited
with the  United  States  Postal  Service so  addressed,  with  postage  thereon
prepaid.  If  notice be given by  telegram,  such  notice  shall be deemed to be
delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegram company. The attendance
of a  director  at any  meeting  shall  constitute  a waiver  of  notice of such
meeting,  except where a director  attends a meeting for the express  purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.  Neither the business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special  meeting of the board of directors  need be specified
in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.


<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.8 Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors and
any  directorship  to be  filled  by  reason  of an  increase  in the  number of
directors,  may be  filled by  election  at an  annual  meeting  or at a special
meeting of shareholders called for that purpose.

     SECTION  3.9  Removal of  Directors.  One or more of the  directors  may be
removed,  with or without cause, at a meeting of shareholders by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares then  entitled to
vote at an election of directors, except as follows:

          (a) No director shall be removed at a meeting of  shareholders  unless
     the notice of such meeting  shall state that a purpose of the meeting is to
     vote upon the removal of one or more  directors  named in the notice.  Only
     the named director or directors may be removed at such meeting.

          (b) If a director is elected by a class or series of shares, he or she
     may be removed only by the shareholders of that class or series.

     SECTION 3.10 Committees. A majority of the directors may create one or more
committees  and  appoint  members  of the  board to serve  on the  committee  or
committees.  Each  committee  shall have two or more  members,  who serve at the
pleasure of the board. Unless the appointment by the board of directors requires
a greater number,  a majority of any committee  shall  constitute a quorum and a
majority of a quorum is necessary for committee action.

     To the extent  specified  by the board of  directors,  each  committee  may
exercise  the  authority  of the board of  directors  in the  management  of the
corporation,  except as otherwise prohibited by law. Vacancies in the membership
of any  committee  shall be  filled by the board of  directors  at a regular  or
special meeting of the board. The committees shall keep regular minutes of their
proceedings and report the same to the board when required.

     SECTION 3.11 Action Without a Meeting. Any action required to be taken at a
meeting of the board of  directors,  or any other action which may be taken at a
meeting of the board of  directors,  or of any  committee  thereof  may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,
shall be signed  by all the  directors  entitled  to vote  with  respect  to the
subject matter thereof, or by all the members of such committee, as the case may
be.  Any such  consent  signed by all the  directors  or all the  members of the
committee  shall have the same effect as a unanimous  vote, and may be stated as
such in any document filed with the Secretary of State or with anyone else.


<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.12 Compensation.  The board of directors, by the affirmative vote
of a majority of  directors  then in office,  and  irrespective  of any personal
interest of any of its members,  shall have  authority  to establish  reasonable
compensation  of all  directors  for services to the  corporation  as directors,
officers, or otherwise.  By resolution of the board of directors,  the directors
may be paid their expenses,  if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board.
No such payment previously mentioned in this section shall preclude any director
from serving the  corporation in any other  capacity and receiving  compensation
therefor.

     SECTION 3.13  Presumption of Assent.  A director of the  corporation who is
present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any  corporate
matter is taken shall be  conclusively  presumed to have  assented to the action
taken  unless his  dissent  shall be entered  in the  minutes of the  meeting or
unless he shall file his written  dissent to such action with the person  acting
as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment  thereof or shall forward
such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation  immediately
after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a
director who voted in favor of such action.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

     SECTION 4.1 Number. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a
secretary,  a treasurer,  a vice president,  and, if desired, any number of vice
presidents,  treasurers,  assistant  treasurers,  assistant secretaries or other
officers as may be elected by the board of  directors.  Any two or more  offices
may be held by the same person.

     SECTION 4.2  Election and Term of Office.  The officers of the  corporation
shall be elected or  appointed  annually by the board of  directors at the first
meeting  of  the  board  of  directors   held  after  each  annual   meeting  of
shareholders.  If the  election of officers  shall not be held at such  meeting,
such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies
may be filled or new  offices  created and filled at any meeting of the board of
directors.  Each officer shall hold office until his  successor  shall have been
duly  elected  and  shall  have  qualified  or until his death or until he shall
resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter  provided.  Election
of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

     SECTION 4.3  Removal.  Any  officer  elected or  appointed  by the board of
directors may be removed by the board of directors  whenever in its judgment the
best  interests of the  corporation  would be served  thereby,  but such removal
shall be without  prejudice  to the  contract  rights,  if any, of the person so
removed.

     SECTION 4.4  President.  The  president  shall be the  principal  executive
officer of the corporation. Subject to the direction and control of the board of
directors,  the president shall be in charge of the business of the corporation;
shall see that the  resolutions  and  directions  of the board of directors  are
carried into effect except in those  instances in which that  responsibility  is
specifically  assigned to some other person by the board of  directors;  and, in
general, shall discharge all duties incident to the office of president and such
other duties as may be prescribed  by the board of directors  from time to time.
The president shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the board
of  directors.  Except in those  instances in which the  authority to execute is
expressly  delegated  to  another  officer  or  agent  of the  corporation  or a
different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors or
these by-laws,  the president may execute for the corporation  certificates  for
its shares,  and any contracts,  deeds,  mortgages,  bonds, or other instruments
which the board of directors has  authorized  to be executed,  and the president
may  accomplish  such  execution  either  under  or  without  the  seal  of  the
corporation  and  either  individually  or with  the  secretary,  any  assistant
secretary,  or any other officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors,
according to the  requirements  of the form of the  instrument.  He may vote all
securities which the corporation is entitled to vote except as and to the extent
such  authority  shall  be  vested  in a  different  officer  or  agent  of  the
corporation by the board of directors.


<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.5 The Vice-Presidents.  The vice-president (or in the event there
be more than one vice-president,  each of the vice-presidents)  shall assist the
president  in the  discharge  of duties as the  president  may  direct and shall
perform  such  other  duties  as  from  time  to  time  may be  assigned  to the
vice-president by the president or by the board of directors.  In the absence of
the  president  or in  the  event  of his  inability  or  refusal  to  act,  the
vice-president  (or in the  event  there be more than one  vice-president,  the
vice-presidents  in the order  designated by the board of  directors,  or by the
president if the board of directors has not made such a  designation,  or in the
absence  of any  designation,  then in the  order  of  seniority  of  tenure  as
vice-president)  shall perform the duties of the president,  and when so acting,
shall have all the powers of and be  subject  to all the  restrictions  upon the
president.  Except in those  instances  in which the  authority  to  execute  is
expressly  delegated  to  another  officer  or  agent  of the  corporation  or a
different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors or
these by-laws,  the  vice-president (or each of them if there are more than one)
may execute for the corporation  certificates  for its shares and any contracts,
deeds,  mortgages,  bonds or other  instruments which the board of directors has
authorized to be executed,  and may accomplish  such  execution  either under or
without  the  seal of the  corporation  and  either  individually  or  with  the
secretary, any assistant secretary, or any other officer thereunto authorized by
the  board  of  directors,  according  to the  requirements  of the  form of the
instrument.

     SECTION 4.6 The Treasurer.  The treasurer shall be the principal accounting
and financial officer of the corporation. The treasurer shall:

          (a) have charge of and be responsible  for the maintenance of adequate
     books of account for the corporation;

          (b) have  charge  and  custody  of all  funds  and  securities  of the
     corporation,   and  be  responsible  therefore  and  for  the  receipt  and
     disbursement thereof; and

          (c) perform all the duties  incident  to the office of  treasurer  and
     such  other  duties  as from  time to time  may be  assigned  to him by the
     president  or by the board of  directors.


<PAGE>

If required by the board of directors,  the treasurer  shall give a bond for the
faithful discharge of the treasurer's duties in such sum and with such surety or
sureties as the board of directors may determine.

     SECTION 4.7 The Secretary. The secretary shall:

          (a)  record  the  minutes  of the  shareholders'  and of the  board of
     directors' meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose;

          (b) see  that  all  notices  are duly  given  in  accordance  with the
     provisions of these by-laws or as required by law;

          (c) be  custodian  of the  corporate  records  and of the  seal of the
     corporation;

          (d) keep a register  of the  post-office  address of each  shareholder
     which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder;

          (e) sign with the president, or a vice-president, or any other officer
     thereunto authorized by the board of directors,  certificates for shares of
     the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by the board
     of  directors,  and  any  contracts,  deeds  mortgages,   bonds,  or  other
     instruments  which the board of directors  has  authorized  to be executed,
     according to the requirements of the form of the instrument,  except when a
     different  mode of  execution  is  expressly  prescribed  by the  board  of
     directors or these by-laws;

          (f) otherwise certify the by-laws, resolutions of the shareholders and
     board of  directors  and  committees  thereof,  and other  documents of the
     corporation as true and correct copies thereof;

          (g)  have  general   charge  of  the  stock   transfer  books  of  the
     corporation; and

          (h) perform all duties  incident to the office of  secretary  and such
     other  duties  as from  time to time may be  assigned  to him or her by the
     president or by the board of directors.

SECTION 4.8 Assistant  Treasurers  and  Assistant  Secretaries.  The assistant
treasurers  and  assistant  secretaries  shall  perform  such duties as shall be
assigned to them by the  treasurer  or the  secretary,  respectively,  or by the
president or the board of directors. The assistant secretaries may sign with the
president, or a vice-president, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the
board of directors,  certificates  for shares of the  corporation,  the issue of
which shall have been  authorized by the board of directors,  and any contracts,
deeds,  mortgages,  bonds, or other instruments which the board of directors has
authorized  to be  executed,  according to the  requirements  of the form of the
instrument, except when a different mode of execution is expressly proscribed by
the  board of  directors  or  these  by-laws.  The  assistant  treasurers  shall
respectively, if required by the board of directors, give bonds for the faithful
discharge  of their  duties in such sums and with such  sureties as the board of
directors shall determine.


<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.9 Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time
to time by the  board  of  directors  and no  officer  shall be  prevented  from
receiving  such  salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director  of the
corporation.

ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

     SECTION 5.1 Contracts.  The board of directors may authorize any officer or
officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any
instrument in the name of and on behalf of the  corporation,  and such authority
may be general or confined to specific instances.

     SECTION  5.2  Loans.  No  loans  shall  be  contracted  on  behalf  of  the
corporation and no evidences of indebtedness  shall be issued in its name unless
authorized  by a resolution  of the board of  directors.  Such  authority may be
general or confined to specific instances.

     SECTION 5.3 Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of
the  corporation  and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by
resolution of the board of directors.

     SECTION 5.4 Deposits.  All funds of the corporation not otherwise  employed
shall be deposited  from time to time to the credit of the  corporation  in such
banks,  trust  companies or other  depositories  as the board of  directors  may
select.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

     SECTION 6.1 Certificates for Shares.  Certificates  representing  shares of
the corporation  shall be signed by the president or a vice-president or by such
officer as shall be  designated  by  resolution of the board of directors and by
the secretary or an assistant secretary,  and shall be sealed with the seal or a
facsimile  of the  seal of the  corporation.  If both of the  signatures  of the
officers be by  facsimile,  the  certificate  shall be manually  signed by or on
behalf  of  a  duly  authorized   transfer  agent  or  clerk.  Each  certificate
representing shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified, and
shall also state the name of the person to whom issued,  the number and class of
shares (with  designation of series,  if any),  the date of issue,  and that the
corporation is organized  under  Illinois law. If the  corporation is authorized
and does issue  shares of more than one class or of series  within a class,  the
certificate  shall also contain such information or statement as may be required
by law. The name and address of each shareholder, the number and class of shares
held and the date on which the  certificates for the shares were issued shall be
entered on the books of the  corporation.  The person in whose name shares stand
an the books of the  corporation  shall be  deemed  the  owner  thereof  for all
purposes as regard the corporation.


<PAGE>

     SECTION 6.2 Lost  Certificates.  If a certificate  representing  shares has
allegedly  been lost or destroyed the board of directors may in its  discretion,
except as may be required by law,  direct that a new  certificate be issued upon
such indemnification and other reasonable requirements as it may impose.

     SECTION 6.3  Transfers of Shares.  Transfers  of shares of the  corporation
shall be recorded on the books of the  corporation  and, except in the case of a
lost or destroyed certificate,  on surrender for cancellation of the certificate
for such shares. A certificate  presented for transfer must be duly endorsed and
accompanied  by proper  guaranty of signature and other  appropriate  assurances
that the endorsement is effective.

ARTICLE VII

FISCAL YEAR

     SECTION 7.1  Resolution  of Directors.  The fiscal year of the  corporation
shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

DISTRIBUTIONS

     SECTION 8.1  Distributions  to  Shareholders.  The board of  directors  may
authorize,  and the corporation  may make,  distributions  to its  shareholders,
subject to any restriction in the articles of incorporation  and subject also to
the limitations of subsection (b) of this Section.

          (a)  The  record  date  for  determining  shareholders  entitled  to a
     distribution  is the  date of the  resolution  of the  board  of  directors
     authorizing the  distribution,  if not otherwise  determined  under Section
     7.25 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, as amended.

          (b) No distribution may be made if, after giving it effect:

               (1) the corporation would be insolvent; or

               (2) the net assets of the corporation  would be less than zero or
          less than the maximum  amount payable at the time of  distribution  to
          shareholders   having   preferential  rights  in  liquidation  if  the
          corporation were then to be liquidated.

<PAGE>

          (c)  The  board  of  directors  may  base  a   determination   that  a
     distribution   may  be  made  under  subsection  (b)  either  on  financial
     statements  prepared on the basis of accounting  practices  and  principles
     that are  reasonable in the  circumstances  or on a fair valuation or other
     method that is reasonable in the circumstances.

          (d) The effect of a distribution  under  subsection (b) is measured as
     of the earlier of:

               (1) the date of its  authorization  if payment  occurs within 120
          days after the date of authorization or the date of payment if payment
          occurs more than 120 days after the date of authorization; or

               (2) in the case of distribution by purchase, redemption, or other
          acquisition of the corporation's  shares,  the earlier of (i) the date
          money  or  other  property  is  transferred  or debt  incurred  by the
          corporation or (ii) the date shareholders cease to be shareholders.

ARTICLE IX

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     SECTION 9.1 Waiver in Lieu of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be
given  under the  provisions  of these  by-laws or under the  provisions  of the
articles of  incorporation  or under the provisions of The Business  Corporation
Act of the State of Illinois, a waiver thereof in writing,  signed by the person
or persons  entitled  to such  notice,  whether  before or after the time stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Attendance at
any meeting shall  constitute  waiver of notice thereof unless the person at the
meeting objects to the holding of the meeting because notice was not given.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

     SECTION 10.1 Determined by Directors. The by-laws of the corporation may be
made,  altered,  amended  or  repealed  by  the  shareholders  or the  board  of
directors,  but no by-law adopted by the shareholders may be altered, amended or
repealed by the board of directors.  The by-laws may contain any  provisions for
the regulation and management of the affairs of the corporation not inconsistent
with law or the articles of incorporation.



<PAGE>

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     SECTION 11.1 Power to Hold Harmless.  The  corporation  shall have power to
indemnify  any person who was or is a party or is  threatened to be made a party
to any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or proceeding,  whether
civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in
the right of the  corporation)  by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a
director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of the  corporation,  or who is or was
serving at the request of the  corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other
enterprise,  against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,  fines and
amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a
manner  he or she  reasonably  believed  to be in or  not  opposed  to the  best
interests  of the  corporation,  and,  with  respect to any  criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
The  termination  of any action,  suit or proceeding by judgment or  settlement,
conviction or upon a plea of nolo  contendere or its  equivalent,  shall not, of
itself,  create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he or she  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interest  of the  corporation,  or  with  respect  to  any  criminal  action  or
proceeding,  that the person  had  reasonable  cause to believe  that his or her
conduct was unlawful.

     SECTION 11.2 Power to Indemnify Litigant.  The corporation shall have power
to  indemnify  any  person who was or is a party or is  threatened  to be made a
party to any threatened,  pending or completed action or suit by or in the right
of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that
such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation,
of is or was serving at the request of the  corporation as a director,  officer,
employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust or
other  enterprise  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) actually and
reasonably  incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement
of such action or suit if such person  acted in good faith and in a manner he or
she  reasonably  believed to be in, or not opposed to the best  interests of the
corporation,  provided that no  indemnification  shall be made in respect of any
claim,  issue or matter as to which such persons  shall have been adjudged to be
liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the
corporation,  unless, and only to the extent that the court in which such action
or  suit  was  brought  shall  determine  upon  application  that,  despite  the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such
person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the
court shall deem proper.

     SECTION  11.3  Reimbursement  Authorized.  To the extent  that a  director,
officer,  employee, or agent of a corporation has been successful, on the merits
or  otherwise,  in defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding  referred  to in
Sections  11.1 and 11.2  above,  or in  defense  of any  claim,  issue or matter
therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys'
fees)  actually and reasonably  incurred by him or her in connection  therewith.
<PAGE>

     SECTION 11.4 Determination if Reimbursement is Proper. Any  indemnification
under Sections 11.1 and 11.2 above (unless  ordered by a court) shall be made by
the  corporation  only as authorized in the specific case,  upon a determination
that  indemnification of the director,  officer,  employee or agent is proper in
the circumstances  because he or she has met the applicable  standard of conduct
set forth in Sections 11.1 or 11.2 above. Such determination shall be made:

          (a)  by  the  board  of  directors  by a  majority  vote  of a  quorum
     consisting  of  directors  who were not  parties  to such  action,  suit or
     proceeding, or

          (b) if such a quorum is not  obtainable,  or,  even if  obtainable,  a
     quorum of disinterested  directors so directs, by independent legal counsel
     in a written opinion, or

          (c) by the shareholders.

     SECTION 11.5 Advance of Expenses. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or
criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of
the final disposition of such action,  suit or proceeding,  as authorized by the
board of directors in the specific case, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
behalf of the director,  officer, employee or agent to repay such amount, unless
it shall  ultimately be determined  that he or she is entitled to be indemnified
by the corporation as authorized in this Article.

     SECTION 11.6 Non-Exclusivity.  The indemnification provided by this Article
shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may
be entitled under any contract, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors,  or otherwise,  both as to action in his or her official capacity and
as to action in another  capacity while holding such office,  and shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director,  officer,  employee or agent and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,  executors and administrators of such a
person.

     SECTION 11.7 Right to Acquire  Insurance.  The corporation shall have power
to  purchase  and  maintain  insurance  on behalf of any  person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the  corporation,  as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
against any liability  asserted  against such person and incurred by such person
in any such  capacity,  or arising out of his or her status as such,  whether or
not the  corporation  would have the power to indemnify  him or her against such
liability under the provisions of this Article.

     SECTION 11.8 Notice to Shareholders. If a corporation has paid indemnity or
has advanced expenses to a director, officer, employee or agent, the corporation
shall report the  indemnification or advance in writing to the shareholders with
or before the notice of the next shareholders meeting.

     SECTION  11.9  "Corporation"  Definition.  For  purposes  of this  Article,
references  to the  "corporation"  shall  include,  in addition to the surviving
corporation,  any merging  corporation  (including any corporation having merged
with a  merging  corporation)  absorbed  in a  merger  which,  if  its  separate
existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its
directors,  officers,  and  employees  or  agents,  so that any person who was a
director, officer, employee or agent of such merging corporation, or was serving
at the request of such merging corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of an  other  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise,  shall  stand in the same  position  under  the  provisions  of this
Article with respect to the surviving corporation as such person would have with
respect to such merging corporation if its separate existence had continued.



MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE - CORPORATION AND SECURITIES BUREAU

(FOR BUREAU USE ONLY)              FILED              Date Received
                                 OCT 21 1996           Oct 21 1996

EFFECTIVE DATE:

CORPORATION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER          426-410


ARTICLE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NWS MICHIGAN, INC.


     These Articles of  Incorporation  are executed by the  undersigned  for the
purpose of forming a profit  corporation  pursuant to the  provisions of the Act
284, Public Acts of 1972, as amended.

ARTICLE I

     The name of the corporation is:  NWS MICHIGAN, INC.

ARTICLE II

     The  purpose  for  which  the  corporation  is  formed  is to engage in any
activity  within the  purposes  for which  corporations  may be famed  under the
Business Corporation Act of Michigan, as it may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE III

     Total authorized shares: 60,000 Common Shares.

ARTICLE IV

         The address of the registered office is:
         400 Renaissance Center
         Detroit, Michigan  48243

     The mailing  address of the  registered  office if different than above is:
Same as above.

     The name of the resident agent at the  registered  office is: Barbara Kaye,
Esq.


<PAGE>



ARTICLE V

     The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <S>                        <C>
     NAME                       RESIDENCE OR BUSINESS ADDRESS

     Barbara Kaye, Esq.         400 Renaissance Center
                                Detroit, Michigan  48243
</TABLE>


ARTICLE VI

     To the full extent  permitted by the Michigan  Business  Corporation Act or
any other  applicable laws presently or hereafter in effect,  no director of the
corporation  shall be personally  liable to the corporation or its  shareholders
for or with respect to any acts or omissions  in the  performance  of his or her
duties as a director  of the  corporation.  Any repeal or  modification  of this
Article VI shall not  adversely  affect any right or protection of a director of
the  corporation  existing  immediately  prior to, or for or with respect to any
acts or omissions occurring before, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII

     Any action required or permitted by the Michigan  Business  Corporation Act
to be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without
a meeting,  without  prior  notice,  and without a vote,  if before or after the
action, consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken are signed by the
holders of the  corporation's  shares having not less that the minimum number of
votes that would be  necessary  to  authorize or take the action at a meeting at
which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

ARTICLE VIII

     When a  compromise  or  arrangement  or a plan  of  reorganization  of this
corporation is proposed  between this corporation and its creditors or any class
of them or between this corporation and its shareholders or any class of them, a
court  of  equity   jurisdiction  within  the  State,  on  application  of  this
corporation  or of a creditor or  shareholder  thereof,  or on  application of a
receiver appointed for the corporation,  may order a meeting of the creditors or
class  of  creditors  or of the  shareholders  or class  of  shareholders  to be
affected by the proposed  compromise or  arrangement  or  reorganization,  to be
summoned  in  such  manner  as  the  court  directs.  If a  majority  in  number
representing  3/4 in value of the  creditors  or class of  creditors,  or of the
shareholders or class of shareholders to be affected by the proposed  compromise
or  arrangement  or a  reorganization,  agree to a compromise,  arrangement or a
reorganization  of  this  corporation  as a  consequence  of the  compromise  or
arrangement, the compromise or arrangement and the reorganization, if sanctioned
by the court to which the application has been made, shall be binding on all the
creditors  or  class  of  creditors,  or on all the  shareholders  or  class  of
shareholders and also on this corporation.


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  the incorporator of the above-named
corporation  has executed  these Articles of  Incorporation  on this 18th day of
October, 1996.


                                        /s/ Barbara Kaye
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Barbara Kaye, Esq.

Prepared by and after filing return to:

Barbara Kaye, Esq.
Dykema Gossett PLLC
400 Renaissance Center
Detroit, Michigan  48243



BYLAWS

of

NWS MICHIGAN, INC.

- -----------------------------------------------------


OCTOBER, 1996
<PAGE>


BYLAWS

OF

NWS MICHIGAN, INC.



ARTICLE I

OFFICES

     1.01  Principal  Office.  The principal  Office of NWS Michigan,  Inc. (the
"Corporation")  shall be at such place within the State of Michigan as the Board
of Directors shall determine from time to time.

     1.02 Other  Offices.  The  Corporation  also may have offices at such other
places as the Board of Directors from time to time determines or the business of
the Corporation requires.

ARTICLE II

SEAL

     2.01  Seal.  The  Corporation  may have a seal in such form as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine. The seal may be used by causing it or
a facsimile to be impressed, affixed, reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL STOCK

     3.01  Issuance of Shares.  The shares of capital  stock of the  Corporation
shall be issued in such amounts,  at such times, for such  consideration  and on
such terms and  conditions  as the Board  shall deem  advisable,  subject to the
Articles  of  Incorporation  and any  requirements  of the laws of the  State of
Michigan.

     3.02  Certificates  for  Shares.  The  shares of the  Corporation  shall be
represented by certificates signed by the Chairman of the Board,  President or a
Vice  President and also may be signed by the  Treasurer,  Assistant  Treasurer,
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation,  and may be sealed with the
seal of the  Corporation  or a facsimile  thereof.  A  certificate  representing
shares shall state upon its face that the  corporation  is formed under the laws
of the  State of  Michigan,  the name of the  person to whom it is  issued,  the
number and class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, which the
certificate represents, and such other provisions as may be required by the laws
of the State of Michigan.


<PAGE>

     3.03 Transfer of Shares. The shares of the capital stock of the Corporation
are  transferable  only on the books of the  Corporation  upon  surrender of the
certificate  therefor,  properly endorsed for transfer,  and the presentation of
such  evidences of ownership and validity of the  assignment as the  Corporation
may require.

     3.04 Registered  Shareholders.  The Corporation  shall be entitled to treat
the person in whose name any share of stock is  registered  as the owner thereof
for purposes of dividends and other distributions in the course of business,  or
in  the   course  of   recapitalization,   merger,   plan  of  share   exchange,
reorganization,  sale of assets, liquidation or otherwise and for the purpose of
votes, approvals and consents by shareholders, and for the purpose of notices to
shareholders,  and for all other  purposes  whatever,  and shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part
of any other person,  whether or not the Corporation  shall have notice thereof,
save an expressly required by the laws of the State of Michigan.

     3.05  Lost  or  Destroyed  Certificates.   Upon  the  presentation  to  the
Corporation of a proper affidavit attesting the loss,  destruction or mutilation
of any certificate or certificates for shares of stock of the  Corporation,  the
Board of  Directors  shall  direct the  issuance of a new  certificate  or certi
ficates  to  replace  the  certificates  so  alleged  to be lost,  destroyed  or
mutilated.  The Board of Directors  may require as a condition  precedent to the
issuance of new certificates a bond or agreement of indemnity,  in such form and
amount and with such sureties,  or without  sureties,  as the Board of Directors
may direct or approve.

ARTICLE IV

SHAREHOLDERS AND MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     4.01 Place of Meetings.  All meetings of shareholders  shall be held at the
principal  office  of the  Corporation  or at  such  other  place  as  shall  be
determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.

     4.02  Annual  Meeting.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  shareholders  of the
Corporation  shall  be  held  during  the  fourth  month  after  the  end of the
Corporation's  fiscal year, or at such time as the Board of Directors shall from
time to time  determine.  Directors  shall be elected at each annual meeting and
such other business transacted as may come before the meeting.

     4.03 Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of shareholders may be called by
the Board of Directors,  the Chairman of the Board (if such office is filled) or
the  President  and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the written
request  of  shareholders  holding  a  majority  of the  shares  of stock of the
Corporation  outstanding  and  entitled  to vote.  The  request  shall state the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be called.

     4.04 Notice of Meetings.  Except as otherwise provided by statute,  written
notice of the time,  place and  purposes of a meeting of  shareholders  shall be
given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days  before the date of the  meeting to
each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, either personally or
by mailing  such notice to the  shareholder's  last address as it appears on the
books of the Corporation. No notice need be given of an adjourned meeting of the
shareholders  provided the time and place to which such meeting is adjourned are
announced at the meeting at which the  adjournment is taken and at the adjourned
meeting only such business is  transacted  as might have been  transacted at the
original meeting.  However,  if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed
for the adjourned  meeting a notice of the  adjourned  meeting shall be given to
each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice as provided
in this Bylaw.


<PAGE>

     4.05 Record Dates.  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the
record date for the purpose of  determining  shareholders  entitled to notice of
and to vote at a  meeting  of  shareholders  or an  adjournment  thereof,  or to
express  consent or to dissent  from a  proposal  without a meeting,  or for the
purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or
allotment  of a right,  or for the purpose of any other  action.  The date fixed
shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of the  meeting,
nor  more  then 60  days  before  any  other  action.  In such  case  only  such
shareholders  as shall be  shareholders  of record on the date so fixed shall be
entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting or adjournment  thereof, or to
express consent or to dissent from such proposal,  or to receive payment of such
dividend or to receive such  allotment of rights or to  participate in any other
action,  as the case may be,  notwithstanding  any  transfer of any stock on the
books of the Corporation,  or otherwise,  after any such record date. Nothing in
this  Bylaw  shall  affect  the rights of a  shareholder  and the  shareholder's
transferee or transferor as between themselves.

     4.06 List of Shareholders. The Secretary of the Corporation or the agent of
the  Corporation  having charge of the stock transfer  records for shares of the
Corporation shall make and certify a complete list of the shareholders  entitled
to vote at a shareholders' meeting or any adjournment thereof. The list shall be
arranged  alphabetically  within each class and series, with the address of, and
the number of shares  held by,  each  shareholder;  be  produced at the time and
place of the meeting;  be subject to  inspection by any  shareholder  during the
whole  time  of the  meeting;  and be  prima  facie  evidence  as to who are the
shareholders entitled to examine the list or vote at the meeting.

     4.07 Quorum.  Unless a greater or lesser quorum is required in the Articles
of  Incorporation  or by the laws of the  State of  Michigan,  the  shareholders
present at a meeting in person or by proxy who,  as of the record  date for such
meeting, were holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation
entitled  to vote at the  meeting  shall  constitute  a quorum  at the  meeting.
Whether or not a quorum is present,  a meeting of shareholders  may be adjourned
by a vote of the  shares  present in person or by proxy.  When the  holders of a
class  or  series  of  shares  are  entitled  to vote  separately  on an item of
business,  this Bylaw  applies in  determining  the presence of a quorum of such
class or series for transaction of such item of business.

     4.08 Proxies.  A shareholder  entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders
or to express  consent or dissent  without a meeting may authorize other persons
to act for the  shareholder by proxy. A proxy shall be signed by the shareholder
or the shareholder's  authorized agent or representative  and shall not be valid
after the expiration of three years from its date unless  otherwise  provided in
the proxy. A proxy is revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder  executing it
except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Michigan.


<PAGE>

     4.09 Voting.  Each outstanding share is entitled to one vote on each matter
submitted to a vote, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation.
Votes may be cast  orally or in  writing,  but if more than 25  shareholders  of
record are entitled to vote,  then votes shall be cast in writing  signed by the
shareholder or the shareholder's  proxy. When an action, other than the election
of  directors,  is to be  taken  by a vote  of the  shareholders,  it  shall  be
authorized by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares  entitled to
vote thereon, unless a greater vote is required by the Articles of Incorporation
or by the laws of the State of  Michigan.  Except as  otherwise  provided by the
Articles of  Incorporation,  directors  shall be elected by a  plurality  of the
votes cast at any election.

ARTICLE V

DIRECTORS

     5.01 Number.  The business and affairs of the Corporation  shall be managed
by a Board of not less than one nor more than five  directors  as shall be fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors need not be residents
of Michigan or shareholders of the Corporation.

     5.02 Election,  Resignation and Removal. Directors shall be elected at each
annual  meeting of the  shareholders,  each to hold office until the next annual
meeting of  shareholders  and until the  director's  successor  is  elected  and
qualified, or until the director's resignation or removal. A director may resign
by written  notice to the  Corporation.  The  resignation  is effective upon its
receipt by the  Corporation  or a subsequent time and set forth in the notice of
resignation. A director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or
without  cause,  by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares  entitled to
vote at an election of directors.

     5.03 Vacancies.  Vacancies in the Board of Directors occurring by reason of
death,  resignation,  removal,  increase in the number of directors or otherwise
shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors
though  less than a quorum of the Board of  Directors,  unless  filled by proper
action of the shareholders of the Corporation. Each person so elected shall be a
director  for a term of  office  continuing  only  until  the next  election  of
directors by the shareholders.  A vacancy that will occur at a specific date, by
reason of a resignation  effective at a later date or  otherwise,  may be filled
before the vacancy  occurs,  but the newly elected  director may not take office
until the vacancy occurs.

     5.04  Annual  Meeting.   The  Board  of  Directors  shall  meet  each  year
immediately after the annual meeting of the  shareholders,  or within three days
of such time  excluding  Sundays and legal holidays if such later time is deemed
advisable,  at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held or
such other  place as the Board may  determine,  for the  purpose of  election of
officers and  consideration of such business that may properly be brought before
the meeting;  provided, that if less than a majority of the directors appear for
an annual  meeting of the Board of Directors the holding of such annual  meeting
shall not be required and the matters which might have been taken up therein may
be taken up at any later special or annual meeting, or by consent resolution.


<PAGE>

     5.05  Regular  and  Special  Meetings.  Regular  meetings  of the  Board of
Directors  may be held at such times and places as the majority of the directors
may from time to time  determine  at a prior  meeting or as shall be directed or
approved by the vote or written consent of all the directors.  Special  meetings
of the  Board  May be called  by the  Chairman  of the Board (if such  office is
filled) or the President and shall be called by the President or Secretary  upon
the written request of any two directors.

     5.06 Notices. No notice shall be required for annual or regular meetings of
the Board or for adjourned  meetings,  whether  regular or special.  Three days'
written notice shall be given for special meetings of the Board, and such notice
shall state the time, place and purpose or purposes of the meeting.

     5.07  Quorum and  Voting.  A  majority  of the Board of  Directors  then in
office, or of the members of a committee  thereof,  constitutes a quorum for the
transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the directors present at any
meeting  at which  there is a  quorum  shall be the acts of the  Board or of the
committee,  except as a larger  vote may be required by the laws of the State of
Michigan.  A member of the Board or of a committee  designated  by the Board may
participate   in  a  meeting  by  means  of  conference   telephone  or  similar
communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting  can  communicate  with each other.  Participation  in a meeting in this
manner constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

     5.08  Executive  and Other  Committees.  The  Board of  Directors  may,  by
resolution  passed by a  majority  of the  whole  Board,  appoint  three or more
members  of the Board as an  executive  committee  to  exercise  all  powers and
authorities  of the Board in  management  of the  business  and  affairs  of the
Corporation,  except that the committee shall not have power or authority to (a)
amend  the  Articles  of  Incorporation;  (b)  adopt an  agreement  of merger or
consolidation;  (c) recommend to shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all
or substantially all of the Corporation's  property and assets; (d) recommend to
shareholders  a dissolution  of the  Corporation or revocation of a dissolution;
(e) amend these Bylaws; (f) fill vacancies in the Board; or (g) unless expressly
authorized by the Board, declare a dividend or authorize the issuance of stock.

     The Board of Directors from time to time may, by like  resolution,  appoint
such other  committees of one or more  directors to have such authority as shall
be specified by the Board in the resolution making such appointments.  The Board
of Directors  may designate  one or more  directors as alternate  members of any
committee  who may  replace  an absent  or  disqualified  member at any  meeting
thereof.

<PAGE>



     5.09  Dissents.  A  director  who is  present  at a meeting of the Board of
Directors,  or a committee  thereof of which the director is a member,  at which
action on a  corporate  matter is taken is presumed  to have  concurred  in that
action unless the director's dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting or
unless the director files a written dissent to the action with the person acting
as secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such
dissent by registered  mail to the Secretary of the  Corporation  promptly after
the  adjournment  of the  meeting.  Such  right to  dissent  does not apply to a
director  who voted in favor of such  action.  A director  who is absent  from a
meeting of the Board, or a committee  thereof of which the director is a member,
at which any such action is taken in presumed  to have  concurred  in the action
unless  the  director  files  a  written  dissent  with  the  Secretary  of  the
Corporation  within a reasonable  time after the  director has  knowledge of the
action.

     5.10  Compensation.  The  Board  of  Directors,  by  affirmative  vote of a
majority of directors in office and irrespective of any personal interest of any
of them, may establish reasonable  compensation of directors for services to the
Corporation as directors or officers.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES, WAIVER OF NOTICE AND MANNER OF ACTING

     6.01 Notices. All notices of meetings required to be given to shareholders,
directors  or any  committee  of  directors  may be  given  by  mail,  telecopy,
telegram,  radiogram  or  cablegram  to any  shareholder,  director or committee
member  at the  addressee's  last  address  an it  appears  on the  books of the
Corporation.  Such notice  shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same
shall be mailed or otherwise dispatched.

     6.02 Waiver of Notice. Notice of the time, place and purpose of any meeting
of shareholders,  directors or committee of directors may be waived by telecopy,
telegram,  radiogram,  cablegram or other  writing,  either  before or after the
meeting, or in such other manner as may be permitted by the laws of the State of
Michigan. Attendance of a person at any meeting of shareholders, in person or by
proxy or at any meeting of directors or of a committee of directors, constitutes
a waiver of notice of the meeting except as follows:

     (a) In the case of a shareholder,  unless the  shareholder at the beginning
of the meeting  objects to holding the  meeting or  transacting  business at the
meeting  for lack of  notice,  or unless  with  respect  to  consideration  of a
particular  matter at the  meeting  that is not within the  purpose or  purposes
described in the meeting  notice,  the  shareholder  objects to considering  the
matter when it is presented.

     (b) In the case of a  director,  unless he or she at the  beginning  of the
meeting,  or upon his or her arrival,  objects to the meeting or the transacting
of business at the  meeting  and does not  thereafter  vote for or assent to any
action taken at the meeting.



<PAGE>

     6.03 Action Without a Meeting.  Except as may be provided  otherwise in the
Articles of  Incorporation  for action to be taken by  shareholders,  any action
required or permitted at any meeting of  shareholders  or directors or committee
of directors may be taken without a meeting,  without prior notice and without a
vote, if all of the  shareholders or directors or committee  members entitled to
vote thereon consent thereto in writing, before or after the action in taken.

ARTICLE VII

OFFICERS

     7.01 Number.  The Board of Directors shall elect or appoint a President,  a
Secretary  and a Treasurer,  and may select a Chairman of the Board,  and one or
more  Vice  Presidents,  Assistant  Secretaries  or  Assistant  Treasurers.  The
President  and Chairman of the Board,  if any,  shall be members of the Board of
Directors.  Any two or more of the above offices,  except those of President and
Vice  President,  may be held by the same  person.  No  officer  shall  execute,
acknowledge  or verify an instrument in more than one capacity if the instrument
is  required  by law,  the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or these  Bylaws  to be
executed, acknowledged, or verified by one or more officers.

     7.02 Term of Office,  Resignation and Removal. An officer shall hold office
for the term for which he is elected or  appointed  and until his  successor  is
elected or appointed and  qualified,  or until his  resignation  or removal.  An
officer may resign by written  notice to the  Corporation.  The  resignation  is
effective upon its receipt by the  Corporation or at a subsequent time specified
in the notice of  resignation.  An  officer  may be removed by the Board with or
without  cause.  The  removal of an officer  shall be without  prejudice  to his
contract  rights,  if any. The election or appointment of an officer does not of
itself create contract rights.

     7.03 Vacancies. The Board of Directors may fill any vacancies in any office
occurring for whatever reason.

     7.04 Authority. All officers, employees and agents of the Corporation shall
have such authority and perform such duties in the conduct and management of the
business and affairs of the  Corporation  as may be  designated  by the Board of
Directors and these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     8.01  Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of the Board,  if such office is
filled,  shall preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and of the Board of
Directors at which the Chairman is present.

     8.02 President.  The President shall be the chief executive  officer of the
Corporation.  The  President  shall see that all orders and  resolutions  of the
Board are carried into effect,  and the President  shall have the general powers
of supervision and management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a
corporation,   including  the   authority  to  vote  all   securities  of  other
corporations and business organizations held by the Corporation.  In the absence
or  disability  of the  Chairman  of the Board,  or if that  office has not been
filled, the President also shall perform the duties of the Chairman of the Board
as set forth in these Bylaws.


<PAGE>

     8.03 Vice  Presidents.  The Vice  Presidents,  in order of their seniority,
shall,  in the absence or  disability of the  President,  perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the  President and shall perform such other duties as the
Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe.

     8.04  Secretary.  The  Secretary  shall attend all meetings of the Board of
Directors  and of  shareholders  and shall  record all votes and  minutes of all
proceedings  in a book to be kept for that  purpose,  shall  give or cause to be
given notice of all meetings of the  shareholders and of the Board of Directors,
and shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation  and, when authorized
by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed
it shall be attested by the signature of the  Secretary,  or by the signature of
the Treasurer or an Assistant  Secretary.  The Secretary may delegate any of the
duties,  powers  and  authorities  of the  Secretary  to one or  more  Assistant
Secretaries, unless such delegation is disapproved by the Board.

     8.05 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds
and  securities;   shall  keep  full  and  accurate  accounts  of  receipts  and
disbursements  in books of the  corporation;  and shall  deposit  all moneys and
other valuable  effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such
depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall
render to the President and directors,  whenever they may require it, an account
of his or her  transactions  as Treasurer and of the financial  condition of the
Corporation.  The  Treasurer  may delegate any of his or her duties,  powers and
authorities  to one or more  Assistant  Treasurers  unless  such  delegation  is
disapproved by the Board of Directors.

     8.06 Assistant Secretaries and Treasurers.  The Assistant  Secretaries,  in
order of their  seniority,  shall perform the duties and exercise the powers and
authorities of the Secretary in case of the  Secretary's  absence or disability.
The Assistant  Treasurers,  in the order of their  seniority,  shall perform the
duties and exercise the powers and  authorities  of the Treasurer in case of the
Treasurer's  absence or  disability.  The  Assistant  Secretaries  and Assistant
Treasurers  shall also  perform  such duties as may be  delegated to them by the
Secretary  and  Treasurer,  respectively,  and also such  duties as the Board of
Directors may prescribe.

ARTICLE IX

SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS

     9.01 Orders for Payment of Money. All checks,  drafts,  notes, bonds, bills
of exchange and orders for payment of money of the  Corporation  shall be signed
by such  officer or  officers  or such  other  person or persons as the Board of
Directors may from time to time designate.

<PAGE>
     9.02 Contracts and  Conveyances.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation
may in any instance  designate the officer and/or agent who shall have authority
to execute any contract,  conveyance,  mortgage or other instrument on behalf of
the Corporation,  or may ratify or confirm any execution.  When the execution of
any  instrument  has been  authorized  without  specification  of the  executing
officers  or agents,  the  Chairman  of the  Board,  the  President  or any Vice
President,  and the  Secretary or Assistant  Secretary or Treasurer or Assistant
Treasurer,  may execute  the same in the name and on behalf of this  Corporation
and may affix the corporate seal to it.

ARTICLE X

BOOKS AND RECORDS

     10.01  Maintenance of Books and Records.  The proper officers and agents of
the Corporation shall keep and maintain such books,  records and accounts of the
Corporation's   business  and  affairs,   minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  its
shareholders,  Board and committees, if any, and such stock ledgers and lists of
shareholders,  as the Board of Directors shall deem  advisable,  and as shall be
required by the laws of the State of Michigan and other states or  jurisdictions
empowered to impose such  requirements.  Books,  records and minutes may be kept
within  or  without  the State of  Michigan  in a place  which  the Board  shall
determine.

     10.02 Reliance on Books and Records.  In discharging  his or her duties,  a
director or an officer of the  Corporation,  when acting in good faith, may rely
upon  information,   opinions,  reports,  or  statements,   including  financial
statements  and other  financial  data,  if prepared or  presented by any of the
following:

     (a) one or more directors,  officers, or employees of the Corporation or of
a business organization under joint control or common control, whom the director
or officer  reasonably  believes to be  reliable  and  competent  in the matters
presented.

     (b) Legal counsel,  public accountants,  engineers,  or other persons as to
matters the  director or officer  reasonably  believes  are within the  person's
professional or expert competence.

     (c) A  committee  of the  board of  which he or she is not a member  if the
director or officer reasonably believes the committee merits confidence.

A director or officer is not entitled to rely on the information set forth above
if he or she has knowledge concerning the matter in question that makes reliance
otherwise permitted unwarranted.


<PAGE>



ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION


     11.01  Non-Derivative  Actions.  Subject to all of the other  provisions of
this  Article XI, the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any person who was or is a
party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any  threatened,  pending  or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  and whether formal or informal (other than an action by or in the
right of the  Corporation)  by reason  of the fact  that the  person is or was a
director or officer of the  Corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director,  officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of
another foreign or domestic corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or
other enterprise,  whether for profit or not, against expenses (including actual
and reasonable attorneys' fees), judgments,  penalties,  fines, and amounts paid
in settlement  actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with
such  action,  suit or  proceeding  if the  person  acted in good faith and in a
manner  the  person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to the beat
interests  of the  Corporation  or its  shareholders,  and with  respect  to any
criminal action or proceeding,  if the person had no reasonable cause to believe
his or her  conduct  was  unlawful.  The  termination  of any  action,  suit  or
proceeding by judgment,  order, settlement,  conviction,  or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent,  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption  that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or its
shareholders,  and,  with  respect to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  had
reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

     11.02 Derivative Actions.  Subject to all of the provisions of this Article
XI, the  Corporation  shall  indemnify any person who was or is a party to or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason  of the fact that the  person  is or was a  director  or  officer  of the
Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  Corporation  as a
director,  officer, partner,  trustee,  employee, or agent of another foreign or
domestic  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,
whether for profit or not,  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees) and
amounts paid in  settlement  actually and  reasonably  incurred by the person in
connection  with such action or suit if the person  acted in good faith and in a
manner  the  person  reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to the best
interests of the Corporation or its shareholders. However, indemnification shall
not be made for any claim,  issue or matter in which such  person has been found
liable to the Corporation  unless and only to the extent that the court in which
such action or suit was brought has determined upon  application  that,  despite
the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such
person is fairly and reasonably  entitled to indemnification  for the reasonable
expenses incurred.

     11.03 Expenses of Successful  Defense. To the extent that a person has been
successful  on the  merits  or  otherwise  in  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  referred to in Section 11.01 or 11.02 of these Bylaws, or in defense
of any claim,  issue or matter in the  action,  suit or  proceeding,  the person
shall  be  indemnified   against  actual  and  reasonable   expenses  (including
attorneys' fees) incurred by such person in connection with the action,  suit or
proceeding and any action,  suit or proceeding  brought to enforce the mandatory
indemnification provided by this Section 11.03.


<PAGE>

     11.04  Definition.  For the  purposes of Sections  11.01 and 11.02,  "other
enterprises"  shall include  employee  benefit plans;  "fines" shall include any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee  benefit Plan; and
"serving  at the  request of the  Corporation"  shall  include  any service as a
director,  officer,  employee,  or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties
on, or involves services by, the director or officer with respect to an employee
benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries;  and a person who acted in good
faith and in a manner the person  reasonably  believed to be in the  interest of
the  participants  and  beneficiaries  of an  employee  benefit  plan  shall  be
considered  to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best  interests of the
Corporation or its shareholders" as referred to in Sections 11.01 and 11.02.

     11.05 Contract Right; Limitation on Indemnity. The right to indemnification
conferred  in this  Article XI shall be a  contract  right,  and shall  apply to
services of a director or officer as an employee or agent of the  Corporation as
well as in such person's  capacity an a director or officer.  Except as provided
in Section  11.03 of these Bylaws,  the  Corporation  shall have no  obligations
under this Article XI to indemnify any person in connection with any proceeding,
or part thereof,  initiated by such person without authorization by the Board of
Directors.

     11.06  Determination That  Indemnification  is Proper. Any  indemnification
under Section 11.01 or 11.02 of these Bylaws  (unless  ordered by a court) shall
be made by the  Corporation  only as  authorized  in the  specific  case  upon a
determination that  indemnification of the person is proper in the circumstances
because  the  person has met the  applicable  standard  of conduct  set forth in
Section 11.01 or 11.02,  whichever is applicable,  and upon an evaluation of the
reasonableness of expenses and amount paid in settlement. Such determination and
evaluation shall be made in any of the following ways:

     (a) By a majority vote of a quorum of the Board consisting of directors who
are not  parties  or  threatened  to be made  parties  to such  action,  suit or
proceeding.

     (b) If the quorum described in clause (a) above is not obtainable,  then by
a majority  vote of a committee of  directors  duly  designated  by the Board of
Directors and consisting solely of two or more directors who are not at the time
parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding.

     (c) By independent  legal counsel in a written  opinion which counsel shall
be selected in one of the following  ways:  (i) by the board or its committee in
the manner  prescribed  in  subparagraph  (a) or (b); or (ii) if a quorum of the
board  cannot be  obtained  under  subparagraph  (a) and a  committee  cannot be
designated under subparagraph (b), by the board.



<PAGE>

     (d) By all  directors who are  independent  directors as defined in Section
107(3) of the  Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act and who are not  parties  or
threatened to be made parties to the action, suit or proceeding.

     (e) By the  shareholders,  but shares held by directors or officers who are
parties or threatened to be made parties to the action,  suit or proceeding  may
not be voted.

     11.07 Proportionate  Indemnity.  If a person is entitled to indemnification
under  Section  11.01 or  11.02  of these  Bylaws  for a  portion  of  expenses,
including  attorneys'  fees,  judgments,  penalties,  fines, and amounts paid in
settlement,  but  not  for the  total  amount  thereof,  the  Corporation  shall
indemnify  the person for the  portion of the  expenses,  judgments,  penalties,
fines,  or amounts  paid in  settlement  for which the person is  entitled to be
indemnified.

     11.08 Expense Advance.  The Corporation may pay or reimburse the reasonable
expenses  incurred by a person  referred  to in Section  11.01 or 11.02 of these
bylaws who is a party or  threatened  to be made a party to an action,  suit, or
proceeding  in  advance of final  disposition  of the  proceeding  it all of the
following apply: (a) the person furnishes the Corporation a written  affirmation
of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the  applicable  standard
of conduct set forth in Section  11.01 or 11.02;  (b) the person  furnishes  the
Corporation a written undertaking executed personally,  or on his or her behalf,
to repay the advance if it is ultimately  determined that he or she did not meet
the standard of conduct;  (c) the authorization of payment is made in the manner
specified in Section 11.06;  and (d) a determination is made that the facts then
known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under
Section 11.01 or 11.02. The undertaking shall be an unlimited general obligation
of the person on whose behalf advances are made but need not be secured.

     11.09  Non-Exclusivity  of Rights.  The  indemnification  or advancement of
expenses  provided  under this  Article XI is not  exclusive  of other rights to
which a  person  seeking  indemnification  or  advancement  of  expenses  may be
entitled under a contractual  arrangement  with the  Corporation.  However,  the
total amount of expenses advanced or indemnified from all sources combined shall
not  exceed  the  amount of  actual  expenses  incurred  by the  person  seeking
indemnification or advancement of expenses.

     11.10  Indemnification  of  Employees  and Agents of the  Corporation.  The
Corporation  may,  to the  extent  authorized  from time to time by the Board of
Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to
any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions
of this  Article  XI with  respect to the  indemnification  and  advancement  of
expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

     11.11 Former Directors and Officers.  The indemnification  provided in this
Article XI  continues  as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer
and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,  executors  and  administrators  of
such person.

<PAGE>



     11.12  Insurance.  The Corporation  may purchase and maintain  insurance on
behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  Corporation  as a
director,  officer,  partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  against any liability
asserted  against the person and incurred by him or her in any such  capacity or
arising out of his or her status as such,  whether or not the Corporation  would
have power to indemnify the person against such liability  under these Bylaws or
the laws of the State of Michigan.

     11.13  Changes in Michigan  Law. In the event of any change of the Michigan
statutory  provisions  applicable  to the  Corporation  relating  to the subject
matter of this Article XI, then the indemnification to which any person shall be
entitled hereunder shall be determined by such changed  provisions,  but only to
the extent  that any such  change  permits the  Corporation  to provide  broader
indemnification rights than such provisions permitted the Corporation to provide
prior to any such change.  Subject to Section  11.14,  the Board of Directors is
authorized  to amend  these  Bylaws to  conform  to any such  changed  statutory
provisions.

     11.14  Amendment  or Repeal of Article XI. No  amendment  or repeal of this
Article XI shall  apply to or have any affect on any  director or officer of the
Corporation  for or with respect to any acts or  omissions  of such  director or
officer occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

     12.01 Amendments.  The Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended, altered or
repealed,  in whole or in part, by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors
at any meeting duly held in accordance  with these Bylaws,  provided that notice
of the meeting includes notice of the proposed amendment, alteration or repeal.



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                                                            <C>
                                                                               Page


ARTICLE I         OFFICES.........................................................1

         1.01     Principal Office................................................1
         1.02     Other Offices...................................................1

ARTICLE II        SEAL............................................................1

         2.01     Seal............................................................1

ARTICLE III       CAPITAL STOCK...................................................1

         3.01     Issuance of Shares..............................................1
         3.02     Certificates for Shares.........................................1
         3.03     Transfer of Shares..............................................2
         3.04     Registered Shareholders.........................................2
         3.05     Lost or Destroyed Certificates..................................2

ARTICLE IV        SHAREHOLDERS AND MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.......................2

         4.01     Place of Meetings...............................................2
         4.02     Annual Meeting..................................................2
         4.03     Special Meetings................................................2
         4.04     Notice of Meetings..............................................2
         4.05     Record Dates....................................................3
         4.06     List of Shareholders............................................3
         4.07     Quorum..........................................................3
         4.08     Proxies.........................................................3
         4.09     Voting..........................................................4

ARTICLE V         DIRECTORS.......................................................4

         5.01     Number..........................................................4
         5.02     Election, Resignation and Removal...............................4
         5.03     Vacancies.......................................................4
         5.04     Annual Meeting..................................................4
         5.05     Regular and Special Meetings....................................5
         5.06     Notices.........................................................5
         5.07     Quorum and Voting...............................................5

<PAGE>


         5.08     Executive and Other Committees..................................5
         5.09     Dissents........................................................6
         5.10     Compensation....................................................6

ARTICLE VI        NOTICES, WAIVER OF NOTICE AND MANNER OF ACTING..................6

         6.01     Notices.........................................................6
         6.02     Waiver of Notice................................................6
         6.03     Action Without a Meeting........................................7

ARTICLE VII       OFFICERS........................................................7

         7.01     Number..........................................................7
         7.02     Term of Office, Resignation and Removal.........................7
         7.03     Vacancies.......................................................7
         7.04     Authority.......................................................7

ARTICLE VIII      DUTIES OF OFFICERS..............................................7

         8.01     Chairman of the Board...........................................7
         8.02     President.......................................................7
         8.03     Vice Presidents.................................................8
         8.04     Secretary.......................................................8
         8.05     Treasurer.......................................................8
         8.06     Assistant Secretaries and Treasurers............................8

ARTICLE IX        SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS..........................................8

         9.01     Orders for Payment of Money.....................................8
         9.02     Contracts and Conveyances.......................................9

ARTICLE X         BOOKS AND RECORDS...............................................9

         10.01    Maintenance of Books and Records................................9
         10.02    Reliance on Books and Records...................................9

ARTICLE XI        INDEMNIFICATION................................................10

         11.01    NonDerivative Actions..........................................10
         11.02    Derivative Actions.............................................10

<PAGE>


         11.03    Expenses of Successful Defense.................................10
         11.04    Definition.....................................................11
         11.05    Contract Right; Limitation on Indemnity........................11
         11.06    Determination That Indemnification is Proper...................11
         11.07    Proportionate Indemnity........................................12
         11.08    Expense Advance................................................12
         11.09    NonExclusivity of Rights.......................................12
         11.10    Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.....12
         11.11    Former Directors and Officers..................................12
         11.12    Insurance......................................................13
         11.13    Changes in Michigan Law........................................13
         11.14    Amendment or Repeal of Article XI..............................13

ARTICLE XII       AMENDMENTS.....................................................13

         12.01    Amendments.....................................................13
</TABLE>




LLC-5.5
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                             <C>                                        <C>
Form   LLC-5.5                                  Illinois                                
        January 1998                            Limited Liability Company Act
                                                Articles of Organization                   Secretary of State
George H. Ryan                                                                             FILED
Secretary of State                              SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE                        DECEMBER 17, 1998
Department of Business Services                 Must be typewritten
Limited Liability Company Division              ----------------------                     LIMITED LIABILITY CO. DIV.
Room 359, Howlett Building                                                                 GEORGE H. RYAN
Springfield, IL 62756                           This space for use by Secretary of State   SECRETARY OF STATE
http://www.sos.state.il.us                      Date              DEC 17, 1998     
                                                Assigned File #   0024 536 4               PAID
Payment must be made by certified check,        Filing Fee        $400.00                  DECEMBER 17, 1998
cashier's check, Illinois attorney's check,     Approved:         JE     
Illinois C.P.A.'s check or money order,                                                                                            
payable to "Secretary of State."                                                                                 

</TABLE>              





1.   Limited Liability Company Name: NWS-Illinois, LLC

     (The LLC name must contain the words limited liability  company,  L.L.C. or
     LLC and cannot contain the terms corporation,  corp.,  incorporated,  inc.,
     ltd., co., limited partnership, or LP.)

2.   Transacting  business under an assumed name: | | Yes |X| No
     (If  YES, a Form LLC-1.20 is required to be completed and attached to these
     Articles.)

3.   The address,  including county,  of its principal place of business:
     (Post office box alone and c/o are unacceptable.)

     2600 West 35th Street, Chicago, IL 60632 Cook County

4.   Federal Employer Identification Number (F.E.I.N.): applied for

5.   The Articles of Organization are effective on: (Check one)

     a) [X] the filing date, or b) [ ] another date later than but not more than
                                       60 days subsequent to the filing date:

6.   The registered agent's name and registered office address is:

     Registered agent: Stephen O'Malley

     Registered Office: 2600 West 35th Street

     (P.O. Box alone and c/o are unacceptable)  Chicago 60632 Cook

7.   Purpose or purposes  for which the LLC is  organized:  Include the business
     code # (from IRS Form 1065)
     (If not sufficient space  to cover this  point,  add  one or more sheets of
     this size.)

     To engage in the wholesale  distribution of wine and alcohol  beverages and
     to conduct  any and all other  lawful  business  and  activities  for which
     limited liability companies may be organized.

     (Business Code #5101)

8.   The latest  date,  if any,  upon which the  company  is to  dissolve  N/A.


<PAGE>

     Any other events of dissolution enumerated on an attachment.  (Optional)

9.   Other  provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the LLC per
     Section 5-5(a)(8) included as attachment:

     | | Yes      |X| No

     If yes, state the  provision(s)  and the statutory  cite(s) from the ILLCA.


10.  a) Management is vested, in whole or in part, in the manager(s):
     |X| Yes      | | No

     If yes, list names and business addresses.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <S>                         <C>
     James E. LaCrosse           2600 West 35th Street, Chicago, IL 60632
     Norma M. Johnston           2600 West 35th Street, Chicago, IL 60632
     Patricia J. LaCrosse        2600 West 35th Street, Chicago, IL 60632
</TABLE>


     b) Management is vested, in whole or in part, by the member(s):
     | |   Yes      |X| No

     If yes, list names and addresses.

11.  The undersigned  affirms,  under penalties of perjury,  having authority to
     sign  hereto,  that these  articles of  organization  are to the best of my
     knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.

     Dated December 7, 1998 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                    <C>
Signature(s) and Name(s) of Organizer(s)               Business Address(es)

1.  /S/                                                2.  2600 West 25th Street
   Stephen O'Malley, Assistant Secretary                   Chicago
                                                           Illinois 60632

<FN>

(Signatures must be in ink on  an  original document.  Carbon copy, photocopy or 
rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies)
</FN>
</TABLE>


OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

NWS-ILLINOIS, LLC


     THIS  OPERATING  AGREEMENT  of  NWS-ILLINOIS,   LLC,  an  Illinois  limited
liability  company (the "Company"),  is made and entered into as of December 31,
1998, by and among NWS,  INC., an Illinois  corporation  ("NWS"),  and MARTIN H.
BART  ("Bart"),  as the Initial  Members,  and any other  Persons  executing  or
otherwise  bound  by  this  Agreement  pursuant  to the  terms  hereof.  Certain
capitalized  terms used in this Agreement are defined in Sections 14.19 and 13.1
hereof.  In consideration  of the mutual  covenants and agreements  contained in
this Agreement, the Members agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Organization

     Section  1.1.  Formation.  The  Members  hereby  authorize  and  ratify the
formation  of  the  Company  as a  limited  liability  company  pursuant  to the
provisions  of the Act  effective  on the later of (i) the date of the filing of
the Articles of Organization of the Company with the Illinois Secretary of State
pursuant to the Act, or (ii) the date of organization,  if any, specified in the
Articles (the "Organization Date").

     Section 1.2. Name. The name of the Company shall be "NWS-Illinois, LLC," or
such other name as the Members  may from time to time  determine.  The  Managers
shall cause to be filed on behalf of the Company such assumed or fictitious name
certificate or certificates as may, from time to time, be required by law.

     Section  1.3.  Purposes  and Powers.  The purposes for which the Company is
organized are as set forth in the Articles.  Except as otherwise provided in the
Articles,  the Company shall have all powers  permissible under the Act to carry
out its business and affairs.

     Section  1.4.  Effective  Date.  This  Agreement  shall be effective on the
Organization Date of the Company (the "Effective Date").

     Section  1.5.  Term.  The term of duration  of the Company  shall be as set
forth in the Articles, unless the Company is earlier dissolved and terminated in
accordance with this Agreement or the Act.



<PAGE>



     Section 1.6.  Registered Office and Registered Agent. The street address of
the  Company's  initial  registered  office  in  Illinois  and  the  name of the
Company's initial registered agent at such registered office are as set forth in
the Articles.  The registered  office and registered agent of the Company may be
changed from time to time by complying with the procedures set forth in the Act.

     Section 1.7.  Principal Place of Business.  The principal place of business
of the Company  within the State of Illinois  shall be located at 2600 West 35th
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60632, or such other address, within or outside of the
State of  Illinois,  as the  Managers  shall  from time to time  establish  as a
location of the Company's principal executive offices.

ARTICLE II

Members, Capital Contributions, and Capital Accounts

     Section 2.1.  Names and  Addresses of Members.  The names,  addresses,  and
taxpayer  identification  numbers  of the  Members  of the  Company,  and  their
respective Capital Contributions,  Percentages,  Interests,  and number of Units
are set forth in  Schedule A attached  hereto.  The  Company  shall have Class A
Members, Class B Members, and Class C Members. The Class B Members and the Class
C Members shall have no voting rights.  The Members shall update Schedule A from
time to time as  necessary  to  accurately  reflect the  information  therein in
accordance with this Agreement.

     Section 2.2. Initial Capital Contributions.  Each Initial Member shall make
the initial  Capital  Contribution in such amount and form as specified for such
Member in  Schedule A  attached  hereto.  Each  Initial  Member  shall make such
required  initial  Capital  Contribution at such time and upon such terms as are
specified in Schedule A attached  hereto,  or if not so specified,  such initial
Capital  Contributions  shall  be made at the  time  of  such  Initial  Member's
execution of this Agreement.

     Section 2.3. Additional Capital Contributions.  No Member shall be required
to make any additional Capital Contributions.  However, if the Managers shall at
any time  determine  that  additional  Capital  Contributions  are  necessary or
advisable,  then, for a period of thirty (30) days after the Managers notify the
Members of such need for additional Capital  Contributions,  the Class A Members
and the Class B Members shall have the right,  but not the  obligation,  to make
such additional Capital  Contributions at the same price and upon the same terms
and  conditions  on a  pro  rata  basis  in  accordance  with  their  respective
Percentages. If any Class A Member or Class B Member does not agree to make such
additional Capital  Contributions  within such thirty (30)-day period, then such
additional Capital  Contributions shall be made by participating Class A Members
and Class B Members only in exchange for Class C Interests.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  nothing in this Section  shall  preclude the Company from  obtaining
additional Capital  Contributions  from, and issuing Interests (whether Class A,
Class B, Class C or other Interests) to, any Person other than NWS, the LaCrosse
Family Group,  the Johnston Family Group, the Bart Family Group, or any of their
Affiliates,  as deemed  advisable  by the Managers and approved by a Majority in
Interest  of the Class A  Members  and a  Majority  in  Interest  of the Class B
Members pursuant to Section 11.1.



<PAGE>

     Section 2.4.  Member  Loans.  Any Member may loan such funds to the Company
upon such terms and conditions as shall be approved by a Majority in Interest of
the  Members.   Any  such  Member  loan  shall  not  be   considered  a  Capital
Contribution, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the loaning Member and
a Majority in Interest of the Members.

     Section 2.5. Capital Accounts.

          Subsection 2.5.1.  Maintenance of Capital Accounts. A separate Capital
     Account shall be established and maintained for each Interest Holder in the
     manner provided by Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)  of the Regulations.  Capital
     Accounts  shall be  maintained  separately  for Class A Interests,  Class B
     Interests,  and Class C Interests for each Member, but the combined Capital
     Accounts  of any Member  shall  constitute  such  Member's  single  Capital
     Account  maintained as required by the Regulations.  The Capital Account of
     each  Interest  Holder  shall  consist  of the  amount of cash and the fair
     market value of property  (net of any  liability  secured by such  property
     that the Company is  considered  to assume or take subject to under Section
     752 of the Internal Revenue Code) that the Interest Holder has contributed,
     or is  deemed  herein  to  have  contributed,  to the  Company  as  Capital
     Contributions, adjusted as follows:

               (a) The Capital  Account of an Interest Holder shall be increased
          by (i) all Profits  allocated to such Interest Holder,  (ii) any items
          in the nature of income or gains  specially  allocated to the Interest
          Holder  pursuant to Section  3.3,  and (iii) the amount of any Company
          liabilities  assumed by the  Interest  Holder (or which are secured by
          Company property distributed to the Interest Holder).

               (b) The Capital  Account of an Interest Holder shall be decreased
          by (i) all Losses allocated to the Interest Holder,  (ii) any items in
          the nature of expenses or losses  specially  allocated to the Interest
          Holder  pursuant to Section  3.3, and (iii) the amount of cash and the
          fair market value of any Company property  distributed to the Interest
          Holder (net of any liability  securing such distributed  property that
          the Interest  Holder is  considered to assume or take subject to under
          Section 752 of the Internal Revenue Code).

               (c)  If the  book  value  of the  Company  property  is  adjusted
          pursuant to Section 3.4, the Capital  Account of each Interest  Holder
          shall be  adjusted  to reflect the  aggregate  adjustment  in the same
          manner as if the  Company  had  recognized  gain or loss  equal to the
          amount of such aggregate adjustment.

               (d) It is  intended  that the Capital  Accounts  of all  Interest
          Holders  shall be  maintained  in  compliance  with the  provisions of
          Section  1.704-1(b)  of the  Regulations,  and all  provisions of this
          Agreement  relating to the  maintenance  of Capital  Accounts shall be
          interpreted and applied in a manner  consistent with such Regulations.
          The Capital  Account of the Interest  Holders shall be adjusted in any
          other manner required by such  Regulations or otherwise in order to be
          deemed properly maintained for federal income tax purposes.


<PAGE>

          Subsection  2.5.2.  Transferee's  Capital Account.  If any Interest is
     transferred in compliance with this  Agreement,  the Capital Account of the
     Transferor shall become the Capital Account of the Transferee to the extent
     it  relates  to  the  transferred   Interest  in  accordance  with  Section
     1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)of the Regulations.

          Subsection  2.5.3. No Obligation to Restore  Negative Capital Account.
     No Interest  Holder  shall have any  liability or  obligation  to restore a
     negative or deficit balance in such Interest Holder's Capital Account.

     Section 2.6.  Return and Withdrawal of Capital  Contributions.  No interest
shall accrue or be payable on any Capital  Contribution or Capital  Account.  No
Interest Holder shall have the right to withdraw his Capital  Contribution or to
demand and receive property of the Company or any distribution in return for his
Capital Contribution,  except as expressly provided in the Put Option Agreement,
this Agreement, or as required by law. To the extent that an Interest Holder has
a right to demand a return of all or any  portion of his  Capital  Contribution,
the Interest Holder shall not have a right to demand and receive a return of his
Capital  Contribution  in a form other than cash,  irrespective of the nature of
his Capital Contribution.

ARTICLE III

Distributions and Allocations

     Section 3.1. Distributions.

          Subsection 3.1.1. Distributions of Net Cash Flow. If and to the extent
     not  prohibited  by the Act, and subject to  restrictions  contained in any
     Bank Agreements,  the Net Cash Flow of the Company for each taxable year of
     the Company shall be distributed to and among the Interest Holders, at such
     times as shall  be  determined  by the  Managers  (but,  in the case of Tax
     Distributions  pursuant to Subsection  3.1.1(a),  by no later than April 15
     following such taxable year), as follows:

               (a) First, to the Class A and Class B Interest Holders, an amount
          equal to the  Applicable  Tax Rate  multiplied  by the earnings of the
          Company  taxable to such Interest  Holders  arising from the Company's
          tax status as a partnership (the "Tax Distributions");

<PAGE>



               (b)  Second,  to the  Class  C  Interest  Holders,  pro  rata  in
          proportion  to their  respective  Percentages,  an amount equal to the
          Class C Interest Holders' Priority Return for that taxable year;

               (c)  Third,  to  the  Class  C  Interest  Holders,  pro  rata  in
          proportion to their respective Percentages, until the Class C Interest
          Holders have received an amount equal to the Class C Interest Holders'
          Unpaid Priority Return;

               (d)  Fourth,  to the  Class  C  Interest  Holders,  pro  rata  in
          proportion to their respective Percentages, until the Class C Interest
          Holders  have  received an amount  equal to the unpaid  balance of the
          Preference  Amount (i.e.,  by redemption  of the  outstanding  Class C
          Units in accordance  with and subject to the  limitations set forth in
          Section 8.2); and

               (e) Fifth, to the Class A and Class B Interest Holders,  pro rata
          in proportion to their respective Percentages.

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing in this Subsection  3.1.1, any distributions
     in  anticipation  of the  dissolution  of the Company or  subsequent to the
     occurrence of the  dissolution  of the Company shall be made as provided in
     Section 12.4.

          Subsection  3.1.2.  Record Date for  Distributions.  Tax Distributions
     shall be made to the  Persons  shown on the  records of the Company to have
     been  Interest  Holders of the Company in  proportion to the length of time
     that such Persons were Interest  Holders of the Company for the  applicable
     taxable year. Any other  distributions  of Net Cash Flow or other assets of
     the Company in respect of an Interest shall be made to the Persons shown on
     the records of the Company to have been Interest  Holders as of the date of
     such  distributions.  Neither the  Company nor any Manager or Member  shall
     incur any  liability  for  making  distributions  in  accordance  with this
     Subsection  whether  or not  the  Company  or the  Manager  or  Member  has
     knowledge or notice of any transfer or purported transfer of an Interest.

     Section 3.2. Allocation of Profits and Losses. Except as may be required by
Section  704(c) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code and after  giving  effect to the
special allocations set forth in Sections 3.3 and 3.4, Profits, Losses and other
items of income,  gain, loss,  deduction and credit for each taxable year of the
Company shall be allocated among the Interest Holders as follows:

          Subsection  3.2.1.  Losses.  Losses  for such  taxable  year  shall be
     allocated:

               (a) First,  solely to the Class C Interest  Holders,  pro rata in
          proportion to their respective Percentages, until the Capital Accounts
          of the Class C Interest Holders are reduced to zero; and


<PAGE>

               (b) Second, to the Class A and Class B Interest Holders, pro rata
          in proportion to their respective Percentages.

          Subsection  3.2.2.  Profits.  Profits for such  taxable  year shall be
     allocated:

               (a)  First,  to the Class C  Interest  Holders,  pro rata,  in an
          amount  equal to the  cumulative  Losses  allocated  to such  Interest
          Holders  pursuant to Section  3.2.1 (a) for all prior  taxable  years,
          less  the  cumulative  Profits  allocated  to  such  Interest  Holders
          pursuant to this Section 3.2.2(a);

               (b)  Second,  to the Class A and Class B  Interest  Holders,  pro
          rata, in an amount equal to the  cumulative  Losses  allocated to such
          Interest  Holders  pursuant to Section 3.2.1 (b) for all prior taxable
          years, less the cumulative  Profits allocated to such Interest Holders
          pursuant to this Section 3.2.2(b) for all prior taxable years;

               (c)  Third,  to the Class C  Interest  Holders,  pro rata,  in an
          amount  equal to their  Priority  Return for the current and all prior
          taxable  years,  less the  amount  allocated  to the Class C  Interest
          Holders in prior taxable years pursuant to this Section 3.2.2(c);

               (d)  Fourth,  to the Class C Interest  Holders,  pro rata,  in an
          amount  equal to the  difference  between the unpaid  balance of their
          Preference  Amount and their Initial Capital  Contributions,  less any
          amounts  allocated  pursuant to this  Section  3.2.2(d)  for all prior
          taxable years; and

               (e) Fifth,  the remainder of the Profits to the Class A and Class
          B  Interest  Holders,  pro  rata in  proportion  to  their  respective
          Percentages.

     Section 3.3. Special Allocations.

          Subsection  3.3.1.  Minimum  Gain  Chargeback.   Except  as  otherwise
     provided in Section  1.704-2(f) of the Regulations,  if, during any taxable
     year,  there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain,  notwithstanding  any other
     allocation  pursuant to this Article  III,  each  Interest  Holder shall be
     specially allocated items of income and gain for such taxable year (and, if
     necessary,  subsequent  taxable  years) in an amount equal to that Interest
     Holder's  share  of  the  net  decrease  in  Minimum  Gain,  determined  in
     accordance with Section 1.704- 2(g) of the  Regulations.  Such  allocations
     shall  be made in  proportion  to the  respective  amounts  required  to be
     allocated to each Interest Holder pursuant to such Regulations. Allocations
     of income and gain  pursuant  to this  Subsection  shall be made first from
     gain   recognized  from  the  disposition  of  Company  assets  subject  to
     nonrecourse  liabilities (within the meaning of the Regulations promulgated
     under  Section  752 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code),  to the extent of the
     Minimum Gain attributable to those assets, and thereafter,  from a pro rata
     portion of the  Company's  other  items of income and gain for the  taxable
     year.  This  Subsection  is  intended  to  comply  with  the  minimum  gain
     chargeback  requirement in Section  1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall
     be interpreted consistently therewith.

<PAGE>
          Subsection 3.3.2. Member Minimum Gain. Except as otherwise provided in
     Section  1.704-1(i)(4)  of the  Regulations,  if there is a net decrease in
     Member  Minimum  Gain during any taxable  year,  notwithstanding  any other
     allocation  pursuant to this Article III,  each  Interest  Holder who has a
     share of the Member  Minimum Gain,  determined  in accordance  with Section
     1.704-2(i)(5)  of the  Regulations,  shall be specially  allocated items of
     Company  income  and  gain  for  such  taxable  year  (and,  if  necessary,
     subsequent  taxable years) in an amount equal to such Person's share of the
     net decrease in Member Minimum Gain,  determined in accordance with Section
     1.704-2(i)(4)  of the  Regulations.  Such  allocations  shall  be  made  in
     proportion  to the  respective  amounts  required to be  allocated  to each
     Interest Holder pursuant to such Regulations.  The items to be so allocated
     shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  Sections   1.704-2(i)(4)   and
     1.704-2(j)(2)  of the  Regulations.  This  Subsection is intended to comply
     with the minimum gain chargeback  requirement in Section  1.704-2(i)(4)  of
     the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

          Subsection 3.3.3. Qualified Income Offset. No Interest Holder shall be
     allocated Losses or deductions if the allocation  causes an Interest Holder
     to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. If an Interest Holder receives
     (i) an  allocation  of Loss or  deduction  (or item  thereof),  or (ii) any
     distribution  which causes the Interest Holder to have an Adjusted  Capital
     Account  Deficit at the end of any taxable  year,  then all items of income
     and gain of the Company  (consisting  of a pro rata portion of each item of
     Company  income,  including  gross  income and gain) for that  taxable year
     shall be allocated to that Interest Holder,  before any other allocation is
     made of  Company  items for that  taxable  year,  in an amount  and  manner
     sufficient  to  eliminate  the  Adjusted  Capital  Account  Deficit of such
     Interest  Holder as  quickly as  possible  and to the  extent  required  by
     Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)  of  the  Regulations.   This  Subsection  is
     intended to comply with,  and shall be interpreted  consistently  with, the
     "qualified income offset"  provisions of the Regulations  promulgated under
     Section 104(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

          Subsection 3.3.4. Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for a
     taxable year or other period shall be specially allocated among the Class A
     and Class B Interest  Holders,  pro rata in proportion to their  respective
     Percentages.

          Subsection 3.3.5. Member Loan Nonrecourse Deductions.  Any Member Loan
     Nonrecourse  Deduction  for any  taxable  year or  other  period  shall  be
     specially  allocated to the Interest Holder who bears the risk of loss with
     respect  to the loan to which the  Member  Loan  Nonrecourse  Deduction  is
     attributable in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(1) of the Regulations.

          Subsection 3.3.6. Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment
     to the tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or Section
     743(b) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code is  required,  pursuant  to  Section
     1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)  of the  Regulations,  to be  taken  into  account  in
     determining  Capital Accounts,  the amount of the adjustment to the Capital
     Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the  adjustment  increases
     the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment  decreases  basis),  and
     the gain or loss shall be specially  allocated to the Interest Holders in a
     manner  consistent  with the manner in which  their  Capital  Accounts  are
     required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations.



<PAGE>

          Subsection  3.3.7.  Distribution of Assets. If the Company at any time
     distributes any of its assets in kind to any Interest  Holder,  the Capital
     Account of each  Interest  Holder  shall be  adjusted  to account  for that
     Interest Holder's  allocable share (as determined  pursuant to Section 3.2)
     of the Profits or Losses  that would have been  realized by the Company had
     it sold the assets that were  distributed at their  respective  fair market
     values immediately prior to their distribution.

          Subsection 3.3.8.  Guaranteed Payments. To the extent any compensation
     paid to any Member by the Company is  determined  by the  Internal  Revenue
     Service not to be a guaranteed payment under Section 707(c) of the Internal
     Revenue  Code  or is not  paid to the  Member  other  than in the  Person's
     capacity as a Member  within the meaning of Section  707(a) of the Internal
     Revenue Code, the Member shall be specially  allocated  gross income of the
     Company  in an amount  equal to the  amount of that  compensation,  and the
     Member's  Capital  Account shall be adjusted to reflect the payment of that
     compensation.

          Subsection  3.3.9.  Unrealized  Receivables.  If an Interest  Holder's
     Interest is reduced  (provided the reduction  does not result in a complete
     termination of the Interest Holder's Interest), the Interest Holder's share
     of the Company's  "unrealized  receivables" and "substantially  appreciated
     inventory" (within the meaning of Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code)
     shall not be reduced, so that,  notwithstanding any other provision of this
     Agreement to the contrary,  that portion of the Profits otherwise allocable
     upon a  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the  Company  which is  taxable as
     ordinary income  (recaptured) for federal income tax purposes shall, to the
     extent possible without  increasing the total gain to the Company or to any
     Interest  Holder,  be specially  allocated  among the  Interest  Holders in
     proportion to the  deductions (or basis  reductions  treated as deductions)
     giving rise to such recapture. Any questions as to the aforesaid allocation
     of ordinary  income  (recapture),  to the extent such  questions  cannot be
     resolved in the manner specified above, shall be resolved by the Managers.

          Subsection  3.3.10.  Withholding.  All amounts required to be withheld
     pursuant  to  Section  1446  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  or any  other
     provision of federal,  state,  or local tax law shall be treated as amounts
     actually  distributed  to the  affected  Interest  Holders for all purposes
     under this Agreement.

          Subsection 3.3.11. Curative Allocations.  The allocations set forth in
     Subsections 3.3.1 through 3.3.6 (the "Regulatory Allocations") are intended
     to comply with certain requirements of the Regulations. It is the intent of
     the Members that, to the extent possible,  all Regulatory Allocations shall
     be  offset  either  with  other  Regulatory  Allocations  or  with  special
     allocations  of the items of Company  income,  gain,  loss,  deduction,  or
     credit pursuant to this Subsection.  Therefore,  notwithstanding  any other
     provisions of this Article III (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the
     Managers shall make such offsetting  special  allocations of income,  gain,
     loss, or deduction in whatever  manner they determine  appropriate so that,
     after such offsetting  allocations are made, the Capital Account balance of
     each  Interest  Holder is, to the  extent  possible,  equal to the  Capital
     Account balance which such Interest Holder would have had if the Regulatory
     Allocations were not part of the Agreement.  In exercising their discretion
     under  this  Subsection,  the  Managers  shall  take  into  account  future
     Regulatory Allocations under Subsections 3.3.1 and 3.3.2 that, although not
     yet made, are likely to offset other Regulatory Allocations previously made
     under Subsections 3.3.4 and 3.3.5.


<PAGE>

     Section 3.4. Contributed Property and Book-Ups.  In accordance with Section
704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code and the Regulations  thereunder,  as well as
Section  1.704(1)(b)(2)(iv)(d)(3)  of the Regulations,  income,  gain, loss, and
deduction with respect to any property  contributed  (or deemed  contributed) to
the Company  shall,  solely for tax  purposes.  be allocated  among the Interest
Holders so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of the
property  to the Company for  federal  income tax  purposes  and its fair market
value of the date of contribution (or deemed contribution). If the adjusted book
value  of  any  Company  asset  is  adjusted  as  provided  herein,   subsequent
allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to the asset shall
take  account  of any  variation  between  the  adjusted  basis of the asset for
federal  income tax purposes and its adjusted book value in the manner  required
under  Section  704(c)  of  the  Internal   Revenue  Code  and  the  Regulations
thereunder.

     Section 3.5. Partial Year Allocations.  If any Interest is transferred,  or
if the number of Units  outstanding  is  increased or decreased by reason of the
admission of an Additional  Member or  otherwise,  during any fiscal year of the
Company,  the Profits,  Losses, and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction
and credit of the Company for such fiscal year shall be (i) assigned pro rata to
each day of such  fiscal  year  during  which such item is accrued or  otherwise
incurred,  and the  amount  of each  item so  assigned  to any such day shall be
allocated to Interest  Holders based upon their  respective  Percentages  at the
close of each  such  day,  or (ii)  allocated  among  the  Interest  Holders  in
accordance  with  Section 706 of the Internal  Revenue Code and the  Regulations
promulgated thereunder, using any conventions permitted by law.

ARTICLE IV

Management; Rights and Duties of Managers

     Section  4.1.  Management  of Company's  Business  and  Affairs.  Except as
expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement or any mandatory provision of the
Act, the management,  control,  and operation of the business and affairs of the
Company  shall be  exclusively  vested  in the  Managers.  Except  as  expressly
provided otherwise in this Agreement or any mandatory  provision of the Act, the
affirmative vote,  approval,  or consent of a majority in number of the Managers
shall be  required  to decide any  matter  that  requires  the  approval  of the
Managers.
<PAGE>

     Section 4.2. Number, Term and  Qualifications.  The Company shall initially
have three (3) Managers,  and the initial  Managers  shall be James E. LaCrosse,
Patricia J.  LaCrosse,  and Norma M.  Johnston.  The number of  Managers  may be
changed  and fixed from time to time by the  affirmative  vote of a Majority  in
Interest  of the  Members,  but in no event  shall  there  be less  than one (1)
Manager.  Each Manager shall serve until the first annual meeting of the Members
and until his  successor  is duly  elected and  qualified.  At the first  annual
meeting of the Members,  and at each annual  meeting of the Members  thereafter,
the Managers shall be elected by a Majority in Interest of the Members, and each
Manager so elected shall serve for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of
the Members  following  his election and until his successor is duly elected and
qualified, or until his earlier death,  resignation,  or removal.  Managers need
not be Members or natural persons.

     Section  4.3.  Powers of  Managers.  Except  and  subject to the rights and
authority  reserved to the Members pursuant to Section 5.1 and elsewhere in this
Agreement,  the Managers may generally exercise all powers of the Company and do
all lawful acts  necessary,  advisable,  or convenient to carry out the business
and affairs of the Company, including, without limitation, the right, power, and
authority, on behalf of the Company, to:

          (a) purchase,  sell,  lease,  exchange,  and  otherwise  deal with the
     properties and assets of the Company at such price,  rental, or amount, and
     upon such terms and conditions, as the Managers shall deem advisable;

          (b) borrow money and issue notes,  bonds, and other debt  obligations;
     mortgage,  grant a security  interest in, or subject to any other lien, any
     or all of the property of the Company; repay, refinance,  modify, or extend
     any loan  and any  mortgage  or  other  security  instrument  or lien;  and
     guarantee any indebtedness of National Wine & Spirits Corporation, NWS, NWS
     Michigan,  Inc.,  or any other  Affiliate of the Company that is engaged in
     the  business of selling,  marketing  or  distributing  alcoholic  beverage
     products,  bottled  water  or other  beverage  products,  or other  similar
     products;

          (c) open,  maintain  and close  accounts in the name of the Company in
     banks, savings and loan associations,  brokerage firms, and other financial
     institutions; deposit funds into and withdraw funds from such accounts; and
     draw checks and other orders for the payment of money by the Company;

          (d) employ,  retain, and discharge such employees,  agents,  managers,
     architects,    contractors,    subcontractors,    accountants,   attorneys,
     consultants  and other Persons,  including any other Member or Affiliate of
     any Member,  necessary or appropriate to carry out the business and affairs
     of the Company, and to pay such fees, expenses,  salaries,  wages and other
     compensation  to  such  Persons  as  the  Managers  shall  determine  to be
     reasonable;
<PAGE>

          (e) commence,  defend,  and settle, on behalf of the Company,  any and
     all  actions  and  proceedings  at  law  or  equity  before  any  court  or
     governmental,   administrative,   or  other  regulatory  agency,  body,  or
     commission;

          (f) enter into,  execute,  and perform such contracts,  agreements and
     other  undertakings  to  which  the  Company  may  be  a  party,  including
     agreements,  undertakings and transactions  with any Member or Manager,  or
     any of their Affiliates (subject to Section 14.3);

          (g)  incur  and pay  all  expenses  and  obligations  incident  to the
     management, control, and operation of the Company;

          (h) make reasonable and necessary capital  expenditures for the repair
     and  improvement  of real  estate  held by the Company and take all actions
     reasonably  necessary  for  the  maintenance,   operation,  and  management
     thereof;

          (i)  obtain  and  maintain,  at the  expense  of the  Company,  public
     liability,  property,  casualty,  and other insurance coverage necessary or
     desirable for the protection or conservation of the Company and its assets;

          (j) invest  funds of the Company  temporarily  in savings  accounts in
     federally insured financial  institutions,  certificates of deposits issued
     by federally insured financial  institutions,  short-term  interest-bearing
     obligations of publicly-held corporations, state and local governments, and
     the United States, and money market funds;

          (k)  prepare and cause to be prepared  reports,  statements  and other
     relevant  information  for  distribution  to Members as may be  required or
     determined to be appropriate by the Members from time to time;

          (l) prepare and file all necessary  returns and statements and pay all
     taxes,  assessments and other  impositions  applicable to the assets of the
     Company; and

          (m)  execute  all  documents  or  instruments,  perform all duties and
     powers,  and do all things for and on behalf of the  Company in all matters
     necessary or desirable or incidental to the foregoing.

     Section 4.4.  Reliance by Third Parties.  Each Manager shall be an agent of
the Company for the purpose of its business, and any act of a Manager, including
the signing of an instrument in the Company's name, for apparently  carrying on,
in the ordinary course,  the Company's  business or business of the kind carried
on by the  Company  shall  bind  the  Company,  unless  (i) the  Manager  had no
authority  to act for the Company in a  particular  matter,  and (ii) the person
with whom the  Manager was  dealing  knew or had notice that the Manager  lacked
authority.  Any act of a Manager which is not apparently for carrying on, in the
ordinary  course,  the Company's  business or business of the kind carried on by
the Company  shall bind the Company only if the act was  authorized  pursuant to
Section  5.1.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  except  as  expressly  provided
otherwise  in the  Articles,  any Manager  may sign and  deliver any  instrument
transferring  or affecting  the  Company's  interest in real  property,  and the
instrument  shall be  conclusive  in favor of a person who gives  value  without
knowledge of the lack of the authority of the person  signing and delivering the
instrument.


<PAGE>

     Section 4.5.  Liability of Managers.  The Managers  shall not be liable for
damages to the Company or to the Members or any Transferees for any action taken
or  failure  to act on  behalf  of  the  Company,  unless  the  act or  omission
constitutes  grossly negligent or reckless conduct,  intentional  misconduct,  a
knowing  violation  of law, or a material  breach of this  Agreement.  A Manager
shall not be liable  when  relying in good faith upon the records of the Company
and on the  information,  opinions,  reports,  or  statements  presented  to the
Company by the Company's other Managers,  Members,  agents, or employees,  or by
any other Person concerning  matters which the Manager  reasonable  believes are
within such other Person's  professional or expert competence,  and who has been
selected  with  reasonable  care  by or on  behalf  of  the  Company,  including
information, opinions, reports, or statements concerning the value and amount of
the  assets,  liabilities,  profits,  or losses of the  Company  or other  facts
pertinent  to the  existence  and amount of assets from which  distributions  to
Members might properly be paid.

     Section  4.6.  Compensation.  The  Company  may  pay to the  Managers  such
compensation  for services  rendered to the Company as shall be determined  from
time to time by the Members.  Such compensation  shall be treated as expenses of
the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute distributions to the recipient
of any Profits, Losses, or capital of the Company.

     Section 4.7.  Reimbursement of Expenses.  Each Manager shall be entitled to
reimbursement  by the Company of expenses  reasonably  incurred and paid by such
Manager  on behalf of or for the  benefit of the  Company.  Any  question  as to
whether a Manager is entitled to  reimbursement  of expenses  under this Section
shall be determined by a Majority in Interest of the Members.

     Section 4.8. Resignation.  A Manager may resign as a Manager of the Company
at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company,  which  resignation
shall be effective when such notice is given to the Company,  unless such notice
specifies a later  effective  date.  The  resignation of a Manager who is also a
Member shall not affect the Manager's  rights as Member and shall not constitute
a withdrawal of the Member.

     Section 4.9. Removal. Any Manager may be removed, with or without cause, by
the  affirmative  vote of a Majority in Interest of the  Members.  Such  removal
shall be effective when written notice thereof, signed by a Majority in Interest
of the Members is received by the Manager,  unless such notice specifies a later
effective  date.  The removal of a Manager who is also a Member shall not affect
the  Manager's  rights as a Member and shall not  constitute a withdrawal of the
Member.


<PAGE>

     Section 4.10. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring among the Managers caused by
an increase in the number of Managers shall be filled by the affirmative vote of
a Majority in Interest of the Members. Any vacancy occurring among the Managers,
whether caused by the death,  resignation,  or removal of a Manager,  or for any
other reason (other than an increase in the number of  Managers),  may be filled
by the affirmative  vote of a majority in number of the remaining  Managers then
in office;  provided,  however,  that if there are no  remaining  Managers,  the
vacancy or vacancies  shall be filled by the  affirmative  vote of a Majority in
Interest of the Members.

     Section 4.11. Power of Attorney.  Each Member constitutes and appoints each
and  every  Manager  as the  Member's  true  and  lawful  attorney-in-fact  (the
"Attorney in Fact"),  in the Member's name,  place and stead, to make,  execute,
sign, acknowledge and file:

          (a) The Articles,  and all amendments  thereto made in accordance with
     this Agreement;

          (b) Any and all certificates,  instruments or other documents required
     to be filed by the  Company  under the laws of the State of  Illinois or of
     any  other  state  or  jurisdiction,  including,  without  limitation,  any
     certificate  or other  instruments  necessary  in order for the  Company to
     continue to qualify as a limited  liability  company  under the laws of the
     State of Illinois;

          (c) One or more fictitious, assumed name, or trade name certificates;

          (d) Any and all  certificates,  instruments  and other documents which
     may be required to dissolve and terminate the Company; and

          (e) All other  certificates,  instruments  and  documents  that may be
     required or  permitted by law to be filed on behalf of the Company that are
     not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

This power of attorney  granted herein is irrevocable  and shall be deemed to be
coupled with an interest,  and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall
survive the death or disability of a Member.  This power of attorney  shall also
survive any Transfer of any Interest,  except that if the Transferee is admitted
as a Substitute Member, this power of attorney shall survive the delivery of the
assignment  for the sole  purpose of enabling  the  Attorney in Fact to execute,
acknowledge and file any documents  necessary to effectuate the admission of the
Transferee  as  a  Substitute  Member.   Each  Member  shall  be  bound  by  any
representations  made by the  Attorney in Fact acting in good faith  pursuant to
this power of attorney, and each Member hereby waives any and all defenses which
may be available to contest,  negate, or disaffirm the action of the Attorney in
Fact taken in good faith under this power of attorney.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE V

Rights and Duties of Members

     Section 5.1.  Management  Rights of Members.  Except as expressly  provided
otherwise in the Articles or this Agreement or by any mandatory provision of the
Act,  no  Member,  except a Member  who is also a Manager  (and then only in his
capacity  as a Manager  within  the  scope of his  authority  hereunder),  shall
participate  in the  management of the business or affairs of the Company,  said
powers being vested solely and exclusively in the Managers.  Notwithstanding the
preceding  sentence,  the Members  shall have the right to approve the following
matters  (which are the only matters of the  Company's  business  requiring  the
consent of the Members):

          (a) the election and removal of a Manager or Managers,  in  accordance
     with Article IV;

          (b) the amendment of the Articles, in accordance with the Act;

          (c) the amendment of this Agreement, in accordance with Section 14.4;

          (d)  the  approval  of  the  admission  of an  Additional  Member,  in
     accordance with Section 11.1;

          (e) the dissolution of the Company, in accordance with Section 12.1;

          (f) the continuation of the business of the Company after  dissolution
     of the Company, in accordance with Section 12.2;

          (g) any of the following  actions which shall require the consent of a
     Majority  in  Interest of the Class A Members and a Majority in Interest of
     the  Class B  Members:  (i) the  sale  of all or  substantially  all of the
     Company's assets or any material asset to an Affiliate of the Company,  any
     Member, or any Affiliate of any Member; (ii) the merger of the Company with
     or into an Affiliate of the Company,  any Member that is an Entity,  or any
     Affiliate of any Member:  (iii) a material change in the Company's business
     outside of the beverage industry:  and (iv) a material  employment contract
     or consulting  agreement with a Member,  an Affiliate of the Member,  or an
     Affiliate of the Company, unless such agreement is substantially similar in
     all material  respects to agreements  negotiated at arm's length with third
     parties; and

          (h) any other matters for which the consent or approval of the Members
     is expressly  required  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Articles,  or any
     mandatory provision of the Act.
<PAGE>

     Section 5.2. Approval of Matters by Members.  Except as expressly  provided
otherwise in the Articles or this Agreement or by any mandatory provision of the
Act,  each matter  required or permitted to be approved by the Members  shall be
considered  approved or consented to upon the  affirmative  vote,  approval,  or
consent,  either in  writing or at a meeting of the  Members,  of a Majority  in
Interest of the Class A Members.

     Section 5.3. Meetings of Members.

          Subsection 5.3.1.  Annual Meetings.  The annual meeting of the Members
     shall be held on the first Thursday of April of each year at 10:00 a.m., if
     such day is not a legal holiday,  and if such day is a legal holiday,  then
     on the next following business day that is not a legal holiday,  or at such
     time and on such  date as shall  otherwise  be  fixed by the  Managers  and
     specified  in the notice of such  meeting.  The  failure to hold the annual
     meeting of the Members at the designated time shall not affect the validity
     of any Company action.

          Subsection 5.3.2.  Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the Members
     shall be held if  called  by those  Members  holding  at least  twenty-five
     percent (25 %) of the Percentages then held by the Members entitled to vote
     on any matter and describing the purposes of the meeting.

          Subsection 5.3.3. Place of Meetings.  Meetings of the Members shall be
     held at the  principal  place of  business  of the Company or at such other
     place, within or without the State of Illinois,  as may be specified in the
     notice of the meeting, or waiver of notice thereof.

          Subsection  5.3.4.  Notice of Meetings.  Notice of the date,  time and
     place of each annual and special meeting of the Members,  and a description
     of the  purpose or  purposes  of such  meeting if it is a special  meeting,
     shall be given by the  Managers or by the Members who called the meeting to
     each Member of record  entitled  to vote at such  meeting no fewer than ten
     (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the  meeting,  in the
     manner specified in Section 14.12.

          Subsection 5.3.5. Waiver of Notice.  Notice of any such meeting may be
     waived by any Member before or after the date and time stated in the notice
     by  delivering a written  waiver of notice to the Company for  inclusion in
     the minutes or filing with the Company records. A Member's  attendance at a
     meeting, either in person or by duly authorized proxy: (i) waives objection
     to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting,  unless the Member at
     the beginning of the meeting  objects to holding the meeting or transacting
     business at the meeting;  and (ii) waives  objection to  consideration of a
     particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes
     described in the meeting  notice,  unless the Member objects to considering
     the matter when it is presented.

          Subsection  5.3.6.  Record Date.  For the purpose of  determining  the
     Members  entitled  to notice  of a  Members'  meeting,  to demand a special
     meeting,  to  vote,  or to take  any  other  action,  the  record  date for
     determining  Members  entitled  to  notice  of and to vote at an  annual or
     special  Members'  meeting shall be the close of business on the day before
     the notice is first mailed, sent, or delivered to the Members.


<PAGE>

          Subsection 5.3.7. Voting at Meetings.

               (a) Voting  Rights.  The Class B Members  and the Class C Members
          shall have no voting rights. Except as expressly provided otherwise in
          the Articles or by any  mandatory  provision  of the Act,  each Member
          entitled to vote shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each Unit owned
          by such Member,  or such fraction of one (1) vote for each  fractional
          Unit owned by such Member, on each matter voted on at a meeting of the
          Members.

               (b)  Voting  of  Units  Owned by Other  Corporations.  Any  Units
          standing  in the  name of  another  corporation  may be  voted by such
          officer,  agent or  proxy as the  Board  of  Directors  of such  other
          corporation may appoint,  or as the By-Laws of such other  corporation
          may prescribe, and in the absence of such designation,  by such Person
          as may be  nominated  in a proxy duly  executed for the purpose by the
          President  or a  Vice  President,  and a  Secretary  or  an  Assistant
          Secretary, of such other corporation.

               (c)  Voting  of  Units  Owned  by  Fiduciaries.   Units  held  by
          fiduciaries  may be voted by the  fiduciaries  in such  manner  as the
          instrument or order,  appointing such fiduciaries,  may direct. In the
          absence of such direction,  or the inability of the fiduciaries to act
          in accordance therewith, the following provisions shall apply:

               (i)  Where Units are held  jointly by three or more  fiduciaries,
                    such Units shall be voted in accordance with the will of the
                    majority in number of such fiduciaries.

               (ii) Where the fiduciaries,  or a majority of them, cannot agree,
                    or where they are  equally  divided,  upon the  question  of
                    voting such Units, any court of general equity  jurisdiction
                    may, upon petition filed by any of such  fiduciaries,  or by
                    any party in interest, direct the voting of such Units as it
                    may deem for the best  interests of the  beneficiaries,  and
                    such  Units   shall  be  voted  in   accordance   with  such
                    direction..

               (iii)The  general  proxy of a  fiduciary  shall be given the same
                    weight and effect as the general  proxy of an  individual or
                    corporation.

               (d) Voting of Pledged Units.  Units that are pledged may,  unless
          otherwise  provided in the agreement of pledge, be voted by the Member
          pledging the same until the Units shall have been  transferred  to the
          pledgee on the books of the Company  and the  pledgee  shall have been
          admitted as a Substitute  Member,  and thereafter they may be voted by
          the pledgee.


<PAGE>

               (e) Proxies.  A Member may vote such Member's  Units in person or
          by proxy appointed by a written appointment form signed by such Member
          or by such Member's  attorney-in-fact.  An  appointment  of a proxy is
          effective  when received by the Secretary or other officer or agent of
          the Company authorized to tabulate votes. An appointment of a proxy is
          valid for eleven  (11)  months  unless a shorter  or longer  period is
          expressly provided in the appointment form.

          Subsection 5.3.8. Conduct of Meetings.  At any meeting of the Members,
     any Manager or other Person  selected by a majority in number of all of the
     Managers  shall  preside as  chairman at any  meeting of the  Members.  The
     chairman  of any meeting of the  Members  shall  appoint a Person to act as
     secretary of the meeting,  and the  secretary of the meeting  shall prepare
     minutes of the  meeting  which  shall be placed in the minute  books of the
     Company.  The  order  of  business  at each  Members'  meeting  shall be as
     determined  by the  chairman  of the  meeting  ,  except  that the order of
     business at any  meeting may be changed by the vote of the Members  present
     in person or by proxy and entitled to vote as such meeting.

          Subsection  5.3.9.  Action by Unanimous  Written  Consent.  Any action
     required  or  permitted  to be taken  at a  Members'  meeting  may be taken
     without a meeting if the action is approved by all of the Members  entitled
     to vote on the action, evidenced by one or more written consents describing
     the action  taken,  signed by all of the  Members  entitled  to vote on the
     action, and delivered to the Company for inclusion in the minutes or filing
     with the  Company  records.  Unless  the  record  date has been  determined
     pursuant to Subsection  5.3.6,  the record date.  for  determining  Members
     entitled to take action  without a meeting  shall be the  earliest  date on
     which any Member  signs a consent.  Such action by the Members by unanimous
     written  consent  shall be effective  when the last Member signs a consent,
     unless the  consent  specifies a different  prior or  subsequent  effective
     date.

          Subsection   5.3.10.   Participation   in   Meetings   by   Conference
     Telecommunication. Any or all Members may participate in a Members' meeting
     by or through  the use of any means of  communication  by which all Members
     participating  may  simultaneously  hear each other during the  meeting.  A
     Member  participating  in a  meeting  by this  means  shall be deemed to be
     present in person at the meeting.

     Section 5.4. No Authority to Bind  Company.  A Member acting solely in such
Member's  capacity as a Member  (rather than as a Manager) shall not be an agent
of the Company and shall not have any right, power, or authority to transact any
business  in the name of the  Company or to act for or on behalf of, or to bind,
the Company.


<PAGE>

     Section  5.5. No Duties.  No Member shall have any duties to the Company or
to the  other  Members  solely  by  reason  of being a Member  or  acting in the
capacity  as a Member of the  Company,  except  as  provided  otherwise  in this
Agreement or the Articles.

     Section 5.6. Compensation.  No Member shall be entitled to any compensation
for services  performed for the Company in such  Member's  capacity as a Member,
except as approved by the Managers,  and except for reasonable  compensation for
services  rendered  in  winding  up  the  business  of  the  Company.  Any  such
compensation  so  approved  by the  Members  shall be treated as expenses of the
Company  and shall  not be deemed to  constitute  distributions  of  Profits  or
capital of the Company.

     Section 5.7.  Reimbursement  of Expenses.  Each Member shall be entitled to
reimbursement  by the Company of expenses  reasonably  incurred and paid by such
Member  on behalf of or for the  benefit  of the  Company.  Any  question  as to
whether a Member is entitled to  reimbursement  of expenses  under this  Section
shall be determined by the Managers.

     Section 5.8. Further Assurances.  Each Member agrees to execute and deliver
to the  Company,  within  five (5)  days  after  receipt  of a  written  request
therefor, all estoppel certificates, other certificates, designations, powers of
attorney,  and other instruments and documents,  including,  without limitation,
all amendments to this Agreement adopted in accordance with this Agreement,  tax
statements,  and tax  returns,  and to take such other  actions,  as the Company
shall deem necessary or advisable to comply with any laws,  rules or regulations
applicable  to the Company or to enable the Company to carry on its  business or
otherwise effectuate the purposes of this Agreement.

     Section 5.9. Waiver of Partition. Each Member, on behalf of such Member and
such  Member's  successors  and  assigns,  hereby  waives any rights to have any
property of the Company partitioned. No Member shall make any application to any
court or other  authority,  or  otherwise  commence or  prosecute  any action or
proceeding,  for partition or sale of the Company  property.  Upon any breach of
this Section,  the Company and each non-breaching  Member shall be entitled to a
decree or other order restraining and enjoining any such application,  action or
proceeding.

ARTICLE VI

Officers

     Section 6.1. Election,  Qualification and Term of Officers. The officers of
the Company shall  consist of a President,  a Secretary,  a Treasurer,  and such
other officers as the Managers may from time to time deem advisable,  including,
without limitation, a Chairman of the Managers, one or more Vice Presidents,  an
Assistant  Secretary,  or  an  Assistant  Treasurer.  The  same  individual  may
simultaneously hold more than one office in the Company. The initial officers of
the Company shall be elected at the first  meeting of the Managers.  Thereafter,
the officers of the Company  shall be chosen  annually at the annual  meeting of
the  Managers,  and each officer shall hold office until his successor is chosen
and  qualified,  or until his death,  resignation,  or removal.  The election or
appointment of an officer does not itself create contract rights.


<PAGE>

     Section 6.2. Resignation.  Any officer may resign at any time by delivering
notice to the  Managers,  or the  President or  Secretary of the Company,  which
resignation  shall be effective  when the notice is delivered  unless the notice
specifies a later  effective date. The resignation of an officer does not affect
the Company's contract rights, if any, with the officer.

     Section  6.3.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be removed at any time,  with or
without  cause,  by the  Managers;  provided,  however,  that the  removal of an
officer  does not  affect  such  officer's  contract  rights,  if any,  with the
Company.

     Section  6.4.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy in any office  because of the death,
resignation,  removal,  increase  in the number of offices  of the  Company,  or
otherwise,  shall be filled by the  Managers,  and the officer so elected  shall
hold office  until his  successor is chosen and  qualified,  or until his death,
resignation or removal.

     Section  6.5.  Chairman of the  Managers.  The Chairman of the Managers (if
any) shall be chosen from among the Managers. The Chairman of the Managers shall
preside  at all  meetings  of the  Managers  at which he is  present,  and shall
generally  perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Managers
and such  other  duties as,  from time to time,  may be  assigned  to him by the
Managers.

     Section 6.6. President. If and while there is no incumbent in the office of
Chairman of the  Managers,  and during the absence or disability of the Chairman
of the  Managers,  the  President  shall have the duties  and  authority  of the
Chairman of the  Managers.  Subject to the control of the Managers and unless as
otherwise determined by the Managers, the President shall be the chief executive
and operating  officer of the Company,  shall direct and manage the business and
affairs of the Company, and shall coordinate and supervise the work of its other
officers. The President shall preside at all meetings of the Members at which he
is present.  Either  personally  or through  other  officers or employees of the
Company,   the  President  shall  employ,   direct,  fix  the  compensation  of,
discipline,  and discharge its personnel;  employ agents,  professional advisers
and consultants; and perform all functions of a general manager of the Company's
business.  The  President  shall have  authority to sign (either  manually or in
facsimile),   with  the  Secretary  or  an  Assistant  Secretary,   certificates
representing  Units or Interests of the Company.  The President  shall also have
authority  to execute and deliver on behalf of the  Company,  singly and without
any additional  signature or  attestation,  all deeds,  mortgages,  assignments,
contracts and other  instruments  when required or deemed necessary or advisable
by him in the ordinary conduct of the Company's  normal  business,  except where
such documents are expressly  required by this  Agreement,  by resolution of the
Managers,  or by law to be  executed by some other or an  additional  officer or
agent of the  Company.  The  President  shall,  in general,  have all  authority
incident  to the office of the  President  and shall have such other  powers and
duties as may,  from time to time,  be conferred  upon or assigned to him by the
Managers.
<PAGE>

     Section 6.7. Vice  Presidents.  The Vice  Presidents (if any) shall perform
such duties as may be assigned to them,  individually  or  collectively,  by the
Managers or by the President. In the absence or disability of the President, one
or more of the Vice  Presidents  may perform such duties of the President as the
President or the Managers may designate.

     Section 6.8.  Secretary.  The Secretary  shall:  (i) prepare or cause to be
prepared  the minutes of the  meetings of the Members and the  Managers in books
provided for such purpose and authenticate  records of the Company;  (ii) attend
to the giving of all notices in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement
and as required by law;  (iii) have the authority  (when  required) to sign with
the President or a Vice President in the name of the Company,  and/or attest the
signature  of either to, all  contracts,  conveyances,  transfers.  assignments,
encumbrances, authorizations and all other instruments, documents and papers, of
any and every  description  whatsoever,  of or executed  for or on behalf of the
Company;  (iv) be the  custodian  of the  records  and the  seal (if any) of the
Company and attend to the  affixing of the seal (if any) to all  documents,  the
execution of which on behalf of the Company under its seal is duly authorized in
accordance  with the  provisions of this  Agreement;  (v) have authority to sign
(either manually or in facsimile),  with the President or a Vice President,  any
and all certificates  representing Units or Interests of the Company;  (vi) have
charge of and maintain and keep,  or supervise and control the  maintenance  and
keeping of, the Unit  certificate  books and transfer  books (if any),  and such
other books and papers as the  Managers  may  authorize,  direct or provide for;
(vii) perform generally all the duties incident to the office of Secretary;  and
(viii) have such other powers and duties as may, from time to time, be conferred
upon or assigned to him by the Managers.

     Section 6.9. Treasurer.  Unless otherwise determined by the Managers or the
President,  the  Treasurer  shall be the financial  officer of the Company.  The
Treasurer  shall:  (i) have charge and custody of, and be  responsible  for, all
funds  and  securities  of the  Company  which  come into his  hands;  (ii) have
authority to endorse on behalf of the Company, for collection, checks, notes and
other  obligations,  and  deposit  the same to the credit of the Company in such
banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Managers; (iii) receive,
and give receipts and vouchers for, payments made to the Company from any source
whatsoever;  (iv) enter or cause to be entered, punctually and regularly, on the
books of the Company,  to be kept by him or under his  supervision  or direction
for that purpose, full and accurate accounts of all monies received and paid out
by,  for or on account  of, the  Company;  (v) render to the  President  and the
Managers,  whenever  required by them, an account of all of his  transactions as
Treasurer of the Company and of the  financial  condition  of the Company;  (vi)
perform generally all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer;  and (vii)
have such other powers and duties as may, from time to time,  be conferred  upon
or  assigned  to him by the  Managers  or by the  President.  If required by the
Managers, the Treasurer shall give such bond for the faithful performance of his
duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Managers shall determine.

     Section 6.10.  Assistant  Secretaries.  The Assistant  Secretaries (if any)
shall  perform  such  duties  as from  time to time  may be  assigned  to  them,
individually  or  collectively,  by the  Managers,  by the  President,  any Vice
President,  or by the Secretary.  In the absence or disability of the Secretary,
one or  more  of the  Assistant  Secretaries  may  perform  such  duties  of the
Secretary as the Secretary, the President, or the Managers may designate.


<PAGE>

     Section 6.11. Assistant Treasurers. The Assistant Treasurers (if any) shall
perform  such duties as from time to time may be assigned to them,  individually
or collectively, by the Managers, by the President, by any Vice President, or by
the Treasurer. In the absence or disability of the Treasurer, one or more of the
Assistant  Treasurers may perform such duties of the Treasurer as the Treasurer,
the President, or the Managers may designate.

     Section 6.12.  Delegation  of Authority.  In the case of the absence of any
officer of the  Company,  or for any other  reason  that the  Managers  may deem
sufficient,  the Managers  may delegate  powers or duties of such officer to any
other officer or officers for such length of time as they may determine.

     Section 6.13. Compensation.  Each officer of the Company shall receive such
compensation,  if any,  for his service in such office as may be fixed from time
to time by action of the Managers.

ARTICLE VII

Accounting and Records

     Section  7.1.  Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal year of the Company for  financial
reporting  shall  commence on the first day of April in each year and end on the
last day of March in each year.

     Section 7.2. Books and Records. The Managers shall keep or cause to be kept
complete  and  accurate   books  and  records  of  the  Company  and  supporting
documentation  of  transactions  with  respect to the  conduct of the  Company's
business.  The books and records shall be  maintained  in accordance  with sound
accounting  practices  and shall be  appropriate  and adequate for the Company's
business.

     Section 7.3.  Records and Information at Principal  Place of Business.  The
Company shall keep at its principal place of business all records required to be
kept  by  Section  1-40  of  the  Act,   including  the  following  records  and
information:

          (a) A list of the full  name and last  known  address  of each  Member
     setting forth the amount of cash each Member has contributed, a description
     and  statement of the agreed value of the other  property or services  each
     Member has  contributed or has agreed to contribute in the future,  and the
     date on which each became a Member;

          (b) A copy of the  Articles,  together  with  executed  copies  of any
     powers of attorney  under which any Articles,  application,  or certificate
     has been executed;


<PAGE>

          (c)  Copies of the  Company's  federal,  state,  and local  income tax
     returns and reports, if any, for the three (3) most recent years; and

          (d) Copies of the then effective  Agreement and all amendments thereto
     and all  financial  statements of the Company for the three (3) most recent
     fiscal years.

     Section  7.4.  Access to Records.  Any Member,  legal  representative  of a
deceased  Member,  or Member  under  legal  disability  may,  at his request and
expense,  inspect and copy the records  described  in Section  7.3.  The Company
shall  provide  Members  and their  agents and  attorneys  access to its records
(including  the records  required to be kept under Section 7.3) at the Company's
principal place of business at all reasonable  times.  The Company shall provide
former Members and their agents and attorneys access for proper purposes to such
records pertaining to the period during which they were Members at the Company's
principal  place of business.  Such right of access  shall  include the right to
inspect and copy records during ordinary  business hours. The Company may impose
a reasonable charge,  limited to the costs of labor and material,  for copies of
records  furnished.  Each Member has the right upon written  demand given to the
Company to obtain a copy of the Agreement at the Company's expense.

     Section 7.5. Tax Returns and  Information.  The Managers  shall cause to be
prepared  and timely  filed all tax returns  required to be filed by the Company
pursuant to the  Internal  Revenue  Code and the laws of each state in which the
Company does  business.  The Managers  shall use their best efforts to cause the
Company to deliver,  within  ninety (90) days after the end of each taxable year
of the  Company,  to each Person who was an  Interest  Holder at any time during
such taxable year all tax information  concerning the Company which is necessary
for the  preparation  of the  Interest  Holder's  federal  and state  income tax
returns for such taxable  year, as required by the Internal  Revenue  Code,  the
Regulations, and the laws of any state.

     Section 7.6. Tax Elections. The Managers may make any and all tax elections
permitted to be made by the Company pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code or the
tax laws of any state or other jurisdiction  having taxing jurisdiction over the
Company;  provided,  however,  that the  Managers  shall  make any tax  election
requested by a Majority in Interest of the Members.

     Section 7.7. Tax Matters  Partner.  NWS, or such other Member as shall from
time to time be  designated  by a Majority in Interest of the Members.  shall be
the "tax matters  partner" of the Company pursuant to Section 6231 (a)(7) of the
Internal  Revenue  Code.  The tax  matters  partner  shall  have all  powers and
responsibilities  provided in the Internal Revenue Code. The tax matters partner
shall  keep  all  Members  informed  of  all  notices  from  government   taxing
authorities which may come to the attention of the tax matters partner.  The tax
matters  partner  shall incur no  liability  to any Member  with  respect to any
action  undertaken in good faith in connection with such  responsibilities.  The
Company shall pay and be responsible  for all  reasonable  third party costs and
expenses   incurred   by  the   tax   matters   partner   in   performing   such
responsibilities. Each Member shall be responsible for any costs incurred by the
Member with respect to any tax audit or tax-related  administrative  or judicial
proceeding  against the Member,  even though it relates to the Company.  The tax
matters  partner  shall not  compromise  any dispute with the  Internal  Revenue
Service without the approval of a Majority in Interest of the Members.


<PAGE>

     Section 7.8. Bank Accounts.  All funds of the Company shall be deposited in
a bank account or accounts in the Company's  name. The Managers shall  determine
the  institution  or  institutions  at which the  accounts  will be  opened  and
maintained,  the types of accounts, and the Persons who will have authority with
respect to the accounts and the funds therein.

ARTICLE VIII

Provisions Affecting Class C Membership Interests

     Section  8.1.  Liquidation  Preference.  In the  event of the  liquidation,
dissolution  or  winding  up  of  the  affairs  of  the  Company,  voluntary  or
involuntary,  the Class C Interest  Holders  shall be entitled to be paid out of
the assets of the Company  available for distribution to the Interest Holders an
amount  equal to the sum of: (i) the unpaid  Preference  Amount with  respect to
such Class C Interests,  plus (ii) the amount of the Unpaid Priority Return with
respect to such Class C Interests  (the  "Liquidation  Preference  Amount"),  in
preference to and before any amount shall be  distributed or paid to the Class A
Interest  Holders and Class B Interest  Holders.  Except for the payment of such
Liquidation  Preference  Amount,  the  Class C  Interest  Holders  shall  not be
entitled to any  further  distributions  upon the  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the Company.

     Section 8.2.  Redemption  of Class C Membership  Interests.  Subject to any
restrictions and covenants  contained in any Bank Agreements,  the Company shall
have the  right  from time to time to  purchase  and  redeem,  any or all of the
outstanding  Class C Units,  in such  manner  and  amounts as the  Managers  may
determine,  by paying in cash therefor an amount equal to the Preference  Amount
per Unit  multiplied  by the number of Class C Units so purchased  and redeemed,
together with all Unpaid Priority  Returns with respect to such redeemed Class C
Units to the date  fixed for  redemption  (the  "Redemption  Price");  provided,
however,  that (except in the event of the  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the
Company,  the sale of  substantially  all of the assets of the  Company,  or the
purchase of all Class C Interests  owned by an Interest  Holder pursuant to this
Agreement)  the maximum  number of Class C Units  subject to  redemption  in any
calendar  year shall not exceed two hundred  (200)  Class C Units.  In the event
that less than all of the issued and outstanding Class C Units are purchased and
redeemed by the Company,  the Managers shall have full power and sole discretion
to determine the Class C Units to be purchased and redeemed, or may purchase and
redeem Class C Units from all Class C Interest Holders on a pro rata basis. Less
than all of the Class C Units at any time  outstanding may not be redeemed until
all Unpaid  Priority  Returns  shall have been paid for all past years and until
full  Priority  Returns  for the then  current  year on all  Class C Units  then
outstanding  (other than Class C Units to be purchased and redeemed)  shall have
been paid.  The Company shall give written notice of the redemption of any Class
C Units not less than ten (10) days prior to the date  designated in such notice
as a day for such redemption to the holders of the Class C Units to be redeemed.
<PAGE>


ARTICLE IX

Provisions Affecting Class B Membership Interests

     Section 9.1.  LaCrosse  Family Group's Option to Purchase Class B Units. At
any time on or after  12:01  a.m.  (Chicago,  Illinois,  time) on the  fifteenth
(15th) anniversary of the Effective Date of this Agreement (the "LaCrosse Option
Date"),  the LaCrosse  Family Group or any members thereof shall have the option
to purchase no less than all of the Class B Units owned by the Bart Family Group
(the  "Option").  The  LaCrosse  Family  Group may at any time assign its Option
rights hereunder to the Company or NWS, or any of their  respective  Affiliates.
The Option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (a) The  exercise of the Option shall be in writing and shall set out,
     in reasonable  detail,  the terms and conditions of the proposed  purchase,
     including  the number of Class B Units being  offered  (which must be all),
     the price per Class B Unit, the total option price (the "Exercise  Price"),
     a statement  of the manner in which the  Exercise  Price may be paid as set
     out in  paragraph  (b) of this  Section  9.1,  the date of the closing (the
     "Closing"),  which  shall  not be less than  sixty  (60) days nor more than
     ninety (90) days from the date of the  exercise  of the  Option,  and which
     Closing  shall be  during  regular  business  hours,  and the place of such
     Closing  shall be within the City of Chicago,  Illinois.  The date that the
     LaCrosse  Family  Group gives notice of the exercise of the Option shall be
     referred to in this Agreement as the "Option  Exercise  Date." The Exercise
     Price shall be equal to the sum of (i) the  purchase  price for the Class B
     Units as determined in accordance with Section 9.3. plus (ii) if the Option
     Exercise Date occurs  during the 10 year period  commencing on the LaCrosse
     Option Date, a premium amount,  depending on the calendar year during which
     the Option  Exercise Date occurs,  starting at twenty percent (20%) of such
     purchase price, if the Option Exercise Date occurs during the calendar year
     commencing  on the LaCrosse  Option Date,  and reducing by two percent (2%)
     each calendar year  thereafter so that after the end of such 10 year period
     the premium amount shall be zero. All Members agree that, upon the Closing,
     each Purchaser of Class B Units pursuant to the Option shall be admitted as
     a Substitute Member of the Company.

          (b) The Purchaser(s) of the Class B Units in accordance with the terms
     of this Section 9.1 may, at their option,  pay no less than twenty  percent
     (20%) of the Exercise Price in cash at the Closing with the remainder to be
     paid in four (4) consecutive equal annual installments commencing after the
     Closing date.  Interest at the Applicable Interest Rate shall be payable on
     the unpaid principal  balance at the same time that principal  installments
     are due and payable.  The unpaid  balance shall be evidenced by a series of
     four (4) promissory  notes to each selling Class B Interest  Holder made by
     the  Purchaser(s)  in such form as is reasonably  acceptable to both Family
     Groups.  Each note may be prepaid  in whole or in part at any time  without
     premium or penalty;  provided that any prepayment  shall be applied against
     the  installments  thereafter  falling  due in the  inverse  order of their
     maturities.  

          (c) Each  Purchaser of Class B Units  pursuant to this Section
     9.1  shall  assign to and grant a  security  interest  in the Class B Units
     purchased by the Purchaser (the  "Collateral") to the Bart Family Group, as
     collateral  security for the payment of all notes by such Purchaser made in
     accordance  with  paragraph (b) of this Section 9.1. All Class B Units held
     as collateral  security  shall be  unencumbered  as a  requirement  for the
     exercise of the deferred payment option under paragraph (b) of this Section
     9.1. The Collateral  shall be so held until all of the notes payable by the
     Purchaser  shall have been paid. Upon default in the payment of any one (1)
     note,  the Bart Family Group may sell the  Collateral  at public or private
     sale held in accordance with the provisions of the Uniform  Commercial Code
     as enacted in the State of  Illinois.  All  parties  agree that thirty (30)
     days'  written  notice of the  public  or  private  sale to the  defaulting
     Purchasers  shall be  reasonable  notification  of such  matters.  The Bart
     Family Group and any of its members shall have the right to bid at any such
     sale.  The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to the expenses
     thereof,  and next to the payment of the then unpaid  balance due and owing
     the Bart Family Group from such Purchaser.  The excess of such proceeds, if
     any, shall be paid to such Purchaser.  If the proceeds are  insufficient to
     satisfy  the  unpaid  balance,  the  Purchaser  shall  be  liable  for  any
     deficiency.  During the time the Collateral is held in accordance herewith,
     so long as the Purchaser is not in default, the Purchaser shall be entitled
     to all Membership Interests with respect to the Class B Interests purchased
     by the Purchaser, including any distributions with respect thereto.


<PAGE>

     Section 9.2. Right of First Refusal to Purchase Class B Units.

          (a) In the event that on or after the LaCrosse Option Date, any member
     of the Bart  Family  Group  shall  receive a bona fide  written  offer (the
     "Original  Offer") for the  purchase for cash of all or part of his Class B
     Units or  Interests,  he shall  notify the  LaCrosse  Family  Group and the
     Company that such offer has been made.  Such notice shall be in writing and
     shall have attached thereto a copy of the Original Offer.

          (b) If the Bart Family  Group  intends to accept the  Original  Offer,
     they shall give written notice to the LaCrosse  Family Group,  NWS, and the
     Company that they intend to accept such offer.  Such notice shall be deemed
     to be an offer to sell all of the Class B Units referred to in the Original
     Offer to the LaCrosse Family Group (or any member thereof). NWS, and/or the
     Company for the same  consideration and on the same terms and conditions as
     forth in the Original Offer (other than the Closing Date).

          (c)  Thereafter,  for a period of ninety  (90) days  after the date of
     such notice,  the LaCrosse  Family  Group,  NWS, and the Company shall have
     exclusive  right to  purchase  all,  but not less than all,  of the Class B
     Units  referred to in the Original  Offer.  As,  among the LaCrosse  Family
     Group, NWS, and the Company, the LaCrosse Family Group shall have the first
     right,  NWS shall have the second  right,  and the  Company  shall have the
     third  right,  to purchase  the Class B Units  referred to in the  Original
     Offer.


<PAGE>

          (d) The closing of any such sale of the Class B Units shall take place
     upon  such  date at such  time and  place as shall be agreed to by the Bart
     Family Group and the Purchasers of the Class B Units, but in no event later
     than ninety (90) days after  notice of the  Original  Offer to the LaCrosse
     Family  Group,  NWS, and the  Company.  Upon the payment to the Bart Family
     Group of the price set forth in the Original  Offer,  the Bart Family Group
     shall assign to the Purchaser(s)  all Membership  Interests with respect to
     the  Units  purchased  by the  Purchasers,  free and  clear  of any  liens,
     encumbrances,   restrictions   and  other   claims   (except  for  transfer
     restrictions  imposed by this Agreement).  The Members agree that, upon the
     Closing,  the  Purchaser(s)  of the  Class B Units  shall  be  admitted  as
     Substitute Member(s) of the Company.

          (e) In the event  that the  LaCrosse  Family  Group,  NWS,  and/or the
     Company elect not to exercise such right of first refusal,  the Bart Family
     Group  shall then have the right to convey to and only to the party  making
     the Original Offer the number of Class B Units referred to, and strictly in
     accordance  with the terms and  conditions  stated in, the Original  Offer,
     provided,  however, if the Bart Family Group does not complete the transfer
     of such offered Class B Units to the party  specified in the Original Offer
     within  ninety (90) days after the  LaCrosse  Family  Group,  NWS,  and the
     Company  fail to  exercise  their right of first  refusal to purchase  such
     offered  Class B Units  pursuant to this Section 9.2, then the authority of
     the Bart Family Group to transfer such Class B Units shall  terminate,  and
     all Class B Units  shall  again be subject to all of the terms,  conditions
     and restrictions of this Agreement.  Such Class B Units,  whether purchased
     by the third party or by the  LaCrosse  Family  Group,  NWS, or the Company
     shall continue to be subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this
     Agreement.

     Section 9.3. Purchase Price.

          Subsection 9.3.1. Purchase Price for Class B Units. The purchase price
     for each Class B Unit  purchased  and sold  pursuant to Section 9.1 of this
     Agreement  shall be equal to (plus any premium  amount  required by Section
     9.1):

               (a) A total of:

                    (i)  The   Adjusted  Net  Book  Value  of  the  Company  (as
                         determined in accordance with  Subsection  9.3.2) as of
                         the last day of the  month  immediately  preceding  the
                         month during which the Option  Exercise  Date  occurred
                         (the "Valuation Date"),

                    (ii) plus the pre-tax earnings, or minus the pre-tax losses,
                         of the  Company  for the  fiscal  year  of the  Company
                         immediately  preceding the fiscal year during which the
                         Option Exercise Date occurred, based upon the financial
                         statements  of the  Company for such  preceding  fiscal
                         year,

                    (iii)minus the total  Redemption  Price for all  outstanding
                         Class C Units as of the Closing Date, if any;

<PAGE>
               (b)  divided  by the  total  number  of Class A Units and Class B
          Units outstanding as of the Closing Date.

          Subsection  9.3.2.  Determination  of  Adjusted  Net Book  Value.  The
     Adjusted  Net Book Value of the Company  shall be the net book value of the
     Company determined from the Company's regularly maintained books of account
     in accordance with past accounting practices consistently applied, subject,
     however, to the following adjustments:

               (a) The  Adjusted  Net Book Value shall not include any value for
          any goodwill,  deferred  pension cost,  unamortized  organization  and
          start up  expenses,  or  unamortized  loan  fees,  other  than any tax
          benefits  resulting  from  any  income  tax  deductions  which  may be
          lawfully taken with respect to such items  subsequent to the Valuation
          Date,  determined by multiplying  the amount of any such deductions by
          the Tax Rate on the Valuation Date.

               (b) All real  estate  and the  improvements  thereon  (the  "Real
          Estate")  shall be  valued at the fair  market  value  thereof  on the
          Valuation  Date,  reduced  by an  amount  equal to (i) the  difference
          between the fair market value of the Real Estate on the Valuation Date
          and the Company's  income tax basis of the Real Estate (ii) multiplied
          by the Applicable Tax Rate in effect on the Valuation  Date.  Promptly
          following the occurrence of the Option  Exercise Date, the Transferors
          and Purchasers of Units shall each select an  independent  real estate
          appraiser  who is a member of the  American  Institute  of Real Estate
          Appraisers and possesses an MAI designation and shall notify the other
          party of their  selection.  The appraiser  selected by the  Purchasers
          shall complete his appraisal of the Real Estate within forty-five (45)
          days  after  the  occurrence  of  the  Option  Exercise  Date.  If the
          appraised  value of the Real Estate as  determined  by such  appraiser
          selected by the Purchasers is acceptable to the Transferors, then such
          appraised  value shall  constitute  the fair market  value of the Real
          Estate  hereunder.  If the  appraised  value  of the  Real  Estate  as
          determined  by  the  appraiser  selected  by  the  Purchasers  is  not
          acceptable  to the  Transferors,  then the  appraiser  selected by the
          Transferors  shall  complete his  appraisal of the Real Estate  within
          seventy-five  (75) days after the  occurrence  of the Option  Exercise
          Date. If the  appraised  value of the Real Estate as determined by the
          appraiser selected by the Transferors is acceptable to the Purchasers,
          then such  appraised  value shall  constitute the fair market value of
          the Real Estate  hereunder.  If the appraised value of the Real Estate
          as  determined  by the appraiser  selected by the  Transferors  is not
          acceptable to the Purchasers, then for the purposes of this Agreement,
          the fair market value of the Real Estate shall be equal to the average
          of the two  appraisals.  The  Purchasers and  Transferors  shall share
          equally the costs of all appraisals.

               (c) The  Adjusted Net Book Value shall be increased by the amount
          of the current  LIFO  reserves on the  Valuation  Date,  reduced by an
          amount  equal to the  Applicable  Tax Rate in effect on the  Valuation
          Date multiplied by the amount of such LIFO reserves.


<PAGE>

          Subsection 9.3.3.  Determination of Purchase Price. The total purchase
     price  payable by any  Purchaser  of Class B Units  pursuant to Section 9.1
     shall  be  equal to the  purchase  price  per  Class B Unit  determined  in
     accordance  with this Section 9.3 multiplied by the number of Class B Units
     purchased by the  Purchaser.  If the  Purchasers  and the  Transferors  are
     unable to agree upon the Purchase  Price within  ninety (90) days after the
     Option  Exercise  Date,  the Purchase  Price for the Class B Units shall be
     determined by the Company's  Accountants pursuant to and in accordance with
     this Agreement,  which  determination  shall be conclusive and binding upon
     all parties to this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

Transfer of Interests

     Section  10.1.  Permitted  Transfers.  Subject to the  satisfaction  of the
conditions set forth in Section 10.2, the following Transfers of Interests shall
be permitted (the "Permitted  Transfers"):  (i) the Class A Interest Holders may
at any time sell,  assign,  gift or otherwise Transfer all or any part of its or
his  Interests  to any  Affiliate  of NWS or to any  member  or  members  of the
LaCrosse  Family  Group or  Johnston  Family  Group;  (ii) the Class B  Interest
Holders may at any time sell, assign, gift or otherwise Transfer all or any part
of his  Interests to any member or members of the Bart Family  Group;  (iii) the
Class C  Interest  Holders  may at any  time  sell,  assign,  gift or  otherwise
Transfer  all or any part of his  Interests  to any  Affiliate  of NWS or to any
member or members of the LaCrosse  Family Group or Johnston  Family Group;  (iv)
any  Transfers of Class B Interests to, the LaCrosse  Family  Group,  NWS or the
Company pursuant to Sections 9.1 or 9.2; (v) any redemption of Class C Interests
pursuant to Section 8.2; (vi) any Transfers of Class B Interests pursuant to the
Put Option  Agreement;  and (vii) any Transfers of Interests made with the prior
written  consent of a Majority in Interest of the Class A Members and a Majority
in Interest of the Class B Members.  All Interests  Transferred pursuant to this
Section 10.1 shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

     Section  10.2.  Conditions  of  Transfer.  No  Member  or  Transferee  (the
"Transferor")  shall sell, assign,  exchange,  gift or otherwise Transfer all or
any part of the  Transferor's  Interests (or Membership  Interests),  unless and
until all of the following requirements are satisfied:

          (a) The  Transferor  and  transferee  shall execute and deliver to the
     Company such instruments of transfer,  assignment, and assumption and other
     certificates,  instruments,  and  documents,  and shall  perform such other
     acts, as the Managers may deem  necessary or advisable to fully  effectuate
     such Transfer;

          (b)  The  transferee  shall  execute  a  written  instrument,  in form
     reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Company,  agreeing  to be  bound  by all
     provisions of this Agreement; and
<PAGE>

          (c) The  transferee  shall  furnish to the  Company  the  transferee's
     taxpayer  identification  number,  sufficient  information to determine the
     transferee's  initial  tax basis in the  Interests  transferred,  any other
     information reasonably necessary to permit the Company to file all required
     federal  and state tax  returns,  and other  legally  required  information
     statements and returns.

Any  Transfer of an Interest  made in  compliance  with the  provisions  of this
Section  10.2 shall be deemed  effective  as of the first day of the first month
following  the  satisfaction  of all  of  the  requirements  contained  in  this
Subsection,  and  thereupon,  the transferee  shall be deemed a Transferee.  Any
attempted Transfer of an Interest or any part thereof not in compliance with the
requirements  of  this  Subsection  shall  be null  and  void  ab  initio.  Each
Transferor  shall  indemnify  the Company and the other Members from and against
any and all loss,  damage,  and  expense,  including,  without  limitation,  tax
liabilities and loss of tax benefits, arising directly or indirectly as a result
of any Transfer or purported  Transfer in  violation of the  provisions  of this
Section.

     Section 10.3. Admission of Transferee as Substitute Member. A Transferee of
Interests  received in a Permitted Transfer made in compliance with Section 10.2
shall be  admitted  as a  Substitute  Member  unless  otherwise  directed by the
Transferor.  Any  Transferee of Interests  not received in a Permitted  Transfer
shall  have the  right to  become  a  Substitute  Member  with  respect  to such
Interests  if and when:  (i) the  admission of such  Transferee  as a Substitute
Member is  approved  by a  Majority  in  Interest  of the Class A Members  and a
Majority  in  Interest  of the  Class B  Members;  (ii) all of the  requirements
contained in Section 10.2 shall have been  satisfied;  and (iii) the  Transferor
and/or  Transferee  shall pay any and all  expenses  incurred  by the Company in
connection  with  the  admission  of  the  Transferee  as a  Substitute  Member,
including,  without limitation,  all reasonable  attorneys' fees and expenses of
preparing any amendments to this Agreement.

     Section  10.4.  Rights of  Transferee.  Unless  and until a  Transferee  is
admitted  as a  Substitute  Member,  a  Transferee  shall  not  be  entitled  to
participate  in the  management  or conduct of the Company's  business,  require
access to information concerning the Company's transactions,  or inspect or copy
any of the Company's  records.  A Transferee who is not admitted as a Substitute
Member  shall  only be  entitled  to:  (i)  receive  distributions  to which the
Transferor   would  otherwise  be  entitled  with  respect  to  the  transferred
Interests,  and (ii) upon dissolution and winding up of the Company's  business,
receive the net amount otherwise distributable to the Transferor with respect to
the transferred  Interests and receive a statement of account only from the date
of the latest statement of account agreed to by all of the Members.

     Section 10.5. Rights of Transferring Member. If a Member assigns all or any
portion of his Interests in the Company to a Transferee in accordance  with this
Agreement,  then unless and until such Member ceases to be a Member  pursuant to
this Agreement and the Act or unless and until such  Transferee is admitted as a
Substitute Member,  such transferring Member shall be entitled to the Membership
Interests (other than the Interests) incident to such assigned Interests.


<PAGE>

     Section  10.6.   Restrictions  on  Transfers.   Except  for  the  Permitted
Transfers, no Member or Transferee shall be permitted to sell, assign, exchange,
gift, pledge,  hypothecate,  encumber,  or otherwise Transfer all or any part of
his or its Interests or Membership  Interests.  Each Member hereby  acknowledges
the  reasonableness  of this  prohibition in view of the purposes of the Company
and the relationship with the Members.  Any attempted  Transfer of any Interests
or Membership Interests,  or any part thereof, shall be null and void ab initio,
and the proposed transferee shall acquire no rights incident to such Interests.

ARTICLE XI

Changes in Members

     Section 11.1. Additional Members. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3,
the  Members  may at any time  admit any Person as an  Additional  Member of the
Company and grant to such Person such Interests, and such Person shall make such
Capital  Contributions  to the Company,  as shall be determined by a Majority in
Interest  of the Class A  Members  and a  Majority  in  Interest  of the Class B
Members.  Such Person shall be admitted as an Additional  Member as of the first
day of the  first  month  following  the  satisfaction  of all of the  following
requirements:  (i) the  admission  of such  Person  as an  Additional  Member is
approved  by a Majority  in  Interest  of the Class A Members  and a Majority in
Interest of the Class B Members;  (ii) such Person pays or  otherwise  makes all
required Capital  Contributions;  and (iii) such Person executes this Agreement,
or a counterpart  signature page hereof,  agreeing to be bound by the provisions
of this  Agreement,  and  such  other  documents  and  instruments  as  shall be
reasonably  required by the Managers to effectuate  the admission of such Person
as an Additional Member.

     Section 11.2.  Events of Dissociation.  A Person shall cease to be a Member
(the  "Dissociated  Member") of the Company  upon the  occurrence  of any of the
following events:

          (a) The Company's  having received notice of the Member's express will
     to  voluntarily  withdraw  upon  the  date of  notice  or on a  later  date
     specified by the Member;  provided that such withdrawal  shall be deemed to
     be a wrongful dissociation under Section 35-50 of the Act unless the Member
     has  obtained  the  prior  written  consent  of all other  Members  to such
     Member's  withdrawal,  or unless such  withdrawal  is done  pursuant to the
     exercise of rights under the Put Option Agreement;

          (b) The Transfer of all of a Member's Interest,  other than a Transfer
     for security purposes or a court order charging the Member's interests that
     have not been foreclosed;

          (c) The Member's  expulsion by the unanimous  vote of all of the other
     Members if: (i) it is unlawful to carry on the Company's  business with the
     Member; (ii) there has been a transfer of substantially all of the Member's
     Interests,  other than a Transfer  for  security  purposes or a court order
     charging the Member's Interests that have not been foreclosed; (iii) within
     ninety (90) days after the Company notifies a corporate Member that it will
     be  expelled  because  it has filed a  certificate  of  dissolution  or the
     equivalent,  its charter has been revoked, or its right to conduct business
     has been suspended by the  jurisdiction  of its  incorporation,  the Member
     fails  to  obtain a  revocation  of the  certificate  of  dissolution  or a
     reinstatement  of its charter or its right to conduct  business;  or (iv) a
     partnership  or a  limited  liability  company  that is a  Member  has been
     dissolved and its business is being wound up;


<PAGE>

          (d) On  application  by the Company or another  Member,  the Member is
     expelled by  judicial  determination  because  the  Member:  (i) engaged in
     wrongful  conduct that  adversely  and  materially  affected the  Company's
     business;  (ii) willfully or  persistently  committed a material  breach of
     this  Agreement  or of a duty  owed to the  Company  or the  Members  under
     Section  15-3 of the Act;  or (iii)  engaged  in  conduct  relating  to the
     Company's business that makes it not reasonably practicable to carry on the
     business with the Member;

          (e) The Member:  (i) becomes a Debtor in Bankruptcy,  (ii) executes an
     assignment  for the benefit of  creditors;  (iii)  seeks,  consents  to, or
     acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee,  receiver, or liquidator of the
     Member or of all or  substantially  all of the Member's  property;  or (iv)
     fails,  within ninety (90) days after the  appointment,  to have vacated or
     stayed the appointment of a trustee,  receiver, or liquidator of the Member
     or of all or substantially  all of the Member's  property  obtained without
     the Member's  consent of  acquiescence,  or fails  within  ninety (90) days
     after the expiration of a stay to have the appointment vacated;

          (f) In the case of a Member who is an individual: (i) the death of the
     Member;  (ii) the appointment of a guardian or general  conservator for the
     Member;  or (iii) a judicial  determination  that the Member has  otherwise
     become incapable of performing the Member's duties under the Agreement;

          (g) In the case of a Member  that is a trust or is  acting as a Member
     by virtue of being, a trustee of a trust,  the  distribution of the trust's
     entire rights to receive  distributions from the Company, but not merely by
     reason of the substitution of a successor trustee;

          (h) In the case of a Member that is an estate or is acting as a Member
     by virtue of being a personal representative of an estate, the distribution
     of the estate's  entire rights to receive  distributions  from the Company,
     but not merely the substitution of a successor personal representative; or

          (i) The termination of the existence of a Member, if the Member is not
     an individual, estate, or trust other than a business trust.


<PAGE>

     Section 11.3. Effects of Dissociation.

          Subsection 11.3.1. Wrongful Dissociation. A Member's dissociation from
     the  Company  shall  be  wrongful  only if it is in  breach  of an  express
     provision of this  Agreement  or if it is deemed to be wrongful  under this
     Agreement.  A Member who wrongfully  dissociates  from the Company shall be
     liable to the  Company and to the other  Members for any damages  caused by
     the dissociation, in addition to any other obligations of the Member to the
     Company or to the other  Members  under this  Agreement  or by law.  If the
     Company  does not  dissolve  and wind up its  business  as a result  of the
     Member's  wrongful  dissociation,  any damages sustained by the Company for
     the wrongful  dissociation  (which  shall be monetary  damages only and not
     specific  performance) shall be offset against any distributions  otherwise
     due the Member (or his Transferees) after the dissociation.

          Subsection 11.3.2. Rightful or Wrongful Dissociation.  Upon a Member's
     dissociation  from the Company,  whether such  dissociation  is rightful or
     wrongful,  the Member  shall  cease to be a Member and shall be treated the
     same  as a  Transferee,  and  the  Member's  right  to  participate  in the
     management and conduct of the Company's  business shall  terminate,  except
     that a Member  who has not  wrongfully  dissociated  from the  Company  may
     participate  in  winding  up of the  Company's  business.  Upon a  Member's
     dissociation from the Company,  except as expressly  provided  otherwise in
     this  Agreement  or the Put  Option  Agreement,  the  Company  shall not be
     required  to  purchase  the  Dissociated  Member's  Interests  pursuant  to
     Section35-60 of the Act, and thereafter,  the  Dissociated  Member,  or his
     successors or assigns, shall have the rights as a Transferee in the Company
     and shall be entitled  to receive  only those  distributions  to which such
     Dissociated  Member would have been  entitled had such  Dissociated  Member
     remained a Member (and only at such times as such distributions  would have
     been made had such Dissociated  Member remained a Member).  Each Member, on
     behalf of such Member and such  Member's  successors  and  assigns,  hereby
     waives  any and all  rights  under  Sections  35-60 and 35-65 of the Act to
     receive the fair value of such Member's  Interests in the Company upon such
     Member's dissociation from the Company.

ARTICLE XII

Dissolution and Winding Up

     Section 12.1.  Dissolution  Events.  The Company  shall be dissolved,  and,
unless continued  pursuant to Section 12.2, its business shall be wound up, upon
the occurrence of any of the following, events:

          (a) The  occurrence  of an event  that  makes it  unlawful  for all or
     substantially  all of the business of the Company to be  continued,  unless
     such  illegality  is cured  within  ninety  (90) days  after  notice to the
     Company of the event,  which cure shall be effective  retroactively  to the
     date of the event for the purpose of this Section 12.1;


<PAGE>

          (b) Upon the  entry of a  judicial  decree on the  application  by any
     Member or a  Dissociated  Member  that:  (i) the  economic  purpose  of the
     Company is likely to be  unreasonably  frustrated;  (ii) another Member has
     engaged in conduct  relating to the  %Company's  business that makes it not
     reasonably practicable to carry on the Company's business with that Member;
     (iii) it is not otherwise reasonably  practicable to carry on the Company's
     business in conformity  with the Articles and this  Agreement;  or (iv) the
     Managers or Members in control of the Company  have acted,  are acting,  or
     will  act in a manner  that is  illegal,  oppressive,  or  fraudulent  with
     respect to the petitioner;

          (c) The administrative  dissolution of the Company under Section 35-25
     of the Act, unless the Company is reinstated  within ninety (90) days after
     it receives notice of such administrative dissolution; or

          (d) The written  consent or agreement of a Majority in Interest of the
     Class A Members and a Majority in Interest of the Class B Members.

Notwithstanding  any provision in this Agreement to the contrary,  no Transferee
of an  Interest  shall  have the right to  institute  a  proceeding  to obtain a
judicial determination that it is equitable to wind up the Company's business.

     Section 12.2.  Continuation of Company After  Dissolution.  Notwithstanding
the  dissolution of the Company,  the business of the Company shall be continued
if, at any time within ninety (90) days after the dissolution of the Company and
before the winding up of its  business is  completed,  a Majority in Interest of
the Class A Members and a Majority in Interest of the Class B Members (excluding
a Dissociated Member whose dissociation  caused the dissolution) waive the right
to have the  Company's  business  wound up and the Company  terminated.  In such
event,  the Company shall resume  carrying on its business as if dissolution had
never  occurred and any liability  incurred by the Company or a Member after the
dissolution  and before the waiver is determined as if the dissolution had never
occurred,  and the rights of a third party accruing under Section 35-7(a) of the
Act or arising out of conduct in reliance  on the  dissolution  before the third
party knew or  received a  notification  of the  waiver  shall not be  adversely
affected.

     Section 12.3. Winding Up Company's  Business.  After the dissolution of the
Company, unless and until the business of the Company is continued in accordance
with Section 12.2, the Managers shall wind up the Company's business and affairs
in accordance with the Act. A Dissociated Member who has wrongfully  dissociated
may not participate in the winding up of the Company's business and affairs.

     Section 12.4.  Distribution of Assets.  Upon the winding up of the Company,
the assets of the Company shall be distributed as follows:


<PAGE>

          (a) First,  to the  creditors  of the Company  (including  Members and
     Managers who are  creditors to the extent  permitted by law) to satisfy the
     liabilities of the Company,  whether by payment or by the  establishment of
     adequate reserves;

          (b)  Second,  to  the  Class  C  Interest  Holders,   the  Liquidation
     Preference  Amount in  accordance  with the  provisions of Section 8.1 (but
     only to the extent of the positive  balances in the Capital Accounts of the
     Class C Interest  Holders),  after taking into account any  allocations  of
     Profits  or  Losses,  any  distributions.  and all  other  Capital  Account
     adjustments for the Company's taxable year in which the liquidation occurs;
     and

          (c) Third,  to the Interest  Holders in  accordance  with the positive
     balances in their respective  Capital  Accounts,  after taking into account
     any  allocations  of Profits or Losses,  any  distributions,  and all other
     Capital  Account  adjustments  for the Company's  taxable year in which the
     liquidation occurs.

Distributions  to Interest  Holders shall be in cash or property (which need not
be  distributed  proportionately),  or  partly  in both,  as  determined  by the
Managers.  Liquidation  proceeds  shall be paid within sixty (60) days after the
end of the Company's taxable year during which liquidation occurs, or, if later,
within ninety (90) days after the date of liquidation.

     Section 12.5.  Articles of  Dissolution.  When all debts,  liabilities  and
obligations of the Company have been paid and discharged or adequate  provisions
have been made  therefor  and all of the  remaining  property  and assets of the
Company have been  distributed,  Articles of  Dissolution as required by the Act
shall be executed in duplicate  and filed with the Illinois  Secretary of State.
Upon the filing of the Articles of  Dissolution  with the Illinois  Secretary of
State, the existence of the Company shall  terminate,  except for the purpose of
suits, other proceedings, and appropriate action as provided in the Act.

ARTICLE XIII

Indemnification

     Section 13.1. Definitions. As used in this Article XIII:

          (a) "Claim" means any threatened, pending, or completed claim, action,
     suit  or  proceeding,   whether   civil,   criminal,   administrative,   or
     investigative,  and whether formal or informal, and all appeals thereof, in
     which an Eligible  Person  was,  is, or is  threatened  to be, made a named
     defendant or respondent,  or is otherwise  involved because he or she is or
     was an Eligible Person.

          (b) "Eligible Person" means and includes: (i) any Person who is or was
     a Member,  Manager or Organizer;  (ii) any  responsible  officer,  partner,
     shareholder, director. or manager of any such Member, Manager, or Organizer
     which is an Entity;  and (iii) if approved by a Majority in Interest of the
     Members, any Person who is or was a Transferee, officer, employee, or agent
     of the Company.


<PAGE>

          (c)  "Expenses"  means and  includes  all  direct and  indirect  costs
     (including without  limitation,  counsel fees,  retainer fees, court costs,
     transcript  expenses,  fees of  experts,  witness  fees,  travel  expenses,
     duplication costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges,  postage,
     delivery  service  fees,  and  all  other  disbursements  or  out-of-pocket
     expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation,  defense,
     settlement, or appeal of a Claim or in establishing or enforcing a right to
     indemnification under this Article, applicable law, or otherwise.

          (d) "Liability" means the obligation to pay any judgment,  settlement,
     penalty,  fine, excise tax (including excise taxes assessed with respect to
     an employee benefit plan), or reasonable  Expenses incurred with respect to
     a Claim.

          (e)  "Wholly  Successful"  means,  with  respect  to a Claim:  (i) the
     termination of the Claim against the Eligible Person without any finding of
     liability  or guilt  against  him;  (ii) the approval by a court or agency,
     with  knowledge of the indemnity  provided  herein,  of a settlement of the
     Claim;  or (iii) the  expiration  of a reasonable  period of time after the
     threatened  making of a Claim without  commencement  of an action,  suit or
     proceeding and without any payment or promise made to induce a settlement.

     Section  13.2.   Indemnification   Rights.   To  the  greatest  extent  not
inconsistent with the laws of the State of Illinois, the Company shall indemnify
as a matter  of right any  Eligible  Person  against  all  Liability  (including
Expenses) incurred by such Eligible Person in connection with any Claim, if:

               (i)  Such Eligible  Person is Wholly  Successful  with respect to
                    the Claim; or

               (ii) It  shall  be   determined   in  the   specific   case  that
                    indemnification  of such Eligible  Person is  permissible in
                    the  circumstances  because the Eligible  Person has met the
                    standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in Section
                    13.3.   For  the   purpose  of  this   clause   (ii),   such
                    determination  shall be made by either:  (y) a  Majority  in
                    Interest of the  Members who are not at the time  parties to
                    the Claim; or (z) special legal counsel or other third party
                    selected by a Majority in Interest of the Members.

     Section 13.3. Standard of Conduct.  The Company shall indemnify an Eligible
Person  (other  than an  Eligible  Person who has been  Wholly  Successful  with
respect to a Claim) under this Article only if it is  determined  in  accordance
with the provisions of Section 13.2 that: (i) such Eligible  Person's conduct or
failure to act was in good faith and did not  constitute  grossly  negligent  or
reckless  conduct,  intentional  misconduct,  a knowing  violation  of law, or a
material  breach of this  Agreement;  and (ii) such Eligible  Person  reasonably
believed that his or her conduct was in the best  interests of the Company or at
least not opposed to its best interests;  and (iii) with respect to any criminal
Claim,  such  Eligible  Person had  reasonable  cause to believe that his or her
conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct
was unlawful. The termination of any Claim by judgment,  order, settlement (with
or without  court  approval),  or  conviction,  or upon a plea of guilty or nolo
contendere or its equivalent,  shall not, of itself,  be determinative  that the
Eligible  Person did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this Section.
An Eligible  Person's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan which the
Person  reasonably  believed to be in the best interests of the participants in,
or  beneficiaries  of, the plan shall be deemed to be conduct that satisfies the
requirements of clause (ii) above of this Section.


<PAGE>

     Section   13.4.   Reliance  on   Information.   For  the  purposes  of  any
determination  under Section  13.2,  an Eligible  Person shall be deemed to have
acted in good faith and to have otherwise met the applicable standard of conduct
set  forth in  Section  13.3 if the  action is based on  information,  opinions,
reports, or statements, including financial statements and other financial data,
prepared or presented by: (i) one or more Members or employees of the Company or
another  enterprise whom the Eligible Person reasonably  believes to be reliable
and competent in the matters presented; (ii) legal counsel,  appraisers or other
Persons  as  to  matters   reasonably   believed  to  be  within  such  Person's
professional   or  expert   confidence,   unless  the  Eligible  Person  seeking
indemnification knew or should have known that the report,  opinion or statement
was based upon  information  that was materially  misleading or the professional
issuing the report, opinion, or statement did not have knowledge of the material
facts  necessary for the report,  opinion or statement to be accurate;  or (iii)
the Board of Directors or other governing body of another  enterprise.  The term
"another enterprise" as used in this Section shall mean any other corporation or
any partnership,  limited  liability  company,  joint venture,  trust,  employee
benefit plan or other enterprise of which such Eligible Person is or was serving
at the request of the Company as a director,  officer, partner, member, trustee,
employee or agent.  The  provisions of this Section 13.4 shall not be deem to be
exclusive or to limit in any way the  circumstances  in which an Eligible Person
may be  deemed  to have met the  applicable  standard  of  conduct  set forth in
Section 13.3.

     Section 13.5. Advance of Expenses. The Company may pay for or reimburse the
reasonable  Expenses incurred by an Eligible Person in connection with any Claim
in advance of final  disposition  thereof,  or,  where  appropriate,  assume the
defense of such Eligible Person against such Claim at the Company's expense, if:
(i) the Eligible  Person  furnishes to the Company a written  affirmation of the
Eligible  Person's  good faith  belief  that he or she has met the  standard  of
conduct for indemnification  described in Section 13.3; (ii) the Eligible Person
furnishes to the Company a written  undertaking,  approved in form and substance
by the  Company,  by or on  behalf  of such  Eligible  Person  to repay all such
advanced Expenses if it is ultimately  determined that he or she is not entitled
to indemnification: and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with Section
13.2  that,  based upon  facts  then  known to those  making the  determination,
indemnification  would not be precluded under this Article XIII. The undertaking
described  in clause  (ii) above must be a general  obligation  of the  Eligible
Person,  subject to such reasonable  limitations as the Company may permit,  but
need not be secured and may be accepted without  reference to financial  ability
to make repayment.


<PAGE>

     Section 13.6.  Indemnification Not Exclusive. The rights of indemnification
and advance of Expenses  provided  for in this Article XIII shall be in addition
to, and shall not  exclude,  limit or  preclude,  any other  rights to which any
Eligible Person or other Person seeking  indemnification  or advance of Expenses
may be  entitled  to  under  the Act,  any  agreement  or  contract,  any  other
applicable law, or otherwise.

     Section 13.7. Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on
behalf of any Eligible Person against any liability asserted against or incurred
by such  Eligible  Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as
such,  whether or not the Company has the  obligation or power to indemnify such
Eligible  Person  against such  liability  under the  provisions of this Article
XIII, the Act, the Articles, any applicable law, or otherwise.

     Section 13.8. Effective Date; Continuation of Indemnity.  The provisions of
this Article0  XIII shall be  applicable  to Claims made or commenced  after the
adoption hereof,  whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before
or after adoption  hereof.  The right of any Eligible Person to  indemnification
under this Article shall vest at the time of occurrence  or  performance  of any
event,  act or omission  giving rise to any Claim,  and, once vested,  shall not
later be  impaired as a result of any  amendment,  repeal,  alteration  or other
modification of any or all of the provisions in this Article.  The provisions of
this  Article XIII shall  continue to apply to Claims made or commenced  against
any  Person  who has  ceased to be an  Eligible  Person  and shall  inure to the
benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Person.


ARTICLE XIV

Miscellaneous Provisions

     Section 14.1. No Liability for Company Debts. The debts,  obligations,  and
liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise, are
and shall be solely the debts,  obligations,  and liabilities of the Company.  A
Member or Manager shall not be personally  liable for any debt,  obligation,  or
liability  of the  Company  solely  by  reason of being or acting as a Member or
Manager.  The failure of the Company to observe the usual Company formalities or
requirements relating to the exercise of its Company powers or management of its
business shall not be a ground for imposing personal liability on the Members or
Managers for the liabilities of the Company.

     Section 14.2.  Confidentiality.  Each Member acknowledges that, as a result
of his relationship with the Company, he may acquire, or has acquired, access to
or knowledge of certain (i) trade secrets of the Company ("Trade Secrets"),  and
(ii) information relating to the Company or its business and affairs (whether or
not  constituting  Trade Secrets),  including,  without  limitation,  the names,
addresses and other  information  and records  relating to the  Company's  past,
present, and potential customers, clients and suppliers, technologies, formulas,
know-how, sales, marketing and distribution methods and strategies, new products
and services,  project proposals and work in process,  business plans, financial
results and financial conditions, computer programs and software (including flow
charts,  logic  diagrams,  object  codes  and  source  codes),  and  all  notes,
memoranda, correspondence,  records and other written documents relating to such
information, whether or not marked "Confidential " (the information described in
clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section is  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Confidential  Information").  Each Member  further  acknowledges  that all such
Confidential  Information is the property of the Company and that any disclosure
of  such   Confidential   Information   in  violation  of  this  Agreement  will
substantially  and  adversely  affect the business of the  Company.  Each Member
therefore agrees that he shall forever keep  confidential all such  Confidential
Information and shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose to anyone (except in
furtherance  of the  Company's  or any  Affiliate's  business),  or use for such
Member's  benefit or to the  detriment  of the Company or any  Affiliate  of the
Company, any such Confidential Information or authorize, cause, or induce others
to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the confidentiality covenants contained
herein shall not apply to any information that is or becomes generally available
to the public  other than as a result of a  disclosure  by the Member or that is
required to be disclosed to the Company's Banks, other lenders, or other Persons
providing  capital to the Company,  NWS, or National  Wine or in any judicial or
Administrative  proceeding.  This Section supplements and does not supersede the
Member's  obligations under all statutes and common laws intended to protect the
Company's Trade Secrets.


<PAGE>

     Section  14.3.  Conflict  Transactions.  Any contract or other  transaction
between the Company and any Member or Manager, or any Affiliate of the Member or
Manager,  including  any  contract  or  other  transaction  that may  violate  a
fiduciary  duty  or  standard  of  care  required  under  the  Act (a  "Conflict
Transaction"), shall be valid for all purposes if: (i) the material facts of the
transaction and the Member's,  Manager's, or Affiliate's interest were disclosed
or known to the  Managers,  and the  transaction  is  approved  or ratified by a
majority  in  number  of the  Managers  who  have no  interest  in the  Conflict
Transaction,  notwithstanding  the fact that such majority may not  constitute a
majority of the total  number of  Managers;  or (ii) the  material  facts of the
transaction and the Member's,  Manager's, or Affiliate's interest were disclosed
or known to the  Members,  and the  transaction  was  approved  or ratified by a
Majority in Interest of the Members;  or (iii) the  transaction  was fair to the
Company.  This  Section  shall  not  be  construed  to  require   authorization,
ratification,  or  approval  by the  Members  of  any  Conflict  Transaction  or
invalidate any Conflict  Transaction  that would otherwise be valid under common
and statutory law applicable thereto.

     Section 14.4.  Amendments.  This  Agreement may be amended or modified from
time to time only by a written instrument  approved by a Majority in Interest of
the  Members,  except  that any  amendment  that  would  (i)  impose  additional
liability  on any  Member,  (ii)  increase  the amount of Capital  Contributions
required  of a Member  (other than  additional  Capital  Contributions  approved
pursuant  to Section  2.3) or  accelerate  the dates of payment of any  required
Capital  Contributions,  (iii)  alter the  rights of a Member in  distributions,
Profits or Losses or the rights of a Member to approve or  otherwise  consent to
certain actions as provided in this Agreement,  or (iv) modify the provisions of
this Section shall require the approval of all Members.  All  amendments to this
Agreement must be in writing.


<PAGE>

     Section 14.5.  Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement  shall be deemed to
have been waived  unless such waiver is executed in writing by the party waiving
such provision.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a
waiver of any other  provision  of this  Agreement.  No waiver of any  breach or
violation of any provision of this  Agreement  shall  constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach of such provision.

     Section 14.6. Title to Company Property. Legal title to all property of the
Company shall be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

     Section  14.7.  Organization  Expenses.  The Company shall pay all expenses
incurred in connection with the organization of the Company.

     Section 14.8. No  Partnership  Intended for Non-Tax  Purposes.  The Members
have formed the Company under the Act and expressly do not intend hereby to form
a partnership or limited  partnership.  The Members do not intend to be partners
to one another or partners as to any third party.

     Section 14.9.  Rights of Creditors and Third Parties Under this  Agreement.
This  Agreement is entered into among the Members for the  exclusive  benefit of
the Company and the Members,  and their  successors and assigns  (subject to the
provisions  hereof  restricting  transfer of  Interests),  and is expressly  not
intended  for the benefit of any  creditor  of the Company or any other  Person.
Except and only to the extent provided by applicable  statute,  no such creditor
or third  Person shall have any rights or remedies  under this  Agreement or any
agreement  between  the  Company  and any Member  with  respect  to any  Capital
Contribution or otherwise.

     Section  14.10.   Representations   and  Warranties.   Each  Member  hereby
represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member that:

          (a) The Member is acquiring  his  Interests in the Company  based upon
     his own  investigation,  and the  exercise by such Member of his rights and
     the performance of his obligations under this Agreement, will be based upon
     his own  investigation,  analysis  and  expertise.  Prior to such  Member's
     execution  of  this  Agreement,   such  Member:  (i)  has  been  given  the
     opportunity  to ask  questions  concerning  the  Company  and the terms and
     conditions  of the  offering  of the  Interests,  all of  which  have  been
     answered to his full  satisfaction;  (ii) has been given the opportunity to
     obtain any additional information material to the Company and the Interests
     which he has  requested;  and (iii)  has  either  had  access to all of the
     material  facts  with  respect  to the  Interests  by reason of his  active
     involvement  in the  organization  and/or  management of the Company or has
     otherwise  received all of the  material  facts with respect to the Company
     and the Interests.


<PAGE>

          (b) The Member is acquiring the Interests for his own  investment  and
     for his own account and has no present  intention to sell,  distribute,  or
     otherwise  transfer the  Interests,  directly or  indirectly,  to any other
     Person.

          (c) The Member  understands and  acknowledges  that: (i) the Interests
     have not been registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or
     any applicable state  securities laws, in reliance upon certain  exemptions
     from  such  registration  requirements,  (ii) the  Company  has no  present
     intention to register the  Interests;  and (iii) the  Interests  may not be
     sold or otherwise transferred unless and until the Interests are registered
     under the applicable state and federal securities laws or unless exemptions
     from such registration requirements are available.

          (d) The Member has such  knowledge  and  experience  in financial  and
     business  matters that he is capable of evaluating  the merits and risks of
     investing in the Interests.  The Member has adequate means of providing for
     his  current  and  anticipated  financial  needs,  and is able to bear  the
     economic risk of an investment in the Interests for an indefinite period of
     time, including the possibility of a total loss thereof.

          (e) The  Member  acknowledges  that he is  aware  of all  restrictions
     imposed upon the  transferability  and resale of the Interests  pursuant to
     this Agreement and otherwise.

     Section  14.11.  Reliance on Authority of Person  Signing  Agreement.  If a
Member is an Entity,  neither  the  Company  nor any Member or Manager  shall be
required  to:  (i)  determine  the  authority  of the  individual  signing  this
Agreement to make any  commitment or  undertaking on behalf of such Entity or to
determine any fact or  circumstance  bearing upon the existence of the authority
of such  individual;  or (ii) see to the  application of  distributions  paid or
credited to such individual signing this Agreement on behalf of such Entity.

     Section  14.12.  Notices.  Except as expressly  provided  otherwise in this
Agreement,  any notice or other  communication  required to be given pursuant to
this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either: (i) delivered personally
to the party to be  notified,  (ii)  sent by United  States  mail,  first  class
postage  prepaid,  to the party to be notified,  (iii) delivered by an overnight
delivery  courier  service to the party to be notified,  or (iv)  transmitted by
facsimile to the party to be notified at such party's  facsimile number provided
from time to time by such party to the Company. Any notice to the Company or any
Manager who is not a Member shall be addressed to the Company's  principal place
of business,  and any notice to any Interest  Holder  (including a Member in his
capacity as a Schedule A attached  hereto.  Any such  notice  shall be deemed to
have been given as of the  earlier  of:  (a) the date of actual  receipt of such
notice,  or (b) the  third  business  day  following  the date on which the mail
containing such notice is posted if sent by United States mail, or (c) the first
business day after such notice is delivered  to an  overnight  delivery  courier
service  for  delivery  to the  party  to be  notified,  or (d) the  date of the
confirmed  transmission of any notice by facsimile.  Any party to this Agreement
may designate a different address or facsimile number to which notices are to be
sent to such party by notifying all other  parties to this  Agreement as to such
different  address or  facsimile  number in the  manner set forth  above in this
Section.


<PAGE>

     Section  14.13.  Unit  Certificates.  The Company's  Units may, at the sole
discretion of the Managers, be represented by written certificates. In the event
that certificates  representing Units are issued, such certificates shall bear a
legend  indicating  the  restrictions  on  transferability  set  forth  in  this
Agreement.

     Section 14.14. Specific Performance. The parties recognize that irreparable
injury will result from any breach of any  provision of this  Agreement and that
money damages will be inadequate to fully remedy the injury. Accordingly, in the
event of any breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement, the
Company  and any Member or  Members  who may be injured  shall be  entitled,  in
addition  to any  other  remedies  which  may  be  available,  to  one  or  more
preliminary  or permanent  orders:  (i)  restraining  and  enjoining  any act or
omission which would  constitute a breach of this Agreement;  or (ii) compelling
the performance of any obligation  which, if not performed,  would  constitute a
breach.

     Section 14.15. Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is held to
be  unenforceable,  invalid  or  void,  such  provision  shall be  deemed  to be
severable  from the  remaining  provisions of this  Agreement,  and such holding
shall in no way impair or affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining
provisions of this  Agreement,  which shall then be construed as if such invalid
or unenforceable provision were omitted.

     Section 14.16.  Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes  the entire
agreement  among the Members and the Company with respect to the subject  matter
of this  Agreement  and  supersedes  all prior and  contemporaneous  agreements,
representations,  understandings,  conditions, and warranties,  written or oral,
not contained in this Agreement or the Articles.

     Section  14.17.  Controlling  Law.  This  Agreement  and the  rights of the
parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted,  and enforced in accordance
with the laws of the  State of  Illinois.  Each  Member  and  Transferee  hereto
submits  and  consents  to the  jurisdiction  of any state or  federal  court of
competent  jurisdiction  located  in Cook  County,  Illinois,  in any  action or
proceeding  arising  out of or relating  to this  Agreement  and agrees that all
claims in respect of such action or  proceeding  may be heard and  determined by
any such court.

     Section  14.18.  Successors and Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall be binding
upon,  and inure to the  benefit  of, the  parties  hereto and their  respective
successors  and  assigns,  subject  to the  provisions  hereof  restricting  the
transfer of Interests and the rights of Transferees.

     Section 14.19.  Defined  Terms.  Unless the context of their use requires a
different   interpretation  or  unless  expressly  provided  otherwise  in  this
Agreement,  capitalized  terms used in this  Agreement  shall have the  meanings
assigned to such terms in this Section  14.19 or the  meanings  assigned to such
terms by parenthetic reference throughout this Agreement.  Any term used but not
defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Act. When used
in this Agreement. the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:


<PAGE>

     "Act" means the Illinois  Limited  Liability  Company Act (ILCS 180/1-1 ,et
seq.), as amended from time to time.

     "Additional  Member"  means any Person  admitted  as a Member  pursuant  to
Section 11.1.

     "Adjusted  Capital  Account  Deficit"  means,  with respect to any Interest
Holder, the deficit balance, if any, in the Interest Holder's Capital Account as
of the end of the relevant  taxable  year,  after giving effect to the following
adjustments:  (i) the  deficit  shall be  decreased  by the  amounts  which  the
Interest  Holder is obligated to restore  pursuant to this Agreement (if any) or
is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Sections  1.704-2(g)(1) and (i)(5) of
the Regulations  (i.e.,  the Interest  Holder's share of Minimum Gain and Member
Minimum Gain); and (ii) the deficit shall be increased by the items described in
Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5) and (6) of the Regulations (i.e., certain
expected   year-end   adjustments   required  for   "qualified   income  offset"
provisions).

     "Affiliate"  of a  Person  shall  mean (i) any  Person  which  directly  or
indirectly controls,  or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
Person, (ii) for each Person who is an individual, such individual's spouse, any
other individual  related to such Person or spouse by  consanguinity  within the
third degree or in a step or adoptive  relationship  within such third degree or
related by affinity with such Person or spouse or any such  individual,  in each
case whether the degree of such  relationship is determined  under common law or
civil law, (iii) any Person which owns  beneficially or of record 5 % or more of
any class of capital stock,  partnership interests or any other equity interests
of such  Person or an  Affiliate  of such  Person or of which 5 % or more of any
class of capital. stock (or in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5
% or more of the  partnership  interest  or  other  equity  interest)  is  owned
beneficially  or of record by such Person or an Affiliate  of such  Person,  and
(iv) any Person  directly or indirectly  controlling or controlled by any of the
foregoing. The term "control" means the possession,  directly or indirectly,  of
the power to direct or cause the  direction of the  management  or policies of a
Person,  whether  through the  ownership  of voting  securities,  by contract or
otherwise.

     "Agreement" means this Operating  Agreement and Schedule A, as amended from
time to time.

     "Applicable  Interest  Rate" means the per annum interest rate charged from
time to time by the Company's Banks on National Wine's  revolving line of credit
financing,  or if National Wine has no revolving line of credit  financing,  the
prime rate of interest published in the "Money Rates" section of The Wall Street
Journal (Midwest Edition).  The Applicable  Interest Rate shall change effective
on the same day of each change in the applicable interest rate specified above.

     "Applicable  Tax Rate"  means,  at any given time,  the combined sum of the
highest  marginal  federal,  state and local income tax rates then in effect for
any Member or Interest Holder.


<PAGE>

     "Articles" means the Articles of Organization of the Company filed with the
Illinois Secretary of State, as amended or restated from time to time.

     "Bank  Agreements"  means any and all credit  agreements,  loan agreements,
reimbursement  agreements,  indentures,  and other  agreements  with  respect to
borrowed  monies  to which  the  Company,  National  Wine,  or NWS is a party or
otherwise bound.

     "Bart  Family  Group"  means  Bart and his estate  and  personal  and legal
representatives,  his spouse,  his children  and their  spouses,  Bart's  direct
descendants and ancestors (whether natural or adopted), and any trust formed and
maintained  solely  for the  benefit  of the Bart  Family  Group  or any  member
thereof.  All decisions by the Bart Family Group under this  Agreement  shall be
made by the  Family  Group  Representative  of the Bart  Family  Group,  and the
decision of the Family Group  Representative  shall be conclusive and binding on
all members of the Bart Family Group.

     "Capital  Account"  means the account  established  and maintained for each
Interest Holder pursuant to Section 2.5.

     "Capital  Contribution"  means the total amount of cash,  property  (net of
liabilities  assumed  by the  Company  or to which  the  property  is  subject),
services  rendered,  and  promissory  notes and  other  binding  obligations  to
contribute  cash or  property  or to perform  services,  contributed  (or deemed
contributed  under  Section 1.704 1  (b)(2)(iv)(d)  of the  Regulations)  to the
Company by a Member. Any reference in this Agreement to the Capital Contribution
of a Member or  Transferee  shall include all Capital  Contributions  previously
made by any  predecessor  owner of the Interest of such Member or Transferee and
shall be reduced by any distributions to such Member, Transferee, or predecessor
owner in return of his or its  Capital  Contributions  as  contemplated  by this
Agreement.

     "Company's  Accountants"  means,  at any given time,  the firm of certified
public  accountants  then  providing  accounting  and  auditing  services to the
Company.

     "Company's  Banks" means,  at any given time,  the banks then providing the
primary  revolving  line of credit  financing  to National  Wine,  NWS,  and the
Company.

     "Entity" means any association,  corporation,  general partnership, limited
partnership,  limited liability company,  limited liability  partnership,  joint
stock  association,  joint venture,  firm, trust,  business trust,  cooperative,
foreign  association  of like  structure,  or any  other  Person  other  than an
individual.

     "Exercise  Price"  shall have the meaning  ascribed to such term in Section
9.1.

     "Family  Group  Representative"  means,  with respect to each Family Group,
that Person  designated  from time to time by a Family Group as its Family Group
Representative  by notice thereof to the other Family Groups.  If a Family Group
is unable to agree on a Family Group Representative,  or has otherwise failed to
designate a Family Group  Representative,  the Family Group Representative shall
be a member of the Family Group who owns more Interests than any other member of
the Family Group.


<PAGE>

     "Family Group" means the LaCrosse  Family Group,  the Bart Family Group, or
the Johnston Family Group, as the case may be.

     "Initial  Members"  means  those  Members  who  make  the  initial  Capital
Contributions to the Company pursuant to Section 2.2.

     "Interest"  means the  economic  rights of a Member  or  Transferee  in the
Company,  including a Member's or  Transferee's  right to receive  distributions
from the Company and share of the Profits and Losses of the Company, as provided
in this  Agreement  and the Act,  but  shall not  include  any right to vote on,
consent to or otherwise  participate in any decision of the Members  (unless the
holder of the Interest is a Member).  The  Interests  shall  consist of "Class A
Interests," "Class B Interests," and "Class C Interests."

     "Interest  Holders"  means any Person who holds an Interest in the Company,
including any Member who has not assigned his entire Interest in the Company and
any  Transferee  who has acquired an Interest in accordance  with this Agreement
and the Act  (whether or not the  Transferee  has been  admitted as a Substitute
Member).  A "Class A Interest Holder" means the holder of a Class A Interest,  a
"Class B Interest Holder" means the holder of a Class B Interest, and a "Class C
Interest Holder" means the holder of a Class C Interest.

     "Internal Revenue Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time.

     "Johnston  Family Group" means and includes Norma M. Johnston  ("Johnston")
and her estate and personal and legal  representatives,  her spouse,  Johnston's
direct descendants and ancestors (whether natural or adopted) and their spouses,
and any trust  established and maintained for the benefit of the Johnston Family
Group or any member  thereof.  All decisions by the Johnston  Family Group under
this Agreement,  including the exercise of all put option rights,  shall be made
by the  Family  Group  Representative  of the  Johnston  Family  Group,  and the
decision of the Family Group  Representative  shall be conclusive and binding on
all members of the Johnston Family Group.

     "LaCrosse Family Group" means James E. LaCrosse ("LaCrosse") and his estate
and  personal  and  legal   representatives,   his  spouse,   LaCrosse's  direct
descendants and ancestors  (whether  natural or adopted) and their spouses,  and
any trust  established  and  maintained  for the benefit of the LaCrosse  Family
Group or any member  thereof.  All decisions by the LaCrosse  Family Group under
this Agreement, including the exercise of the LaCrosse Family Group's options to
purchase Shares  pursuant to this Agreement,  the members of the LaCrosse Family
Group  entitled to purchase  Shares,  and the number and classes of Shares to be
purchased by such members,  shall be made by the Family Group  Representative of
the LaCrosse Family Group,  and the decision of the Family Group  Representative
shall be conclusive and binding on all members of the LaCrosse Family Group.


<PAGE>

     "Majority in Interest"  means, at any given time, those Members that own in
the  aggregate  more than fifty percent  (50%) of a then  outstanding  specified
Class of Units.

     "Majority  in  Interest of the  Members"  means,  at any given time,  those
Members  that own in the  aggregate  more than fifty  percent  (50%) of the then
outstanding Class A Units.

     "Manager"  means any  Person  designated  by the  Members  as a Manager  in
accordance with Article IV.

     "Member"  means  any  Person  who  becomes  a Member  of the  Company  upon
formation  of the  Company  or in the manner  and at the time  provided  in this
Agreement,  or if this Agreement  does not so provide,  in the manner and at the
time provided in the Act,  including any Initial Member,  Additional  Member, or
Substitute  Member who is not a Dissociated  Member.  "Class A Member" means the
owner of a Class A Membership  Interest,  "Class B Member"  means the owner of a
Class B Membership  Interest,  and "Class C Member" means the owner of a Class C
Membership Interest.

     "Member Loan  Nonrecourse  Deductions"  means any Company  deductions  that
would be Nonrecourse  Deductions if they were not attributable to a loan made or
guaranteed  by a  Member  within  the  meaning  of  Section  1.704-2(i)  of  the
Regulations.

     "Member  Minimum  Gain" has the meaning set forth in Section  1.704-2(i) of
the Regulations for "partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain."

     "Membership Interests" means all of the rights of a Class A Member, Class B
Member,  or Class C Member,  as the case may be, in the  Company as  provided in
this  Agreement,  including a Member's  (i)  Interests  (including  the right to
receive  distributions);  (ii) right to inspect the Company's books and records;
and  (iii)  right to vote on,  consent  to, or  otherwise  participate  in,  any
decision or action of or by the Members  granted  pursuant to this  Agreement or
the Act. "Class A Membership  Interests"  means the Membership  Interests of the
Class A Members;  "Class B Membership  Interests" means the Membership Interests
of the Class B Members; and "Class C Membership  Interests" means the Membership
Interests of the Class C Members.

     "Minimum  Gain" has the  meaning set forth in  Sections  1.704-2(b)(2)  and
1.704-2(d) of the  Regulations.  Minimum Gain shall be computed  separately  for
each Interest Holder in a manner  consistent with the Regulations  under Section
704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

     "Net Cash Flow" means, for any applicable  period,  all cash funds received
by the Company (other than from Capital Contributions and loans to the Company),
less: (i) all amounts paid, or set aside for payment of,  operating  expenses of
the Company,  debt  payments  (including  principal and  interest),  and capital
improvements and replacements,  and (ii) any amounts  determined by the Managers
as  necessary  as  a  reasonable  allowance  for  reserves,  contingencies,  and
anticipated obligations of the Company.


<PAGE>

     "Nonrecourse Deductions" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(1)
of the Regulations.  The amount of Nonrecourse  Deductions for a taxable year of
the  Company  equals the net  increase,  if any,  in the amount of Minimum  Gain
during that taxable  year,  determined  according to the  provisions  of Section
1.704-2(c) of the Regulations.

     "Nonrecourse  Liability" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(3)
of the Regulations.

     "Option" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.1.

     "Organizer" means a signer of the original Articles.

     "Original  Offer"  shall have the meaning  ascribed to such term in Section
9.2.

     "Percentage"  means:  (i) with  respect to any Class A  Interest  Holder or
Class B Interest  Holder at any time,  the  percentage  computed by dividing the
total number of Class A Units or Class B Units held by such  Interest  Holder at
such  time by the total  number of Class A Units and Class B Units  then held by
all Class A Interest Holders and Class B Interest Holders, and (ii) with respect
to any Class C Interest Holder at any time, the percentage  computed by dividing
the total number of Class C Units held by such  Interest  Holder at such time by
the total number of Class C Units then held by all Class C Interest Holders. The
Percentage  of each  Interest  Holder  shall be reflected on Schedule A attached
hereto, as changed from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

     "Person"  (whether or not  capitalized)  means and includes any individual,
partnership,  domestic or foreign limited partnership, limited liability company
or foreign limited liability company, trust, estate,  association,  corporation,
governmental body, or other judicial being.

     "Preference Amount" means the sum of $24,668,267.

     "Preference  Amount per Unit" means the  Preference  Amount  divided by the
total number of outstanding Class C Units.

     "Priority  Return"  means an amount equal to ten percent (10%) per annum of
the  unpaid  balance of the  Preference  Amount  outstanding  from time to time,
calculated annually on a cumulative basis.

     "Profits"  and  "Losses"  means,  for each  taxable year of the Company (or
other  period  for which  Profits or Losses  must be  computed),  the  Company's
taxable income or loss as determined  for federal income tax purposes,  adjusted
as follows:

          (a) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction,  or credit required to
     be stated  separately  pursuant to Section  703(a)(1)  of the Code shall be
     included in computing taxable income or loss; and


<PAGE>

          (b) Any income of the Company that is exempt from  federal  income tax
     and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses,  shall
     be added to such taxable income or loss; and

          (c) Any expenditures of the Company described in Section  705(a)(2)(B)
     of the  Internal  Revenue  Code or  treated  as such  pursuant  to  Section
     1.7041(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Regulations and not otherwise taken into account
     in  computing  Profits or Losses,  shall be  subtracted  from such  taxable
     income or loss; and

          (d) In  lieu  of the  depreciation,  amortization,  or  cost  recovery
     deductions  allowable in computing  taxable income or loss,  there shall be
     taken into account the  depreciation  computed based upon the adjusted book
     value of the asset; and

          (e) Gain or loss  resulting  from any taxable  disposition  of Company
     property  shall be computed by reference to the adjusted  book value of the
     property disposed of, notwithstanding the fact that the adjusted book value
     differs  from the adjusted  basis of the  property  for federal  income tax
     purposes; and

          (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition,  any items
     which are  specially  allocated  pursuant to Section 3.3 shall not be taken
     into account in computing Profits or Losses.

     "Purchaser"  means any member or members of the LaCrosse Family Group, NWS,
and/or the Company who  purchases  any Class B Units from the Bart Family  Group
pursuant to Article IX.

     "Put Option Agreement" means that certain Put Option Agreement, dated as of
the same date as this  Agreement,  between the Company and Bart, as amended from
time to time.

     "Regulations"  means the proposed,  temporary and final tax  regulations of
the Department of Treasury  promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code, as such
regulations may be changed from time to time.

     "Substitute  Member" means any Transferee  admitted as a Member pursuant to
Sections 10.3.

     "Transfer"  (whether used as a noun or a verb) means any sale,  assignment,
exchange,  gift,  pledge,  hypothecation,  or  other  disposition  of  Units  or
Interests, whether voluntary or involuntary.

     "Transferee" means a transferee of an Interest who has not been admitted as
a Substitute Member.


<PAGE>

     "Transferor"  means, as the case may be, any Member,  Interest  Holder,  or
other  Person  who (i)  makes or  proposes  to make a  Transfer  of any Units or
Interests,  or (ii) offers,  or is deemed to have offered,  to sell any Units or
Interests  upon the  occurrence of the Option  Exercise Date pursuant to Section
9.1 or upon the receipt of an Original Offer pursuant to Section 9.2.

     "Unit" means a unit of measurement of an Interest of an Interest  Holder in
the Profits,  Losses, capital, and distributions of the Company as determined in
accordance  with the  Articles  and this  Agreement,  including  "Class A Units"
representing  the  Class A  Interests,  "Class  B  Units"  representing  Class B
Interests,  and the  "Class C Units"  representing  the Class C  Interests.  The
number and class of Units to be issued to each  Initial  Member in exchange  for
his initial Capital Contribution is set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

     "Unpaid Priority  Return" means, at any given time, the excess,  if any, of
the aggregate  Priority Return over all amounts  previously paid with respect to
the Priority Return.

     "Valuation  Date" shall have the  meaning  ascribed to such term in Section
9.3.

     Section 14.20.  Conflicts and Inconsistencies  with the Act. This Agreement
is an operating  agreement within the meaning of, and is subject to and governed
by, the Act and the Articles.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement
is  prohibited  by any  provision of the Act or is in direct  conflict  with any
provision of the Articles,  such  provision of the Act or the  Articles,  as the
case  may be,  shall be  controlling.  If any  provision  of this  Agreement  is
inconsistent  with, or different than, any  non-mandatory  provision of the Act,
the provision of this  Agreement  shall be  controlling.  To the extent that any
provision of this  Agreement is prohibited by the Act, this  Agreement  shall be
considered  amended  to the  smallest  extent  possible  in order  to make  such
provision  of this  Agreement  effective  under the Act. In the event the Act is
subsequently  amended  or  interpreted  in such a way to  make  valid  any  such
provision of the Agreement that was formerly  invalid,  such provision  shall be
considered  to  be  valid  from  the  effective   date  of  such   amendment  or
interpretation.

     Section 14.21. Rules of Construction.  The headings of Articles,  Sections,
Subsections and paragraphs in this Agreement are for  descriptive  purposes only
and shall not control,  alter, or otherwise affect the meaning,  scope or intent
of any provisions of this Agreement.  Except as expressly  provided otherwise in
this Agreement,  any reference to an Article,  Section,  Subsection,  Exhibit or
Schedule  shall mean and refer to an Article,  Section,  Subsection,  Exhibit or
Schedule  of this  Agreement.  Except  where the  context  of their use  clearly
requires a different  interpretation,  singular  terms shall include the plural,
and masculine terms shall include the feminine or neuter, and vice versa, to the
extent necessary to give the defined terms or other terms used in this Agreement
their proper meanings.  The locative adverbs,  "herein," "hereof,"  "hereunder,"
"hereto," "hereinafter," "hereinbefore," and similar words, wherever they appear
in this  Agreement,  shall mean and refer to this  Agreement in its entirety and
not to any specific Article, Section, Subsection or paragraph of this Agreement,
unless the context of their use clearly requires a different interpretation. Any
reference to any statute or other  provision  of the Act,  the Internal  Revenue
Code, the Regulations, or other statute shall include all amendments thereto and
any and all corresponding sections or provisions of any successor statute.


<PAGE>

     Section  14.22.  Incorporation  by  Reference.  Schedule  A and  all  other
Schedules and Exhibits  identified herein are hereby incorporated herein by this
reference.

     Section 14.23.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate  counterparts,  each
of  which  when  so  executed  shall  be  deemed  an  original,  but all of such
counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

     Section 14.24. Legal Representation. Each Member, for himself and on behalf
of his heirs,  successors and assigns,  understands and acknowledges  that Locke
Reynolds  Boyd & Weisell has acted,  and will  continue to act, as legal counsel
solely for NWS,  and  Christy & Viener has acted,  and will  continue to act, as
legal counsel solely for Bart, in connection with the organization and operation
of the Company, including,  without limitation, the negotiation of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Members have executed this Agreement,  or multiple
counterparts thereof as of the date first above written.

                                       NWS, INC.


                                       By: /s/ James E. LaCrosse
                                           --------------------------------
                                           James E. LaCrosse, President


                                           /s/ Martin H. Bart
                                          ---------------------------------
                                          Martin H. Bart


Acceptance by Company


     The  undersigned  Company agrees to obey,  abide by, and be bound by all of
the  covenants,  obligations,  terms and  conditions of the foregoing  Operating
Agreement imposed on the Company,  and as the Agreement may be amended from time
to time.

                                           NWS-ILLINOIS, LLC


Date: December 31, 1998                    By:/s/ James E. LaCrosse
                                              ------------------------------
                                               James E. LaCrosse, a Manager





<PAGE>


SCHEDULE A

(To NWS-Illinois, LLC Operating Agreement)

Dated: December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>                            <C>                   <C>
Interest Holder (A)                         Capital Contribution           No. of Units          Percentage
- ---------------                             --------------------           ------------          ----------

Class A Interest Holders
- ------------------------

NWS, Inc.                                   Assets of NWS, less                   750                  75%
2600 West 35th Street                       NWS liabilities assumed
Chicago, IL  60632                          by the Company, having
Taxpayer I.D. No. -  36-3784235             a net agreed value of
                                            $147,000


Class B Interest Holders
- ------------------------

Martin H. Bart                              $49,000                               250                  25%
10 Berkley Court
Briarcliff Manor, NY  10510
Taxpayer I.D. No. -  ###-##-####



Class C Interest Holders
- ------------------------

NWS, Inc.                                   Assets of NWS, less                  1,000                100%
2600 West 35th Street                       NWS liabilities assumed
Chicago, IL  60632                          by the Company, having
Taxpayer I.D. No. - 36-3784235              a net agreed value of
                                            $2,694,000


<FN>


(A) All Interest Holders are Members unless specified otherwise.
</FN>
</TABLE>


Exhibit 5
- ---------



Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan
One American Square, Box 82001
Indianapolis, Indiana 46282



May 12, 1999




National Wine & Spirits, Inc.
700 W. Morris Street
Indianapolis, Indiana 46225

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as  counsel to  National  Wine &  Spirits,  Inc.,  an Indiana
corporation (the  "Company"),  and the Company's  subsidiaries,  National Wine &
Spirits  Corporation,  an Indiana  corporation,  NWS Michigan,  Inc., a Michigan
corporation,  NWS,  Inc.,  an Illinois  corporation  and  NWS-Illinois,  LLC, an
Illinois  limited  liability  company  (collectively,   the  "Guarantors"),   in
connection  with the public  offering by the Company of  $110,000,000  aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the Company's 10.125% Senior Notes due 2009 (the
"Exchange   Notes"),   which  are  to  be  jointly  and   severally   fully  and
unconditionally  guaranteed on a senior  unsecured  basis pursuant to guarantees
(the  "Guarantees")  by each  of the  Guarantors.  The  Notes  are to be  issued
pursuant  to an exchange  offer (the  "Exchange  Offer") in exchange  for a like
principal amount at maturity of the issued and outstanding  10.125% Senior Notes
due 2009 of the  Company  (the "Old  Notes")  under the  Indenture,  dated as of
January 25, 1999 (the  "Indenture"),  by and among the Company,  the  Guarantors
named  therein,  and  Norwest  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Trustee  (the  "Trustee"),   as
contemplated by that certain  Registration  Rights Agreement (the  "Registration
Rights Agreement"),  dated as of January 25, 1999, by and among the Company, the
Guarantors, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Bear, Stearns &
Co. Inc. and First Chicago Capital Markets, Inc.

     This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item
601(b)(5) of Regulation  S-K under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act").

     In connection  with rendering this opinion,  we have examined  originals or
copies,  certified  or  otherwise  identified  to our  satisfaction,  of (i) the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration NO. 333-74589) originally filed
with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  on March 17,
1999, under the Act (such  Registration  Statement,  as amended or supplemented,
being hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement"); (ii) an executed
copy  of the  Registration  Rights  Agreement;  (iii)  an  executed  copy of the
Indenture;  (iv) specimens of the  certificates  representing the Exchange Notes
and the Guarantees  included as exhibits to the  Indenture;  (v) the Articles of
Incorporation of the Company, as in effect on the date hereof; (vi) the Articles
of  Incorporation  of National Wine & Spirits  Corporation,  as in effect on the
date hereof;  (vii) the Articles of  Incorporation  of NWS Michigan  Inc., as in
effect on the date hereof;  (viii) the Articles of Incorporation of NWS, Inc. as
in effect on the date hereof; (ix) the Articles of Organization of NWS-Illinois,
LLC,  as in  effect  on the  date  hereof;  (x)  the  By-Laws  or the  Operating
Agreement, as the case may be, of the Company and each of the Guarantors,  as in
effect on the date  hereof;  (xi)  certain  resolutions  adopted by the Board of
Directors or the Board of Managers,  as the case may be, of the Company and each
of the Guarantors  relating to the Exchange Offer, the issuance of the Old Notes
and the Exchange Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees,  and related matters; and
(xii)  the  Form T-1 of the  Trustee  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement.  We have also  examined  originals or copies,  certified or otherwise
identified  to our  satisfaction,  of  such  records  of  the  Company  and  the
Guarantors and such agreements,  certificates of public officials,  certificates
of officers or other  representatives  of the Company and others, and such other
documents,  certificates  and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate
as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.


<PAGE>

     In our  examination,  we have  assumed  the legal  capacity  of all natural
persons,  the genuineness of all signatures,  the  authenticity of all documents
submitted  to us as  originals,  the  conformity  to original  documents  of all
documents submitted to us as certified,  conformed or photostatic copies and the
authenticity  of  the  originals  of  such  latter  documents.   In  making  our
examination  of documents  executed or to be executed by parties  other than the
Company or the  Guarantors,  we have  assumed that such parties had or will have
the  power,  corporate  or other,  to enter  into and  perform  all  obligations
thereunder and have also assumed the due  authorization by all requisite action,
corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents
and the validity and binding  effect  thereof.  As to any facts  material to the
opinions  expressed  herein  which  we have  not  independently  established  or
verified,  we have relied upon  statements and  representations  of officers and
other representatives of the Company, the Guarantors and others.

     Based   upon  and   subject   to  the   foregoing   and  the   limitations,
qualifications,  exceptions  and  assumptions  set forth  herein,  we are of the
opinion  that when (i) the  Registration  Statement  becomes  effective  and the
indenture is qualified under the Trust  indenture Act of 1939, as amended;  (ii)
the Exchange Notes have been duly executed and  authenticated in accordance with
the terms of the  indenture and have been  delivered  upon  consummation  of the
Exchange Offer against receipt of Old Notes  surrendered in exchange therefor in
accordance  with the terms of the Exchange  Offer;  and (iii) the  Guarantees by
each of the Guarantors have been duly executed by the respective  Guarantors and
have been delivered upon  consummation  of the Exchange Offer in accordance with
the terms of the Exchange  Offer,  the Exchange  Notes and the  Guarantees  will
constitute  valid and binding  obligations  of the  Company and the  Guarantors,
respectively,  except to the extent that  enforcement  thereof may be limited by
(1)  bankruptcy,  insolvency and  rorganization  laws now or hereafter in effect
relating to creditors'  rights  generally  and (2) general  principles of equity
(regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in
equity).

     Our opinions  herein are limited in all respects to the  substantive law of
the State of Indiana,  Illinois,  Michigan  and New York and the federal laws of
the United  States of  America,  and we do not  express  any  opinion as to, the
applicability of or the effect thereon of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

     We hereby  consent to the filings of this opinion with the Commission as an
exhibit to the Registration  Statement.  We also consent to the reference to our
firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration  Statement. In giving
this  consent,  we do not thereby  admit that we are included in the category of
persons  whose  consent is required  under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

                                Very truly yours,

                                /s/ Ice Miller Donadio & Ryan







Exhibit 23.1
- -------------



Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Independent Auditors"
and to the use of our report dated July 17, 1998,  in the Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration  Statement  (Form S-4) and related  Prospectus  of National  Wine &
Spirits, Inc. dated May 13, 1999.

Our audit also  included the  financial  statement  schedule of National  Wine &
Spirits,  Inc.  listed  in the  accompanying  index to  exhibits  and  financial
statement  schedules  (Item 21), as it relates to the year ended March 31, 1998.
This  schedule  is  the   responsibility  of  the  Company's   management.   Our
responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audit. In our opinion,  the
valuation and qualifying accounts schedule referred to above, when considered in
relation  to the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as a whole,
presents  fairly in all material  respects the information set forth therein for
the year ended March 31, 1998.


                                               /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana
May 12, 1999





Exhibit 23.2
- -------------

Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Independent Auditors"
and to the use of our report dated July 17, 1998,  in the Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration  Statement  (Form S-4) and related  Prospectus  of National  Wine &
Spirits, Inc. dated May 13, 1999.

Our audit also  included the  financial  statement  schedule of National  Wine &
Spirits,  Inc.  listed  in the  accompanying  index to  exhibits  and  financial
statement  schedules  (Item 21), as it relates to the years ended March 31, 1997
and 1996. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audit. In our opinion,  the
valuation and qualifying accounts schedule referred to above, when considered in
relation  to the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as a whole,
presents fairly in all material respects the information set for the therein for
the years ended March 31, 1997 and 1996.




                                            Katz, Sapper & Miller, LLP


Indianapolis, Indiana
May 12, 1999




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission